AIR CIRCUIT BREAKERS - Electrical and Electronics Division

1 

C-POWER : C Range Page 

CE marked ACBs, available in 3 pole or 4 pole, manual or 

electrical, fixed or drawout versions for 800A to 6300A ratings. 

These are available with a wide variety of protection releases. 

Technical Data 1/2-1/5 

Protection Units 1/6-1/14 

Accessories 1/15-1/19 

Ordering Information 1/20-1/22 

Overall Dimensions 1/24,1/25,1/27-1/29,1/32-1/34 

Wiring Diagrams 1/35,1/37 

CNCS & CNCS..E Page 

CNCS: Available in 3 pole manual fixed version with thermomagnetic 

release for 400A & 630A ratings. 

CNCS..E: Compact ACBs, available in 3 pole manual fixed version 

with thermo-magnetic release for 630A to 2000A ratings. 


Protection Units 1/13,1/14 


Ordering Information 1/21,1/22 

Overall Dimensions 1/23,1/26 


AIR CIRCUIT BREAKERS 

C-POWER : H Range Page 

CE marked, High Breaking Capacity ACBs. Available in 3 pole or 4 

pole, manual or electrical drawout versions for 800A to 4000A 

ratings. These are available with a wide variety of protection releases. 


Protection Units 1/6-1/14 



Overall Dimensions 1/30-1/34 


C-POWER : S Range Page 

Low Breaking Capacity ACBs, available in 3 pole manual 

drawout version with thermo-magnetic release for 800A to 

1600A ratings. 


Protection Units 1/13,1/14 




Wiring Diagrams 1/36,1/37

SALIENT �EATURES 

L&T’s Air Circuit Breakers (ACBs), specially designed for extreme tropical conditions, have a proven track record of more than 30 years. 

L&T is one amongst the world’s five largest manufacturers of ACBs and has supplied over 2,00,000 ACBs for diverse applications in over 

40 countries in the world. 

These ACBs, which adhere to stringent requirements of protection and discrimination in low voltage networks, are type tested at ASTA, 

U.K. for compliance to IEC 60947-2 & BSEN 60947-2 standards & at CPRI, ERDA, India for compliance to IS 13947 - Part 2. 

C & H ranges of C-POWER ACBs carry the ‘CE’ mark & meet the requrements of European LV directive for safety & EMC directive. 

L&T offers the widest range of ACBs which are available in 3 or 4 pole configuration, fixed or drawout version, auto or manual reset type, 

with independent manual or stored energy type manual or electrically operated mechanism. Various terminal orientation options are 

available including flat rear type, horizontal rear type, vertical rear type and front type. 

These ACBs are available with a wide variety of over current protection devices : 

✦ Computer compatible & Communication capable release type SR61C. 

✦ Microprocessor based Releases type SR21 & SR21E. 

✦ Solid State Releases type SR15 & SR15G. 

✦ Thermomagnetic Releases type DN1. 

There are over 500 options to choose from. 

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS 

✦ Widest range of ACBs : 400A to 6300A. 

✦ Elegant design having rugged construction. 

✦ I for 1sec = I = I to ensure complete selectivity. 

cw cs cu 

✦ High mechanical & electrical life. 

✦ Unique pole design ensures bounce free contact operation. 

✦ All 4-pole ACBs have fully rated neutral pole. Hence the poles 

at either extreme can be used as the neutral i.e. in NRYB or 

RYBN configuration. 

✦ Utilisation category ‘B’ i.e. discrimination possible with all releases. 

✦ All ratings can be used for ON/O�� Load Isolation. 

✦ Single stroke of handle to close independent manual ACBs. 

✦ Unique sliding shutters to prevent unauthorized access to “Trip” 

& “Close” Push button. 

✦ Auxiliary contacts in drawout ACBs are programmable for service 

and test position. 

✦ Optimally compact ACBs to ensure low temperature rise. 

USER �RIENDLINESS 

✦ Over current release settings, telescopic racking handle and 

various racking interlocks are accessible from front. This means 

that the panel door is not required to be opened for accessing 

the above. 

✦ Wide choice of terminal orientations (�lat, Horizontal, Vertical 

and �ront). 

✦ Easy racking on telescopic rails. 

✦ 4th “Maintenance” position in Drawout type ACBs to facilitate 

maintenance. 

✦ Multitap CTs for enhancing protection range. 

✦ Wide variety of ampemetric and voltmetric releases. 

SUPERIOR AESTHETICS IN C-POWER ACBs 

✦ Aesthetically designed front-facia featuring common panel cutouts 

for fixed breakers and drawout breakers. 

✦ Common height of all ‘H’ Range ACBs. 

✦ Left aligned panel appearance. 

✦ Left aligned mechanism for effective space utilization of panel. 

✦ Unique gasket for IP54 protection. 

SA�ETY 

✦ ‘CE’ marking on C & H ranges of C-POWER ACBs. 

✦ Superior quality of engineering grade plastics used for insulation 

purpose. Conform to glow wire test (Ref.: IEC 60695-2-1) 

✦ In-built mechanical anti-pumping for electrically operated ACBs. 

✦ In-built safety lever in Drawout type ACBs to ensure tripping of 

ACB : 

• before breaker jaws disengage from cradle terminals while 

racking out the ACB from “Service” position. 

• before breaker jaws engage with cradle terminals while racking 

in the ACB from “Isolated” or “Test” position. 

✦ In-built rating error preventor in Drawout ACBs to ensure correct 

rating of breaker in corresponding cradle. 

✦ In-built safety shutter assembly to prevent accidental contact 

with live cradle terminals when breaker is in drawout position. 

This is directly operated without linkages and transparent flaps 

facilitate easy visibility of terminals. 

1/1 

1

1 Rating (A) 400 630 800 

Type Designation CN-CS CN-CS CN-CS..E CN-CS..E S C H 

Rated Current (A) 400C In 400 630 630 800 800 800 800 

Rated Operational Voltage (V) 50/60Hz Ue* 415 415 415 415 415 415 415 

Rated insulation voltage (V), 50/60Hz Ui 690 690 690 690 1000 1000 1000 

No. of poles 3 3 3 3 3 3/4 3/4 

Rated ultimate short circuit Icu 

breaking capacity 

50/60Hz (kA rms) 

380/415/500V 36.6 36.6 25 36.6 50 50 65 

Rated service short circuit Ics 

breaking capcity 


380/415/500V 36.6 36.6 25 36.6 38 50 65 

Rated short time withstand capacity Icw 0.5sec 36.6 36.6 25 36.6 38 50 65 

50/60Hz (kA rms) 1sec 25 25 25 25 38 50 65 

Rated making capacity Icm 

50/60Hz (kA peak) 380/415/500V 77 77 52.5 77 105 105 143 

Rated impulse withstand voltage of main circuit (kV), Uimp 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 

Rated impulse withstand voltage of aux. circuit (kV), Uimp 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 

Typical opening time msec 4040404040 4040 

Typical closing time msec 6060606060 6060 

Utilization category B B B B B B B 

Suitability for isolation ü ü ü ü ü ü ü 

�ixed ü ü ü ü ü▲ 

Versions 

Dimensions(mm) 

1/2 

TECHNICAL DATA 

Drawout ü ü ü 

Manual ü ü ü ü ü ü ü 

Electrical ü ü 

CT taps for Thermo-Magnetic (DN1), Solid State (SR15, SR15G) Releases Amps 320,400 400,500,630 400,500,640,800 

CT taps for Microprocessor based (SR21, SR21E & SR61C) Releases Amps --- --- --- --- 800 

Electrical & Mechanical life (Operating Cycles)** 15,000 15,000 15,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 

Fixed D 

H 385 385 385 385 394 

3 pole 331.2 331.2 331.2 331.2 

378 

H 

W 

4 pole NA NA NA NA 

NA 

466 

NA 

D 447 447 447 447 431 

Drawout 

D 

H 468 468 468 

H 

W 

3pole 

4 pole 

NA 

399 

NA 

399 

487 

399 

487 

D 587 587 587 

NA - Not Available 

* Please consult us for applications at higher operational voltages upto 1000V and dc voltages. 

** Electrical life = Mechanical life, however arcing contacts need to be replaced depending upon wear. 

Arcing contacts are readily available as spares & easily replaceable at site. 

▲ Available in CN-CS version also. 

Note:1) CN-CS400, CN-CS630, 630E, 800E & 1000E ACB are available only with DN1 release. 

2) A Choice of straight horizontal rear, straight vertical rear, flat rear and front terminal orientations in all drawout ACBs. 

3) Data of Icw rating for 3 sec is available on request.

Versions 



Rating (A) 1000 1250 

Type Designation CN-CS..E S C H CN-CS..E S C H 

Rated Current (A) 400C In 1000 1000 1000 1000 1250 1250 1250 1250 

Rated Operational Voltage (V) 50/60Hz Ue* 415 415 415 415 415 415 415 415 

Rated insulation voltage (V), 50/60Hz Ui 690 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 

No. of poles 3 3 3/4 3/4 3 3 3/4 3/4 




380/415/500V 36.6 50 50 65 50 50 50 65 




380/415/500V 36.6 38 50 65 50 38 50 65 

Rated short time withstand capacity Icw 0.5sec 36.6 38 50 65 50 38 50 65 

50/60Hz (kA rms) 1sec 25 38 50 65 50 38 50 65 


50/60Hz (kA peak) 380/415/500V 77 105 105 143 105 105 105 143 

Rated impulse withstand voltage of main circuit (kV), Uimp 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 

Rated impulse withstand voltage of aux. circuit (kV), Uimp 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 

Typical opening time msec 4040 404040 404040 

Typical closing time msec 6060 606060 606060 

Utilization category B B B B B B B B 

Suitability for isolation ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü 

�ixed ü ü▲ü ü 

Drawout ü ü ü ü ü ü 

Manual ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü 

Electrical ü ü ü ü 

CT taps for Thermo-Magnetic (DN1), Solid State (SR15, SR15G) Releases Amps 800, 1000 1000, 1250 

CT taps for Microprocessor based (SR21, SR21E & SR61C) Releases Amps --- --- 1000 --- 1250 

Electrical & Mechanical life (Operating Cycles)** 15,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 

�ixed 

D 

H 385 394 385 394 

3 pole 331.2 378 378 378 

W 

4 pole NA 

NA 

466 

NA 

NA 

NA 

466 

NA 

H 

D 447 431 447 431 

Drawout 

D 

H 468 468 468 468 468 468 

H 

W 

3pole 

4 pole 

NA 

399 

NA 

399 

487 

399 

487 

NA 

399 

NA 

399 

487 

399 

487 

D 587 587 587 587 587 587 

1/3 

1

1 Rating (A) 1600 2000 2500 

Type Designation S C H E C H C H 

Rated Current (A) 400C In 1600 1600 1600 2000 2000 2000 2500 2500 

Rated Operational Voltage (V) 50/60Hz Ue* 415 415 415 415 415 415 415 415 

Rated insulation voltage (V), 50/60Hz Ui 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 

No. of poles 3 3/4 3/4 3 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 




380/415/500V 50 50 65 50 55 75 60 75 




380/415/500V 38 50 65 50 55 75 60 75 

Rated short time withstand capacity Icw 0.5sec 38 5065 5055 75 60 75 

50/60Hz (kA rms) 1sec 38 50 65 50 55 75 60 75 


50/60Hz (kA peak) 380/415/500V 105 105 143 105 121 165 132 165 

Rated impulse withstand voltage of main circuit (kV), Uimp 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 

Rated impulse withstand voltage of aux. circuit (kV), Uimp 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 

Typical opening time msec 40 4040 40404040 40 

Typical closing time msec 60 6060 60606060 60 

Utilization category B B B B B B B B 

Suitability for isolation ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü 

�ixed ü ü ü ü 

Versions 


1/4 


Drawout ü ü ü ü ü ü ü 

Manual ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü 

Electrical ü ü ü ü ü ü 

CT taps for Thermo-Magnetic (DN1), Solid State (SR15, SR15G) Releases Amps 1250,1600 1000,1250,1600,2000 2000,2500 

CT taps for Microprocessor based (SR21, SR21E & SR61C) Releases Amps --- 1600 --- 2000 2500 

Electrical & Mechanical life (Operating Cycles)** 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 

Fixed 

D 

H 394 385 394 394 

3 pole 378 378 534 534 

W 

4 pole 

NA 

466 

NA 

NA 680 

NA 

680 

NA 

H 

D 431 447 431 431 

Drawout 

D 

H 468 468 468 468 468 468 468 

H 

W 

3pole 

4 pole 

399 

NA 

399 

487 

399 

487 

NA 

555 

701 

555 

701 

555 

701 

555 

701 

D 587 587 587 587 587 587 587 

NA - Not Available 

* Please consult us for applications at higher operational voltages upto 1000V and dc voltages. 

** Electrical life = Mechanical life, however arcing contacts need to be replaced depending upon wear. 

Arcing contacts are readily available as spares & easily replaceable at site. 

▲ Available in CN-CS version also. 

Note:1) A Choice of straight horizontal rear, straight vertical rear, flat rear and front terminal orientations in all drawout ACBs. 

2) Data of Icw rating for 3 sec is available on request.

Versions 



Rating (A) 3200 4000 5000 6300 

Type Designation D H1 C H C C 

Rated Current (A) 400C In 3200 3200 4000 4000 5000 6300 

Rated Operational Voltage (V) 50/60Hz Ue* 415 415 415 415 415 415 

Rated insulation voltage (V), 50/60Hz Ui 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 

No. of poles 3/4 3 3/4 3 3 3 




380/415/500V 70 100 70 100 85 85 




380/415/500V 70 100 70 100 85 85 

Rated short time withstand capacity Icw 0.5sec 701 0 701 0 –– –– 

50/60Hz (kA rms) 1sec 70 100 70 100 85 85 


50/60Hz (kA peak) 380/415/500V 154 220 154 220 187 187 

Rated impulse withstand voltage of main circuit (kV), Uimp 8 8 8 8 8 8 

Rated impulse withstand voltage of aux. circuit (kV), Uimp 4 4 4 4 4 4 

Typical opening time msec 4040 40404040 

Typical closing time msec 6060 60606060 

Utilization category B B B B B B 

Suitability for isolation ü ü ü ü ü ü 

�ixed ü ü 

Drawout ü ü ü ü ü ü 

Manual ü ü ü ü ü ü 

Electrical ü ü ü ü ü ü 

CT taps for Thermo-Magnetic (DN1), Solid State (SR15, SR15G) Releases Amps 1600,2000,2500,3200 2000,2500,3200,4000 –– –– 

CT taps for Microprocessor based (SR21, SR21E & SR61C) Releases Amps 3200 4000 5000 6300 

Electrical & Mechanical life (Operating Cycles)** 10,000 10,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 

Fixed 

D 

H 509 509 

3 pole 688 688 

W 

4 pole 890 

NA 

890 

NA NA NA 

H 

D 518 518 

Drawout 

D 

H 583 468 583 468 583 583 

H 

W 

3pole 711 701 711 701 913 913 

4 pole 913 NA 913 NA NA NA 

D 652 607 678 607 691 691 

1/5 

1

1 

1/6 

SR21 SR21E 

Note : 3 phase, 4 wire system, Neutral CT for earthfault is required. 

Type of 

Protection 

PROTECTION 

MICROPROCESSOR BASED 

SALIENT �EATURES O� RELEASES TYPE SR21 & SR21E 

✦ Incorporate 8-bit microprocessor. 

✦ True RMS measurement. 

✦ True hot and cold characteristics. 

✦ Thermal memory takes care of residual heat in case of repeat 

overloads. Thermal memory can be bypassed, if required. 

✦ Comprehensive protection functions : long time, short time, 

instantaneous and ground fault. 

✦ Reliable tripping by direct operation on trip mechanism of the 

breaker. 

✦ No external power supply. 

✦ Built-in electromechanical fault status indicators in SR21 release. 

✦ Zone selective interlocking on short circuit and ground fault. 

✦ Self-diagnostic and self-correcting watchdog provision. 

✦ SRT-2 Test kit available for verifying the release operation. 

✦ Suitable for 50/60 Hz systems. 

✦ Annunciation module available for remote indication of each type 

of fault. 

Setting Ranges 

Pick-up current Time Delay 

Ir-0.5 to 1.0 times In 0.2 to 30 sec. at 6 Ir 

Long Time Steps : 0.50, 0.60, 0.65, 0.70, 0.75, 

0.80, 0.85, 0.9, 0.95, 1.00 

Steps : 0.2, 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 5, 6, 12, 17, 30s 

2 to 10 times Ir 20ms to 600 ms 

Short Time Steps : 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Steps : 20, 60, 100, 160, 200, 260, 300 

400, 500, 600 ms 

2 to 16 times In 

Instantaneous Steps : 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 

One position as infinity 

0.2 to 0.6 times In 100 to 400 ms 

Ground �ault Steps : 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6 Steps : 100, 200, 300, 400 ms & infinity 

Note: Positioning the knob to infinity position will suppress the corresponding protection. 

In is the nominal current which is the CT tap value. 

Ir is the rated current which is the setting of pick-up current for long time in the release. 

E.g. 1000A CT has taps of 800A & 1000A and if 800A tap is selected, then the nominal current (In) is 800A. 

If the long time pick-up knob is at 0.5, then the rated current (Ir) is 0.5 x 800A = 400A.

PROTECTION 

MICROPROCESSOR BASED 

CHARACTERISTIC CURVE 

Long Time & Short time 

SR21/ 21E 

Instantaneous 

SR21/ 21E 

Ir 

1/7 

1

1 

1/8 

Type of 

Protection 

PROTECTION 

COMPUTER COMPATIBLE & COMMUNICATION CAPABLE 

SALIENT �EATURES O� RELEASE TYPE SR61C 

✦ Display of rms currents (Phase, Highest among phases) and Trip data by 4-seven 

segment LEDs. 

✦ Non-volatile memory for Storage and display of trip history for last 5 tripping 

operations. 

✦ Communication with PC and breaker control through RS485 port. 

✦ Serial communication by MODBUS-RTU protocol. 

✦ Separate indication for Power-ON and Programming mode or fault. 

✦ Individual fault indication by LEDs. LED indication can be reset by the Reset button 

on the release. However, resetting is not possible when fault is present. 

✦ Direct tripping of breaker - Reliable and Minimum tripping time. 

✦ Blocking function to inhibit any of the trip functions to achieve intelligent 

discrimination. 

✦ Protection against failure of breaker to trip within set time delay (Range : 0.05 s to 

0.25 s in steps of 0.01 s) 

✦ Automatic doubling feature to prevent nuisance tripping during motor starting. Can 

be Enabled or Disabled. 

✦ Protection settings can be changed through computer while breaker is carrying 

current. 

✦ 5 Output relays 

R1 Used for trip output (Can be programmed in manual or auto reset mode) 

R2 �or Instantaneous output 

R3 �or opening the breaker 

R4 �or closing the breaker 

R5 �or indication of internal error / program error / auxiliary supply failure 

✦ Auxiliary power supply required : 110V to 240V ac/dc +10% 

Auxiliary power supply burden < 10 VA 



Ir-0.5 to 1.0 times In 2 to 30 sec. at 6 times Ir 

Long Time Steps : 0.50, 0.55, 0.60, 0.65, 0.70, 0.75, 

0.80, 0.85, 0.9, 0.95, 1.00 

Steps : 2, 10, 20, 30 sec 

2 to 16 times In Inst. to 400 ms 

Short Time Steps : 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 Steps : Inst., 100, 200, 300, 400 ms 

0.2 to 0.6 times In 100 to 400 ms 

Ground �ault Steps : 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6 Steps : 100, 200, 300, 400 ms & Disable

PROTECTION 

COMPUTER COMPATIBLE & COMMUNICATION CAPABLE 


Long Time 

SR61C 

1/9 

1

1 

1/10 

ZONE SELECTIVE INTERLOCKING 

Zone Selectivity, applicable to short circuit protection function allows one to obtain shorter trip times for the circuit breaker closest to the 

fault than in the case of time based selectivity. The word zone is used to refer to the part of an installation between two circuit breakers 

in series. Every circuit breaker which detects a fault, communicates this to the circuit breaker upstream using a simple connection wire. 

The fault zone is the zone immediately downstream of the circuit breaker which detects the fault but does not receive any communication 

from those downstream. This circuit breaker opens without waiting for the time delay set. All ratings of C-POWER ACBs with SR21/ 

SR21E/SR61C releases allow one to obtain zone selectivity as explained below. 

A, B, C, D, and E are breakers with SR21 / SR21E release and are interconnected in cascade as shown. Short time delays are as 

indicated to achieve discrimination between upstream and downstream breakers. When a fault occurs in zone ‘Z’, breaker ‘E’ trips after 

a delay of 100 ms*, and breakers ‘C’ and ‘A’ follow delays of 200 ms* and 300 ms*, respectively, if required. But in case of a fault at ‘Y’ 

breaker ‘C’ trips after a delay of 60 ms*, a default value, instead of 200 ms*. This is because of the communication between releases in 

circuit breakers ‘C’ and ‘E’. Similarly, a fault in zone ‘X’ results in breaker ‘A’ tripping after delay of 60 ms* instead of 300 ms*, thus 

achieving intelligent discrimination. 

This intelligent discrimination is achieved in communication capable release type SR61C by programming its blocking function. 

* Breaker opening time additional.

Type of 

Protection 

* Available in SR 15G release only. 

PROTECTION 

SOLID STATE 

Setting Ranges of SR15 & SR15G 

SALIENT �EATURES O� RELEASES TYPE SR15 & SR15G 

✦ Comprehensive protection 

SR15 - Long Time and Short Time 

SR15G - Long Time, Short Time and Ground �ault. 

✦ Wide range of current adjustments possible 

✦ Choice of three I-t characteristics in long time zone. 

✦ Hot and cold characteristics. 

✦ Thermal memory takes care of residual heat in case of repetitive 

overloads. 

✦ Reliable tripping by direct operation on the breaker trip shaft. 

✦ No external power supply required. 

✦ Power On LED. 

✦ SRT-1 Test kit is available for verifying the release operation. 

✦ Suitable for 50/60 Hz systems. 

✦ Annunciator module available for remote indication of each type 

of fault. 



Long Time Ir - 0.5 to 1.0 times In 2.5 sec, 13 sec, 25 sec at 6 Ir 

Short Time 2 to 10 times In Inst. to 400 ms. 

Ground �ault* 0.2 to 0.5 times In 100 to 400 ms. 

1/11 

1

1 

1/12 

PROTECTION 

SOLID STATE 


Long Time (delay 25 sec.) and Short time 

SR15/15G 

Long Time (delay 2.5 sec. and 13 sec.) 

SR15/15G

PROTECTION 

THERMO-MAGNETIC 

CHARACTERISTICS 

I-t Characteristics for DN1 Release 

Note : 

�or exact values of magnetic thershold refer overcurrent release table. 

Thermal Characteristics shown above are for dial setting of 1.0 in DN1 overcurrent release. 

SALIENT �EATURES O� THERMO MAGNETIC OVERCURRENT 

RELEASE TYPE DN1 

• Comprehensive protection - Long Time & Short Time. 

• Sensing through Current transformers. 

• Wide range of overload and short circuit setting possible with 

multi-tap CTs. 

• True RMS sensing. 

• Each phase can be individually adjusted for overload and short 

circuit settings. 

• Ambient temperature compensated from -50C to + 500C. • Suitable for 50/60Hz systems. 

• Mechanical trip test facility available. 

Overload Protection 

• Provided by bi-metals. 

• Continuously adjustable dial settings from 75% to 100% of CT 

tap. 

• Inverse time characteristics on overload. 

Short Circuit Protection 

• Provided by electromagnets. 

• Multiple settings available. 

• �ixed minimum impulsion time of 25 ms on short circuit by means 

of a flywheel to prevent tripping due to transients. 

1/13 

1

1 

* Not recommended 

1/14 

PROTECTION 

OVERCURRENT SETTINGS �OR RELEASE TYPE DN1 

Type Designation CT CT Tap Setting of Magnetic Release Thermal Current Setting 

(Amp.) (Amps.) (Amps.) 

DN1 taps 

M1 M2 

CN-CS 400 400 320 1800 * 240 to 320 

400 2300 * 300 to 400 

CN-CS 630 / 630 E 630 400 2500 * 300 to 400 

500 3000 3700 375 to 500 

630 3600 4500 472 to 630 

CN-CS 800 E/S/C/H 500 400 2700 * 300 to 400 

500 3200 3900 375 to 500 

800 640 3900 4900 480 to 640 

800 4700 6000 600 to 800 

CN-CS 1000 E/S/C/H 1000 800 4700 6000 600 to 800 

1000 5700 7200 750 to 1000 

CN-CS 1250 E/S/C/H 1250 1000 5700 7200 750 to 1000 

1250 7000 8900 940 to 1250 

CN-CS 1600 S/C/H 1600 1250 7000 8900 940 to 1250 

1600 8800 11500 1200 to 1600 

CN-CS 2000 E/C/H 1250 1000 5700 7200 750 to 1000 

1250 7000 8900 940 to 1250 

2000 1600 8800 11500 1200 to 1600 

2000 11000 14000 1500 to 2000 

CN-CS 2500 C/H 2500 2000 11000 14000 1500 to 2000 

2500 13500 17000 1875 to 2500 

CN-CS 3200 D 2000 1600 8500 11500 1200 to 1600 

2000 11500 16000 1500 to 2000 

3200 2000 12500 16500 1500 to 2000 

2500 14000 18000 1875 to 2500 

3200 17000 23000 2400 to 3200 

CN-CS 3200 H1 3200 2500 14000 17500 1875 to 2500 

3200 17500 22000 2400 to 3200 

CN-CS 4000 C/H 4000 2000 12500 16500 1500 to 2000 

2500 14000 18000 1875 to 2000 

3200 17000 23000 2400 to 3200 

4000 22000 29000 3000 to 4000 

Operating Limits 0.8 - 1.2 of setting 1.05 - 1.2 of setting

ACCESSORIES 

LOCKS/INTERLOCKS 

Type Data Type Catalogue No. 

LOCKABLE TRIP PUSH BUTTON (LTPB) LTPB is suitable for fixed as well as draw-out manual or electrical ACBs. 

�or interlocking, LTPBs are offered in following combinations : 

• 4 different types of keys i.e. AA, BB, CC and DD suitable for 2 incomers 

and 1 bus coupler schemes. 

• Combination of L, M, N, LM and MN locks, which are suitable for 

three incomer and two bus coupler schemes. 

• Combination of K, L, M, N, KL, LM, and MN locks, which are suitable 

for four incomer and three bus coupler schemes. 

• Combination of J, K, L, M, N, JK, KL, LM and MN locks, which are 

suitable for five incomer and four bus coupler schemes 

View of the cradle 

Door 

Interlock 

Racking 

Interlock 

Locking in 

‘Isolated’ 

Position 

* Available on request as special ACBs 

A) Locking in Isolated Position (LIP) 

The facility of locking in Isolated position is available in D/O ACBs, 

both Manual and Electrical Versions. 

This feature is useful in achieving interlocking between Mains & 

Standby source. (Normally 2 incomer and one bus coupler) 

• The key is inserted in breaker and unlocked. This ACB can then be 

racked in to Service position and closed. 

B) Door Interlock 

The functioning of door interlock can be explained with reference to 

two positions 

1) Door is open and breaker in isolated Position. 

Door Interlock ensures that unless the door is closed, breaker 

cannot be racked into test & service position. 

2) Door is closed and breaker in service/test position. 

When the breaker is in service or test position, it is not possible to 

open the door. 

C) Racking Interlock 

This ensures that breaker cannot be racked in/out unless it is in 

tripped/open condition. 

Mechanical Interlock 

It is possible to provide “Mechanical Interlock” between two breakers of 

the same or different ratings in vertical or horizontal configurations. 

Mechanical Interlock is available for ACBs upto 4000A. 

Mechanical Interlocking for ACBs in vertical configuration can be provided 

by links or by flexible cables. Same for horizontal configuration can be 

provided by flexible cables. 

Castell-lock 

Numbered Castell-lock can also be mounted on C-Power ACBs. This 

can be used to Inter-lock with other products such as S-D-� units, MCCBs 

etc. Castell-lock is available only for manual ACBs. 

AA SL93148OOOA 

BB SL93148OOOB 

CC SL93148OOOC 

DD SL93148OOOD 

LIP 

A SL93A46OOOA 

B SL93A46OOOB 

C SL93A46OOOC 

D SL93A46OOOD 

DOOR I/L 

SL93150OOOO 

RACKING I/L 

A SL93149OOOA 

B SL93149OOOB 

C SL93149OOOC 

D SL93149OOOD 

* 

* 

1/15 

1

1 

1/16 

ACCESSORIES 

ACB tripping indication available for the following: 

Type Data Catalogue No. 

AN1 - ANNUNCIATOR MODULE Remote indication for overload and short circuit. 

E� 98114OOOO 

• Individual fault indication provided by three separate LEDs for 

- Long time fault 

- Short time/Instantaneous fault 

- Ground fault 

• Can be used with releases type SR15G/SR21/SR21E 

• One potential free contact rated 5A at 230Vac available for each 

type of fault 

• �lush mounting on panel 

• Requires operating voltage : 240V ac/110V dc/220 Vdc. Other 

voltages available on request 

C5 

C1 

C2 

Common indication for overload and short circuit. 

• Available for release type DN1 as an option and for releases type 

SR15/SR15G/ SR21/SR21E/SR61C as standard. 

• Provided by microswitch C1 fitted inside the ACB. 

Separate indication for overload and short circuit. 

• �or release type DN1, this is provided by microswitches C1 & C2 

(C2 fitted inside release.) 

• Available through fault indicators in SR21 and SR61C releases as 

standard feature. 

Indication for shunt release operation 

• Provided by microswitch C5 fitted on the shunt release. 

SL92704OOOO 

SL92705OOOO 

SL92703OOOO

ACCESSORIES 


C3 

C8 C6 C7 C9 

Microswitch Rating 

Indication for under voltage release operation 

• Porvided by microswitch C3 fitted on the undervoltage release. 

Microswitches for position Indication 

• Electrical indication available through microswitches. 

• Two microswitches with one changeover contact for 

i) Service (C6 & C7) 

ii) Test or Isolated position (C8 & C9) 

• In case of electrical ACB, a service position microswitch is 

always fitted on the left side. This prevents remote closing of 

ACB in ‘Test’ Position. 

Type Rated voltage Rated current 

(V) (A) 

C2 125 ac 0.5 

250 ac 2 

30 dc 2 

125-250 ac 10 

C1,C3 415 ac 5 

C5,C6 30 dc 8 

C7, C8, 110 dc 0.5 

C12 220 dc 0.2 

Secondary Isolating Contacts (SIC) 

• Self aligned, spring loaded, fully drawout type. 

• Required for control circuit connections. 

• Maximum four blocks, each of six contacts. 

• The contacts are rated at 16A, 500V AC. 

• Programmable for service or Test Positions of ACB 

SL92703OOOO 

SERVICE 

(R) SL93142OOOO 

(L) SL93143OOOO 

TEST/ISOLATED 

(R) SL93144OOOO 

(L) SL93145OOOO 

MOVING-SIC 

SL92701OOOO 

�IX-SIC 

SL93866OOOO 

1/17 

1

1 

OPERATION COUNTER 

SRT - 2 for SR21/SR21E releases 

SRT - 1 for SR15/SR15G releases 

1/18 

ACCESSORIES 


• Operates mechanically. 

• Displays total number of breaker operations cycles. 

Test kits for checking functions of releases 

• Test kits require control supply for their operation 

• Releases should never be tested when breaker is carrying current 

XM 81063OOOO 

SRT1 

ST24045OOOO 

SRT2 

ST23130OOOO

SHUNT RELEASE 

UNDER VOLTAGE RELEASE 

AUXILIARY CONTACTS 

ACCESSORIES 

Type Data Technical Data Catalogue No. 

• �or remote tripping of 

the breaker. 

• Shunt release coil is 

short time rated and 

is disconnected from 

the circuit by an auxiliary 

contact when 

the ACB trips (Refer 

the wiring diagram), 

Two types available: 

• EA for dc application 

• EA1 for ac application 

Two types available : 

• Type MV 

with no intentional 

time delay. 

• Type MVR 

With fixed time delay 

of 3+1.5 sec. to prevent 

nuisance tripping 

against momentary 

voltage dips. 

Note : When 

undervoltage release is 

provided, the ACB can 

be closed only when 

supply is available to the 

undervoltage release. 

• Two combinations 

available. 

2 NO + 2 NC 

6 NO + 6 NC 

Type Nominal Power Operating 

of Voltage Consumption Limits 

Release Uc(V) at pick up 

50Hz 

240 ac 800 VA 10-130% 

EA1 415 ac 800 VA Uc 

EA 24V dc 32 W 

48V dc 125 W 65-130% 

110 dc 45 W Uc 

220 dc 30 W 

Note : Other voltages available on request 

Nominal 240V & 415V : 50Hz 

voltage (Uc) 220V & 415V : 60Hz 

Pick up (V) 80% Uc 

Drop off (V) 35-65% Uc 

VA Consumption Pick up - 23 VA 

Hold on - 10 VA 

Watt loss 6 W 

Electrical Voltage Rated 

Circuit (V) current 

(A) 

Resistive 24 to 415 ac 16 

250 V dc 1.2 

Non-resistive 24 to 415 ac 16 

250 V dc 1.0# 

# L/R = 15ms with two contacts in series 

110Vdc -SL92718O1OO 

220Vdc -SL92718O2OO 

24/48Vdc-SL92718O4OO 

240Vac -SL92718OBOO 

415Vac -SL92718ODOO 

MV 

240Vac-SL92720BOOO 

415Vac-SL92720DOOO 

MVR 

240Vac-SL92719BOOO 

415Vac-SL92719DOOO 

�OR RATINGS 

�ROM 800A 

TO 2500A 

2NO+2NC: 

SL92765OOOO 

6NO+6NC: 

SL92767OOOO 

�OR RATINGS 

�ROM 3200A 

TO 6300A 

2NO+2NC: 

SL92766OOOO 

6NO+6NC: 

SL92768OOOO 

1/19 

1

1 

All Air Circuit Breakers conform to IS 13947-2 and IEC 60947-2. The items listed under column III are standard ACBs with thermo-magnetic release DN1, CTs & 

auto reset. The standard manually operated fixed breakers come equipped with 6NO + 6NC auxiliary contacts (except for 400 & 630A Manually Operated �ixed 

Breakers). The standard Manual Drawout breakers come equipped with 6NO + 6NC auxiliary contacts & 18 way secondary isolating contacts. The standard 

Electrical Drawout breakers come equipped with 6NO + 6NC auxillary contacts, 240V ac or 220 dc shunt release, service position microswitch, 240V ac or 220V 

dc motor & 24 way secondary isolating contacts. ACBs are suitable for operational voltage of 415V ac. 

The items listed under column IV are ACBs as in column III but without protection release. 

The items listed under column V are ACBs as in column III but with solid state analog release SR15G in place of DN1. Column VI indicate 4 pole ACBs with DN1 

release. 

I II III IV V VI 

DESCRIPTION With Thermo-Magnetic Without Protection With Solid State With Thermo-Magnetic 

Release (3 Pole) Release (3 Pole) Release (3 Pole) Release (4 Pole) 

Catalogue No. Catalogue No. Catalogue No. Catalogue No. 

400 A M� SL 92988OOOO 

630 A M� SL 92880OOOO 

800 A M� SL 92678OOOO * * * 

* Available on request as special ACBs 

1/20 

ORDERING IN�ORMATION �OR STANDARD ACBs 

E� SL 93021OOOO * * * 

MDO SL 93061OOOO SL93561OOOO SL 93581OOOO ST 25031OOOO 

EDO (AC) SL 93081OOOO SL93861OOOO SL 93681OOOO ST 25041OOOO 

EDO(DC) SL 93101OOOO * * * 

1000 A M� SL 92679OOOO * * * 

E� SL 93022OOOO * * * 




1250 A M� SL 93003OOOO * * * 

E� SL 93023OOOO * * * 




1600 A M� SL 93004OOOO * * * 

E� SL 93024OOOO * * * 




2000 A M� SL 93005OOOO * * * 

E� SL 93025OOOO * * * 




2500 A M� SL 93006OOOO * * * 

E� SL 93026OOOO * * * 




3200 A M� * * * * 

E� * * * * 

MDO SL 93070OOOO SL93570OOOO SL 93590OOOO SL 91289OOOO 

EDO (AC) SL 93090OOOO SL93870OOOO SL 93690OOOO SL 91290OOOO 

EDO(DC) SL 93110OOOO * * SL 91291OOOO 

4000 A M� * * * * 

E� * * * * 

MDO SL 93068OOOO SL93568OOOO SL 93588OOOO SL 93983OOOO 

EDO (AC) SL 93088OOOO SL93868OOOO SL 93688OOOO SL 93981OOOO 

EDO(DC) SL 93108OOOO * * SL 93982OOOO

ORDERING IN�ORMATION �OR SPECIAL ACBs 

Rating 400 630 800 1000 1250 1600 

* Refer Range and Product Data for details. 

2000 2500 3200 4000 5000 6300 

Rated Operational Voltage 415Vac 660Vac Other voltages, please specify 

Type* E C D H H1 

(Note: D & H1 type of ACBs are available only for 3200A ACB) 

No. of Poles 3 4 

Versions �ixed Drawout 

Type of Closing Independent Stored energy type Stored energy type 

Manual Manual (Motor operated) 

Wiring Scheme 3 phase, 3 wire 3 phase, 4 wire 

Type of Protection SR 61C 

SR 21 SR 21E 

SR 15G 

DN1 

SR 15 

Type of Reset Manual Auto 

Auxillary Contacts 2 NO + NC 

6 NO + 6 NC 

Voltmetric Release 

Shunt Release EA 24/48V dc 

EA 110V dc 

EA 220V dc 

EA1 240V ac 

EA1 415V ac 

Motor Voltage 

110V AC 50/60 Hz 

240V AC 50/60 Hz 

110V dc 

220V dc 

Closing Electromagnet 

110V 50 Hz 

240V 50 Hz 

110V dc 

220V dc 

Other Voltages, Please specify 

Under Voltage Release MV 240V ac 

MV 415V ac 

MVR 240V ac 

MVR 415V ac 

(Note: MV release is meant for instantaneous tripping of ACB and MVR release is for tripping the ACB with 

intentional time delay) 

1/21 

1

1 

Terminal Orientation* Straight Horizontal 

1/22 

Straight Vertical 

�ront 

* Standard ACBs mentioned on page 1/20 have flat rear terminals for ratings upto 3200A and 

straight horizontal for ratings above 3200A 

Signalling Microswitches Shunt release operation 

Under voltage release operation 

Electrical Indication of spring charging 

Position Microswitches 

-Service Position Left Right 

-Test/Isolated Position Left Right 

Accessories 

-Lockable Trip Push Button 

Type AA BB CC DD 

OR 

Suitable for 3 Incomer + 2 Bus Coupler scheme 

4 Incomer + 3 Bus coupler scheme 

5 Incomer + 4 Bus coupler scheme 

-Mechanical Interlock Through cables for horizontal or vertical configuration of ACBs 

Through links for vertical configuration of ACBs 

-Castell lock A B C D 

-Operation Counter 

-ANI Annuciator Module 

Accessories for Drawout ACBs 

-Door Interlock 

ORDERING IN�ORMATION �OR SPECIAL ACBs 

-Locking in Any position 

-Racking Interlock 

Isolated position 

Type A B C D 

Type A B C D

�or 400 A/630 A 3P 

A = 10 

OVERALL DIMENSIONS - TYPE CN-CS 

A = 5 

�or 800 A/1000 A 3P 

Note : All Dimensions are in mm. 

�ixed ACBs 

TERMINAL CONNECTIONS 


1/23 

1

1 

�or 800 A to 2500 A 3P/4P 

1/24 

Ratings 

800/1000A C 3P 

1250/1600A C 3P 

800/1000A C 4P 

1250/1600A C 4P 

OVERALL DIMENSIONS - TYPE C 

�ixed ACBs 

Dimensions (mm) 

A D E � 

326 57 102 - 

414 56 98 98 

2000/2500A C 3P 482 83 154 - 

2000/2500A C 4P 628 82 150 156 


Terminal for 800/1000 C Terminal for 1250/1600/2000/2500 C 


800/1000/1250/1600 C 

2000/2500 C

�or 3200 D/4000 C 3P/4P 

Ratings 


A B D E � 

3200D/4000 C 3P 628 636 112 202 - 

3200D/4000 C 4P 830 838 112 202 202 



�ixed ACBs 

Terminal for 3200 D/4000 C 


�or 3200 D/4000 C 

1/25 

1

1 

�or 630A - 2000A 3P 


1/26 

OVERALL DIMENSIONS - TYPE E 

�IXED ACBs 

630E/800E/1000E 

1250E/2000E 


TERMINAL CONNECTIONS

�or 800 A TO 2500 A C 3P/4P 



Ratings 

800/1000A C 3P 

1250/1600A C 3P 

800/1000A C 4P 

1250/1600A C 4P 

Drawout ACBs 


A D E � 

399 97.5 102 - 

487 96.5 98 98 

2000/2500A C 3P 555 123.5 154 - 

2000/2500A C 4P 701 122.5 150 156 

1/27 

1

1 

�LAT TERMINAL CONNECTIONS 

1/28 


800/1000 C 

2000 C 

HORIZONTAL REAR TERMINAL CONNECTIONS 

Drawout ACBs 

800C-1000C 1250C-1600C 2000C 2500C TOP VIEW 

Note : 1) All Dimensions are in mm. 2) Consult us for other Terminal Orientations. 

1250/1600 C 

2500 C 

REAR SIDE



�OR 3200 D/4000 C 3P/4P, 5000 C 3P, 6300 C 3P 


368 → 

→ 

256 → 

→ 

Drawout ACBs 

Terminal for 3200 D 

Terminal for 4000 C Terminal for 5000C / 6300C 

Ratings 


A D E 

3200 D/4000 C 3P 711 155.5 200 

3200 D/4000 C 4P 913 156.5 200 

5000 A C 3P 913 187.5 269 

6300 A C 3P 913 187.5 269 

3200 D 4000 C 

5000 C/6300 C 

1/29 

1

1 

1/30 

OVERALL DIMENSIONS - TYPE H 

�OR 800 TO 2500 H 3P/4P, 3200 H1 3P, 4000 H 3P 


Drawout ACBs 

Ratings Dimensions (mm) 

H-Range A D E � 

800/1000A H 3P 

1250/1600A H 3P 

TERMINAL �OR 800H/1000H 

CRADLE TERMINAL 

3200H/4000H 

399 97.5 102 - 

800/1000A H 4P 

1250/1600A H 4P 

487 96.5 98 98 

2500A H 3P 555 123.5 154 - 

2500A H 4P 701 122.5 150 156 

3200A H1 3P 

4000A H 3P 

701 148.5 202 - 

TERMINAL �OR 800H/1000H 

1250H/1600H/2500H


OVERALL DIMENSIONS - TYPE H 

Drawout ACBs 


800 H/1000 H 1250 H/1600 H 

2500 H 3200 H1/4000 H 

OVERALL DIMENSIONS - TYPE S 

Same as that of C-POWER (Type C) ACBs 

1/31 

1

1 

�OR �IXED ACBs - 800A to 4000A (Type C) 

�OR DRAWOUT ACBs - 800A to 6300A (Type C, S & H) 


1/32 

OVERALL DIMENSIONS 

DOOR CUTOUT DETAILS 

DOOR CUTOUT DOOR DRILLING �OR 

BEZEL �IXING PLAN 

DOOR CUTOUT DOOR DRILLING �OR 

BEZEL �IXING PLAN 

BEZEL 

BEZEL

�OR DRAWOUT ACBs - 800 to 1600 C/H/S, 2000 to 2500 C/H, 3200 H1, 4000 H 



MOUNTING DETAILS 

�or Horizontal Mounting �or Vertical Mounting 

Ratings 

Type 

G 

(mm) 

800A to 1600A 3P C,S&H 280.3 

800A to 1600A 4P C&H 368.3 

2000 / 2500A 3P C&H 436.3 

2000 / 2500A 4P C&H 582.3 

3200A 3P H1 582.3 

4000A 3P H 582.3 

1/33 

1

1 

�OR DRAWOUT ACBs - 3200 D, 4000 to 6300 C 

�IXING O� DOOR INTERLOCK 


1/34 


MOUNTING DETAILS 

�or Horizontal Mounting �or Vertical Mounting 

Bracket to be welded to the door from inside 

after aligning the Ø12.5 hole of the bracket to 

that of the door 

Ratings 

Type 

G 

(mm) 

3200A 3P D 661 

3200A 4P D 863 

4000A 3P C 661 

4000A 4P C 863 

5000A 3P C 863 

6300A 3P C 863

EE : ‘Closing’ electromagnet 

M : Motor 

C6 : Service Position Microswitch for 

Drawout Circuit Breaker 

(shown in ‘Test’ Position) 

C11 : Limit Switch (Operates when closing 

electromagnet is held ON) 

R : Economy resistor 

�CA : Limit Switch (Shown in Spring Charged 

Condition) 

CA : Auxiliary Contacts (Shown in Breaker Open 

Position) 

E,B,D,C,A : SIC Termination A,B,C,D, & E are SICs used 

40,3,41,42 for internal wiring in electrically operated ACBs. 

WIRING DIAGRAMS 

�OR ELECTRICALLY OPERATED ACBS 

** 

N,H,4 : Internal Termination Points 

...... : Wiring to be done by the Customer 

NOTE : 

: Internal Wiring 

*CA1 N.O. Contact not available for auxiliary use if 

shunt release type EA/EA1 is used 

**SIC-A 

Programmed to complete the circuit only in 

‘Test’ position. This enables carrying out 

operations of breakers by bypassing the 

electrical interlocks which are active in 

‘Service’ position. 

Max 24 SICs available on ACB (�or control, accessories and 

auxiliary circuits) 

* 

TEST SERVICE 

1/35 

1

1 

1/36 

SPRING CHARGE INDICATION 

(�OR ELECTRICAL ACBs) 

BREAKER ON-O�� INDICATION 

BREAKER AUXILIARY 

CONTACTS 

POSITION INDICATION 

ISOLATED / TEST POSITION 

SERVICE POSITION 

SERVICE, TEST, ISOLATED POSITION 


SIGNALLING 

SIGNALLING �OR VOLTMETRIC/AMPEMETRIC RELEASES 

SHUNT RELEASE 


EARTH �AULT 

INDICATING LAMPS 

L4-for Under Voltage Trip 

L5-for ‘Shunt’ Trip 

L6-for ‘Isolated’ and/or ‘Test Position’ 

L7-for ‘Service Position’ 

L8-for ‘Spring Discharged’ 

L9-for ‘Spring Charged’ 

L10-for ’Breaker On’ 

L11-for ‘Breaker Off’ 

L12-for ‘Test’ Position 

L13-for ‘Earth-fault’ Trip 

B5,B6,B7,B8 - Contactors 

BPED - ‘Signal Cancelling’ Push Button 

SIGNALLING SWITCHES 

C3-for ‘Under Voltage’ Trip 

C5-for ‘Shunt’ Trip 

C6-for ‘Service’ Position (Left) 

C7-for ‘Service’ Position (Right) 

C8-for ‘Isolated/Test’ Position (Left) 

C9-for ‘Isolated/Test Position (Right) 

C12-for ‘Earthfault’ Trip

Manual Reset 


SIGNALLING �OR OVERLOAD AND SHORT-CIRCUIT TRIPPING 

The cancelling of the fault signal is effected by pressing the 

local trip button, which also resets the overcurrent release. 

Signalling Switches 

C1-for ‘Overload and Short Circuit’ Trip 

C2-for ‘Short Circuit’ Trip 

INDICATING LAMPS 

L1-Common for ‘Overload and short Circuit’ Trip 

L2-for ‘Overload’ Trip 

L3-for ‘Short Circuit’ Trip 

B1, B2, B3, B4 - Contactors 

BPED - ‘Signal Cancelling’ Push button 

-(o- SIC terminals 

Note : Wiring shown inside dotted lines is wired in ACB 

Auto Reset 

Cancelling of fault signalling is provided by push button BPED. 

The presence of the fault signal does not prevent closing of 

the circuit breaker. 

Common Signalling Common Signalling 

Separate Signalling Separate Signalling 

1/37 

1

2 

DS Page 

�ixed Overload & �ixed Short-circuit 

release with Normal Breaking Capacity 

Technical Data 2/9,2/10 

I-t Characteristic Curves 2/26 

MCCB Ordering Data 2/36 

Accessories Ordering Data 2/45 


DH Page 

Adjustable Overload & �ixed 

Short-circuit release with 

Standard Breaking Capacity 






MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS 

DTH..E Page 

�ixed Overload & �ixed Short-circuit 

release with High Breaking Capacity 

Technical Data 2/11 




Overall Dimensions 2/58 

DL Page 

Adjustable Overload & �ixed 

Short-circuit release with 

High Breaking Capacity 






DG Page 

Adjustable Overload & �ixed Short-circuit 

release with Normal Breaking Capacity 






DTH Page 

Adjustable Overload & �ixed Short-circuit 

release (Conventional MCCBs) with 

High Breaking Capacity 





Overall Dimensions 2/65,2/66

DX..S Page 

Adjustable Overload & adjustable Shortcircuit 

with standard Breaking Capacity 

3 & 4 Pole 


I-t Characteristic Curves 2/32-2/34 


Accessories Ordering Data 2/51,2/52 


DTH Instantaneous Page 

Instantaneous MCCBs 






DX..H Page 

Adjustable Overload & adjustable Shortcircuit 

with high Breaking Capacity 3 & 4 

Pole 


I-t Characteristic Curves 2/32-2/35 


Accessories Ordering Data 2/51-2/53 


D� Page 

�use Monitoring device 


Ordering Data 2/44 



Wiring Diagram 2/79 

DM Page 

Motor protection MCCBs 





Type 2 Co-ordination Chart 2/83 

2

2 

2/1 


L&T was the first company to introduce “Moulded case circuit Breakers (MCCBs)” in India. Over the years, it has developed & 

enhanced the products to growing requirements of market conditions. 

L&T MCCBs use latest technologies for circuit interruption under faults. These MCCBs comply with standards IS 13947, IEC 60947 

and EN 60947-2 and are certified at independent and approved test authorities. 

L&T offers a wide range of MCCBs with current ratings from 0.63A to 1600A in 3-Pole & 4-Pole versions & breaking capacity from 

6kA to 100kA. These MCCBs are available with Thermal-Magnetic as well as with Electronic release (above 125A in DX range). 

These MCCBs are available in �ixed or Drawout versions. They are also available in utilisation category ‘A’ or ‘B’. 

L&T MCCBs are complemented with a wide variety of internal and external accessories. 

APPLICATIONS 

Distribution �eeders Ideally suited for incoming and outgoing feeder circuits on distribution boards. 

Transformers Provide effective protection to distribution transformers as outgoing breakers on the LT side. 

DG Sets Used for protection and control of diesel generating sets against overloads and short circuits. 

AP�C Systems Suitable for controlling LT capacitors for power factor corrections. 

DC Loads Suitable for both AC as well as DC applications. Hence find application in protecting rectifier panels. 

UPS Used for UPS & Electronic equipment protection. 

Motors Specially designed MCCBs for Motor back-up protection provide Type-2 co-ordination (as per IEC 60947) 

in conjunction with suitably rated contactors and relays. 

�urnaces Suitable for high frequency systems upto 400Hz and can be used for control of high frequency furnaces. 

Also used in induction furnaces along with semiconductor fuses. 

WORKING PRINCIPLE 

L&T’s new range of MCCBs operate on “Current limiting” principle. This 

helps in very fast clearance (less than 10 mS) of short-circuit faults. This is 

achieved by – 

1. Quick opening of main contacts. 

2. Guiding the arc rapidly away from the contacts into the arcing chamber. 

3. Quick quenching of arc by using effective arc quenching devices. 

As a result peak short circuit current (I p ) is limited to cut-off current (I c ). 

Thus, I2t let through (proportional to the shaded area) is considerably 

reduced, resulting in lower thermal stresses in downstream equipments 

and connecting cables.



1. Operating mechanism is quick-make, quick-break and trip free. It is independent of manual speed of operation. Contacts cannot be 

‘teased’ into position, nor can the breaker be held closed under fault conditions. 

2. Clear indication of ‘ON’, ‘O��’ & ‘TRIP’ position. 

3. Suitable for both AC & DC applications. 

4. Terminals suitable for both copper & aluminium terminations. 

5. “Push to trip” facility to verify healthiness of mechanism. 

6. Wide range of site fittable accessories. 

7. Low let through energy. 

8. No load line bias in new range of MCCBs. 

9. Rotary operating mechanism has door interlock facility with an option of defeating interlock by an authorized person. 

10. Housing is made of heat resistant insulating material. 

11. Silver alloy contacts have long electrical life. The mechanism is so designed there is no arcing on the current carrying part of the 

contact. The strong “wipe action” of the contact system keeps the contact surface clear of oxide films. 

MOUNTING POSITION 

L&T’s new range of MCCB’s can be mounted up to 90 0 in any direction. 

MCCBs �OR MOTOR BACK-UP PROTECTION 

MCCBs are increasingly being used in motor application as 

a backup protection device due to following advantages: 

✦ Low down time 

✦ Reduced running cost 

✦ No risking of single phasing 

✦ Availability of various accessories 

TYPICAL MOTOR �EEDER 

A typical motor protection scheme comprises a starter (contractor and thermal overload relay) and a short circuit protective device(SCPD) 

e.g.MCCB. 

Thermal overload relay provides close protection to the motor against single phasing and moderate overloads like stalling etc. Protection 

against higher overcurrents, beyond capability of the starter including short circuit faults is offered by MCCB. 

It is necessary to have proper discrimination between thermal overload relay and SCPD for any effective protection scheme. Type DM 

MCCBS are hence designed with instantaneous release to ensure proper discrimination. 

�USE MONITORING DEVICE 

L&T’s range of MCCBs also includes the �use Monitoring Device type ‘D�’, designed to monitor the operation of fuse. 

In the motor feeders, where Switch Disconnector �use units are used for motor backup protection, there is every possibility of only one of 

the three fuses blowing due to a fault, resulting in single phasing. This can be avoided by using �use Monitoring Device along with Switch 

Disconnector �use units of any fuse ratings (refer page 2/79 for connection diagram). 

2/2 

2

2 

Note : �or ordering information, refer pages 2/45 - 2/55 

2/3 

ACCESSORIES 

INTERNAL 

SHUNT RELEASE 

The shunt release provides remote tripping of the circuit breaker. The coil of 

shunt release is designed for short time as well as continuous operation (‘DX’ 

range). 

The operation voltage is : 

85% to 110% of the rated voltage in AC 

75% to 125% of the rated voltage in DC 

Shunt release coil is short time rated, micro-switch is provided in the release to 

cut off the supply. Once the MCCB trips, this prevents burning of coil even if the 

supply to shunt coil is continuously fed. 


The under voltage release is used for protecting the installation against low voltage 

situation. The under voltage release is designed to operate when the voltage 

drops below a tripping threshold. This can also be used for remote tripping & 

electrical interlocking purpose. 

The tripping threshold is : 

35% to 70% of rated in AC 

35% to 70% of rated in DC 

Circuit breaker closing is possible only if the voltage exceeds 85% of the rated 

voltage. 

AUXILIARY CONTACT BLOCK 

The auxiliary contact block is used for remote signaling and control purposes. 

This consists of one or more than one potential free change-over contacts. It 

indicates the circuit breaker status- whether open or closed. 

TRIP ALARM CONTACT 

The trip alarm contact gives tripping indication once the MCCB trips. The potential 

free changeover contacts can be used for indication or for control circuit.

ELECTRICAL & MECHANICAL INTERLOCK 

PARALLELING MECHANISM 

ADAPTOR TERMINAL 

SHROUD 


ACCESSORIES 

EXTERNAL 

�OR ‘DX’ RANGE 

ANNUNCIATION UNIT 

Annunciation unit indicates the differential remote and local operating states 

like 

- Tripping by Overload release 

- Tripping be Short-circuit release 

- Early-alarm in the event that the Overload release setting is about to be 

exceeded. 

Annunciation unit has 1NO+1NC. 

RESIDUAL CURRENT OPERATED RELAYS 

These are factory fitted with adjustable rated fault current and delay time. 

MECHANICAL INTERLOCK 

�or mechanical interlocking of Two or Three MCCBs with Toggle or Rotary 

drive in the same distribution panel. 

PARALLELING MECHANISM 

�or simultaneous operation of two MCCBs mounted side by side, using a 

Rotary drive. 

SIDE WALL OPERATOR 

This is to be used for actuating the Breaker from the side of the control 

panel or for changing the Rotary movement by 90o 

WITHDRAWABLE UNIT 

Three position Withdrawable units are available for 3 and 4 PoleMCCBs 

(250A and above). 

PLUG-IN ADAPTORS 

3 pole ‘DX’ range of MCCBs (upto 250A) are also available with plug-in 

adaptor modules. 

ADAPTOR TERMINAL WITH SHROUD / SPREADER 

LINKS WITH BARRIERS 

Adaptor terminals / Spreader links can be connected to basic MCCBs to facilitate 

termination of higher size of cables / links. 

The barrier is made of material with high dielectric strength. It is used to ensure 

the electrical clearance between breaker terminals. It also prevents troubles 

caused by contact of conductive material to the terminals. 

Shrouds are used on both the sides of MCCB to provide additional safety and 

are made of superior insulating material with good mechanical & electrical 

properties. The shrouds are designed for click-fit fixing & thus do not need any 

fixing hardware. Shroud prevents accidental contact to bare terminals. 

2/4 

2

2 


2/5 

ACCESSORIES 

EXTERNAL 

ROTARY OPERATING MECHANISM 

The circuit breaker has a toggle handle operating mechanism, which also serves 

as swtiching position indicator – ON, O��, TRIP. But when the circuit breaker is 

installed in switchgear cubicles or distribution boards, it requires to be operated 

outside of the switchgear cubicles or distribution boards. The mechanism is 

designed for direct attachment to the MCCB and transforms the toggle handle 

movement into a rotation. It facilitates operation of MCCB when the panel door is 

closed. 

IT’S �EATURES 

✦ Easy operation 

✦ Door interlock mechanism. It doesn’t allow the circuit breaker to be “ON” 

when the door of switchgear cubicles or distribution boards is open thus 

prevents the operator from an unsafe condition. 

✦ Door interlock defeat facility. This enables only authorized personnel to open 

the door with MCCB in ON condition for the purpose of inspection. 

�OR ‘DX’ RANGE 

REMOTE OPERATOR (MOTORISED) 

�or remote ‘ON’ and ‘O��’ of circuit breakers. Local switching by hand also 

possible.

G�1 

G�2 

G�11 


ACCESSORIES 

EXTERNAL 

EARTH �AULT MODULES (Type G�1, G�2, G�11) 

✦ Protection against earth faults 

✦ Built-in CBCT solid state design (G�11 to be used with external C.T.) 

✦ 10 – 50% adjustable current setting 

✦ 100 / 200 mS selectable trip time delay 

✦ Suitable for both 3 phase 3 wire & 3 phase 4 wire7 systems. 

✦ Built in test facility. 

✦ Potential free NO contact to trip MCCB through shunt trip. 

✦ Manual reset for positive fault acknowledgment 

(for Technical / Dimensional Details, refer page 2/80 and 2/81) 

S. S. ENCLOSURE 

Enclosure is made of CRCA material with superior quality paint for better 

adherence and to enhance weather resistance. 

MCCB mounted in Enclosure is ideally suited to be used as fuseless mains. 

�eatures of Enclosure 

✦ Isolable neutral 

✦ Earthing terminal 

✦ Positive indication of breaker position 

✦ Door lock and additional lock on enclosure prevents accidental switching of 

MCCB. 

(for Dimensional Details, refer page 2/82) 

2/6 

2

2 

Auxiliary Contacts 

2/7 

ACCESSORIES RANGE 

DS DTH..E DG DH DL DTH DX..S DX..H DM D� 

Standard l l l l l l l l l l 

Early make - - - - - - l l - - 

General Trip alarm l l l l l l l l l l 

Contact alarm - - - - - - l l - - 

Separate contact alarm - - - - - - l l - - 

Under voltage release 

Shunt release 

Non-delayed l l l l l l l l l - 

Off-delayed - - - - - - l l - - 

Without early make aux. Contact l l l l l l l l l l 

With early make aux. Contact - - - - - - l l - - 

Remote operator - - - - - - l l - - 

Rotary operating mechanism l l l l l l l l l - 

Paralleling mechanism - - - - - - l l - - 

Mechanical interlock - - - - - - l l - - 

Castell lock - - - - - - l l - - 

Earth-fault module l l l l l l l l l - 

Earth-leakage module - - - - - - l l - - 

Plug-in module - - - - - - l l - - 

Withdrawable module - - - - - - l l - - 

Adaptor terminals - - - l l - - - l - 

Spreader terminals l - l l l - - - l - 

Enclosure l - l l - - - - - - 

l Available; – Not Available 

Note : Accessories mounting / location as per page 2/45 to 2/55

AUXILIARY CONTACT 

BLOCK 

Note : Except ‘DX’ Range 

UV RELEASE 

ACCESSORIES �OR MCCB 

ROTARY OPERATING 

MECHANISM 

TRIP ALARM 

CONTACT 

SHUNT RELEASE 

2/8 

2

2 

2/9 

TECHNICAL DATA - DS 

Type Designation DS 100 DS 125 DS 160 

Rated Uninterrupted current 

at 40 o C. - Ith (AC/DC) A 100 125 160 

Rated impulse withstand voltage - Uimp kV 8 8 8 

Rated operational voltage - Ue V AC 415 415 415 

V DC 250 250 250 

�requency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 

Rated insulation voltage - Ui V 690 690 690 

Operating Temperature °C -5 to +55 -5 to +55 -5 to +55 

Overvoltage category / pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/3 

Rated Short-circuit making capacity - Icm kA 17 17 32 

Rated ultimate S.C. breaking capacity - Icu 

at 415V ac kA 10 10 16 

Rated Service S.C. breaking capacity - Ics 

at 415V ac kA 50% 50% 50% 

Utilisation category A A A 

Mechanical life 

Electrical life 

Release Type Thermal-Magnetic Thermal-Magnetic Thermal-Magnetic 

Overload release setting �ixed �ixed �ixed 

Short Circuit release setting (+/- 20%) 9*In 9*In 8*In 

Weight kg 1.7 1.7 1.7 

Terminal capacity Cables mm 2 50 70 95 

Accessories 

As per standard IS 13947-2 / IEC 60947-2 

Links mm 16 22 22 

Auxiliary contacts (1NO+1NC) (1NO+1NC) (1NO+1NC) 

Shunt release y y y 

Under voltage release y y y 

Trip alarm contacts y y y 

Earth fault module y y y 

Rotary operating mechanism y y y

TECHNICAL DATA - DS 

Type Designation DS 200 DS 250 DS 400 


at 40 o C. - Ith (AC/DC) A 200 250 400 


Rated operational voltage - Ue V AC 415 415 415 

V DC 250 250 250 

�requency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 




Rated Short-circuit making capacity - Icm kA 32 52.5 52.5 


at 415V ac kA 16 25 25 


at 415V ac kA 50% 50% 50% 

Utilisation category A A A 



Release Type Thermal-Magnetic Thermal-Magnetic Thermal-Magnetic 

Overload release setting �ixed �ixed �ixed 

Short Circuit release setting (+/- 20%) 6*In 6*In 6*In 

Weight kg 2.4 5 5 

Terminal capacity Cables mm 2 150 300 300 

Accessories 


Links mm 30 40 40 

Auxiliary contacts (1NO+1NC) (2NO+2NC) (2NO+2NC) 



Trip alarm contacts y y y 


Rotary operating mechanism y y y 

2/10 

2

2 

2/11 

TECHNICAL DATA - DTH...E 

Type Designation DTH 200E DTH 250E DTH 400E DTH 630E DTH 800E 


at 40o C. - Ith (AC/DC) A 200 250 400 630 800 

Rated impulse withstand voltage - Uimp kV –– 8 8 8 8 

Rated operational voltage - Ue V 415 415 415 415 415 

V DC 250 250 250 250 250 

�requency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 

Rated insulation voltage - Ui V 600 600 600 600 600 

Operating Temperature °C -5 to +55 -5 to +55 -5 to +55 -5 to +55 -5 to +55 

Overvoltage category / pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 

Rated Short-circuit making capacity - Icm kA – 105 105 105 105 


at 660V ac kA – 10 10 10 10 

at 550V ac kA – 25 25 25 25 

at 500V ac kA – 35 35 35 35 

at 415V ac kA 35 50 50 50 50 

at 380V ac kA – 50 50 50 50 

at 240V ac kA – 60 60 60 60 


at 415V ac kA – 50% 50% 50% 50% 

DC Breaking capacity at 250 V, L/R

TECHNICAL DATA - DG 

Type Designation DG 125 DG 200 DG 250 DG 400 


at 40 o C. - Ith (AC/DC) A 125 200 250 400 

Rated impulse withstand voltage - Uimp kV 8 8 8 8 

Rated operational voltage - Ue V AC 415 415 415 415 

V DC 250 250 250 250 

�requency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 

Rated insulation voltage - Ui V 690 690 690 690 

Operating Temperature °C -5 to +55 -5 to +55 -5 to +55 -5 to +55 

Overvoltage category / pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 


at 415V ac kA 10 16 25 25 


at 415V ac kA 75% 75% 75% 75% 

Utilisation category A A A A 



Release Type Thermal-Magnetic Thermal-Magnetic Thermal-Magnetic Thermal-Magnetic 

Overload release setting 80-100% 80-100% 80-100% 80-100% 

Short Circuit release setting (+/- 20%) 4*In 4*In 4*In 4*In 

Weight kg 1.8 2.4 5 5 

Terminal capacity Cables mm 2 70 150 300 300 

Accessories 


Links mm 22 30 40 40 

Auxiliary contacts (1NO+1NC) (1NO+1NC) (2NO+2NC) (2NO+2NC) 

Shunt release y y y y 

Under voltage release y y y y 

Trip alarm contacts y y y y 

Earth fault module y y y y 

Rotary operating mechanism y y y y 

2/12 

2

2 

2/13 

TECHNICAL DATA - DH 

Type Designation DH 100 DH 125 DH 160 DH 200 


at 40o C. - Ith (AC/DC) A 100 125 160 200 


Rated operational voltage - Ue V 415 415 415 415 

V DC 250 250 250 250 

�requency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 




Rated Short-circuit making capacity - Icm kA 52.5 73.5 73.5 73.5 


at 660V ac kA 5 7 7 7 

at 550V ac kA 12 18 18 18 

at 500V ac kA 18 25 25 25 

at 415V ac kA 25 35 35 35 

at 380V ac kA 25 35 35 35 

at 240V ac kA 50 60 60 60 


at 415V ac kA 100% 75% 75% 50% 


TECHNICAL DATA - DH 

Type Designation DH 250 DH 400 DH 630 


at 40o C. - Ith (AC/DC) A 250 400 630 


Rated operational voltage - Ue V 415 415 415 

V DC 250 250 250 

�requency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 




Rated Short-circuit making capacity - Icm kA 73.5 73.5 73.5 


at 660V ac kA 7 7 7 

at 550V ac kA 18 18 18 

at 500V ac kA 25 25 25 

at 415V ac kA 35 35 35 

at 380V ac kA 35 35 35 

at 240V ac kA 60 60 60 


at 415V ac kA 75% 75% 75% 


2 

2/15 

TECHNICAL DATA - DL 

Type Designation DL 100 DL 160 DL 250 DL 400 


at 40o C. - Ith (AC/DC) A 100 160 250 400 



V DC 250 250 250 

�requency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 




Rated Short-circuit making capacity - Icm kA 105 105 105 105 


at 660V ac kA 10 10 10 10 

at 550V ac kA 25 25 25 25 

at 500V ac kA 35 35 35 35 

at 415V ac kA 50 50 50 50 

at 380V ac kA 50 50 50 50 

at 240V ac kA 65 50 65 65 


at 415V ac kA 100% 100% 100% 100% 


TECHNICAL DATA - DTH 

Type Designation DTH 100 DTH 200 


at 40o C - Ith (AC/DC) A 100 200 

Rated impulse withstand voltage - Uimp kV –– –– 

Rated operational voltage - Ue V 415 415 

V DC 250 250 

�requency Hz 50/60 50/60 

Rated insulation voltage - Ui V 600 600 

Operating Temperature °C -5 to +55 -5 to +55 

Overvoltage category / pollution degree III/3 III/3 

Rated ultimate S.C. breaking capacity - P1 

at 415V ac kA 10 35 


2 

2/17 

TECHNICAL DATA - DTH 

Type Designation DTH 250 DTH 400 DTH 630 DTH 800 


at 40o C. - Ith (AC/DC) A 250 400 630 800 



V DC 250 250 250 250 

�requency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 






at 660V ac kA 10 10 10 10 

at 550V ac kA 25 25 25 25 

at 500V ac kA 35 35 35 35 

at 415V ac kA 50 50 50 50 

at 380V ac kA 50 50 50 50 

at 240V ac kA 60 60 60 60 


at 415V ac kA 50% 50% 50% 50% 


TECHNICAL DATA - DX..S (3/4 POLE) 

Type Designation DX 100S DX 125S DX 160S DX 200S 


at 40o C. - Ith (AC/DC) A 100 125 160 200 



V DC 440 440 440 440 

�requency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 




Rated Short-circuit making capacity - Icm kA 94.5 94.5 94.5 94.5 


at 690V ac kA 6 6 6 6 

at 500V ac kA 12 12 12 12 

at 415V ac kA 35 35 35 35 

at 230V ac 

Rated Service S.C. 

kA 45 45 45 45 

breaking capacity - Ics (of Icu) kA 100% 100% 100% 100% 

DC Breaking capacity at 440 V kA 20 20 20 20 


Rated short-time withstand current Icw (1 Sec)kA - - - - 

Mechanical life Ops. 20000 20000 20000 20000 

Electrical life (AC3, 400V) Ops. 6000 6000 6000 3500 



Short Circuit release setting 6-12*In 6-12*In 6-12*In 6-12*In 

Mechanical Shock resistance g 20 20 20 20 

Weight (3 - Pole) kg 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 

(4 - Pole) 

Accessories 

kg 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 

Auxiliary contacts y y y y 



Trip indicating auxiliary contacts y y y y 



Residual-current protection module y y y y 

Remote operator y y y y 

Withdrawable unit - - - - 

Plug-in module y y y y 

Mechanical interlock y y y y 

Paralleling mechanism 

Load monitoring 

y y y y 

2/18 

2

2 

2/19 

TECHNICAL DATA - DX..S (3/4 POLE) 

Type Designation DX 250S DX 400S DX 630S 


at 40o C. - Ith (AC/DC) A 250 400 630 



V DC 440 – – 

�requency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 


OperatingTemperature °C -5 to +55 -5 to +55 -5 to +55 


Rated Short-circuit making capacity - Icm kA 94.5 220 220 


at 690V ac kA 6 25 25 

at 500V ac kA 12 42 42 

at 415V ac kA 35 65 65 

at 230V ac 


kA 45 100 100 

breaking capacity - Ics (of Icu) kA 100% 50% 50% 

DC Breaking capacity at 440 V kA 20 - - 

Utilisation category A A / B A / B 

Rated short-time withstand current Icw (1 Sec)kA - 8 8 

Mechanical life Ops. 20000 20000 20000 

Electrical life (AC3, 400V) Ops. 3500 1250 1250 

Release Type Thermal-Magnetic Electronic Electronic 

Overload release setting 80-100% 50-100% 50-100% 

Short Circuit release setting 6-12*In 2-12*In 2-12*In 

Mechanical Shock resistance g 20 20 20 

Weight (3 - Pole) kg 1.7 9.1 9.1 

(4 - Pole) 

Accessories 

kg 1.7 11.9 11.9 

Auxiliary contacts y y y 



Trip indicating auxiliary contacts y y y 



Residual-current protection module y y y 

Remote operator y y y 

Withdrawable unit - y y 

Mechanical interlock y y y 



y y y

TECHNICAL DATA - DX..H (3/4 POLE) 

Type Designation DX 100H DX 125H DX 160H DX 200H 


at 40 ° C. - Ith (AC/DC) A 100 125 160 200 



V DC 440 440 440 440 

�requency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 






at 690V ac kA 8 8 8 8 

at 500V ac kA 20 20 20 20 

at 415V ac kA 65 65 65 65 

at 230V ac 


kA 100 100 100 100 


DC Breaking capacity at 440 V kA 25 25 25 25 


Rated short-time withstand current Icw (1 Sec) kA - - - - 


Electrical life (AC3, 400V) Ops. 6000 6000 6000 3500 





Weight (3 - Pole) kg 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 

(4 - Pole) 

Accessories 

kg 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 







Residual-current protection module y y y y 


Withdrawable unit - - - - 

Plug-in module y y y y 




y y y y 

2/20 

2

2 

2/21 


Type Designation DX 250H DX 400H DX 630H DX 800H 


at 40 ° C. - Ith (AC/DC) A 250 400 630 800 



V DC 440 – – – 

�requency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 






at 690V ac kA 8 30 30 25 

at 500V ac kA 20 65 65 45 

at 415V ac kA 65 100 100 65 

at 230V ac 


kA 100 200 200 100 


DC Breaking capacity at 440 V kA 25 - - - 

Utilisation category A A / B A B 

Rated short-time withstand current Icw (1 Sec) kA - 8 8 15 (0.3 S) 


Electrical life (AC3, 400V) Ops. 3500 5000 5000 500 (AC1) 

Release Type Thermal-Magnetic Electronic Electronic Electronic 




Weight (3 - Pole) kg 1.7 9.1 9.1 20.4 

(4 - Pole) 

Accessories 

kg 1.7 11.9 11.9 26.4 







Residual-current protection module y y y - 


Withdrawable unit - y y y 


Paralleling mechanism y y y - 

Load monitoring y


Type Designation DX 1000H DX 1250H DX 1600H 


at 40 ° C. - Ith (AC/DC) A 1000 1250 1600 



�requency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 




Rated Short-circuit making capacity - Icm kA 275 275 275 


at 690V ac kA 25 25 45 

at 500V ac kA 45 45 65 

at 415V ac kA 65 65 85 

at 230V ac 


kA 100 100 125 

breaking capacity - Ics (of Icu) kA 75% 75% 75% 

Utilisation category B B B 

Rated short-time withstand current Icw (1 Sec) kA 15 (0.3 S) 15 (0.3 S) 20 (0.3 S) 

Mechanical life Ops. 2500 2500 2500 

Electrical life (AC3, 400V) Ops. 500 (AC1) 500 (AC1) 500 (AC1) 

Release Type Electronic Electronic Electronic 

Overload release setting 50-100% 50-100% 50-100% 

Short Circuit release setting 2-12*In 2-12*In 2-12*In 

Mechanical Shock resistance g 20 20 20 

Weight (3 - Pole) kg 20.4 20.4 20.4 

(4 - Pole) 

Accessories 

kg 26.4 26.4 26.4 

Auxiliary contacts y y y 



Trip indicating auxiliary contacts y y y 



Residual-current protection module - - - 

Remote operator y y y 

Withdrawable unit y y y 

Side wall operator - - - 

Mechanical interlock y y y 

Load monitoring y y y 

2/22 

2

2 

2/23 

TECHNICAL DATA - DM 

Type Designation DM 16 DM 100 DM 160 DM 250 DM 400 


at 40o C. - Ith (AC/DC) A 16 70 160 250 400 

Rated impulse withstand voltage - Uimp kV 8 8 8 8 8 

Rated operational voltage - Ue V 415 415 415 415 415 

�requency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 

Rated insulation voltage - Ui V 690 690 690 690 690 

Operating Temperature °C -5 to +55 -5 to +55 -5 to +55 -5 to +55 -5 to +55 

Overvoltage category / pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 

Rated Short-circuit making capacity - Icm kA 105 105 105 105 105 


at 660V ac kA 10 10 10 10 10 

at 550V ac kA 25 25 25 25 25 

at 500V ac kA 35 35 35 35 35 

at 415V ac kA 50 50 50 50 50 

at 380V ac kA 50 50 50 50 50 

at 240V ac kA 85 85 85 85 85 


breaking capacity - Ics at 415V ac kA 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 

Utilisation category A A A A A 



Release Type Magnetic Magnetic Magnetic Magnetic Magnetic 

Short Circuit release setting (+/- 20%) 12*In 12*In 12*In 12*In 12*In 

Weight kg 1 1.65 4.8 5.5 5.5 

Terminal capacity Cables mm 2 10 50 185 300 300 

Accessories 


Links mm - 16 36 40 40 

Auxiliary contacts 1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 2 NO + 2 NC 

Shunt release y y y y y 

Under voltage release – y y y y 

Trip alarm contacts y y y y y 

Rotary operating mechanism y y y y y

TECHNICAL DATA - DTH 800 INST. 

Type Designation DTH 800 INST. 


at 40o C. - Ith (AC/DC) A 800 

Rated impulse withstand voltage - Uimp kV 8 

Rated operational voltage - Ue V 415 

�requency Hz 50/60 

Rated insulation voltage - Ui V 600 

Operating Temperature °C -5 to +55 

Overvoltage category / pollution degree III/3 


at 415V ac kA 50 


at 415V ac (of Icu) kA 50% 

Utilisation category A 

Mechanical life Ops. 8000 

Electrical life Ops. 1200 

Release Type Magnetic 

Short Circuit release setting (+/- 20%) 360A, 550A, 850A, 1050A 

Weight kg 10 

Terminal capacity Cables mm 2 2*240 

Accessories 

Links mm 40 (Max. 15 thk.) 

Auxiliary contacts y 

Shunt release y 

Under voltage release y 

Trip alarm contacts y 

Earth fault module y 

Rotary operating mechanism y 

2/24 

2

2 

2/25 

TECHNICAL DATA - D� 

Type Designation D� 


at 40o C. - Ith (AC/DC) A 1 

Rated impulse withstand voltage - Uimp kV 8 

Rated operational voltage - Ue V 415 

�requency Hz 50/60 

Rated insulation voltage - Ui V 600 

Operating Temperature °C -5 to +55 

Overvoltage category / pollution degree III/3 


at 415V ac kA 50 

Magnetic Threshold A 2 

Mechanical life Ops. 10000 

Electrical life Ops. 6000 

Overload release setting (�ixed) A 1 

Weight kg 0.65 

Terminal capacity Without lugs mm 2 4 

Accessories 

With lugs mm 2 16 

Auxiliary contact 1 CO, 5A-250V 

Shunt release y 

Auxiliary contact y 

Trip alarm contacts y

I-t CHARACTERISTIC CURVES 

MCCB - TYPE DS 

DS 100 DS 125/160 

DS 200 DS 250/400 

Note: Short Circuit tripping values indicated as multiple of rated current 

2/26 

2

2 

2/27 


MCCB - TYPE DTH...E 

DTH 200E DTH 250E 

DTH 400E DTH 630E DTH 800E 

Note: Short Circuit tripping values indicated as multiple of rated current


MCCB - TYPE DG 

DG 125 DG 160 

DG 200 DG 250/400 


2/28 

2

2 

2/29 


MCCB - TYPE DH 

DH 100/125 DH 160 

DH 200 DH 250/400/630 



MCCB - TYPE DL 

DL 100 DL 160 

DL 250/400 


2/30 

2

2 

2/31 


MCCB - TYPE DTH 

DTH 100 DTH 200 DTH 250 

DTH 400 DTH 630 DTH 800 



DX 100-250 S/H (3/4 POLE) 


2/32 

2

2 

2/33 

125 250 


DX 400 S/H (3/4 POLE) 



DX 630 S/H (3/4 POLE) 


2/34 

2

2 

2/35 


DX 800-1600 H (3/4 POLE) 

DX 800 H DX 1000 H 

DX 1250 H DX 1600 H 


ORDERING DATA - DS RANGE 

MCCB Rating Current Breaking Overload Short-Circuit Std. Catalogue No. Ordering 

(A) Rating (A) Capacity, Icu(kA) Setting (A) Setting Pack Suffix 

DS 100 100 16 10 16 9*In 12 SL97917 OOOO 

20 10 20 9*In 12 SL97918 OOOO 

25 10 25 9*In 12 SL97919 OOOO 

32 10 32 9*In 12 SL97920 OOOO 

40 10 40 9*In 12 SL97921 OOOO 

50 10 50 9*In 12 SL97922 OOOO 

63 10 63 9*In 12 SL97923 OOOO 

80 10 80 9*In 12 SL97924 OOOO 

100 10 100 9*In 12 SL97925 OOOO 

DS 125 125 125 10 125 9*In 12 SL97929 OOOO 

DS 160 160 160 16 160 9*In 12 SL97930 OOOO 

DS 200 200 200 16 200 6*In 12 SL97931 OOOO 

DS 250 250 250 25 250 6*In 1 SL94541 OOOO 

DS 400 320 320 25 320 6*In 1 SL94542 OOOO 

400 400 25 400 6*In 1 SL94543 OOOO 

ORDERING DATA - DTH...E RANGE 



DTH 200E 200 200 35 200 8*In 1 ST 30513 OOOO 

DTH 250E 250 250 50 250 3-8*In 1 ST 30543 OOOO 

DTH 400E 400 400 50 400 3-8*In 1 ST 30545 OOOO 

DTH 630E 630 630 50 630 3-8*In 1 ST 30514 OOOO 

DTH 800E 800 800 50 800 3-8*In 1 ST 30546 OOOO 

2/36 

2

2 

2/37 

ORDERING DATA - DG RANGE 



DG 125 125 16 10 12 - 16 6*In 1 SL97941 OOOO 

20 10 16 - 20 6*In 1 SL97942 OOOO 

25 10 20 - 25 6*In 1 SL97943 OOOO 

32 10 25 - 32 6*In 1 SL97944 OOOO 

40 10 32 - 40 6*In 1 SL97945 OOOO 

50 10 40 - 50 6*In 1 SL97946 OOOO 

63 10 50 - 63 4*In 1 SL97947 OOOO 

80 10 63 - 80 4*In 1 SL97948 OOOO 

100 10 80 - 100 4*In 1 SL97949 OOOO 

125 10 100 - 125 4*In 1 SL97950 OOOO 

DG 200 200 160 16 128 - 160 4*In 1 SL97951 OOOO 

200 16 160 - 200 4*In 1 SL97953 OOOO 

DG 250 250 250 25 200 - 250 4*In 1 SL97957 OOOO 

DG 400 400 320 25 250 - 320 4*In 1 SL97958 OOOO 

400 25 320 - 400 4*In 1 SL97959 OOOO

ORDERING DATA - DH RANGE 



DH 100 100 16 25 12 - 16 9*In 1 SL 97201 OOOO 

20 25 16 - 20 9*In 1 SL 97202 OOOO 

25 25 20 - 25 9*In 1 SL 97203 OOOO 

32 25 25 - 32 9*In 1 SL 97204 OOOO 

40 25 32 - 40 9*In 1 SL 97205 OOOO 

50 25 40 - 50 9*In 1 SL 97206 OOOO 

63 25 50 - 63 9*In 1 SL 97207 OOOO 

80 25 63 - 80 9*In 1 SL 97208 OOOO 

100 25 80 - 100 9*In 1 SL 97209 OOOO 

DH 125 125 16 35 12 - 16 9*In 1 SL 98556 OOOO 

20 35 16 - 20 9*In 1 SL 98557 OOOO 

25 35 20 - 25 9*In 1 SL 98558 OOOO 

32 35 25 - 32 9*In 1 SL 98559 OOOO 

40 35 32 - 40 9*In 1 SL 98560 OOOO 

50 35 40 - 50 9*In 1 SL 98561 OOOO 

63 35 50 - 63 9*In 1 SL 98562 OOOO 

80 35 63 - 80 9*In 1 SL 98563 OOOO 

100 35 80 - 100 9*In 1 SL 98564 OOOO 

125 35 100 - 125 9*In 1 SL 98555 OOOO 

DH 160 160 160 35 128 - 160 8*In 1 SL 98566 OOOO 

DH 200 200 200 35 160 - 200 6*In 1 SL 97869 OOOO 

DH 250 250 200 35 160 - 200 6*In 1 SL 97881 OOOO 

250 35 200 - 250 6*In 1 SL 97882 OOOO 

DH 400 400 320 35 250 - 320 6*In 1 SL 97883 OOOO 

400 35 320 - 400 6*In 1 SL 97884 OOOO 

DH 630 630 500 35 400 - 500 6*In 1 SL 94531 OOOO 

630 35 500 - 630 6*In 1 SL 94532 OOOO 

2/38 

2

2 

2/39 

ORDERING DATA - DL RANGE 



DL 100 100 16 50 12 - 16 9*In 1 SL 97801 OOOO 

20 50 16 - 20 9*In 1 SL 97802 OOOO 

25 50 20 - 25 9*In 1 SL 97803 OOOO 

32 50 25 - 32 9*In 1 SL 97804 OOOO 

40 50 32 - 40 9*In 1 SL 97805 OOOO 

50 50 40 - 50 9*In 1 SL 97806 OOOO 

63 50 50 - 63 9*In 1 SL 97807 OOOO 

80 50 63 - 80 9*In 1 SL 97808 OOOO 

100 50 80 - 100 9*In 1 SL 97809 OOOO 

DL 160 160 100 50 80 - 100 8*In 1 SL97128 OOOO 

125 50 100 - 125 8*In 1 SL 97129 OOOO 

160 50 128 - 160 8*In 1 SL 97130 OOOO 

DL 250 250 200 50 160 - 200 6*In 1 SL 97541 OOOO 

250 50 200 - 250 6*In 1 SL 97542 OOOO 

DL 400 400 320 50 250 - 320 6*In 1 SL 97543 OOOO 

400 50 320 - 400 6*In 1 SL 97544 OOOO

ORDERING DATA - DTH RANGE 



DTH 100 100 16 6 12 - 16 700 1 SL 94473 OOOO 

20 6 16 - 20 700 1 SL 94474 OOOO 

25 6 20 - 25 700 1 SL 94475 OOOO 

32 6 25 - 32 700 1 SL 94476 OOOO 

40 6 30 - 40 700 1 SL 94477 OOOO 

50 6 38 - 50 700 1 SL 94478 OOOO 

63 8 48 - 63 700 1 SL 94479 OOOO 

80 10 60 - 80 700 1 SL 94480 OOOO 

100 10 70 -100 700 1 SL 94481 OOOO 

DTH 200 200 100 35 70 -100 8*In 1 SL 94512 OOOO 

125 35 90 -125 8*In 1 SL 94513 OOOO 

160 35 120 -160 8*In 1 SL 94514 OOOO 

200 35 140 -200 8*In 1 SL 94515 OOOO 

DTH 250 250 175 50 125 - 175 3-8*In 1 SL 94466 OOOO 

250 50 175 - 250 3-8*In 1 SL 94467 OOOO 

DTH 400 400 320 50 225 - 320 3-8*In 1 SL 94468 OOOO 

400 50 280 - 400 3-8*In 1 SL 94469 OOOO 

DTH 630 630 500 50 360 - 500 3-8*In 1 SL 94470 OOOO 

630 50 460 - 630 3-8*In 1 SL 94471 OOOO 

DTH 800 800 800 50 600 - 800 3-8*In 1 SL 94472 OOOO 

ORDERING DATA - DTH 100 4-POLE 



DTH 100 100 100 6 12 - 16 700 1 SL 94525 OOBO 

100 6 16 - 20 700 1 SL 94525 OOCO 

100 6 20 - 25 700 1 SL 94525 OODO 

100 6 25 - 32 700 1 SL 94525 OOEO 

100 6 30 - 40 700 1 SL 94525 OO�O 

100 6 38 - 50 700 1 SL 94525 OOGO 

100 8 48 - 63 700 1 SL 94525 OOHO 

100 10 60 - 80 700 1 SL 94526 OOOO 

100 10 70 -100 700 1 SL 94525 OOOO 

2/40 

2

2 

2/41 

ORDERING DATA - DX..S (3 POLE) 

MCCB Rating Utilisation Current Breaking Overload Short-Circuit Std. Catalogue No. Ordering 

(A) Category Rating (A) Capacity, Icu(kA) Setting (A) Setting Pack Suffix 

DX 100S 100 A 40 35 25 - 40 9.5*In 1 ST 31038 OOOO 

63 35 40 - 63 6-12*In 1 ST 31039 OOOO 

80 35 63 - 80 6-12*In 1 ST 31040 OOOO 

100 35 80 - 100 6-12*In 1 ST 31041 OOOO 

DX 125S 125 A 125 35 80 - 125 6-12*In 1 ST 31042 OOOO 

DX 160S 160 A 160 35 125 - 160 6-12*In 1 ST 31043 OOOO 

DX 200S 200 A 200 35 160 - 200 6-12*In 1 ST 31044 OOOO 

DX 250S 250 A 250 35 200 - 250 6-10*In 1 ST 31045 OOOO 

DX 400S 400 A / B* 250 65 125 - 250 2-12*In 1 ST 31058 OOOO 

A / B* 400 65 200 - 400 2-12*In 1 ST 31059 OOOO 


ORDERING DATA - DX..S (4 POLE) 



DX 100S 100 A 40 35 25 - 40 9.5*In 1 ST 31001 OOOO 

63 35 40 - 63 6-12*In 1 ST 31002 OOOO 

80 35 63 - 80 6-12*In 1 ST 31003 OOOO 

100 35 80 - 100 6-12*In 1 ST 31004 OOOO 

DX 125S 125 A 125 35 80 - 125 6-12*In 1 ST 31005 OOOO 

DX 160S 160 A 160 35 125 - 160 6-12*In 1 ST 31006 OOOO 

DX 200S 200 A 200 35 160 - 200 6-12*In 1 ST 31007 OOOO 

DX 250S 250 A 250 35 200 - 250 6-10*In 1 ST 31008 OOOO 


A / B* 400 65 200 - 400 2-12*In 1 ST 31021 OOOO 


* To be specified

ORDERING DATA - DX..H (3 POLE) 



DX 100H 100 A 40 65 25 - 40 9.5*In 1 – 

63 65 40 - 63 6-12*In 1 – 

80 65 63 - 80 6-12*In 1 – 

100 65 80 - 100 6-12*In 1 – 

DX 125H 125 A 125 65 80 - 125 6-12*In 1 – 

DX 160H 160 A 160 65 125 - 160 6-12*In 1 – 

DX 200H 200 A 200 65 160 - 200 6-12*In 1 – 

DX 250H 250 A 250 65 200 - 250 6-10*In 1 – 

DX 400H 400 A 250 100 125 - 250 2-12*In 1 ST 31046 OOOO 

400 100 200 - 400 2-12*In 1 ST 31047 OOOO 

DX 630H 630 A 630 100 300 - 630 2-12*In 1 ST 31048 OOOO 

DX 800H 800 B 800 85 400 - 800 3-12*In 1 ST 31049 OOOO 

DX 1000H 1000 B 1000 85 500 - 1000 3-12*In 1 ST 31050 OOOO 

DX 1250H 1250 B 1250 85 630 - 1250 3-12*In 1 ST 31051 OOOO 

DX 1600H 1600 B 1600 100 800 - 1600 3-12*In 1 ST 31052 OOOO 

ORDERING DATA - DX..H (4 POLE) 



DX 100H 100 A 40 65 25 - 40 9.5*In 1 ST 31011 OOOO 

63 65 40 - 63 6-12*In 1 ST 31012 OOOO 

80 65 63 - 80 6-12*In 1 ST 31013 OOOO 

100 65 80 - 100 6-12*In 1 ST 31014 OOOO 

DX 125H 125 A 125 65 80 - 125 6-12*In 1 ST 31015 OOOO 

DX 160H 160 A 160 65 125 - 160 6-12*In 1 ST 31016 OOOO 

DX 200H 200 A 200 65 160 - 200 6-12*In 1 ST 31017 OOOO 

DX 250H 250 A 250 65 200 - 250 6-10*In 1 ST 31018 OOOO 

DX 400H 400 A 250 100 125 - 250 2-12*In 1 ST 31020 OOOO 

400 100 200 - 400 2-12*In 1 ST 31022 OOOO 

DX 630H 630 A 630 100 300 - 630 2-12*In 1 ST 31024 OOOO 

DX 800H 800 B 800 85 400 - 800 3-12*In 1 ST 31025 OOOO 

DX 1000H 1000 B 1000 85 500 - 1000 3-12*In 1 ST 31026 OOOO 

DX 1250H 1250 B 1250 85 630 - 1250 3-12*In 1 ST 31027 OOOO 

DX 1600H 1600 B 1600 100 800 - 1600 3-12*In 1 ST 31028 OOOO 

2/42 

2

2 

2/43 

ORDERING DATA - DM RANGE 



DM 16 16 0.63 50 0.63 12*In 1 SL 97581 OOOO 

1.0 50 1.0 12*In 1 SL 97582 OOOO 

1.6 50 1.6 12*In 1 SL 97583 OOOO 

2.5 50 2.5 12*In 1 SL 97584 OOOO 

4.0 50 4.0 12*In 1 SL 97585 OOOO 

5.0 50 5.0 12*In 1 SL 97586 OOOO 

6.3 50 6.3 12*In 1 SL 97587 OOOO 

7.5 50 7.5 12*In 1 SL 97588 OOOO 

10 50 10 12*In 1 SL 97589 OOOO 

12 50 12 12*In 1 SL 97590 OOOO 

16 50 16 12*In 1 SL 97591 OOOO 

DM 100 100 16 50 16 12*In 1 SL 97811 OOOO 

25 50 25 12*In 1 SL 97812 OOOO 

30 50 30 12*In 1 SL 97816 OOOO 

35 50 35 12*In 1 SL 97813 OOOO 

50 50 50 12*In 1 SL 97814 OOOO 

60 50 60 12*In 1 SL 97817 OOOO 

70 50 70 12*In 1 SL 97815 OOOO 

DM 160 160 100 50 100 12*In 1 SL 97123 OOOO 

120 50 120 12*In 1 SL 97703 OOOO 

160 50 160 12*In 1 SL 97124 OOOO 

DM 250 250 200 50 200 12*In 1 SL 97551 OOOO 

230 50 230 12*In 1 SL 97552 OOOO 

250 50 250 12*In 1 SL 97553 OOOO 

DM 400 400 275 50 275 12*In 1 SL 97554 OOOO 

325 50 325 12*In 1 SL 97555 OOOO 

350 50 350 12*In 1 SL 97556 OOOO 

400 50 400 12*In 1 SL 97557 OOOO

ORDERING DATA - DTH INST. RANGE 



DTH 800 800 800 50 - 360 1 SB 95052 OOOO 

800 50 - 550 1 SB 95053 OOOO 

800 50 - 850 1 SB 95054 OOOO 

800 50 - 1050 1 SB 95055 OOOO 

ORDERING DATA - D� 

�USE MONITORING DEVICE 

MCCB Thermal Rating Breaking Magnetic Threshold Std. Pack Catalogue No. Ordering 

(A) Capacity, Icu(kA) (A) Suffix 

D� 1 50 2 1 SL 97020 OOOO 

2/44 

2

2 

Accessory Coil Voltage / Location Std. Pack Catalogue No. Ordering 

Type Suffix 

DS 100/125/160/200 

Shunt Release 110/240/415 V AC L 1 SL 97299 OMOO 

Note : Any two internal accessories can be fitted simultaneously in a breaker 

R To be mounted on right side 

L To be mounted on left side 

L/R Can be mounted on either side 

Ext. External 

* Along with DS400 

1) Dimension on page 2/82 

2) Dimension and wiring diagram on pages 2/80 & 2/81 

2/45 

24 V DC L 1 SL 97299 O4OO 

Under Voltage Release 415 V AC L 1 SL 97610 OOOO 

240 V AC L 1 SL 97611 OOOO 

Auxiliary contact Block 1 NO + 1 NC R 1 SL 97296 OOOO 

L 1 SL 97297 OOOO 

Trip Alarm contact - R 1 SL 97298 OOOO 

Rotary operating handle Ext. 1 SL 97301 OOOO 

Earth �ault module 2) G�1 Ext. 1 ST 27745 OOOO 

S S Enclosure 1) - Ext. 1 ST 29967 OOOO 

DS 250/400 

ACCESSORIES - ORDERING DATA 

TYPE DS 

Shunt Release 415 V AC/220 V DC R / L 1 SL 97575 OOOO 

240 V AC/110 V DC R / L 1 SL 97576 OOOO 


240 V AC L 1 SL 97580 OOOO 

Auxiliary contact Block 2 NO + 2 NC L / R 1 SL 97573 OOOO 


Spreader Links with Barrier * - Ext. 1 Std. Kit 

Rotary operating handle ROM Ext. 1 SL 97562 OOOO 

Earth �ault module 2) G�2 Ext. 1 ST 27746 OOOO


Type Suffix 

DTH 200E 

Shunt Release 415 V AC/220 V DC R 1 SL 94331 ODOO 





Ext. External 

* 24 V, 48 V, 110 V & 220 V DC are also available on request 


240 V AC/110 V DC 1 SL 94331 OBOO 

110 V AC 1 SL 94331 OAOO 

Under Voltage Release* 415 V AC L 1 SL 94332 DOOO 

240 V AC 1 SL 94332 BOOO 

110 V AC 1 SL 94332 AOOO 


L 1 SL 94329 OOOO 

Rotary operating mechanism ROM Ext. 1 SL 94336 OOOO 


DTH 250E / 400E / 630E / 800E 


TYPE DTH..E 

Shunt Release 110 V AC R 1 SL 98523 OOOO 

415 V AC/220 V DC R 1 SL 98526 OOOO 

24 V DC L 1 SL 98531 OOOO 



240 V AC L 1 SL 98545 OOOO 

415 V AC L 1 SL 98548 OOOO 


Rotary operating mechanism ROM 1 SL 94337 OOOO 

Earth �ault module 1) G�11 1 ST 28594 OOOO 

2/46 

2

2 


Type Suffix 

DG 125/200 






Ext. External 

* To be used with DS 125 & above 



2/47 

24 V DC L 1 SL 97299 O4OO 


240 V AC L 1 SL 97611 OOOO 


L 1 SL 97297 OOOO 



Spreader Links with Barrier Ext. 1 Std. Kit 



DG 250/400 


TYPE DG 




240 V AC L 1 SL 97580 OOOO 





Earth �ault module 2) G�2 Ext. 1 ST 27746 OOOO


Type Suffix 

DH 100/125/160/200 


24 V DC L 1 SL 97299 O4OO 


240 V AC L 1 SL 97611 OOOO 


L 1 SL 97297 OOOO 



Adaptor terminal with shroud Ext. 1 – – 

Terminal shroud Ext. 1 – – 

Spreader Links with Barrier Ext. 1 – – 



DH 250/400/630 


TYPE DH 




240 V AC L 1 SL 97580 OOOO 



Adaptor terminal (3) with shroud (1) - 1 Set - Ext. 1 SL 97564 OOOO 

Terminal shroud - Ext. 1 SL 97563 OOOO 




G�11# Ext. 1 ST28594 OOOO 





Ext. External 

* To be used with DS 125 & above 

# To be used with DH 630 



2/48 

2

2 

2/49 


TYPE DL 


Type Suffix 

DL 100 


24 V DC L 1 SL 97299 O4OO 


240 V AC L 1 SL 97611 OOOO 


L 1 SL 97297 OOOO 





DL 160 


240 V AC/110 V DC 1 SL 94331 OBOO 

110 V AC 1 SL 94331 OAOO 


240 V AC 1 SL 94332 BOOO 

110 V AC 1 SL 94332 AOOO 


L 1 SL 94329 OOOO 

Trip Alarm contact # - R 1 �actory assembled 



DL 250/400 




240 V AC L 1 SL 97580 OOOO 



Spreader Links with Barrier - Ext. 1 Std. Kit 







Ext. External 


# On request 


2) Dimension and wiring diagram on pages 2/80 & 2/81


TYPE DTH 


Type Suffix 

DTH 100 

Rotary operating handle - Ext. 1 SL 94286 OOOO 


DTH 200 


240 V AC/110 V DC 1 SL 94331 OBOO 

110 V AC 1 SL 94331 OAOO 


240 V AC 1 SL 94332 BOOO 

110 V AC 1 SL 94332 AOOO 


L 1 SL 94329 OOOO 




DTH 250/400/630/800 



24 V DC L 1 SL 98531 OOOO 



240 V AC L 1 SL 98545 OOOO 

415 V AC L 1 SL 98548 OOOO 



Rotary operating mechanism ROM 1 SL 94337 OOOO 

Earth �ault module 1) G�11 1 ST 28594 OOOO 





Ext. External 


# On request. 


2/50 

2

2 Accessory Type Std. Pack Catalgoue No. Ordering 

Suffix 

Shunt Release 415 V AC/DC 1 ST 33007 OOOO 

240 V AC/DC 1 ST 33006 OOOO 

110 V AC/DC 1 ST 33005 OOOO 

48 V AC/DC 1 ST 33004 OOOO 

24 V AC/DC 1 ST 33003 OOOO 

With early-make auxiliary contacts 1 – – 

Under Voltage Release 440 V AC 1 ST 33010 OOOO 

415 V AC 1 ST 33009 OOOO 

240 V AC 1 ST 33008 OOOO 

Off-delayed 1 – – 

With early-make auxiliary contacts 1 – – 

Auxiliary contact Block NO 1 ST 33001 OOOO 

NC 1 ST 33002 OOOO 

Early make 1 – – 

Trip indicating 1 ST 33021 OOOO 

Door coupling rotary handle ROM 1 ST 33016 OOOO 

Toggle to rotary convert 1 ST 33017 OOOO 

Extension shaft 1 ST 33018 OOOO 

Remote operator 240 V AC 1 ST 33013 OOOO 

Residual-current protection module 1 – – 

Paralleling mechanism 1 – – 

Mechanical interlock 1 – – 

Plug-in adaptor 1 – – 

Side wall operator 1 – – 

2/51 


TYPE DX (100/125/160/200/250)S / DX(100/125/160/200/250)H ... (3/4 POLE) 

Note: ROM consists of (Door coupling rotary handle + Toggle to rotary convert + Extension shaft)


TYPE DX (400/630)S / DX(400/630)H ... (3/4 POLE) 

Accessory Type Std. Pack Catalgoue No. Ordering 

Suffix 

Time selectivity block 125-250A 1 ST 33053 OOOO 

200-400A 1 ST 33054 OOOO 

300-630A 1 ST 33055 OOOO 

125-250A (1000-6000) 1 ST 33056 OOOO 

200-400A (1000-9000) 1 ST 33057 OOOO 

300-630A (1000-9000) 1 ST 33058 OOOO 

Shunt Release 110 V AC/DC 1 ST 33034 OOOO 

240 V AC / DC 1 ST 33035 OOOO 

415 V AC / DC 1 ST 33036 OOOO 

Under Voltage Release 240 V AC 1 ST 33037 OOOO 

415 V AC 1 ST 33038 OOOO 

440 V AC 1 ST 33039 OOOO 

Off-delayed (AC) 1 – – 

Auxiliary contact Block 2NO + 2 NC 1 ST 33030 OOOO 

Early make 1 – – 

General trip indicating 1 – – 

Annunciation unit - 1 – – 

Door coupling rotary handle ROM 1 ST 33045 OOOO 

Toggle to rotary convert 1 ST 33046 OOOO 

Extension shaft 1 ST 33047 OOOO 

Rotary handle Used with Rotary drive 1 ST 33048 OOOO 

Remote operator 240 V AC 1 ST 33042 OOOO 

415 V AC 1 ST 33043 OOOO 

Residual-current protection module 240 V AC 1 – – 

415 V AC 1 – – 

Paralleling mechanism 1 – – 

Mechanical interlock �or 2 MCCBs 1 ST 33049 OOOO 

�or 2 MCCBs with Remote operator 1 ST 33050 OOOO 

�or 3 MCCBs 3 & 4 Pole with Toggle or Rotary drive 1 ST 33051 OOOO 

Annunciation unit 1 – – 

Earth-fault Release (�itted to Breaker) 3 Pole 1 ST 33031 OOOO 

4 Pole 1 – – 

Residual-current operated relays (AC) 3 Pole (230 V) 1 ST 33040 OOOO 

3 Pole (415 V) 1 – – 

4 Pole (230 V) 1 – – 

4 Pole (415 V) 1 – – 

Withdrawable unit 3 Pole 1 ST 33064 OOOO 

4 Pole 1 ST 33063 OOOO 

Withdrawable unit auxiliary contact �or connection indication 1 ST 33061 OOOO 

To connect Earth-fault release 1 ST 33062 OOOO 

Toggle switch interlock �or upto 3 Pad locks 1 ST 33044 OOOO 

Note: ROM consists of (Door coupling rotary handle + Toggle to rotary convert + Extension shaft) 

2/52 

2

2 Accessory Type Std. Pack Catalgoue No. Ordering 

Suffix 

Shunt Release 200 - 480 V AC 1 – – 

2/53 


TYPE DX (800/1000/1250/1600)H ... (3/4 POLE) 

110 V AC 1 – – 

Under Voltage Release 200 - 480 V AC 1 – – 

110 V AC 1 – – 

Under Voltage Release Off-delayed (AC) 1 – – 

Auxiliary contact Block 2NO + 2 NC 1 – – 

Trip type indicator 240 V AC 1 – – 

Load monitoring 200 - 240 V AC 1 – – 

Door coupling rotary handle ROM 1 – – 

Toggle to rotary convert 1 – – 

Extension shaft 1 – – 

Remote operator 230 V AC 1 – – 

Mechanical interlock 1 – – 

Earth-fault Release (�itted to Breaker) 1 – – 

Withdrawable unit 800 A 1 – – 

1250 A 1 – – 

1600 A 1 – – 

Note: ROM consists of (Door coupling rotary handle + Toggle to rotary convert + Extension shaft)


TYPE DM 


Type Suffix 

DM 16 

Shunt Release 110/240/415 V AC L 1 SL 97042 OOOO 


L 1 SL 97025 OOOO 



DM 100 


24 V DC L 1 SL 97299 O4OO 


240 V AC L 1 SL 97611 OOOO 


L 1 SL 97297 OOOO 



Spreader Links with Barrier Ext. 1 

Earth �ault module G�1 Ext. 1 ST 27745 OOOO 

DM 160 


240 V AC/110 V DC 1 SL 94331 OBOO 

110 V AC 1 SL 94331 OAOO 


240 V AC 1 SL 94332 BOOO 

110 V AC 1 SL 94332 AOOO 


L 1 SL 94329 OOOO 


Rotary operating handle ROH Ext. 1 SL 94336 OOOO 


DM 250/400 




240 V AC L 1 SL 97580 OOOO 



Adaptor terminal (3) with shroud (1) - 1 Set - Ext. 1 SL 97564 OOOO 

Terminal shroud - Ext. 1 SL 97563 OOOO 

Spreader Links with Barrier - Ext. 1 Std. Kit 

Rotary operating handle ROH Ext. 1 SL 97562 OOOO 






Ext. External 


# On request. 

2/54 

2

2 Accessory Coil Voltage / Location Std. Pack Catalogue No. Ordering 

Type Suffix 



24 V DC L 1 SL 98531 OOOO 


Under Voltage Release * 110 V AC L 1 SL 98543 OOOO 

240 V AC L 1 SL 98545 OOOO 

415 V AC L 1 SL 98548 OOOO 







Ext. External 


Note : Any one can be used. 


2/55 


TYPE DTH 800 INST. 


TYPE D� 


Type Suffix 

Shunt Release 110/240/415 V AC R 1 SL 97042 OOOO 


Auxiliary contact Block 1 NO + 1 NC R 1 SL 97023 OOOO

Note: All dimensions are in mm. 


MOUNTING AND 


MCCB - TYPE DS 

DS 100 DS 125/160/200 

MOUNTING AND 


DS 250/400 

MOUNTING AND 


2/56 

2

2 

2/57 


DIMENSIONAL DETAILS O� ROTARY OPERATING MECHANISM - TYPE DS 


DS 100/125/160/200 

DS 250/400



MCCB - TYPE DTH..E 

MOUNTING AND 


DTH 200E DTH 250/400/630/800 E 

ROTARY OPERATING MECHANISM �OR TYPE DTH..E 

DTH 200E DTH 250/400/630/800 E 

2/58 

2

2 


2/59 


MOUNTING AND 


MCCB - TYPE DG 

MOUNTING AND 


DG 125/200 

DG 250/400


DIMENSIONAL DETAILS O� ROTARY OPERATING MECHANISM - TYPE DG 


DG 125/200 

DG 250/400 

EXPLODED VIEW O� ROTARY OPERATING MECHANISM 

2/60 

2

2 


2/61 

MOUNTING AND 



MCCB - TYPE DH 

DH 100 DH 125/160 DH 200 

MOUNTING AND 


MOUNTING AND 


MOUNTING AND 


DH 250 DH 400 DH 630


DIMENSIONAL DETAILS O� ROTARY OPERATING MECHANISM - TYPE DH 


DH 100/125/160/200 

DH 250/400 

DH 630 

2/62 

2

2 


2/63 


MCCB - TYPE DL 

DL 100 DL 160/200 

DL 250/400



DIMENSIONAL DETAILS O� ROTARY OPERATING MECHANISM - TYPE DL 

DL 100 DL 160 

DL 250/400 

2/64 

2

2 


2/65 


MCCB - TYPE DTH 

DTH 100 3 POLE / 4 POLE DTH 200 

MOUNTING AND 


DTH 250/400/630.800

PANEL CUT OUT 



ROTARY OPERATING MECHANISM �OR TYPE DTH 

DTH 100 

DTH 250/400/630/800 

DTH 200 

2/66 

2

2 


2/67 


DX 100-250 S/H ... 3/4 POLE 

ROTARY DRIVE / ROTARY HANDLE �OR SUR�ACE MOUNTING BREAKERS



DX 100-250 S/H... 3/4 POLE 

EXTENSION SHA�T 

DOOR COUPLING ROTARY HANDLE �OR REAR MOUNTING SWITCHES 

REMOTE OPERATOR 

2/68 

2

2 


2/69 


DX 160 S/H, DX 200-250 S/H 

PLUG-IN ADAPTER



DX 400-630 S/H (3/4 POLE) 

DIMENSIONAL DETAILS O� ROTARY OPERATING MECHANISM 

ROTARY DRIVE 

DOOR COUPLING ROTARY HANDLE 

2/70 

2

2 


2/71 


DX 400-630 S/H ... 3/4 POLE 


PUSH-BUTTONS �OR REMOTE OPERATION ENCLOSED BREAKERS 

WITHDRAWABLE UNIT



DX 800-1250 H ... 3/4 POLE 

DX 1600 H ... 3/4 POLE 

2/72 

2

2 


2/73 


DX...H 800-1600 A (3/4 POLE) 

MOUNTING BRACKETS REAR CONNECTION



DX 800-1600 H ... 3/4 POLE 

ROTARY DRIVE 

DOOR COUPLING ROTARY HANDLE 


2/74 

2

2 


2/75 


DX 800-1600 H ... 3/4 POLE 

WITHDRAWABLE UNIT

MOUNTING AND 



MOUNTING AND 



MCCB - TYPE DM 

DM 16 DM 100 

MOUNTING AND 

DOOR CUTOUT 

DETAILS 

DM 160 DM 250/400 

MOUNTING AND 


2/76 

2

2 

2/77 


ROTARY OPERATING MECHANISM �OR MOTOR BACK-UP PROTECTION RANGE �OR TYPE DM 


DM 16 DM 100 

DM 160 DM 250/400



MCCB - TYPE DTH 800 INST. 

ROTARY OPERATING MECHANISM �OR DTH 800 INST. 

2/78 

2

2 

2/79 

OVERALL DIMENSIONS & CONNECTION DIAGRAM 

Caution : Connect terminals of D� in parallel with the fuse links. 


�USE MONITORING DEVICE TYPE D�



EARTH �AULT MODULES - G�1, G�2, G�11 

G�1 G�2 

G�11 

2/80 

2

2 

2/81 

WIRING DIAGRAM 

EARTH �AULT MODULES - G�1, G�2, G�11 

G�1 & G�2 

G�11



SS ENCLOSURE 

2/82 

2

3 

SWITCH DISCONNECTOR �USE 

SD� for DIN Type �uses 

(Interior & Sheet Steel Enclosure Version) Page 


Ordering Information 3/7 

Overall dimensions 3/32-3/37 

Switch Disconnectors 

(Interior Version) Page 



Overall dimensions 3/42,3/43 

SD� for BS Type �uses 

(Interior Version) Page 




Spares and Accessories Page 

Technical Data and Ordering Information 3/18-3/20

CHANGEOVER SWITCHES / CAM OPERATED ROTARY SWITCHES 

Changeover Switches Page 

Technical Data and Ordering Information 3/22-3/24 

Accessories 3/25 


Cam Operated Rotary Switches Page 

Introduction 3/26 

Product Range 3/27-3/29 

Accessories 

Ordering Information 

Technical Data 

Overall Dimensions 

3

3 

3/1 

Wide Range of SD�s suitable for DIN type �uses 

SD� INTERIORS 

SD� INTERIORS IN SHEET STEEL ENCLOSURES


The �N series of switch disconnector fuse units have been tested to conform to AC-23A utilization category as per IS-13947 (Part-3) & 

IEC-947-3 and are specially designed to meet the requirement 

�eatures are : 

✦ �ull AC23A Rating 

✦ �ront operated mechanism 

✦ Positive isolation of fuses 

✦ Quad make -break mechanism 

✦ Separate arching and current carrying zone 

✦ High clearance and creepage distances 

✦ Suitable for Aluminium termination 

✦ Phase barriers 

✦ Built-in/Addon Switched neutral 

✦ Compact size 

✦ Easy inspection & replacement of contacts 

✦ Provision for addon auxiliary contacts 

✦ Handle coupling arrangement conforming to IS-8623(1977) 

✦ Suitable for vertical and horizontal orientation 

✦ Clear on/off indication 

SWITCH DISCONNECTOR �USE / SWITCH DISCONNECTOR 

3/2 

3

3 

Sheet-steel Enclosure 

3/3 

SHEET STEEL ENCLOSURE 

✦ Sturdy and elegant hinge which permits 180 degree opening of the door. 

✦ Powder coated enclosures with two toned colour. 

✦ Compact overall dimensions. 

✦ Handle coupling with auto-restorable door interlock. 

Constructional details 

The design to the enclosure is square-skirt type. The cover is fixed to the box by external hinges and self-retained thumbscrews. After 

loosening the thumbscrews, the cover can swing open up to 180 degrees, thus permitting complete access to fuses and terminals. 

�lange openings are provided with rubber gaskets on the top and bottom of the enclosure for cable entry. An interlock between the 

switch and the door provided in the handle coupling assembly which is fixed to the door, prevents it from opening in the ON position. The 

box and the cover, powder coated in two-tone colour, lends an attractive appearance to the enclosure.

Conformance to IS 13947 (Part 3) and IEC:60947-3 

Type Designation �N32 �N63 �N100 �N125 

No. of poles 3+Neutral 3+Neutral 3+Neutral 3+Neutral 

Neutral Switched Switched Isolable Isolable 

Service temperature °C -20 to 50 -20 to 50 -20 to 50 -20 to 50 

Rated operational voltage (Ue) V 415 415 415 415 

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) V 690 690 690 690 

Rated impulse withstand voltage(Uimp) kV 888 8 

Rated frequency Hz 50-60 50-60 50-60 50-60 

Conventional Enclosed thermal current at 40°C A 32 63 100 125 

Rated operational current Ie A 

AC 20A utilization category 32 63 100 125 

AC-21A utilization category 32 63 100 125 



DC rating at 220V DC 32 63 100 125 

No.of poles in series,utilization category 

at rated current 3,DC23A 3,DC23A 2,DC23A 2,DC23A 

Rated making capacity (436V, cosØ-0.35) A 320 630 1000 1250 

Rated breaking capacity (436V, cosØ-0.35) A 256 504 800 1000 

Rated fused short circuit current kA 80 80 100 100 

with L&T fuses rating,A /Type Size 32/H� 63/H� 100/HN00 125/HN00 

Capacitor duty - 415 V 50-60Hz kVAR 14 29 45 57 

Mechanical life (operating cycles) 15000 15000 15000 15000 

Terminal capacity (main) mm 2 35 35 95 95 

Terminal capacity (neutral) mm 2 35 35 50 50 

Terminal screw mm M6X12 M6X12 M8X20 M8X30 

Details of fuses available 


SWITCH DISCONNECTOR �USE �OR DIN TYPE �USES 

L&T Type designation H� H� HN HN 

Size 14x51 14X51 00 00 

Rating of L&T fuses available 2-32 2-63 63-100 63-125 

3/4 

3

3 

3/5 


Type Designation �N200 �N250 �N315 

No. of poles 3+Neutral 3+Neutral 3+Neutral 

Neutral Isolable Isolable Isolable 

Service temperature °C -20 to 50 -20 to 50 -20 to 50 

Rated operational voltage (Ue) V 415 415 415 

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) V 690 690 690 

Rated impulse withstand voltage(Uimp) kV 888 

Rated frequency Hz 50-60 50-60 50-60 

Conventional Enclosed thermal current at 40°C A 200 250 315 


AC 20A utilization category 200 250 315 

AC-21A utilization category 200 250 315 



DC rating at 220V DC 200 250 315 


at rated current 2,DC23A 2,DC23A 2,DC22A 

Rated making capacity (436V, cosØ-0.35) A 2000 2500 3150 

Rated breaking capacity (436V, cosØ-0.35) A 1600 2000 2520 

Rated fused short circuit current kA 100 100 100 

with L&T fuses rating,A /Type Size 200/HN0 250/HN1 315/HN1 

Capacitor duty - 415 V 50-60Hz kVAR 92 115 145 

Mechanical life (operating cycles) 10000 10000 10000 

Terminal capacity (main) mm 2 240 240 400 

Terminal capacity (neutral) mm 2 120 240 120 

Terminal screw mm M10X30 M10X30 M10x30 




L&T Type designation HN HN HN 

Size 0 1 1 

Rating of L&T fuses available 80-200 125-250 125-315





Service temperature °C -20 to 50 -20 to 50 -20 to50 













at rated current 2,DC22A 2,DC22A 2,DC22B 







Terminal capacity (main) mm 2 2x400 2x625 2X625 


Terminal screw mm M12x40 M16x50 M16X50 




L&T Type designation HN HN HN 

Size 2 3 3 

Rating of L&T fuses available 200-400 315-630 315-800 

3/6 

3

3 

ORDERING IN�ORMATION: 

Ordering Suffix OOOO for all 

Example: �N32 Interior with handle 

Ordering Information - SK95518OOOO 

3/7 

ORDERING IN�ORMATION 


Type Designation Description Catalogue No.* 

�N32 Interior (with handle) SK95518 

Interior (without handle) SK95544 

Interior in Sheet Steel Enclosure SK95612 

Interior along with three fuses with CE handle SK95631 

Interior along with three fuses with type A handle SK95656 




Interior along with three fuses with CE handle SK95632 

Interior along with three fuses with type A handle SK95657 



Triple pole version also suitable for Castell Interlock ST30287 

Interior along with three fuses SK95646 

Interior along with three fuses in SS enclosure SK95647 






Interior along with three fuses in SS enclosure SK95649 
























Interior (without handle) SK95678

Wide Range of SD�s suitable for BS type �uses 

SD� INTERIORS �OR BS TYPE �USES 

3/8 

3

3 

3/9 
















DC rating at 220V DC 32 63 100 125 



SWITCH DISCONNECTOR �USE �OR BS TYPE �USES 





with L&T fuses rating,A /Type Size 32,HQ,A1 63,HQ,A1 100,HQ,A4 125,HQ,A4 



Terminal capacity (main) mm 2 35 35 95 95 

Terminal capacity (neutral) mm 2 35 35 50 50 

Terminal screw mm M6X12 M6X12 M8X20 M8X30


Type Designation �N200 �N250 

No. of poles 3+Neutral 3+Neutral 

Neutral Isolable Isolable 

Service temperature °C -20 to 50 -20 to 50 

Rated operational voltage (Ue) V 415 415 

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) V 690 690 


Rated frequency Hz 50-60 50-60 

Conventional Enclosed thermal current at 40°C A 200 250 


AC 20A utilization category 200 250 

AC-21A utilization category 200 250 



DC rating at 220V DC 200 250 




at rated current 2,DC23A 2,DC23A 

Rated making capacity (436V, cosØ-0.35) A 2000 2500 

Rated breaking capacity (436V, cosØ-0.35) A 1600 2000 

Rated fused short circuit current kA 80 80 

with L&T fuses rating,A /Type Size 200,HQ,B2 250,HQ,B3 

Capacitor duty - 415 V 50-60Hz kVAR 92 115 

Mechanical life (operating cycles) 10000 10000 

Terminal capacity (main) mm 2 240 400 

Terminal capacity (neutral) mm 2 120 120 

Terminal screw mm M10X30 M10X30 

3/10 

3

3 

3/11 
























with L&T fuses rating,A /Type Size 315,HQ,B4 400,HQ,B4 630,HQ,C2 



Terminal capacity (main) mm 2 400 2x400 2x625 


Terminal screw mm M10x30 M12x40 M16x50

















3/12 

3

3 

3/13 

WIDE RANGE O� SWITCH DISCONNECTOR 

SWITCH DISCONNECTORS











Rated operational current Ie 





DC rating at 220V DC 


SWITCH DISCONNECTOR 







Terminal capacity (main) mm2 35 35 95 95 

Terminal capacity (neutral) mm2 35 35 50 50 

Terminal screw mm M6X12 M6X12 M8X20 M8X30 

Short circuit withstand current kA 

(duration 1 secs) 1.5 1.5 4 4 


with L&T fuses rating,A /Type Size 32/H� 63/H� 100/HN00 125/HN00 

3/14 

3

3 

3/15 

























Terminal capacity (main) mm 2 240 400 400 


Terminal screw mm M10X30 M10X30 M10x30 


(duration 1 secs) 6 10 14 


with L&T fuses rating,A /Type Size 200/HN0 250/HN1 315/HN1





Service temperature °C -20 to 50 -20 to 50 -20 to50 




















Terminal capacity (main) mm2 2x400 2x625 2x625 

Terminal capacity (neutral) mm2 240 400 400 

Terminal screw mm M12x40 M16x50 M16x50 


(duration 1 secs) 14 20 20 



3/16 

3

3 





3/17 













�N800 Interior (with handle) SK95551

ACCESSORIES & SPARES - ORDERING IN�ORMATION 

Versions �N32 �N63 �N100 �N125 �N200 �N250 �N315 �N400 �N630 �N800 

Handle coupling(Type A) SK91257 SK91257 SK91258SK91258SK91259 SK91259 SK91259 SK91259 SK91259 SK91259 

Handle coupling(Type B) SK91277 SK91277 SK91278SK91278SK91278SK91279 SK91279 SK91279 SK91279 SK91279 

Handle coupling (CE) SK91337 

�N SPARES �N 250 �N 400 �N 630 

�N spare kit (contains moving contacts, 

leaf springs & guides for three poles SK91376 SK91377 SK91378 

�B SPARES (COMMON TO ALL RATINGS) 

�N/�B RANGE 

Aux. Contact (1 NO+1NC) SK91302 SK91302 SK91328SK91328SK91329 SK91330 SK91330 SK91330 SK91330 SK91330 

Shaft Extension kit SK95600 SK95600 SK95600 SK91331 SK91331 SK91331 SK91331 SK91331 

Terminal shroud kit SK91190 SK91190 SK91137 SK91137 SK91335 SK91346 SK91346 SK91346 SK91347 SK91347 

Switched Neutral kit Built in Built in SK95233 SK95233 SK95516 SK95517 SK95517 SK95517 SK95546 SK95546 

Mechanical Interlock kit SK95232 SK95232 SK95232 SK95545 SK95545 SK95545 SK95545 SK95545 

Castell lock (Type A to M) SK00333-SK00344 SK00345-SK00356 

�use Puller SK91185 S�90126 

�B SPARES �B250 �B400 �B630 

�ixed contact SK70347 SK70385 SK70385 

Terminal SK70348SK70386 SK60344 

Backing plate for terminal SK70349 SK70430 SK70430 

Arcing Horn SK70420 SK70426 SK70426 

Moving contact assembly SK90707 SK90853 SK90857 

Arc chute(covering one pole) ST90737 ST90855 ST90855 

Bridge ST17155 ST17156 ST17156 

Terminal plate SK91093 

Operating Handle(including cowl ST16315 

Coupler(only for �B-c units) SK60407 

Interlocking bracket(only for �B-c units) SK70533 

Note : Ordering suffix is OOOO for all 

3/18 

3

3 

3/19 

ACCESSORIES �OR �N RANGE 

Switch-disconnector-fuse 

Switched Neutral 

In �N 32/63, the switched neutral pole is an integral part of the 

switch-disconnector-fuse unit. �or higher ratings, a double break, 

site fittable switched neutral pole which is make before break after 

can be provided. This is operated by the main mechanism. 

Castell Interlock 

Switch-disconnector-fuse units can be locked in O�� position with 

the help of a castell interlock. This can also be used to interlock 

two SD�Us. (12 different locks are available) 

Triple pole SD� may be ordered for Castell Interlocking 

Terminal Shroud 

The terminals can be shrouded for protection against accidental 

human contact with live terminals, and against phase-phase short 

circuit through an external conducting path. 

Auxiliary Contacts 

1NO+1NC auxiliary contact is available as an accessory. This can 

be suitably wired in the control circuit. Rated operational current 

Ie (AC-15-4A). Rated operational voltage U - 415Ve 

TECHNICAL DATA �OR AUXILIARY CONTACTS 

�N32 �N63 �N125 �N200 �N250 �N315 �N400 �N630 

Rated Operational Current (le) A 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 

(AC-15 Utilization Category) 

Rated Operational Voltage (Ue) V 415 415 415 415 415 415 415 415

ACCESSORIES �OR �N RANGE 

Mechanical Interlock Kit 

Two switch-disconnector-fuse units can be interlocked by a 

mechanical interlock kit. After interlocking, the following three 

positions are possible : 

1) SD�U 1 in ON position & SD�U 1 in O�� position 

2) SD�U 2 in ON position & SD�U 1 in O�� position 

3) Both SD�Us in O�� position 

Hence two mechanically interlocked SD�Us can be used as a 

change-over switch. 

Shaft Extension Kit 

Shaft length can be increased with the shaft extension kit. 

Handle Coupling 

Two types of handle coupling (Type A & Type B) are available. 

Operation of the handle coupling in any of the four quadrants is 

possible (irrespective of the switch orientation) by selecting the 

right handle coupling. Having selected the quadrant of operation 

and switch orientation, Type A or Type B handle coupling can be 

selected from the selection table given on the next page. 

�use Puller 

�or easy and safe removal of fuses, it is advisable to use �use 

Puller. 

3/20 

3

3 

3/21 

SELECTION TABLE �OR HANDLE COUPLING 

Notes : 

Arrow ( ) indicates position of Interlock Defeat key. 

Type A : Supplied with switch 

Type B : Supplied on request 

�OR HANDLE POSITION IN O�� 

SEEN �ROM �RONT O� THE DOOR

CHANGEOVER SWITCHES 

Rating Switch Highlights 

arrangements 

63 Two switches 

are mounted 

125 side by side. 

Mechanism is 

200 in the middle. 

250 Two switches 

are mounted 

315 one above 

another. 

630 Mechanism is 

at side. 

800 

1000 

1250 

1600 

INTRODUCTION: 

Changeover switch type �G integrates the requirement of 

contractors, panel builders and end users with superior technical 

performance and safe, reliable, flexible and easy installation. 

HIGHLIGHTS: 

✦ Safest changeover switch. 

✦ Compact size saves panel space. 

✦ High reliability. 

✦ Convenience of operation. 

✦ Single handle operation for the entire range. 

✦ Wide range of accessories to enhance safety. 

✦ High Electrical and Mechanical life. 

✦ High short circuit withstand capacity upto 100KA. 

✦ High breaking and making capacities. 

✦ Conforms to IEC 60947 -2 and IEC 60947 -3 and IS 13947 part 2 

& 3. 

✦ Robust and rugged construction makes it suitable for tropical 

condition. 

3/22 

3

3 

�our breaking points per pole with double 

break system helps faster quenching of arc. 

Knife type contact system with self wipe 

feature cleans the contact automatically 

during every closing or opening operation. 

Silver plated copper gives better current 

carrying capacity. 

Electrodynamic compensation: 

The contact system is designed to generate 

very high electrodynamic force to counteract 

the repulsive force produced during short 

circuit / fault condition. This result in 

automatic increase in contact pressure 

with increase in fault current. 

3/23 

CONTACT SYSTEM 

Innovative design of contact system ensures high electrical life : 

Separate arcing and current carrying 

zones. This ensures that current carrying 

zone will remain unaffected during arcing. 

This enhances the electrical life of the switch. 

�ixed contacts are integral part of the 

terminals. No joint between the terminal 

and the fixed contact results into low watt 

loss which results into less temperature 

rise. �G offers one of the lowest temperature 

rise in the terminals if connected properly. 

Deion plates are provided for effective arc 

quenching. 

High contact pressure : better thermal 

rating. 

Robust and efficient mechanism provides greater reliability and safety to operator: 

Positive break-forced opening of contacts: 

In case of contact welding handle cannot be 

taken to the O�� position without forcefully 

opening the contacts. Ensures safety of the 

operator by eliminating chances of wrong 

indication. 

Quick make and quick break mechanism: 

The opening & closing of the contacts are 

independent of the speed of actuation. The 

contacts made or part almost instantly 

independent of the speed of operation 

Innovative design reduces the torque 

requirement: 

The torque required to close or open the 

switch is considerably low.

TECHNICAL DATA & ORDERING IN�ORMATION 

Change over switch 

Type �G 

Catalogue 

No. 

Thermal current 

Ithe (A) 

Rated insulation voltage 

Ui (V) 

Dielectric strength 

50Hz 1min 

Rated impulse withstand 

voltage Uimp (KV) 

Rated operational current 

at 415, ‘le’ (A) 

Rated making capacity 

at 415V, AC23 (A) 

Rated breaking capacity 

at 415V, AC23 (A) 

Capacity duty rating 

at 415V (kVAr) 


(Operating cycles) 


(Operating cycles at 415V) 

�G63 �G125 �G200 �G250 �G315 �G400 �G630 �G800 �G1000 �G1250 �G1600 

ST26510 ST26520 ST26530 ST26540 ST26550 ST26560 ST26570 ST26580 ST26590 ST27460 ST27470 

63 125 200 250 315 400 630 800 1000 1250 1600 

690 800 800 800 800 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 

3500 4000 5000 5000 5000 8000 8000 8000 10000 10000 10000 

8888812 12 12 12 12 12 

63 125 200 250 315 400 630 800 1000 1250 1600 

630 1250 2000 2500 3150 4000 6300 8000 10000 12500 16000 

500 1000 1600 2000 2520 3200 5000 6400 8000 10000 12800 

27 55 80 100 100 160 200 315 450 600 1600 

30000 30000 20000 20000 20000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 

1500 1500 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 500 500 500 

3/24 

3

3 

3/25 

ACCESSORIES �OR CHANGEOVER SWITCHES 

SA�ETY KEYLOCK 

DESCRIPTION ORDERING DETAILS 

CAT. NO. ORDERING SU��IX 

�or �G 63, �G 125 ST26513 OOOO 

�or �G 200 ST26514 OOOO 

�or �G 250, �G 315 ST26545 OOOO 

�or �G 400 to �G 1600 ST26565 OOOO 

AUXILIARY CONTACTS 

1 NO + 1 NC for �G63 to �G200 ST26512 OOOO 

1 NO + 1 NC for �G250 to �G1600 ST26542 OOOO 

2 NO + 2 NC for �G 63 to �G200 ST26515 OOOO 

2 NO + 2 NC for �G 250 to �G 1600 ST26546 OOOO 

CLUTCH HANDLE 

�or �G 63, 125, 160 ST26511 OOOO 

�or �G 200 ST26531 OOOO 

�or �G 250, 315 ST26541 OOOO 

�or �G 400, 630 ST26561 OOOO 

�or �G 800A ST26571 OOOO 

�or �G 1000, 1250, 1600 ST26591 OOOO 

TERMINAL SHROUDS 

�or �G 250, 315 ST26544 OOOO 

�or �G 400, 630 ST26564 OOOO 

�or �G 800 ST26572 OOOO 

�or �G 1000, �G 1250, �G 1600 ST26573 OOOO

INTRODUCTION 

CAM OPERATED ROTARY SWITCHES 

CAM OPERATED ROTARY SWITCHES are defined as set of contacts arranged to make and break in a sequential fashion by which the 

connected outputs will close and open the circuits. 

These switches are suitable for AC as well as DC applications. By virtue of CAM design functions like make before break type of contacts 

can be easily achieved. The number of positions and the switching angles are flexible and will offer the user a choice to decide based on 

the requirement. 

Another advantage, which can be derived, is the flexibility in the contact block selection, which gives the user the option of selection of 

no of contacts as per his requirement. The choice also covers the rating of the applicable operational duty. This will ensure that the right 

switch is chosen for the right application CAM operated switches also offers design flexibility to assemble complex switching programmes 

to customize any switching application. 

The basic operating mechanism of these switches depends on the type of application. Quick-make, quick-make-quick-break and spring 

return operating mechanisms can be chosen. 

Usage of good quality engineering materials for various components ensure that the switches have a long life with higher degree 

electrical and mechanical endurance. Double Butt contacts with silver bimetal on copper ensure better making and breaking over 

conventional knife-edge switches. Usage of high-grade engineering plastics like Nylon and Calcon for the components and glass filled 

polyamide construction provides greater mechanical strength to the switches. 

These Cam operated rotary switches have versatile mounting options to suit any kind of application. Special mounting options like 

single hole, door interlocking and padlocking are also available. 

Greater importance is attached to the aesthetics of the switches. These switches come with attractive combination of knobs and front 

plates to render greater compatibility to the panel design. User defined marking on the script plate with different sizes of script plates 

eliminate the need to label the switching in the panel. 

3/26 

3

3 

3/27 

B 02, STANDARD REAR 

MOUNTING 

PRODUCT RANGE 

STANDARD SWITCHES 

B 03, STANDARD B 14 /B19 SINGLE HOLE 

DIN RAIL 35mm 

B 41 DOOR CLUTCH B 42 DOOR INTERLOCK 

B 53 KEY OPERATED WITH 

�RONT PLATE 

M 17 METAL ENCLOSURE 

B 90 BREAKER CONTROL 

SWITCH 

B 31 THERMOPLASTIC 

ENCLOSURE 

B 34 ROUND PADLOCK AND DOOR 

INTERLOCK 

B 33 ROUND PADLOCK

SPECIAL SHA�T END 

sM/C TOOL APPLICATION 

BAYONET COUPLING 

TEXTILE MACHINE 

RING �RAME (�-R) 

TOUCH PROO� 

TRANS�ORMER CONTROL SWITCH 

EXTRA LONG SWITCH 

SUBSTATION CONTROL SWITCH 

PRODUCT RANGE 

CUSTOMISED SWITCHES 

MULTI PURPOSE SWITCH 

DOMESTIC/AC CONTROL 

PROTECTED SWITCH 

TEXTILE MACHINE 

HEAVY DUTY HANDLE 

VERTICAL LATHE 

EXTENDED TERMINALS 

HIGHER CURRENT �OR 

CU-AL TERMINATIONS 

SHROUDING COVER 

TEXTILE - �OR SA�TY 

EARTHING PLATE 

TEXTILE - �OR SA�TY 

3/28 

3

3 

AC SWITCHES (SERIES S, SG & TP) 

All switches are suitable for application in AC circuits. Most of the switches are rated for 690V AC and 6 and 

10 Amps alone are rated for 400V AC. AC switches characterised by the “Quick Make-Slow Break”. These switches can be applied for 

DC switching with derating and additional contacts in series according to the DC switching voltage. 

AC/DC SWITCHES (SERIES D) 

These switches have Quick Make-Break mechanism built in the latching design 

ISOLATORS 

These are basically ON-O�� switches, which can be used to isolate the power to a particular area of operation. These isolator 

switches are available in a wide range from single pole to 12 pole design. Isolators with spring return are also available upto 

4 poles. Preclose contacts are used for safety circuits and for neutral and earth line. 

Isolators generally come under AC1/AC21 duty. Some times 3 pole ON-O�� switches are used to switch ON and O�� the motor, with 

fuse protection, when they must be rated for AC3/AC23A duty. 

CHANGEOVER SWITCHES 

Changeover switches, also called as Double throw switches, they are used to operate two different circuits with different numbers of 

inputs and output. 

Changeover switches without jumper are used for connecting two different circuits, from two different sources (potential free contacts). 

It may be due to two different operating voltages or any other incompatible lines. 

All Double throw switch contacts by default are of Break Before Make type (BBM) to avoid overlapping of different circuits. Overlapping 

changeover contacts can be offered against requirement. 

MULTISTEP SWITCHES 

These switches can also be called as Pole-Way switches, as they are generally described by Poles and Ways. Multi step switch does 

the function of connecting different circuits in a common supply or vice-versa. 

Multistep switches are basically two way switches available in 1 Pole, 2 Pole and 3 Pole versions. 

GANG SWITCHES 

These switches are called as Gang switches, as they increase the capacity of circuits by ganging. They are used for serialing and/or 

paralleling to derive different circuit capacity. The power of battery supply can be increased by serialing. The power of resistor can 

be increased by paralleling. 

SELECTOR SWITCHES 

With the help of these switches one can 

— Measure currents in different circuits (with or without current transformer) with a single ammeter and a switch. 

— Measure voltages between phases, and phase and neutral, with one switch. 

— Measure voltages and currents of a circuit with one voltmeter, one single switch. 

CONTROL SWITCHES 

Control Switches are a unique alternative for many of the “PUSH BUTTON” stations, where it is preferred to control a system with one 

switch instead of many push buttons. Many positions of the switch are possible to derive combinations. These control switches are 

rated for AC15/DC13. 

AC15 switches need to carry an inrush current of 10 times the normal operating current, while energising solenoids and coils. Hence 

our switches are suitably derated for AC15, while specifying the normal operating current. 

Control switches are used to energise contactors for controlling motor operations. Most of the switches are of spring return type to 

enable latching the circuit with contactor NO contact to facilitate tripping by contactor tripping device. 

MOTOR SWITCHES 

These switches directly operate the motor with AC3 or AC4 duty. 

They are mainly used for motor forward-reversing, star-delta, two speed forward reverse. Special switches designed to operate with 

a contactor with built-in tripping feature on power failure and overload are available. 

3/29 

APPLICATION

S-SERIES 

RT-SERIES 

SG-SERIES 

TP-SERIES 

S-Series 

SG-Series 

RANGE 

2 Contacts/Stage at 180 o Disposition 

Switch Std. Front Latching Max. No 

Type Plate Position of Stages 

S6 SQ 32 90, 60, 45, 30 12 

S10 SQ 32 90, 60, 45, 30 12 

S25 SQ 64 90, 60, 45, 30 15 

S32 SQ 64 90, 60, 45, 30 8 

S40 SQ 88 90, 60, 45, 30 6 

S63 SQ 88 90, 60, 45, 30 6 

S80 SQ 88 90, 60, 45, 30 8 

S100 SQ 88 90, 60, 45, 30 8 

S200 SQ 88 90, 60, 45, 30 4 

S400 SQ 88 90, 60, 45, 30 4 

RT Series 

2 Contacts/Stage at 180 o Disposition 



RT16 SQ 48 90, 60, 45, 30 21 

RT25 SQ 48 90, 60, 45, 30 15 

RT32 SQ 48 90, 60, 45, 30 15 

3 Contacts/Stage at 120 o Disposition. But Normally given with 

2 Contacts/Stage for easy wiring. 3 Contacts can be offered for limited 

programmes if space is a constraint 



SG16 SQ 48 90, 60, 45, 30 21 

SG25 SQ 64 90, 60, 45, 30 15 

SG32 SQ 64 90, 60, 45, 30 15 

SG40 SQ 88 90, 60, 45 12 

SG63 SQ 88 90, 60, 45 12 

TP-Series 

2 Contacts/Stage at 180 o Disposition. Finger Touch Proof terminals to 

prevent accidental finger contact as per VDE 0660/part 100 (VBG4) 



TP16 SQ 48 90, 60, 45, 30 8 

3/30 

3

3 

The switches of S, TP, SG & RT type cater to almost every need of cam switch application. The contacts are of Double Break type with 

shapes and design to ensure long switch life. 

The switches have been designed and constructed with material and mechanisms to suit the applications of Selector switches, Control 

switches, Motor duty switches as well as in Electronic circuitry, according to IEC 947-1, IEC 947-3, IEC 947-5 and VDE 0660 part 107. 

The contact stage is the factor that decides the switch type. All switches are supplied with 2 contacts per stage. The terminals are 

accessible from the sides. 

The type switches are protected against accidental finger contact. Terminal screws have plus-minus screw driver slots to reduce wiring 

time. ‘SG16’ type of switches are available with ‘PUSH ON’ terminals for fast and efficient wiring. 

INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 

3/31 

CONSTRUCTION 

Contact Assembly 

CAM Assembly

Conformance to standards : 

European : IEC-947-1 : 1988 

IEC-947-3 : 1990 

IEC-947-5 

North 

: 1992 

American : CSA 22.2 No.14-1991 

UL 508 (1994) 

Indian : IS 13947-1/3/5, 1993 

DC 22 L/R = 2 ms 

Rated operational voltage 

No of Series Contacts (V) 


Switch Life (Under standard operating conditions): 

Mechincal Life : 1 Million Operations @300 Cycles/Hour 

Electical Life : 0.5 Million Operation at 100% rated duty @120 Cycles/Hour 

SNAP ACTION SWITCHES (AC / DC SWITCHES - D SERIES) 

Contacts : Double break Type 

Ag/AgNi/AgCdO 

Insulation : Glass Filled polyamide with 

High Tracking Index 

Operating Temp : -25oC to 55oC Operating Frequency : Upto 10KHz 

Humudity : 95% RD 48 Hours 

CODE D16 D25 D32 D40 D63 

DIMENSIONAL AC EQUIVALENT SG16 S25 S32 S40 TS63 

Rated Operational Current Ie 

1 2 3 D16 D25 D32 D40 D63 

110V 250V 460V A 16 25 32 40 63 

For Inductive Load L/R = 50 ms 

Rated operational voltage 

No of Series Contacts (V) 

Rated Operational Current Ie 

1 2 3 4 5 6 D16 D25 D32 D40 D63 

24V 48V 70V 95V 120V 145V A 12 20 32 40 63 

30V 60V 90V 120V 180V 240V 1 5 9 25 30 55 

48V 95V 140V 190V 240V 290V A 2 3 16 20 – 

60V 120V 180V 240V 300V 360V A 1 1.5 11 15 – 

110V 220V 330V 440V 550V 660V A 0.4 0.5 3.2 3.5 – 

Note : AC rating and terminal capacity of “D” Series switches are equal to the 

respective AC Equivalents 

3/32 

3

3 

AC SWITCHES (SERIES-S,SG,RT & TP) 

AC RATINGS 

CODE 

Rated Operational Voltage (Ue) 

Isolating voltage Upto (Uiso) 

Resistance to Surge Pulse 

Voltage Uimp) 

Rated Un-interrupted current (Ith) 

Rated Operational Current (Ie) 

AC21A/AC1 

AC15 220-240V 

380-40V 

Rated Operational Current (Ie) 

AC3/AC23A 3 Phase 220-240V 

380-440V 

500-69-V 

AC3/AC23A 1 Phase 110V 

220-240V 

380-440V 

3/33 

S6 S10 SG16 


SHORT CIRCUIT CAPACITY 

Fuse Size (Type gG/gM) 

A 6 10 16 25 32 50 63 80 100 200 400 16 25 32 50 63 

Rated Fused short Circuit Current kA 3 3 5 10 10 20 20 25 25 25 50 5 10 10 10 20 

DC RATINGS 

DC1 (Power) 42V* 

DC13 (Control) 24V* 

* Voltage for each series connected Contact 

TERMINAL CROSS-SECTION 

Single/Multiple MIN 

MAX 

Fire Strand With Sleeve MIN 

MAX 

Terminal Screw 

Terminal Tightening Torque 

CAS/UL RAGINGS 

Ampere Rating 

Operational Voltage 

HP Rating 1 phase 120V 

240V 

3 phase 120 V 

240V 

480V 

600V 

Note :- 

- AC4 rating = AC3 rating/2 

- Star-Delta switch rating = 1.6 X AC3 rating. 

S25 S32 

S40 S63 S80 S100 S200 S400 TP16 SG25 SG32 SG40 SG63 

RT25 RT32 * RT16 

V 440 440 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 

V 250 250 415 415 415 500 500 690 690 690 690 415 415 415 415 415 

kV 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 

A 8 12 20 32 40 50 80 100 125 225 425 20 32 40 50 80 

A 6 10 16 25 32 40 63 80 100 160 320 16 25 32 40 63 

A 2.0 2.5 8 8 14 16 – – – – – 8 8 14 16 – 

A 1.0 1.5 4 5 6 7 – – – – – 4 5 6 7 – 

kW 1 1.8 3 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 22 22 – 3 4 5.5 7.05 11 

kW 1.8 3 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 30 37 37 – 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 

kW 4.2 – 55 11 15 18.5 22 37 45 45 – 5.5 11 15 18.5 22 

kW 0.25 0.37 0.55 1.5 2.2 2.2 3 – – – – 0.55 1.5 2.2 2.2 3 

kW 0.5 0.75 1.5 3.0 4 5.5 7.5 – – – – 1.5 3. 4 5.5 6 

kW 0.75 1.1 2.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 11 – – – – 2.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 9 

A 6 19 16 25 32 40 63 80 100 160 250 16 25 32 40 63 

A 4 6 16 25 32 40 63 80 10 160 250 16 25 32 40 63 

mm2 0.7 

1.5 

0.7 

1.5 

1.5 

4 

1.5 

4 

2.5 

6 

2.5 

10 

4 

16 

6 

25 

10 

35 

10 

70 

20 

140 

1.5 

4 

1.5 

4 

2.5 

6 

2.5 

10 

4 

16 

mm2 0.7 

1.5 

0.7 

1.5 

1 

2.5 

1 

2.5 

1.5 

4 

2.5 

6 

2.5 

10 

6 

16 

10 

25 

10 

50 

20 

100 

– 

2.5 

1 

2.5 

1.5 

4 

2.5 

6 

2.5 

10 

Metric 

Thread 

M3 M3 M3.5 M4 M4 M5 M5 M10 M10 M10 M10 M3.5 M4 M4 M5 2xM4 

Nm 0.5 0.5 0.8 1.2 1.2 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 4 0.8 1.2 1.2 2 2 

A 10 10 15 20 30 40 55 70 95 175 350 15 20 30 40 55 

V 300 300 300 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 300 600 600 600 600 

HP 0.25 0.33 0.33 1 1 2 3 – – – – 0.33 – – – – 

HP 0.50 0.75 1 3 3 5 7.5 – – – – 1 – – – – 

HP 0.75 1 1 2 2 5 7.5 10 15 20 – 1 – – – – 

HP 1 1 2 5 5 10 15 20 25 25 – 2 – – – – 

HP – – – 10 10 20 30 40 50 50 – – – – – – 

HP – – – 15 15 24 40 50 50 50 – – – – – –

B 03, STANDARD 

• 4 Hole Front Panel 

Mounting 

Most Commonly Used 

IP 55 Protection From 

the Front. 

Available for All 

Switches 

Quote ‘13’ For next 

Bigger size front plate 


L/STAGE 

L+K For Spring Return 

L+C For DC Switches 

�RONT MOUNTING 

TYPE B1 B2 B3 D F K S C 

S6/S10 20 9 4.5 32 32 13.5 9.5 – 

S16/TP16/RT32 36 12 4.5 46 48 12 12 18 

S25/S32/RT25/RT32 48 12 5.5 50 64 12 15 21 

S40/S63 68 15 5.5 70 88 – 21 21 

S80/S100/S200 68 15 5.5 88 88 – 32 – 

S400 68 15 5.5 88 88 – 64 – 

SG25 48 12 5.5 58 64 15 14 – 

SG32 48 12 5.5 62 64 15 16 – 

SG40 68 15 5.5 80 88 – 18 – 

SG63 68 15 5.5 80 88 – 24 – 

1 2 3 Max. Stage 

28 37.5 47 12 

38 50 62 21 

42 47 72 8 

59 80 101 6 

71 103 135 8 

103 167 231 3 

48 62 76 12 

50 66 76 12 

60 78 96 8 

66 90 114 8 

3/34 

3

3 

B 33, ROUND PADLOCK 

Switches are with 

Round Palocking 

device (Max. 3 

Padlocks) to prevent 

the switch from being 

made ON/OFF by 

unauthorised 

Personnel. 

Degree of protection 

IP55 form Front. 

Available only for On- 

OFF 2 Position 90 o 

Switches 

B 30, RECTANGULAR 

PADLOCK 

Switches are with 

Rectangular padlocking 

device to prevent the 

switch from being made 

ON/OFF by 

unauthorised personnal 

Max 4 Padlocks 

Available for ON-OFF 2 

Position 90o Switches, 

lockable in both 

positions and full 

rotation 90o. Switches 

lockable in two opposite 

position 

Degree if protection 

IP55 for front 

3/35 


L/STAGE 


42 57 72 8 

59 80 101 6 

71 103 135 6 

103 167 231 6 

38 50 62 12 

48 62 76 12 

50 66 82 12 

60 78 96 8 

66 90 114 8 

L/STAGE 


42 57 72 8 

59 90 101 6 

71 103 135 6 

103 167 231 2 

38 50 62 12 

48 62 76 12 

50 66 82 12 

60 78 96 8 

66 90 114 8 


TYPE B1 B2 B3 D F H S 

S25/S32/RT25/RT32 36 12 4.5 46 65 26 12 

S40/S63 68 15 5.5 70 88 31 21 

S80/S100/S200 68 15 5.5 88 95 31 32 

S400 68 15 5.5 88 95 31 64 

SG16/TP16/RT16 36 12 4.4 46 65 26 12 

SG25 48 12 4.5 58 80 27 14 

SG32 48 12 4.5 62 80 27 16 

SG40 68 15 5.5 80 95 31 18 

SG63 68 15 5.5 80 95 31 24 

TYPE B1 B2 B3 D F1 F2 F3 H S 

S25/S32/RT25/RT32 48 12 5.5 50 75 102 13.5 23 15 

S40/S63 68 15 5.5 70 98 126 169 31 21 

S80/S100/S200 68 15 5.5 88 98 126 16 25 32 

S400 68 15 5.5 88 98 126 16 25 64 

SG16/TP16/RT16 48 12 5.5 46 75 102 13.5 23 12 

SG25 48 12 5.5 58 75 102 13.5 23 14 

SG32 48 12 5.5 62 75 102 13.5 23 16 

SG40 68 15 5.5 80 98 126 16 25 18 

SG63 68 15 5.5 80 98 126 16 25 24

B 42, DOOR INTERLOCK 

These switches are 

mounting on rear side 

of the panel and 

operated from the front 

(door) with door 

interlocking 

mechanism. 

Door openable only in 

OFF position. 

Degree of Protection: 

IP 55 from the Front 

Available only for 60 o 

& 90o Switches 



TYPE A1 A2 B1 B2 B3 C D F G N S 

S25/S32/RT25/RT32 48 M5 48 15 4.5 61 50 64 3.5 24.5 15 

S40/S63 68 M6 68 15 5.5 46 70 88 5.0 33.5 21 

S80/S100/S200 83 M6 68 18 5.5 46 88 88 5.0 33.5 32 

S400 83 M6 48 18 5.5 46 88 88 5.0 33.5 64 

SG16/TP16/RT16 48 M5 48 15 4.5 4.5 46 64 3.5 28.5 12 

SG25 68 M6 68 18 5.5 49 58 88 5.0 36 14 

SG32 68 M6 68 18 5.5 49 62 88 5.0 36 16 

SG40 68 M6 68 18 5.5 53.5 8 88 5.0 41.5 18 

SG63 68 M6 68 18 5.5 53.5 80 88 5.0 41.5 24 

L/STAGE 


42 57 72 8 

59 80 101 6 

71 103 135 6 

103 167 231 3 

39 51 63 6 

48 62 76 6 

50 66 82 6 

60 78 96 5 

66 90 114 8 

3/36 

3

3 

B 41, DOOR CLUTCH 

These switches are for 

mounting the switch in 

the rear of the panel 

and operatable from 

the Door with Door 

Clutch only. 

Door openable in All 

positions. 

Degree of Protection: 

IP 55 from the Front 

Available for Isolators 

and Changeover 

switches 

B 34,ROUND PADLOCK 

AND DOOR INTERLOCK 

These switches are 

for mounting on the 

rear side of the panel 

and operated from the 

front with Padlocking 

device (Round), 

coupled with door 

interlocking facility. 

IP 55 Protection from 

the Front 

Available only for 90 o 

Switches 

Quote “32” for 

Rectangular Pad Lock 

(Style 30) coupled 

with Door Inter Lock 

3/37 



TYPE A1 A2 B1 B2 B3 C D F G N S 

S25/S32/RT25/RT32 48 M5 48 15 4.5 61 50 64 3.5 22 15 

S40/S63 68 M6 68 15 5.5 46 70 88 5.0 26 21 

S80/S100/S200 83 M6 68 18 5.5 46 88 88 5.0 26 32 

S400 83 M6 68 18 5.5 46 88 88 5.0 33.5 64 

SG16/TP16/RT16 48 M5 48 15 4.5 4.5 46 64 3.5 22 12 

SG25 68 M6 68 18 5.5 49 58 88 5.0 29 14 

SG32 68 M6 68 18 5.5 49 62 88 5.0 29 16 

SG40 68 M6 68 18 5.5 53.5 80 88 5.0 34 18 

SG63 

L/STAGE 

68 M6 68 18 5.5 53.5 80 88 5.0 34 24 


42 57 72 6 

59 80 101 6 

71 103 135 5 

103 167 231 3 

39 51 63 6 

48 62 76 6 

50 66 82 6 

60 78 96 5 

66 90 114 5 

TYPE A1 A2 B1 B2 B3 C D F G H N S 

S25/S32/RT25/RT32 48 M5 36 15 4.5 41 50 65 3.5 26 24.5 15 

S40/S63 83 M6 68 15 5.5 46 70 95 5.0 31 33.5 21 

S80/S100/S200 83 M6 68 18 5.5 46 88 95 5.0 31 33.5 32 

S400 83 M6 68 18 5.5 46 88 95 5.0 31 33.5 64 

SG16/TP16/RT16 48 M5 36 15 4.5 45 46 65 3.5 26 28.5 12 

SG25 68 M6 48 18 5.5 49 58 80 5 27 36 14 

SG32 68 M6 48 18 5.5 49 62 80 5 27 36 16 

SG40 68 M6 68 18 5.5 53.5 80 95 5 31 41.5 18 

SG63 

L/STAGE 

68 M6 68 18 5.5 53.5 80 95 5 31 41.5 24 


42 57 72 6 

59 80 101 6 

71 103 135 5 

103 167 231 3 

39 51 63 6 

50 66 82 6 

60 78 96 6 

66 90 114 5 

71 103 135 6


Switches are suitable 

for mouting on rear 

side of the panel, 

provided with suitbable 

front plate. Front 

plate can be cover 

mounted 

IP55 Protection from 

front 

Quote ‘12’ for next 

bigger size of front 

plate 

B 21, DIN RAIL 35mm 

Snap Mounting on 

DIN. EN50022 rail 

(35mm) 

Rear Mounting with 

two holes 

Degree of protection 

IP40 from the front 



33 42 51 10 

38 50 62 12 

42 57 72 8 

59 80 101 6 

71 103 135 6 

103 167 231 3 

48 62 76 12 

50 66 82 12 

60 78 96 8 

66 90 114 8 

REAR MOUNTINGS 

TYPE A1 A2 B1 B2 B3 D F G K S 

S6/S10 20 M5 36 9 4.5 32 32 4.2 13.5 9.5 

SG16/TP16/RT16 48 M5 36 12 4.5 46 64 3.5 12 12 

S25/S32/RT25/RT32 48 M5 48 12 4.5 50 64 3.5 – 15 

S40/S63 68 M6 68 15 5.5 70 88 5 – 21 

S80/S100/S200 68 M6 68 15 5.5 88 88 5 – 32 

S400 68 M6 68 15 5.5 88 88 8 – 64 

SG25 48 M5 48 12 5.5 58 64 3.5 15 14 

SG32 48 M5 48 12 5.5 62 64 3.5 15 16 

SG40 68 M6 68 15 5.5 80 88 8 – 18 

SG63 68 M5 68 15 5.5 80 88 5 – 24 

TYPE A1 A2 B1 B2 B3 D E F S 

S6/S10 56 M4 20 9 4.5 32 10 32 9.5 

SG16/TP16/RT16 56 M4 36 12 4.5 46 10 48 12 

S25/S32/SG25/RT25/RT32 56 M4 48 12 4.5 50 10 64 15 


38 47.5 57 6 

38 60 72 6 

52 67 82 6 

3/38 

3

3 

B 51, KEY OPERATED 

Switches suitable for 

Single hole mounting 

and operates through 

key without Front 

Plate. 

IP40 protection from 

front 

B 53, KEY OPERATED 

WITH FRONT PLATE 

Switches suitable for 

Single hole mounting 

and operates 

through key. 


front 

3/39 

L/STAGE 



36 45.5 54.5 6 

55 70 85 4 

51 63 75 5 

36 45.5 54.5 6 

55 70 85 4 

51 63 75 5 


TYPE 

DIA 30.5 mm 

B1 B2 B3 D F S 

S6/S10 23 13 3 32 32 9.5 

S25/S32/RT25/RT32 31 17.5 2.5 50 35 15 

SG16/TP16 

DIA 22.5 mm 

31 17.5 2.5 46 35 12 

S6/S10 23 13 3 32 32 9.5 

S25/S32/RT25/RT32 23 13.5 2.5 50 35 15 

SG16/TP16 23 13.5 2.5 46 35 12 

TYPE 

DIA 30.5 mm 

B1 B2 B3 D F S 

S6/S10 23 13 3 32 32 9.5 

S25/S32 31 17.5 2.5 50 48 15 

SG16/TP16/rt16 

DIA 22.5 mm 

31 17.5 2.5 46 38 12 

S6/S10 23 13 3 32 32 9.5 

S25/S32 23 13.5 2.5 50 48 15 

SG16/TP16 23 13.5 2.5 46 48 12 

L/STAGE 


36 45.5 54.5 6 

55 70 85 4 

51 63 75 5 

36 45.5 54.5 6 

55 70 85 4 

51 63 75 5

M 17, METAL 

ENCLOSURE 

Switches Assembled 

in Metal Boxes with 

64x64 Front plate with 

Knob / Handle 

B 31, THERMOPLASTIC 

ENCLOSURE 

Switches mounted in 

ABS Plastic 

Enclosure with Round 

Padlock 

B 03 Mounting can 

also be offered 


Switch Type 

SG16/ SG25 

S6/ TP16/ S25/ S40/ 

S10 RT16 S32 S63 

A1 56 70 70 100 

A2 48 60 60 95 

0A3 4 4 4 6.5 

D1 72 85 85 160 

D2 72 85 85 125 

D3 80 95 95 130 

Od 11 11 11 25 

Max. 

Stage 

4 4 3 3 

Switch Type Max. Stage 

SG16/TP16/RT16 3 

SG25 

S25/S32/RT25/RT32 2 

S40/S63 2 


3/40 

3

3 

B 19, STANDARD 22.5 

Switches with Single 

hole mounting. 

Available for all 

programmes 


front 

S6, S10 with 32 SQ 

mm - style B19 

S6, S10 with 48 SQ 

mm - style B14 

SG16, TP16, S25, S32, 

RT25 & RT32 with 48 

SQ mm - style B19 

B 25 PUSH BUTTON 

Switches suitbable for 

single hole mounting 

Operates through 

button 

3/41 


SINGLE HOLE MOUNTING 

TYPE OD F S H B1 B2 B3 

S6/S10 

319 32 32 9.5 10 23 13 3 

B14 32 48 9.5 13 23 13 3 

SG16/TP16 B19 46 48 12 13 23 13 3 

S25/S32/RT25/RT32 B19 50 48 15 13 23 13 3 

L/STAGE 


36 45.5 54.5 12 

36 45.5 54.5 12 

48 60 72 12 

52 67 82 8 

TYPE B1 B2 B3 K D F S 

S6/S10 23 13 3 20 32 36.5 9.5 

L/STAGE 


47 56.5 66 3


Switches with 4 Hole 

Mounting. 

Handle operator, Key 

Lock, Key Removable 

in ON/OFF Position. 

Other Possibilities 

offered on request. 


Front. 

Available for 90 o and 

60 o Switches 

For handle other than 

TEARDROP/FLAG 

KNOB, key 

arrangement will come 

on top to avoid 

infringement. 

B 90, BARREL LOCK 

Mainly used for Breaker 

control 

Front Mounted, Barrel 

locking. Lockable in 

Neutral position 

Lost Motion Device - 

Optional 

Seq. Locking - Optional 

Spring Return - 

Optional 


the front. 

Lockable in steps of 30 o 

For more information on 

Breaker Control 

Switches, refer seperate 

catalogue. 


SINGLE HOLE MOUNTING 

TYPE B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 D F S 

S25/S32/RT25/RT32 48 15 5.5 23 43.5 50 64 15 

S40/S63 68 15 5.5 23 43.5 70 88 21 

SG16/TP16 48 15 5.5 23 43.5 46 64 12 

SG25 48 15 5.5 23 43.5 58 64 14 

SG32 48 15 5.5 23 43.5 62 64 16 

L/STAGE 


61 76 91 12 

59 80 101 6 

57 69 81 12 

67 81 96 12 

69 85 101 12 

TYPE D W 

SG16 46 12 

SG25 58 14 

SG32 62 16 

M - No of Main Contacts 

L - No of Stages in LMD Contacts 

3/42 

3

3 

Other size mounting 

plates at front/rear can 

be supplied aganist 

requirements 

3/43 


SWITCH TYPE 

STD BIGGER 

STYLE STYLE 

S6/ 

S10 

�RONT PLATES 

— 

SG 16/ S6/ 

TP 16 S10 

S25/S32 SG16/ 

SG25/SG32 TP16 

SG40/SG63 

S80 & Above 

S40/S63 

S25/S32 

SG25/SG32 

SWITCH TYPE 

STD BIGGER 

STYLE STYLE 

S80 

— & 

Above 

S3/S10 

SG16/ — 

TP16 

S25/S32 SG16/ 

SG25/SG32 TP16


KNOBS 

S25 

S6 S32 S80 & SG16 

CODE TYPE S10 RT25 Above TP16 SG25 SG32 SG40 SG63 

RT32 RT16 

TD TEAR DROP 

FL FLAG KNOB 

PG 

BG 

PISTOL GRIP 

HANDLE 

BALL GRIP 

HANDLE 

LG LEVER HANDLE 

RD ROUND KNOB 

RK RADIO KNOB 

A 27 27 50 27 36 36 50 50 

B 41 41 70 41 52 52 70 70 

C 25 25 42 25 31 31 42 42 

D 21 21 33 21 25 25 33 33 

A 16.5 27 50 27 36 36 50 – 

B 22 39 68 39 50 50 68 – 

C 13.75 24 42.5 24 27 27 42.5 – 

D 18 24 32 24 25 25 32 – 

A – 36 50 36 36 36 50 50 

B – 87 110.5 87 87 87 110.5 110.5 

C – 67 82 67 67 67 82 82 

D – 36 82.2 36 36 36 82.2 82.2 

Feasible 

3/44 

3

3 

SG-TYPE 

RECTANGULAR 

S-TYPE 

STAGE SHROUD 

3/45 

ACCESSORIES 

SHROUDING COVERS 

TYPE D H 

1 STAGE 2 STAGE 3 STAGE 

SG16 60 +0.2 18 30 42 

SG25 73 +0.2 – 36.5 – 

SG32 77 +0.2 – 40.5 – 

SG40 95 +0.2 – 46 – 

SG63 95 +0.2 – 59 – 

TYPE L D H 

SG63 

S200 

NO. OF 

STAGES 

175 115 100 3 

210 200 90 3 

175 110 115 3 

210 200 100 3 

TYPE D H 

1 STAGE 2 STAGE 3 STAGE 

SG32 65 +0.2 33 48 63 

SG63 89 +0.2 54 118 182 

Meant for shrouding of incoming wires and other terminals form the human contacts. 

Stage shrouds are available for 40A and above. TP swtiches do not need shrouding covers.


Push on Terminals SG16 Extended Terminals SG25 Extended Terminals SG63, S63 

Mating terminal socket Code No : 1653 

Extended Terminal S80, 

S100, S200 

ACCESSORIES 

Extended Terminal S400 

Always mounted on switch Always mounted on switch 

Always mounted on switch supplied as 

optional for S40 and SG40 

3/46 

3

3 

ISOLATORS 60 o (ON-OFF SWITCHES) 

3/47 


LIST O� PROGRAMMES 

SCRIPT 

PROG DESCRIPTION PLATE CONNECTING DIAGRAM No. Of 

No. MARKING STAGES 

61001 1 Pole 1 

61002 2 Pole 1 

61003 3 Pole 2 

61004 4 Pole 2 

61005 5 Pole 3 

61006 6 Pole 3 

61007 7 Pole 4 

61008 8 Pole 4 

61009 9 Pole 5 

61010 10 Pole 5 

61011 11 Pole 6 

61012 12 Pole 6 

SWITCH 

MOUNTING STYLE 

TYPE 02,12 19 

03, 13 17, 31 21 51 63 14 

41 53 

S6 Upto 

S10 3 Stages 

SG16 Upto 

RT16 3 Stages 

S25 

S32 Upto 

RT25 2 Stages 

RT32 

S40 

S63 

S80 

S100 

S200 

S400 

TP16 

SG25 

SG32 

SG40 

SG63 

Feasible

ISOLATORS 90 o (ON-OFF SWITCHES) 

SCRIPT 



61191 1 Pole 1 

61192 2 Pole 1 

61199 3 Pole 2 

61178 

3 Pole with 

Neutral Terminal 

61906 6 Pole 3 

61194 

61904 

61905 

4 Pole with 

1 Pole PreClose 

4 Pole 


5 Pole 


ISOLATORS 90 o COMPLETE ROTATION (ON-OFF SWITCHES) 

SCRIPT 



1 Pole 

61195 Complete Rotation 

2 Pole 


3 Pole 


4 Pole 




2 

2 

2 

3 

1 

1 

2 

2 

SWITCH 


TYPE 02,12 30,33 19 

03, 13 32, 34 51 

41, 42 53 

17, 31 21 63 41 

S6 Upto 

S10 3 Stages 

SG16 Upto 

RT16 3 Stages 

S25 

S32 Upto 

RT25 2 Stages 

RT32 

S40 Upto 

S63 3 Stages 

S80 

S100 

S200 

S400 

Upto 

TP16 3 Stages 

SG25 Upto 

SG32 2 Stages 

SG40 

SG63 

Feasible 

SWITCH 


TYPE 

19 

02,12 41 51 17, 31 21 63 41 

03, 13 42 53 

S6 Upto 

S10 3 Stages 

SG16 

Upto 

3 Stages 

S25 

S32 Upto 

RT25 

RT32 

3 Stages 

S40 Upto 

S63 3 Stages 

S80 

S100 

S200 

S400 

TP16 Upto 

RT16 3 Stages 

SG25 Upto 

SG32 3 Stages 

SG40 

SG63 

Feasible 

3/48 

3

3 

ISOLATORS 45o SPRING RETURN (ON-OFF SWITCHES) 

SCRIPT 



3/49 

61351 1 Pole 1 

61352 2 Pole 1 

61352 3 Pole 2 

61354 4 Pole 2 

SWITCH 

TYPE 

S6 

S16 

SG16 

TP16 

RT16 

SG25 

SG32 

SG63 

SG40 


02,12 19 

03, 13 17, 31 51 63 14 

41 21 53 


Feasible

CHANGE OVER SWITCHES 60 o (DOUBLE THROW SWITCHES) 



PROG DESCRIPTION 

SCRIPT 

PLATE CONNECTING DIAGRAM No. Of 


61025 

1 Pole 

With Off 

1 

61026 

2 Pole 

With Off 

2 

61027 

3 Pole 

With Off 

3 

61028 

4 Pole 

With Off 

4 

61029 

5 Pole 

With Off 

5 

61030 

6 Pole 

With Off 

6 

61031 

7 Pole 

With Off 

7 

61032 

8 Pole 

With Off 

8 

61625 

1 Pole With off 

Without Jumper 

1 

61626 



61627 



61041 

5 Pole 

Without Off 

61042 

6 Pole 

Without Off 

61043 

7 Pole 

Without Off 

61044 

8 Pole 

Without Off 

61045 

9 Pole 

Without Off 

61046 

10 Pole 

Without Off 

61047 

11 Pole 

Without Off 

61048 

12 Pole 

Without Off 

61637 

1 Pole, Without Off 


61638 



61639 



61640 



2 

3 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

1 

2 

3 

4 

SWITCH 


TYPE 02,12 19 

03, 13 17, 31 21 51 63 14 

41 53 

S6 Upto 

S10 3 Stages 

Upto 

SG16 3 Stages 

S25 

S32 Upto 

RT25 

RT32 

3 Stages 

S40 Upto 

S63 2 Stages 

S80 

S100 

S200 

S400 

TP16 Upto 

RT16 3 Stages 

SG25 Upto 

SG32 3 Stages 

SG40 

SG63 

Feasible 

3/50 

3

3 

CHANGE OVER SWTICHES 90 o (DOUBLE THROW SWITCHES) 

3/51 



SCRIPT 



61151 

61152 

61153 

61154 

61037 

61038 

61039 

61040 

SWITCH 

TYPE 02,12 

03, 13 

S6 

S10 

SG16 

S25 

S32 

RT25 

RT32 

S40 

S63 

S80 

S100 

S200 

S400 

TP16 

RT16 

SG25 

SG32 

SG40 

SG63 

1 Pole 

With Off 

2 Pole 

With Off 

3 Pole 

With Off 

4 Pole 

With Off 

1 Pole 

Complete Rotation 

2 Pole 


3 Pole 


4 Pole 



41, 42 19 21 63 14 

Feasible 

1 

2 

3 

4 

1 

2 

3 

4

CHANGE OVER SWTICHES 45 o SPRING RETURN (SR) 



SCRIPT 



61361 

61362 

61363 

61371 

61372 

61373 

61364 

61365 

61366 

61771 

61772 

61773 

1 Pole 

With Off 

2 Pole 

With Off 

3 Pole 

With Off 

1 Pole 

Without Off 

2 Pole 

Without Off 

3 Pole 

Without Off 

1 Pole With Off S.R 

From Left to Centre 





1 Pole 


2 Pole 


3 Pole 


SWITCH 


TYPE 02,12 19 

03, 13 21 51 63 31 14 

41 53 31 

S6 

S10 

SG16 

TP16 

TP16 

SG25 

SG32 

Feasible 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

3/52 

3

3 

MULTI STEP SWITCHES - 60 O (POLE WAY SWITCHES) 

3/53 




SCRIPT 



61059 

1 Pole-2 Way 

With Off 

1 

61079 

2 Pole-2 Way 

With Off 

2 

61099 

3 Pole-2 Way 

With Off 

3 

61130 

4 Pole-2 Way 

With Off 

4 

61049 

1 Pole-3 Way 

Without Off 

2 

61069 

2 Pole-3 Way 

Without Off 

3 

61089 

3 Pole-3 Way 

Without Off 

5 

61120 

4 Pole-3 Way 

Without Off 

6 

61124 

5 Pole-3 Way 

Without Off 

8 

61126 

6 Pole-3 Way 

Without Off 

9 

61061 

1 Pole-4 Way 

With Off 

2 

61081 

2 Pole-4 Way 

With Off 

4 

61101 

3 Pole-4 Way 

With Off 

6 

61132 

4 Pole-4 Way 

With Off 

8 

61062 

1 Pole-5 Way 

With Off 

3 

61082 

2 Pole-5 Way 

With Off 

5 

61102 

3 Pole-5 Way 

With Off 

8 

61051 

1 Pole-5 Way 

With Off 

3 

61071 

2 Pole-5 Way 

With Off 

5 

61091 

3 Pole-5 Way 

With Off 

8 

61122 

4 Pole-5 Way 

With Off 

10 

61052 

1 Pole-6 Way 

Without Off 

3 

61072 

2 Pole-6 Way 

Without Off 

6 

61092 

3 Pole-6 Way 

Without Off 

SWITCH 


TYPE 02,12 

03, 13 17, 13 21 19 63 14 

S6 Upto 

S10 3 Stages 

SG16 Upto 

RT10 3 Stages 

S25 

S32 Upto 

RT25 3 Stages 

RT32 

S40 

S63 

S80 

S100 

S200 

Upto 

S400 3 

Stages 

TP16 

SG25 

SG32 

SG40 

SG63 

Feasible

MULTI STEP SWTICHES - 45 o (POLE WAY SWITCHES) 





SCRIPT 



61063 

1 Pole-6 Way 

With Off 

1 

61083 

2 Pole-6 Way 

With Off 

2 

61103 

3 Pole-6 Way 

With Off 

3 

61064 

1 Pole-7 Way 

With Off 

4 

61184 

2 Pole-7 Way 

With Off 

7 

61053 

1 Pole-7 Way 

Without Off 

4 

61073 

2 Pole-7 Way 

Without Off 

7 

61093 

3 Pole-7 Way 

Without Off 

11 

61054 

1 Pole-8 Way 

Without Off 

4 

61074 

2 Pole-8 Way 

Without Off 

8 

61094 

3 Pole-8 Way 

Without Off 

12 

SCRIPT 



61065 

61066 

61067 

61068 

1 Pole-8 Way 

With Off 

1 Pole-9 Way 

With Off 

1 Pole-10 Way 

With Off 

1 Pole-11 Way 

With Off 

4 

5 

5 

6 

SWITCH 

TYPE 

S6 

S10 

SG16 

S25 

S32 

S40 

S63 

S80 

S100 

S200 

TP16 

SG25 

SG32 

SG40 

SG63 

SWITCH 

TYPE 

S6 

S10 

SG16 

S25 

S32 

S40 

S63 

S80 

S100 

S200 

TP16 

SG25 

SG32 

SG40 

SG63 


02,12 

03, 13 

21 19 14 


02,12 

03, 13 

Feasible 

21 19 14 

Feasible 

3/54 

3

3 

MULTI STEP SWTICHES - 45 o (POLE WAY SWITCHES)...Contd 

SCRIPT 



61055 

61056 

61057 

61058 

3/55 

1 Pole-9 Way 

Without Off 

1 Pole-10 Way 

Without Off 

1 Pole-11 Way 

Without Off 

1 Pole-12 Way 

Without Off 





SCRIPT 



61060 

1 Pole-3 Way 

With Off 

2 

61080 

2 Pole-3 Way 

With Off 

3 

61100 

3 Pole-3 Way 

With Off 

5 

61131 

4 Pole-3 Way 

With Off 

6 

61050 

1 Pole-4 Way 

Without Off 

2 

61070 

2 Pole-4 Way 

Without Off 

3 

61190 

3 Pole-4 Way 

Without Off 

5 

61121 

4 Pole-4 Way 

Without Off 

6 

61649 

For Mounting Styles, please refer to previous pages. 

1 Pole-3 Way 

Without Off 2 


2 Pole-4 Way 

61650 Without Off 2 


2 Pole-4 Way 

61650 Without Off 2 


5 

5 

6 

6 

SWITCH 


TYPE 02,12 

03, 13 

17, 31 21 19 63 14 

S6 Upto 

S10 3 Stages 

Upto 

SG16 3 Stages 

S25 Upto 

S32 3 Stages 

S40 

S63 

S80 

S100 

S200 

S400 

TP16 

SG25 

SG32 

SG40 

SG63 

Feasible

VOLTMETER SELCTOR SWITCHES 

SCRIPT 

PROG DESCRIPTION SWITCH PLATE CONNECTING DIAGRAM No. Of 

No. ANGLE MARKING STAGES 

61312 3# Line to Line 90 o 2 

61313 

SCRIPT 



1 Pole- 

61325 3 Transformer 3 

With OFF 

61321 

61331 

3# Line to Line 

Line to Neutral 

1 Pole- 

1 Transforrmer 

1 Pole- 

2 Transforrmer 

45 o 


61314 Line to Neutral 60 o 3 

Without Off 

61317 

61313 


L1 to N 


2 Sources 

45 o 

45 o 

61311 3# Line to Line 90 o 2 

61319 

3# Line to Line 90o Line to Neutral 

AMMETER SELCTOR SWITCHES 



1 Pole- 

61384 3 Transformer 90 o 3 

With OFF 

1 Pole- 


With OFF 

2 Pole- 


With OFF 

3 

3 

4 

2 

1 

2 

SWITCH 

TYPE 

S6 

S10 

SG16 

TP16 

RT16 

SWITCH 

TYPE 

S6 

S10 

SG16 

TP16 

RT16 


02,12 

03, 13 

21 19 14 

Feasible 


02,12 

03, 13 

21 19 14 

Feasible 

3/56 

3

3 

AMMETER SELCTOR SWITCHES...Contd 

3/57 

SCRIPT 



61328 

61329 

61330 

71000 

SCRIPT 



61336 

61337 

3 Pole-3 Transformer 

With OFF 


Without OFF 


Without OFF 

Direct ammeter 

selector 

3 Voltage L-L 

3 Currents 

4s Voltages 

3 Currents 

90 o 

VOLTMETER & AMMETER SELECTOR SWITCHES 


90 o 


3# Voltages 

61338 Line to Neutral 5 

3 Currents 

SWITCH 

TYPE 

S6 

S10 

SG16 

TP16 

RT16 

5 

5 

6 

5 

5 

6 


02,12 

03, 13 

21 19 14 

Feasible

POWER FACTOR METER SWITCHES 

SCRIPT 



One Curent 

transformer 

73078 90 o 2 

One Voltage 

transformer 

73079 

WATTMETER SWITCH 

SCRIPT 



73071 

SCRIPT 



61328 

61329 

61330 

Two Current 

transfomer 

Two wattmeter 

Method 

MOTOR REVERSING SWITCHES (AC4) 


With OFF 


Without OFF 


Without OFF 


90 o 2 

90 o 5 

60 o 



19 

SWITCH 02,12 21 51 14 

TYPE 

S6 

S10 

SG16 

S25 

S32 

S40 

S63 

TP16 

SG25 

SG32 

SG40 

SG63 

03, 13 53 

Feasible 

5 

5 

6 

3/58 

3

3 

MOTOR SWITCHES (AC3) STAR DELTA SWITCHES 

3/59 



SCRIPT 



61200 Off-Y-@ 60 o 4 

61201 

Spring Return 

From STAR to OFF 

90 o 4 

61203 Standard 60 o 5 

Star Delta 

With Seequence 

61239 locking & LMD 90 o 3 

Contacts 

61240 

For Use with 

Contactors 

90 o 4 


19 

SWITCH 02,12 21 51 14 

TYPE 

S6 

S10 

03, 13 53 

SG16 

S25 

S32 

RT25 

RT32 

S40 

S63 

TP16 

RT16 

SG25 

SG32 

SG40 

SG63 

Feasible

MOTOR SWITCHES (AC3) MULTI SPEED SWITCHES 

SCRIPT 



61212 

61213 

SCRIPT 



61208 Split-phase Start 90 o S 2 

61209 

2 Speed 

Single Winding 

2 Speed 

Single Winding 

Split-phase Start 

Reversing 

60 o 

90 o 

2 Speed 

61215 Single Winding 60 o 5 

For use with 

Contactors 

2 Speed 

61217 Single Winding 60 o 6 

Reversing 

2 Speed 

61219 2 Seperate 60 o 3 

Windings 

3 Speed 

61226 3 Windings 60 o 6 

(O-A-B-A) 

3 Speed 

61243 2 Windings 90 o 6 

(O-A-B-A) 

MOTOR SWITCHES (AC4) START AND RUN SWITCHES 



Split-phase Start 

61209 Reversing 60 o 3 

Switching 

4 

4 

3 


19 

SWITCH 02,12 21 51 14 

TYPE 

S6 

S10 

03, 13 53 

SG16 

S25 

S32 

RT25 

RT32 

S40 

S63 

TP16 

RT16 

SG25 

SG32 

SG40 

SG63 

SWITCH 

TYPE 

S6 

S10 

SG16 

TP16 

Feasible 


02,12 

03, 13 

21 19 14 

Feasible 

3/60 

3

3 

CONTROL SWITCHES 

3/61 

SCRIPT 



61300 

61338 

1 Pole STOP-START 

With Spring Return 


With Spring Return 

45 o 1 

45 o 2 


61301 With Spring Return 90 o S 1 

From STAART to RUN 

61701 Without Jumper 

STOP-START SWITCH 


TO RUN FOR 2 UNITS 

61707 Without Jumper 

Contactor Control 


to OFF 

61271 

Motor Voltage 

Control Switch 



45 o S 2 


19 

SWITCH 02,12 21 51 14 

TYPE 

S6 

S10 

03, 13 53 

SG16 

S25 

S32 

RT25 

RT32 

S40 

S63 

TP16 

RT16 

SG25 

SG32 

SG40 

SG63 

Feasible

GANG SWITCHES 

SCRIPT 



61109 

61117 

61111 

61110 

61118 

61112 

2 Gang with OFF 

1 Pole 


2 Pole 


3 Pole 


1 Pole 


2 Pole 


3 Pole 

2 Gang, Series 

61113 With Off 1 Pole 


61115 

With OFF 2 Pole 


61114 With OFF 3 Pole 


60 o 

90 o 

90 o 


2 Gang 

61116 Series-Parallel 90 o 2 

With OFF 2 Pole 

1 

2 

3 

2 

3 

5 

1 

2 

3 

SWITCH 


TYPE 

S6 

S10 

02,12 

03, 13 

21 19 63 14 

SG16 

S25 

S32 

RT25 

RT32 

S40 

S63 

TP16 

RT16 

SG25 

SG40 

SG63 

Feasible 

3/62 

3

3 Example 

While placing the order, please specify as follows 

PROGRAMME – RATING – MOUNTING – 

COMPULSORY CODE 

PROGRAMME 

Refer page no 19-34 for ‘LIST OF 

SWITCHES’. For example, if you need 

a 3 Pole isolator switch 60o , then select 

the programme number as 61003. 

RATING 

Refer Technial Data page no. 4 & 5 and 

specify the new switch code. For 

example, S25 for S-Type 25A 

operational current in AC21A duty. 

3/63 


MOUNTING 

Refer page no 6-16 for mounting 

details. For example, the code is 63 for 

a switch with key lock and key 

removable in MAN & AUTO position. 

Make sure that the mounting and 

switch rating are possible for the 

programme selected 

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 

These codes need not be specified, 

if no accessories are required. 

CODE Y/R B/B G/B A/B 

SWITCHING SCRIPT PLATE 

– HANDLE – COLOUR – 

ANGLE 

MARKING 

Front Plate Yellow Black Grey Al. Foil 

Handle Red Black Black Black 

– SHROUDING – TERMINAL 

61003 – 525 – 63 – – – FL – 4 – MAN/AUTO – S – T 

SWITCHING ANGLE 

Refer ‘LIST OF SWITCHES’ page no 19- 

34 for standard switching angle. Only if a 

non standard switching angle is required 

for the same programme, the angle has to 

be specified. Refer page 2 for switching 

angle limitations for various switch types. 

HANDLE 

Refer page 16 for handle details and 

specify the code. Tear drop (TD)/Flag 

knob (FH) is supplied as standard. 

COLOUR 

The following color combinations of 

front plate and handle are possible. 

Yellow/Red is supplied as standard 

SCRIPT PLATE MARKING 

Refer ‘LIST OF SWITCHES’ page no 

19-34 for standard script plate 

marking. If you need any other nonstandard 

markings, you can specify 

here 

SHROUDING COVER 

Refer page no. 17 for availablity of 

shrouding covers and specify ‘S’ 

if reqd. 


Refer page no. 18 for details on 

availablity of extended terminals. 

Switches from 63A & above are always 

supplied with extended terminals. 

For other switches specify ‘T’ 

if required.


CUSTOMISED PROGRAMME �ORMATION 

The design and construction of switches gives flexibility for making 

customised programmes within a very short time. Basically an 

engineer trying to specify the customised programme should 

concentrate on the following points : 

(a) Number of operating positions of switch handle 

(b) Total number of contacts required 

(c) contacts sequence in various positions of handle. 

Please Note :- 

(a) Each position should be idenitfied and marking required in those 

postions should be specified. The possible latching angles (angle 

between positons) is 30 o , 45 o , 60 o , 90 o . 

Spring returns are also possible for upto half the latching angle. 

(b) Total number of contacts can be decided based on the actual need. 

You may arrange to your convenience and number them as 1/2, 3/ 

4, 5/6.... While making the switch, we may rearrange the contacts 

to use solid jumpers to avoid loose wire jumpers 

(c) Fill up the programme sheet by marking ‘X’ at places where 

contacts have to close. 

For example, refer sketches given below: 

Contacts 

remain closed 

Two contacts 

make before break 

Spring return to 

RUN from 

STOP & START 

(d) Fourth step is to decide the switch type (Ampere Rating). 

Refer Technical Data. 

(e) Decide the mounting style. Refer overall dimensions 

(f) Decide handle, front plate and other accessories. 

Refer overall dimensions. 

3/64 

3

3 

3/65 


CUSTOMISED PROGRAMME �ORMATION 

An example of a customised 

programme to switch a tubelight fan 

and nightlamp in all practical 

combinations is illustrated here 

After filling in the format, use the 

following checklist to ensure complete 

data 

(1) Switch angle specified 

(2) Terminal numbers indicated 

(3) Positions markings indicated 

both in script 

(4) Lockable position indicated 

(Only for lockable switches) 

(5) Switch type specified 

(Ampere rating) 

(6) Mounting specified 

The above constructions carries a 5 

digit number starting with from 7 (7...) 

alloted by us (Column8). This number 

alone is sufficient for future 

correspondence and futher ordering


SWITCH-DISCONNECTOR �USE �N32, �N63, �N100, �N125 

OVERALL DIMENSIONS - �N32 / �N63 ASSEMBLY O� HANDLE COUPLING ON 

DOOR - �N32 / �N63 

DRILLING DETAILS ON DOOR 

�OR MOUNTING HANDLE COUPLING 

SEEN �ROM �RONT O� THE DOOR 


DRILLING DETAILS - �N32 / �N63 

DRILLING DETAILS ON BASE PLATE 

�OR MOUNTING SWITCH 


OVERALL DIMENSIONS - �N100 / �N125 

3/66 

3

3 


3/67 


SWITCH-DISCONNECTOR �USE �N250


SWITCH-DISCONNECTOR FUSE FN100, FN125, FN200, FN250, FN315, FN400 

OVERALL DIMENSIONS - FN200 DRILLING DETAILS - FN100 / FN125 / FN200 / FN250 

ASSEMBLY OF HANDLE COUPLING ON DOOR 

FN100 / FN125 / FN200 / FN250 


5 5 

DIMENSION FN125 FN200 FN250 

A 180 200 216 


FOR MOUNTING HANDLE COUPLING 

SEEN FROM FRONT OF THE DOOR 


FN315 / FN400 


FOR MOUNTING SWITCH 

SEEN FROM FRONT OF THE DOOR 

TYPE A B C D 

FN125 26 22 160 125 

FN200 43.2 24.7 188 170 

FN250 43.2 24.7 188 170 

TYPE A B C 

FN315 103 220 M10 

FN400 102 228 M12 

3/68 

3

3 


3/69 


SWITCH-DISCONNECTOR �USE - �N630 / �N800


�OR MOUNTING HANDLE COUPLING 




�N315, �N400, �N630 

ASSEMBLY O� HANDLE COUPLING ON DOOR 

SWITCH TYPE A 

�N315, �N400 250 

�N630 270 

TYPE A 

�N315, �N400 215 

�N630 271 


�OR MOUNTING SWITCH 


3/70 

3

3 

3/71 

Extreme overall 

dimensions 


�N IN SHEET STEEL ENCLOSURE 

Basic enclosure 

dimensions 

Cut-out for 

cables 

Gland plate 

mounting 

dimensions 

Enclosure 

mounting 

dimensions 

A B C D E � G H I J K L 

�N32/63 245 238196 230 226 153 190 73 210 80 170 165 

�N100/125 288 265 245 273 253 183 233 104 253 110 213 193 

�N200 335 265 265 320 253 203 280 124 300 130 260 193 

�N250/315/400 365 265 315 350 253 253 310 185 330 191 300 203 

�N630/800 421 285 337 406 273 273 366 185 386 191 246 223 

Note: All dimensions are in mm.


SWITCH-DISCONNECTOR �USE �OR BS TYPE �USES - �N32, �N63 

�N 32 

�N 63 

Note: All dimensions are in mm. �or ‘drilling details’ and ‘assembly of handle coupling on door’ refer page 3/32. 

3/72 

3

3 

3/73 


SWITCH-DISCONNECTOR �USE �OR BS TYPE �USES - �N100, �N125 

Note: All dimensions are in mm. �or ‘drilling details’ and ‘assembly of handle coupling on door’ refer page 3/34.


SWITCH-DISCONNECTOR �USE �OR BS TYPE �USES - �N 250, �N 315, �N 400 

A B (MAX) C �USE 

�N250 103 224 M10 SIZE B3 

�N315 103 224 M10 SIZE B3 

�N400 102 227 M12 SIZE BR 

Note: All dimensions are in mm. �or ‘drilling details’ and ‘assembly of handle coupling on door’ refer page 3/34 & 3/36. 

3/74 

3

3 

3/75 


SWITCH-DISCONNECTOR �USE �OR BS TYPE �USES - �N 630 



SWITCH-DISCONNECTOR �N 250, �N 315, �N 400 

TYPE A B C 

�N250 103 153 M10 

�N315 103 154 M10 

�N400 102 154 M12 

Note: All dimensions are in mm. �or ‘drilling details’ and ‘assembly of handle coupling on door’ refer page 3/34 & 3/36. 

3/76 

3

3 

3/77 


SWITCH DISCONNECTOR - �N 800 




CHANGEOVER SWITCHES - TYPE �G 

�G 63 

�G 125 


�OR 

HANDLE COUPLING ASSEMBLY 


�OR 


3/78 

3

3 


3/79 




�OR 



�OR 


TYPE Ithe H I J T 

�G 250 250A 136 160 25 M10 

�G 315 315A 143 167 25 M10





�OR 


TYPE Ithe A C E � G H I J L M N O T T 

�G 400 400A 373 65 130 164 160 190 220 25 285 5 59 252 105 M10 

�G 630 630A 373 65 130 164 160 205 235 30 285 5 59 252 105 M10 

�G 800 800A 422 75 150 193 190 250 290 40 360 8 67 274 108 M14 


�OR 


TYPE Ithe I X 

�G 1000 1000 A 381 - M 16 

�G 1250 1250 A 381 - M 16 

�G 1600 1600 A 441 40 M 14 

3/80 

3

4 

HIGH RUPTURING CAPACITY �USE (HRC �USE) 

DIN Type �uses Page 

Technical Data and Ordering Information 4/2,4/3 

Overall dimensions 4/8 

I-t Curves 4/10,4/11 

�use Bases Page 

Technical Data and Ordering Information 4/7 


SINGLE POLE �USE BASE 

BS Type �uses Page 

Technical Data and Ordering Information 4/5,4/6

WIDE RANGE O� DIN TYPE �USES 

DIN TYPE �USES 

4/1 

4

4 

4/2 


✦ Conforms to IS 13703/IEC269 

✦ Low watt loss- Saving in power 

✦ Cooler running of associated products 

✦ Low let through energy 

✦ High breaking capacity 100kA. 

✦ Immediate fault indication 

Rated voltage- 415V 

Rated Breaking capacity-100 kA at 415V 



DIN TYPE �USES - TYPE HN 

Size of the the fuse link Rating Catalogue no. Rated watt loss Watt loss limits Suitable for SD� 

as per IS 13703 units type �N or 

equivalent 

Size00 63A S�94027 5.7 100 Amp. �use- 7.5W �N100/125 

80A S�94028 6.9 �N100/125 

100A S�94029 7.5 �N100/125 

125A S�94030 9.8 �N125 

Size0 80A S�94128 8.3 160 Amp. �use-16 W �N200 

100A S�94129 9.1 �N200 

125A S�94130 11.3 �N200 

160A S�94131 12.7 �N200 

200A S�94132 14.5 �N200 

Size1125A S�94230 10.3 250 Amp �use-23 W �N250/315 

160A S�94231 12.3 �N250/315 

200A S�94232 14.3 �N250/315 

250A S�94233 17.3 �N250/315 

315A S�94234 25.5 �N250/315 

Size2 200A S�94332 14.1 400 Amp.�use-34W �N400 

250A S�94333 16.9 �N400 

315A S�94334 20.2 �N400 

400A S�94335 24.9 �N400 

Size3 315A S�94434 20.5 630 Amp �use-48W �N630 

400A S�94435 26.7 �N630 

500A S�94436 36.1�N630 

630A S�94437 42.2 �N630 

800A S�94938 48 �N800 

�usepulling handle should be used for safe & easy removal of fuse links(for H� : SK91185 & for HN :S�90126)


✦ Conforms to IS 13703/IEC269 

✦ Low watt loss- Saving in power 

✦ Cooler running of associated products 

✦ Low let through energy 

✦ High breaking capacity 80kA. 

✦ Immediate fault indication 


Rated Breaking capacity-80kA at 415V 



�USES - TYPE H� 

Rating(A) Suitable for SD�units type �N or equivalent Catalogue No. 

2 �N32/63 S�90144 

4 �N32/63 S�90145 

6 �N32/63 S�90146 

8 �N32/63 S�90147 

10 �N32/63 S�90148 

16 �N32/63 S�90150 

20 �N32/63 S�90151 

25 �N32/63 S�90152 

32 �N32/63 S�90142 

40 �N63 S�90143 

50 �N63 S�90158 

63 �N63 S�90159 

4/3 

4

4 

4/4 

WIDE RANGE O� BS TYPE �USES 

BS TYPE �USES






BS TYPE �USES - TYPE HQ 

Size of the the fuse link Rating Cat no. Suitable for SD� 

units type �N or 

equivalent 

A12A ST30736 

4A ST30737 

6A ST30738 

10A ST30739 

16A ST30740 

20A ST30741 

25A ST30742 

32A ST30743 �N32 

A2 4A ST30747 

6A ST30748 

10A ST30749 

16A ST30750 

20A ST30751 

25A ST30752 

32A ST30753 

A3 35A ST30759 

50A ST30760 

63A ST30761�N125 

A4 80A ST30767 

100A ST30768 

125A ST30769 �N125 

B180A ST30774 

100A ST30775 

125A ST30776 

B2 125A ST30777 �N200 

160A ST30778 �N200 

200A ST30779 �N200 

250A ST30780 �N250 

B3 250A ST30781�N250 

315A ST30782 �N400 

B4 355A ST30783 �N400 

400A ST30784 �N400 

C2 400A ST30785 �N630 

500A ST30786 �N630 

630A ST30787 �N630 

C3 630A ST30788 

4/5 

4

4 

4/6 






BS TYPE �USES - TYPE HG 

Size of the the fuse link Rating Cat no. Suitable for SD� 

units type �N or 

equivalent 

�12A ST30725 

4A ST30726 

6A ST30727 

10A ST30728 

16A ST30729 

20A ST30730 

25A ST30731 

32A ST30732



WIDE RANGE O� �USE BASES 

�USE BASE �OR DIN TYPE �USES 

Description Suitable for Catalogue No. 

HB800 Single pole fuse base (400/630/800) Suitable for HN size2 & size3 fuses SK91051OOOO 

HB250 Single pole fuse base (125/200/250) Suitable for HN size0 & size1 fuses SK90406OOOO 

HB125 Single pole fuse base(63/125) Suitable for HN size00 fuses SK90405OOOO 

HRC fuse base 2A to 63A Type HC Suitable for H� fuses SK91043OOOO 

HRC fuse base 2A to32A Type HCO Suitable for H� fuses SK91314OOOO 

�USE BASE �OR BS TYPE �USES 

Type Rating A Version Catalogue No. Suitable for fuses 

HD32H �ront ST30733 

HD32P Back ST30734 

HD32B 32 Busbar ST30735 �1 

HK32H �ront ST30754 

HK32B 32 Busbar ST30755 A2 





4/7 

4

4 


4/8 


HRC �USE LINK - TYPES H� & HN 

H� �USE-LINK 

HN �USE-LINK 

SIZE 00 SIZE 0 

SIZE 1/2/3 

TYPE A B C D E � 

SIZE 1 20.4 135 11.0 46 40 46 

SIZE 2 25.4 150 14.0 59 48 59 

SIZE 3 32.4 150 17.5 73 60 73

�USE BASE : 


SINGLE POLE �USE BASE - TYPE HCO, HC, HB 100, HB 250, HB 800 

�use base and holder are moulded from superior quality engineering plastic, designed for quick, simple and risk-free replacement 

of fuses. 

HCO / HC HB 100 


HB 250 

�use Links Suitable fuse base 

Type H� 

Ratings (2 - 32 A) HCO 

(2 - 63 A) HC 

Type HN 

Size 00 HB100 

Size 0, 1HB250 

Size 2, 3 HB800 

HB 800 

4/9 

4

4 

4/10 

PRE-ARCING TIME (SECONDS) 

CUT-O�� CURRENT - kA (PEAK) 

(ASYMMETRICAL �AULT CONDITIONS) 

I-t CURVES 

HRC �USE LINKS - TYPE H� 

TIME-CURRENT CHARACTERISTICS 

SYMMETRICAL CURRENT (AMPERES) 

CUT-O�� CURRENT CHARACTERISTICS 

PROSPECTIVE CURRENT - kA (RMS) SYMMETRICAL

PRE-ARCING TIME (SECONDS) 

CUT-O�� CURRENT - kA (PEAK) 

(ASYMMETRICAL �AULT CONDITIONS) 

I-t CURVES 

HRC �USE LINK - TYPE HN 

TIME-CURRENT CHARACTERISTICS 

SYMMETRICAL CURRENT (AMPERES) 

CUT-O�� CURRENT CHARACTERISTICS 

PROSPECTIVE CURRENT - kA (RMS) SYMMETRICAL 

4/11 

4

5 

Over Current Relays Page 

Types - MC31A, MC61A, MC61C 




Neutral Displacement, Generator Load 

Sharing, U/V or Over Voltage 

Types - MND11, RRS, MV11 

PROTECTION RELAYS 

Page 




Power �actor Control or Monitoring Relays Page 

Types - P�C8, P�C14, MVP01 




Current Sensing Relays Page 

Types - MC11A, ME11, SCKIS 




Secondary Relays Page 

Types - TCS01, MTM01, PT�03 




Motor Protection Relay Page 

Type MM30 



Ordering Information 5/19

Generator Protection Relays Page 

Types - IM3GV, IM30G, MD32G 




Voltage / �requency Relay, 

Direction O/C, E/� Relay 

Types - U�D34, UM30A, DM30 

Control and Supervision Relays Page 

Types - MW33, MU30 




PROTECTION RELAYS 

Page 




Synchronising Relay Page 

Types - SPM21, SCM21 




Transformer Protection Relay 

Capacitor Bank Protection Relay 

Types - MD32T, IM30T, DIN30C 

Reverse Power Relay Page 

Type MRP11 

Page 







5

5 

Other Relays Page 

Types - MX7/5, MC-R, REX, CPSC, MSCOM 


PROTECTION RELAYS

PRODUCT DESIGN STANDARDS 

Reference standards : IEC 60255, IEC 61000 

IS3231, IS8686 

Dielectric test : IS 3231 / IEC 60255-5 

Impulse test : IS 8686 / IEC 60255-5 

H� disturbance test : IS 8686 / IEC 60255-22-1 

Electrostatic discharge test : IEC 61000-4-2 

Electrical fast transient : IEC 61000-4-4 

Radiated electro magnetic field test : IEC 61000-4-3 

Surge immunity : IEC 61000-4-5 

Ring wave test : IEC 61000-4-12 

Voltage dips & interruption test : IEC 61000-4-11 

Power frequency magnetic test : IEC 61000-4-8 

TIME - CURRENT CHARACTERISTICS (AT TMS=1) 

�or Trip time at TMS other than 1 

Trip time = (Trip time at TMS=1) x TMS OR 50msec 

whichever is more 

A : Normal Inverse 3.0 Sec. 

B : Normal Inverse 1.3 Sec. 

C : Very Inverse 

D : Extreme Inverse 

5/1 

5

5 

5/2 


THREE PHASE OVER CURRENT AND EARTH �AULT RELAYS 

✦ Display of Currents, settings, Trip data & Trip history for analysis & trouble shooting. 

✦ Built in Self Supervision & Self testing feature to ensure continuous reliability. 

✦ Separate Indication for power ON & Programming mode or relay fault. 

✦ Separate fault indication. 

✦ In MC61C - Communication with Computer & breaker control through RS 485 Port. 

✦ �our User Programmable Output relays. 

Model MC31A MC61A MC61C 

Description 3 Phase O/C + E/� 3 Phase O/C + E/� + Highset 3 Phase O/C + E/� + Highset 

Communication and 

breaker control 

Device Code 51 RYBN 50/51 RYBN 50/51 RYBN 

Design Numerical Relay Numerical Relay Numerical Relay 

�unctions Available Lowset O/C -ls Lowset O/C -ls Lowset O/C -ls 

Lowset E/� -Os Highset O/C -lhs Highset O/C -lhs 

Lowset E/� -Os Lowset E/� -Os 

Highset E/� -Ohs Highset E/� -Ohs 

Settings O/C ls = 20-200% Step 5% O/C ls = 20-200% Step 5% O/C ls = 20-200% Step 5% 

E/� Os = 5-80% Step 5% E/� Os = 5-80% Step 5% E/� Os = 5-80% Step 5% 

HS O/C = (0.2 to 40) x In step of - HS O/C = (0.2 to 40) x In step of - HS O/C = (0.2 to 40) x In step of - 

0.2 In or disable 0.2 In or disable 0.2 In or disable 

HS E/� = (0.1 to 20) x On step of - HS E/� = (0.1 to 20) x On step of - HS E/� = (0.1 to 20) x On step of - 

0.1 On or disable 0.1 On or disable 0.1 On or disable 

Time Characteristics available - Time Characteristics available - Time Characteristics available - 

NI, VI, EI, or Definite Time NI, VI, EI, or Definite Time NI, VI, EI, or Definite Time 

TMS 0.1 - 1.6 Step 0.05 TMS 0.1 - 1.6 Step 0.05 TMS 0.1 - 1.6 Step 0.05 

Other �eatures Site selectable Trip time Char. Site selectable Trip time Char. HS delay:0.1-2 Sec step 0.01 Sec. or Inst. 

Highset can be disabled RS 485 Communication 

Display of Currents, Trip count Display of Currents, Trip count Breaker control 

Self supervision feature Self supervision feature Auto doubling of highset, Relay co-ordination 

Burden on CT 0.25 VA on CT/Phase 0.25 VA on CT/Phase 0.25 VA on CT/Phase 

Burden on PT Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable 

Operating temp 0° to 60° C 0° to 60° C 0° to 60° C 

Weight < 2kg < 2kg < 2kg 

Burden on Auxiliary supply 10 VA 10 VA 10 VA 

Output Contact 1 N/O contact for self suprvn 1 N/O contact for self suprvn 1 N/O contact for self suprvn 

Construction Drawout Drawout Drawout 

Dim W x H x D in mm 121 x 158 x 224 121 x 158 x 224 121 x 158 x 224 

Panel Cutout 113 x 142 113 x 142 113 x 142



MC31A 

MC61A 

MC61C 

5/3 

5

5 

5/4 



Model Description Catalogue No. 

MC31A 3 Phase Over current and Earth �ault Relay MC31A 00 

Catalogue No. Selection Guide for MC31A 


MC61A 3 Phase Over current and Earth �ault Relay MC61A 00 



MC61C 3 Phase Over current and Earth �ault Relay MC61C 00 

Catalogue No. Selection Guide for MC61C

✦ Easy Setting through front panel DIP Switches. 

✦ Indication for Power ON and trip status. 

✦ Test feature - helps maintenance. 

✦ Compact, Light weight helps in reducing panel size & thickness. 


CURRENT SENSING RELAYS 

Single Phase Over current / Earth fault Relay 

Sensitive E/� Relay and Instantaneous Current Relay 

Model MC11A ME11A SC14S 

Description 1 Ph O/C or E/� 1 Ph Sensitive E/� Instantaneous current relay 

Device Code 50/51 or 50N/51N 50N/51N 87 N / 64 R 

Design Microcontroller BasedMicrocontroller BasedStatic 

�unctions Available Lowset O/C -ls Lowset S E/� -ls 

Highset O/C -lhs 

Lowset E/� -Os 

Highset E/� -ls 

Highset S E/� -lhs 

Settings O/C ls = 50-200% Step 10% OR S E/� = 1-16% step 1% 

E/� ls = 10-40% Step 2% OR HS S E/� = (2-16) xls ls = 10-40% step 5% 

E/� ls = 20-80% Step 4% 

HS O/C = (2-16) xls step 2 ls 

HS E/� = (2-16) xls step 2 ls 

in steps of 2 ls OR 20-80% step 10% 

Time Characteristics available- Time Characteristics available- Time Characteristics available- 

NI, VI, EI, or Definite Time NI, VI, EI, or Definite Time Instantaneous (25ms) OR 

3 ranges of def Time (1, 10, 100) 3 ranges of def Time (1, 10, 100) time delayed 100ms / 200 ms 

TMS : 0.1 - 1.6 Step 0.1 TMS : 0.1 - 1.6 Step 0.1 Self Powered 

Other �eatures Site selectable Trip time Char. Site selectable Trip time Char. Relay testing Possible by ext.24V Supply 

Highset can be disabled Highset can be disabled 

Harmonic rejection 

�lag indication / LED indication 

Burden on CT 0.25 VA on CT 0.25 VA on CT 6 VA 

Burden on PT Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable 


Weight < 1.5kg < 1.5kg < 1.5kg 

Burden on Auxiliary supply 5.5 VA 5.5 VA Not applicable 

Output Contact 2 C/O Contacts (S/R) 2 C/O Contacts (S/R) 2 C/O Contacts (S/R) 



Panel Cutout 62 x 142 62 x 142 62 x 142 

5/5 

5

5 

5/6 



MC11A 

ME11A 

SC14S




MC11A Single Pole Over current or Earth �ault Relay MC11A 00 



ME11A Single Pole Sensitive Earth �ault Relay ME11A 00 

Catalogue No. Selection Guide for ME11A 


SC14S Instantaneous Earth �ault Relay SC14S 00 

Catalogue No. Selection Guide for SC14S 

5/7 

5

5 


✦ LED indication for Power ON and trip status. 



Model MND11 RRS MV11 

Description Neutral Displacement Generator Load Sharing 1 Ph U/V OR O/V 

Device Code 59 Vo 95 27 OR 59 

Design Microcontroller BasedStatic Microcontroller Based 

�unctions Available Voltage relay for E/� Protection Active / Reactive power selection Lowset U/V -Vs 

of generator earthed thro’ Over Power alarm Highset U/V -Vhs OR 

neutral earthing transformer Load Sharing Lowset O/V -Vs 

�requency control Highset O/V -Vhs 

Settings �ault voltage Vs- U/V Vs = 95-20% step 5% 

2% - 32% of Vn step 2% U/V Vhs = 90-20% step 10% 

Alarm voltage Vis- O/V Vs = 105-180% step 5% 

2% - 32% of Vn step 2% O/V Vhs = 110-180% step 10% 

Time Characteristics available- Time Characteristics available- 

Inverse time or Definite time Inverse time or Definite time 

TMS : 0.1 - 1.6 Step 0.1 TMS : 0.1 - 1.6 Step 0.1 

Other �eatures LED indication for power ON LED indication Site selectable U/V OR O/V 

time characteristics, trip Site selectable Trip time char. 

Test feature 

Third harmonics rejection 26db 

Highset can be disabled 

Burden on PT 0.25 VA 5 VA 0.075 VA on PT 

Burden on CT Not applicable 5 VA Not applicable 


Weight < 1.5kg < 1.5kg < 1.5kg 

Burden on Auxiliary supply 5.5 VA 8.5 VA 5.5 VA 

Output Contact 1No+2 C/O Contacts (S/R) 3 N/O 2 C/O Contacts (S/R) 




5/8 


NEUTRAL DISPLACEMENT RELAY, GENERATOR LOAD 

SHARING RELAY, UNDER VOLTAGE OR OVER VOLTAGE RELAY



SHARING RELAY, UNDER VOLTAGE OR OVER VOLTAGE RELAY 

MND11 

RRS 

MV11 

5/9 

5

5 

5/10 



SHARING RELAY, UNDER VOLTAGE OR OVER VOLTAGE RELAY 


MND11 Neutral Displacement Relay 20-110V MND11A00000 

MND11 Neutral Displacement Relay 88-264V MND11B00000 

RRS Load Sharing Relay 20-110V ESRRSAXX000 

RRS Load Sharing Relay 88-264V ESRRSBXX000 

MV11A Single Phase Under Voltage or Over Voltage Relay MV11A 00 00 

Catalogue No. Selection Guide for MV11A


✦ Indication for Power ON and trip status. 



✦ Low Power Burden 


SECONDARY RELAYS 

Trip Circuit Supervision Relay 

Timer Relay and PT �use �ailure Relay 

Model TCS01 MTM01 PT�03 

Description Trip Circuit supervision Timer Relay PT �use �ailure Relay 

Device Code 95 ABC 2 T 60 

Design Static Microcontroller BasedStatic 

�unctions Available Post Close Supervision Programmable as Delay on 3 Phase PT fuse failure 

Pre Close Supervision Pick up or Drop off 

Rating Not applicable Not applicable 110V AC PT 

Settings Trip coil supply 110 - 220V AC 15 - 999 mS step 1 mS Not applicable 

OR 24 - 48 - 110 - 220V DC 1 - 9.99 S step 10mS 

Operation time 500+/-100mS 10 - 99.9 S step 100mS Operation time 7mS 

Reset time < 150 mS 100 - 999 S step 1S 

Other �eatures Same Relay for all Rating Password protection available LED Indication for each phase 

Trip supply U/V indication Contacts programmable Relay trip status 

CB ON/O�� status indication as S/R or H/R Self powered 

High speed operation 

Burden on CT Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable 

Burden on PT Not applicable Not applicable

5 

5/12 



TCS01 

MTMO1 

PT�O3




TCS01 Trip Circuit Supervision Relay 20-110V AC/DC MCS01A00000 

TCS01 Trip Circuit Supervision Relay 80-264V AC/DC MCS01B00000 

MTM01A Timer Relay 20-110V AC/DC MTM01A00000 

MTM01B Timer Relay 80-264V AC/DC MTM01B00000 

PT�03 PT �use �ailure Relay MT�03X00000 

5/13 

5

5 

5/14 


✦ On line display of system P�. 

✦ Easy setting of power factor and C/K ratio from front panel. 

✦ LED indication for Alarm code, No. of Banks selected, P� status-lead / lag / unity, Auto / Manual mode. 

✦ DIP switches selection for No. of banks / time relay / bank ratios. 

Model P�C8 P�C14 MVP01 

Description Power �actor Controller Power �actor Controller Voltage / Power �actor monitor 

Device Code 

POWER �ACTOR CONTROL AND MONITORING RELAYS 

Power �actor Controller Relay and 

Voltage & Power �actor Monitoring Relay 

Design Microcontroller BasedMicrocontroller BasedMicrocontroller Based 

�unctions Available Automatic P� controller Automatic P� controller U/V, O/V trip and leading P� alarm 

Can control upto- Can control upto- 

8 Capacitor Banks 14 Capacitor Banks 

Settings P� : 0.8 Lag - 0.95 LeadP� : 0.8 Lag - 0.95 LeadU/V 75% to 90% step 1% 

Switching time 10-20-40-60 S Switching time 10-20-40-60 S OV 105% to 120% step 1% 

Threshold reactive current Threshold reactive current 

setting 0.5 - 1A reactive setting 0.5 - 1A reactive leading P� alarm time 20 Sec. 

Capacitor Bank Selection- Capacitor Bank Selection- U/V - O/V trip time 10 Sec. 

4-5-6-7-8 Banks 4-5-6-7-8-10-12-14 Banks 

Other �eatures Display of P� Measurement Display of P� Measurement Display of Power �actor 

Auto / Manual Selection Auto / Manual Selection LED indication for O/V trip, U/V trip, 

Disconnection of Capacitors Disconnection of Capacitors P� status- lead / lag, lead P� alarm 

during over voltage & Power failure during over voltage & Power failure 1A / 5A field selectable 

Alarm contact for under/over Alarm contact for under/over 

compensation, over voltage, under load compensation, over voltage, under load 

Burden on CT 0.3 VA 0.3 VA 

Burden on PT 10 VA 10 VA 15 VA 



Output Contacts 8 NO 14 NO 2 N/O for lead P� (self reset) 

2 N/O for O/V (1 self/1 manual) 

2 C/O for U/V (manual reset) 



Auxiliary supply 415V AC 415V AC 110V AC


POWER �ACTOR CONTROL & MONITORING RELAYS 

P�C14 

P�C8 

MVP01 

5/15 

5

5 

5/16 


POWER �ACTOR CONTROL & MONITORING RELAYS 


P�C8 Eight Stage AP�C Relay MP�08XOOOOO 

P�C14 �ourteen Stage AP�C Relay MP�14XOOOOO 

MPV01 Voltage & P� Monitoring Relay MVP01X00000


✦ Display of various parameters, trip count and trip data on 8 digit alphanumeric display. 

✦ Separate LEDs for various fault indication. 

✦ �our user programmable output relays. 

✦ Built in self supervision & self testing feature helps maintenance. 

✦ Easy operation by 5 push buttons. 

✦ RS 485 port for serial communication with “MSCON” user friendly software. 

Model MM30 

Description Motor Protection 

Device Code 49, 51lr, 46, 37, 50/51, 64, sTnO, LTR 

Design Numeric 

�unctions Available Thermail O/L and Pre-alarm 

Locked Rotor 

Current unbalance, phase reversal, phase loss 

Over Current 

Earth �ault 

Repeat and prolonged starts 

Restart Inhibition 

No load running 

Blocking �unction 

Other �eatures Auto setting 

1 A or 5 A site selectable (Default 5 Amp) 

Selectable motor time constant (1 - 60 min) 

Display of parameters 

Built in self supervision 

RS485 PORT 

Burden on CT 0.2 VA for 5A, 0.01 VA for 1A 

Burden on PT Not applicable 

Operating temp 10° to 60° C 

Weight < 2kg 

Burden on Auxiliary supply 8.5 VA 

Output Contacts 4 C/O + 1 C/O for self supervision 

Construction Drawout 

Dim W x H x D in mm 121 x 158 x 224 

Panel Cutout 113 x 142 

MOTOR PROTECTION RELAY 

5/17 

5

5 

5/18 



MM30




MM30 Motor Protection Relay 20-110V EMM30AXX000 

MM30 Motor Protection Relay 88-264V EMM30BXX000 

5/19 

5

5 

5/20 


GENERATOR PROTECTION RELAYS 

Multifunction Generator Protection Relays and 

Percentage Biased Generator Differential Relay 

✦ Display of various parameters, trip count & trip data on 8 digit alphanumeric display. 



✦ Built in self supervision & self testing feature help maintenance 


✦ RS 485 port for serial communication with “MSCOM” User friendly software. 

Model IM3GV IM30G MD32G 

Description Generator Protection Generator Protection Generator Differential 

Device Code 50/51V, 49,46,27,59,81,40,32,37 50/51, 46, 64S, 40, 32 87, 50/51, 50LBB, 64S / 87N 

Design Numeric Numeric Numeric 

�unctions Available Voltage rest. O/C Highset Lowset O/C Generator Differential 

Trip time char. NI, Def time Highset O/C Bias % with dual adjustable slope 

Thermal Image Stator E/� Over Current 

Lowset Negative sequence Negative Sequence Stator E/� 

Highset Negative sequence 

Under voltage, Over frequency 

Loss of field, Reverse Power 

Low forward power, 

CB �ailure protection 

Reverse Power CB �ailure protection 

Other �eatures 1 A or 5 A site selectable 1 A or 5 A site selectable 1 A or 5 A site selectable 

Display of Parameters Display of Parameters Display of Parameters 

Built in Self supervision Built in Self supervision Wave form capture feature 

RS485 Port, Blocking �unction RS485 Port, Blocking �unction Built in Self supervision, RS485 Port 

Burden on CT 0.2 VA for 5A, 0.01 VA for 1A 0.2 VA for 5A, 0.01 VA for 1A 0.2 VA for 5A, 0.01 VA for 1A 

Burden on PT 0.04 VA 0.04 VA Not applicable 




Output Contacts 4 C/O, S/R or H/R or Time del 4 C/O, S/R or H/R or Time del 4 C/O, S/R or H/R or Time del 

1 C/O for self supervision 1 C/O for self supervision 1 C/O for self supervision 



Panel Cutout 113 x 142 113 x 142 113 x 142



IM3GV 

IM30G 

MD32G 

5/21 

5

5 

5/22 




IM3GV Generator Protection Relay 20-110V EI3GVAXX000 

IM3GV Generator Protection Relay 88-264V EI3GVBXX000 

IM30G Generator Protection Relay 20-110V EI30GAXX000 

IM30G Generator Protection Relay 88-264V EI30GBXX000 

MD32G Differential Relay for Generator 20-110V ED32GAXX000 

MD32G Differential Relay for Generator 88-264V ED32GBXX000


SYNCHRONISING RELAYS 

Generator Synchronising / 

Synchrocheck relays 

✦ Display of various parameters, event count & event data on 8 digit alphanumeric display. 



✦ Built in self supervision & self testing feature help maintenance. 



Model SPM21 SCM21 

Description Auto Synchronising Relay Synchronising Check Relay 

Device Code 25 25 

Design Numeric Numeric 

�unctions Available Auto Synchronising with Synchro Check with 

Adjustable voltage, Adjustable voltage 

Adjustable �requency, Adjustable �requency 

Adjustable Phase angle, Adjustable Phase angle 

Adjustable Reclose time, Adjustable Reclose time, Check Synch / 

Bus Live / Dead operation Dead line / Dead bus modes of operation, 

Speed Regular Control, Over voltage protection, Under voltage 

Voltage Regulator Control, protection, Over �requency Protection 

Digital inputs to monitor Under frequency protection, 

CB position Digital inputs to monitor CB position 

Rating 110V - 125 V PT input 110V - 125 V PT input 

Other �eatures Display of Parameters, Display of Parameters, 

Built in self supervision, Built in self supervision, 

RS485 Port RS485 Port 

Burden on PT 0.04 VA 0.04 VA 

Operating temp 10° to 60° C 10° to 60° C 

Weight < 2kg < 2kg 

Burden on Auxiliary supply 8.5 VA 8.5 VA 

Output Contacts 5 C/O 5 C/O 

Construction Drawout Drawout 

Dim W x H x D in mm 121 x 158 x 224 121 x 158 x 224 

Panel Cutout 113 x 142 113 x 142 

5/23 

5

5 

5/24 



SPM21 

Connection diagram of 1 bus with 2 lines 

Connection diagram of 1 bus with 1 line 

SCM21




SPM21 Auto Synchronising Relay 20-110V EPM21A00000 

SPM21 Auto Synchronising Relay 88-264V EPM21B00000 

SCM21 Synchrocheck Relay 20-110V ESC21A00000 

SCM21 Synchrocheck Relay 88-264V ESC21B00000 

5/25 

5

5 

5/26 


VOLTAGE / �REQUENCY RELAYS, DIRECTIONAL O/C, E/� RELAY 

3 Phase voltage / frequency and Load shedding Relay 

3 Phase voltage / frequency and zero sequence voltage Relay 







Model U�D34 UM30A DM30 

Description 3 Ph Voltage & �req. Relay 3 Ph Voltage & �req. Relay 3 Ph Dir O/C & E/� + Highset 

Device Code 81, 27, 59, df/dt, de/dt 81, 27, 59, V/Hz, 59d, 59s, 59Uo 50/67 RYBN, 50 LBB 


�unctions Available �requency-4 stages selectable Over exitation-2 stages Low Set Dir O/C 

as under or over or under/over �requency-2 stages selectable Highset Dir O/C 

Voltages - 2 stages selectable as under or over or under/over Low Set Dir E/� 

Rate of change of frequency Voltages - 2 stages selectable Trip time Char : NI, VI, EI, Def time 

protection df / dt - 2 Stages as under or over CB �ailure �unction 

Blocking function Zero Sequence - 2 Stages MTA Setting = 0-359° 

Blocking function 1A or 5A site selectable 

Rating 100 - 125V PT input 100 - 125V PT input 100 - 125V PT input 

Other �eatures Display of Parameters Display of Parameters Display of Parameters 

Built in Self supervision Built in Self supervision Built in Self supervision 

RS485 Port communication RS485 Port communication RS485 Port communication 

Burden on CT Not applicable Not applicable 0.2 VA for 5A, 0.01 VA for 1A 

Burden on PT 0.04 VA 0.04 VA 8.5 VA 




Output Contacts 4 C/O, S/R or H/R or Time del 4 C/O, S/R or H/R or Time del 4 C/O, S/R or H/R or Time del 

1 C/O for self supervision 1 C/O for self supervision 1 C/O for self supervision 



Panel Cutout 113 x 142 113 x 142 113 x 142



U�D34 

UM30A 

DM30 

5/27 

5

5 

5/28 




U�D34 �requency Relay 20-110V E�D34A00000 

U�D34 �requency Relay 88-264V E�D34B00000 

UM30 U/V Relay with Neutral Monitoring 20-110V EUM30A00000 

UM30 U/V Relay with Neutral Monitoring 88-264V EUM30B00000 

DM30 3 Phase O/C and E/� Relay 20-110V (Directional) EDM30AXX000 

DM30 3 Phase O/C and E/� Relay 88-264V (Directional) EDM30BXX000


TRANS�ORMER PROTECTION RELAY, CAPACITOR BANK PROTECTION RELAY 

Percentage Biased Transformer Differential Relay 

3 Phase Thermal + Over Current + Earth �ault Relay for transformer protection 







Model MD32T IM30T DIN30C 

Description Transformer Differential + 3 Ph O/C, E/� + Thermal 3 Ph O/C, E/� 

Restricted E/� �or capacitor banks 

Device Code 87 RYB, 87N 50/51 RYBN, 49, 46, I 2 t 51/51 RYBN, 46, 37 Io 


�unctions Available Lowset Differential Lowset O/C O/C - 0.1 - 10 ln 

Lowset Op time :

5 

5/30 


TRANS�ORMER PROTECTION RELAYS, CAPACITOR BANK PROTECTION RELAY 

MD32T 

IM30T 

DIN30C


TRANS�ORMER PROTECTION RELAYS, CAPACITOR BANK PROTECTION RELAY 


MD32T Differential Relay for Transformer 20-110V ED32TAXX000 

MD32T Differential Relay for Transformer 88-264V ED32TBXX000 

IM30T 3 Phase O/C and E/� Relay for Transformer 20-110V ED30TAXX000 

IM30T 3 Phase O/C and E/� Relay for Transformer 88-264V ED30TBXX000 

DIN30C Capacitor Bank Protection Relay 20-110V DIN mounting ED30CAXX000 

DIN30C Capacitor Bank Protection Relay 88-264V DIN mounting ED30CBXX000 

5/31 

5

5 

5/32 


CONTROL & SUPERVISION RELAYS 

Power Management Relay 

Multifunction 3 Phase Measuring Instrument 

✦ Display of various parameters, event count & event data on 8 digit alphanumeric display. 






Model MW33 MU30 

Description Power management Measurement 

Device Code 81, 27, 59, P�, P, QL, QC Measure 

Design Numeric Numeric 

�unctions Available �requence 2 stages, Actual measurements of 

Voltage 2 stage, �req, I, V, P�, 

Power factor 2 stage, Power - Active / Reactive / Apparent 

Active power 2 stage, Energy - Active / Reactive 

Capacitor reactive power 2 stage. 

Actual measurement of �req, 

V, I, P�, active power, reactive power. 

Maximum Demand 

Other �eatures Display of Parameters, Display of Parameters, 

MD recording & data logging Record of last event 

RS485 Port, Event recording RS485 Port, Event recording, 

Event counter, MD recording, 

Oscillographic wave form capture 

Burden on CT 0.2 VA for 5A, 0.01 VA for 1A 0.2 VA for 5A, 0.01 VA for 1A 

Burden on PT 0.04 VA 0.04 VA 

Operating temp 10° to 60° C 10° to 60° C 

Weight < 2kg < 2kg 

Burden on Auxiliary supply 8.5 VA max 8.5 VA max 

Output Contacts 5 C/O 5 C/O 

Construction Drawout Drawout 

Dim W x H x D in mm 121 x 158 x 224 121 x 158 x 224 

Panel Cutout 113 x 142 113 x 142


CONTROL AND SUPERVISION RELAYS 

MW33 

MU30 

5/33 

5

5 

5/34 


CONTROL AND SUPERVISION RELAYS 


MW33 Power Management Relay 20-110V EMW33AXX000 

MW33 Power Management Relay 88-264V EMW33BXX000 

MU30 Measuring Relay 20-110V EMU30AXX000 

MU30 Measuring Relay 88-264V EMU30BXX000

Model MRP11 

Description Reverse Power Relay 

Design Micro-control based 


�unctions Available Instantaneous and Adjustable time relay 

Powerful D�T Algorithm 

�ield selectable voltage rating 

LED Indicators 

Other �eatures Compact size 

�lush mounting on panel 

Burden on CT Not applicable 

Burden on PT PT - less than 0.25VA 

Operating temp 0° to 60° C 

Weight approx. 1kg 

Burden on Auxiliary supply less than 8 VA 

Output Contacts 1 C/O + 1 NO Contacts (self reset type) 

Construction Drawout 

Dim W x H x D in mm 71 x 158 x 204 

Panel Cutout 142 x 62 

REVERSE POWER RELAY 

5/35 

5

5 

5/36 






MRP11 Reverse Power Relay MRP11 00 

Catalogue No. Selection Guide for MRP11


OTHER RELAYS 


MX7/5 Matrix Interface Module 20-110V 99M75A000 

MX7/5 Matrix Interface Module 88-264V 99M75B000 

MC-R Data Rec. & Comm. Module 20-110V 99MCRA000 

MC-R Data Rec. & Comm. Module 88-264V 99MCRB000 

REX Expansion Module 20-110V 99REXA000 

REX Expansion Module 88-264V 99REXB000 

REX Expansion Module 20-110V 99REXA001 

REX Expansion Module 88-264V 99REXB001 

CPSC RS232-485 Converter 99CPSC00 

MSCOM Communication Software 99MSCOM00 

5/37 

5

6 

MN9 to MN32 Page 

General Information 6/2 

(ac operation & dc operation) 

Accessories 6/4,6/5 

Spares 6/6 

Catalogue No. suffixes 6/7 

Terminal Arrangements 6/31 

Technical Data 6/16,6/27,6/28 


ML0 to ML3 Page 



Spares 6/10 




POWER CONTACTORS 




Spares 6/6 



Technical Data 6/17-6/20,6/27,6/28 





Spares 6/10 



Overall Dimensions 6/40,6/41

MN0 Page 



Spares 6/14 





MN9W to MN25W Page 



Spares 6/6 




CONTROL CONTACTORS 

MM00, MM01 Page 



Spares 6/14 




CONTACTORS �OR SPECIAL APPLICATIONS 

MN16C, 32C Page 



Spares 6/6 





6

6 

6/1 

SALIENT �EATURES O� MN CONTACTORS 

✦ Suitable for tropical conditions, ensures reliable performance in high ambient temperature, humidity etc. 

✦ Enclosed construction ensures protection of contact & magnet pole faces from dust and foreign particles. 

✦ Alphanumeric terminal marking eliminates wiring error. 

✦ Coil voltage indication on coil terminals makes identification easy. 

✦ Suitable for snap fit mounting on 35mm. Din rail upto 32Amps. 

✦ �ront ON/O�� mechanical indication provides visual inspection of the state of the contactor. 

✦ Main terminals are suitable for aluminium busbars & lugs so as to give higher terminal capacity. 

✦ Common accessories for multiple ratings of contactors. 

✦ Easy contact/coil accessibility and replacement. 

✦ Build-in protection to coil against overvoltage & undervoltage conditions.

Conformance to IS 13947 (Part 4/Sec.1) and IEC:60947-4-1 

Contactor Ie Ie Motor rating Built in Qty Wt Catalogue No. * 

Type AC-3 AC-1 at 50Hz auxiliary per approx.per 

MN9/12/16 

MN25/32 

MN45/65 

MN80/95/110/140 

MN185/225 

MN265/325/400/550 

MN 16dc 

* �or Voltage suffix refer page 6/7 

1) Data available on request 

CONTACTORS - TYPE MN 

AC operation 

contacts Packing Contactor 

[A] [A] [KW] [KW] [KW] NO NC [No.] [Kg] 

9 25 2.2 4 5.5 1 — 10 0.37 SS94009…. 

9 25 2.2 4 5.5 — 1 10 0.37 SS94099…. 

12 30 3 5.5 7.5 1 — 10 0.37 SS94618…. 

12 30 3 5.5 7.5 — 1 10 0.37 SS94619…. 

16 30 4 7.5 9.3 1 — 10 0.37 SS94011…. 

16 30 4 7.5 9.3 — 1 10 0.37 SS94101…. 

25 45 6.5 11 15 1 1 1 0.60 SS94012…. 

32 55 7.5 17 18.6 1 1 1 0.60 SS94620…. 

45 80 12.5 25 25 2 2 1 1.20 SS94013…. 

65 100 18.6 33.5 37 2 2 1 1.20 SS94639…. 

80 140 22 40 51 2 2 1 3.10 SS94672…. 

95 160 25 45 59 2 2 1 3.10 SS94673…. 

110 160 30 55 75 2 2 1 3.10 SS94036…. 

140 160 40 75 90 2 2 1 3.10 SS94627…. 

185 250 55 90 110 2 2 1 5.30 CS94003…. 

225 300 63 110 132 2 2 1 5.30 CS94001…. 

265 350 80 147 180 2 2 1 9.80 SS94674…. 

325 400 90 180 200 2 2 1 9.80 SS94648…. 

400 425 110 200 250 2 2 1 9.80 SS94043…. 

550 650 160 315 1) 2 2 1 10.00 SS94767…. 

DC operation 


220V 380V 500V 

240V 415V 

16 30 7.5 1 — 1 0.68 SS94649…. 

16 30 7.5 — 1 1 0.68 SS94650…. 

6/2 

6

6 

6/3 


✦ Suitable for applications where wide fluctuations in control supply voltage are observed. 

✦ Wide band operation 55-110% 


Type AC-3 AC-1 at 50Hz,415V auxiliary per approx. per 


AC operation 

[A] [A] [KW] NO NC [No.] [Kg] 

9 25 4 1 — 10 0.37 SS94771…. 

9 25 4 — 1 10 0.37 SS94772…. 

12 30 5.5 1 — 10 0.37 SS94773…. 

12 30 5.5 — 1 10 0.37 SS94774…. 

MN9/12/16W 16 30 7.5 1 — 10 0.37 SS94679…. 

16 30 7.5 — 1 10 0.37 SS94680…. 

MN25W 



CONTACTORS �OR CAPACITOR SWITCHING 


✦ Suitable for capacitor switching of single capacitor as well as auto-switching of a bank of capacitors. 

✦ Increases the life of capacitors by reducing the switching surge. 

✦ 2-auxillary contact built-in. 

Contactor Ie Built in Qty Wt Catalogue No. * 

Type AC-6b AC-1 auxiliary per approx. 

contacts Packing per Cont. 

MN16C 

MN32C 



25 45 11 1 1 10 0.60 SS94655…. 

AC operation 

WIDE BAND CONTACTORS 

kVAR [A] NO NC [No.] [Kg] 

10 25 1 1 1 0.62 SS94624…. 

25 50 1 2 1 1.00 SS94652….

Auxillary Contact Block Ie Ie Auxiliary contact Qty Wt Catalogue No. 

AC-15 AC-12 combinations per approx.per 

at 415V Packing accessory 

MNA1 

�or contactor type 

MN9,MN12,MN16 

MN9W,MN12W,MN16W 

MN25,MN32,MN25W 

(Top mounted) 

MNA4 


MN 45/65 

(Side mounted) 

MNA6 


MN80, MN95, MN110, MN140, 

MN185, MN225, MN265, 

MN325, MN400, MN550 


ACCESSORIES 

[A] [A] NO NC [No.] [Kg] 

1 — 10 0.10 SS94715OOOO 

— 1 10 SS94716OOOO 

4 10 2 — 10 SS94080OOOO 

1 1 10 SS94081OOOO 

— 2 10 SS94082OOOO 

4 — 10 SS94083OOOO 

3 1 10 SS94084OOOO 

2 2 10 SS94085OOOO 

1 3 10 SS94086OOOO 

— 4 10 SS94087OOOO 

4 10 1 1 1 0.05 SS94094OOOO 1) 

SS94095OOOO 1) 

1 1 SS94096OOOO 2) 


4 10 1 1 1 0.05 SS94090OOOO 1) 


1 1 SS94092OOOO 2) 


Surge Suppressor �or Contactor Rated control voltage Qty Wt Catalogue No. 

type per approx. per 

Packing accessory 

Us [No.] [Kg] 

MN9,MN12,MN16 24 - 48V 5 0.022 SS94623 JOOO 

MN25,MN32 110 - 240V SS94623 BOOO 

MN16C,MN32C 360-415V SS94623 DOOO 

MN45,MN65 

MN16dc 24 - 48Vdc 5 0.022 SS947815OOO 

110 - 220Vdc SS947812OOO 

MN80,MN95 110V 5 0.15 SS94646AOOO 

MN110,MN140 220-240V SS94646BOOO 

MNS1/S2/S4/S6 MN185,MN225 360-525V SS94646DOOO 

MN265 110V 5 0.15 SS94647AOOO 

MN325 220-240V SS94647BOOO 

MN400 360-525V SS94647DOOO 

* No Surge Supressor required for MN550 Contactor. 

1) Provided along with Contactor 

2) Additional auxiliary contact block to make 4NO+4NC combination 

6/4 

6

6 

Mechanical �or Contactor type Qty Wt Catalogue No. 

Interlock per approx. per 


6/5 

[No.] [Kg] 

MN9,MN12,MN16 


MN25,MN32,MN25W 

5 0.04 SS94071OOOO 

MN-M1 MN16C,MN32C 

MN-M4 

MN-M6 

MN-M7 

MN-M8 

Note : 1) To be released. 

MN16dc 1) 1 — SS94766OOOO 

MN45 

MN65 

1 0.45 SS94014OOOO 

MN80 

MN95 

MN110 

MN140 

1 2.90 SS94670OOOO 

MN185 1) 1 — CS94006OOOO 

MN225 1) 

ACCESSORIES 

MN265 

MN325 

MN400 

MN550 

1 5.50 SS94671OOOO

SPARES 

SPARE COILS �or Contactor Qty Wt Catalogue No. * 

type per approx.per 

Packing coil 

[No.] [Kg] 

MN9-16 

MN25-32 

MN45-65 

MN80-140 

MN265-400 

SPARE KITS 

AC operation 

MN9,MN12,MN16 10 0.09 SS94191…. 


MN16C 

MN25,MN32,MN25W 10 0.12 SS94192…. 

MN32C 

MN45 10 0.12 SS94193…. 

MN65 

MN80 1 0.20 SS94196…. 

MN95 

MN110 

MN140 

MN185 1 0.20 CS94002…. 

MN225 

MN265 1 0.64 SS94202…. 

MN325 

MN400 

MN550 1 0.70 SS94718…. 

DC operation 

MN16dc 1 — SS94651…. 

Contacts with mounting parts 

�or Contactor Contents Qty Wt Catalogue No. 


Packing set 

[No.] [Kg] 

MN9,MN9W Set of 3 moving contacts 25sets 0.04 SS94702OOOO 

MN12,MN12W and 6 fixed contacts 

25sets 0.04 SS94625OOOO 

MN16,MN16dc 

MN16C,MN16W 

with hardware. 


MN25 25sets 0.05 SS94704OOOO 

MN25W 25sets 0.05 SS94678OOOO 

MN32,MN32C 25sets 0.05 SS94626OOOO 



MN80 1set 0.3 SS94675OOOO 


MN110 1set 0.34 SS94166OOOO 


MN185 1set — CS94005OOOO 

MN225 1set — CS94004OOOO 

MN265 1set 1 SS94677OOOO 



MN550 


1set — SS94719OOOO 

6/6 

6

6 

6/7 

Catalogue No. suffixes for rated control voltages 


Example for Contactor : MN9 Contactor - 240V, 50Hz 

Ordering Information - SS94009BOOO 

DC operation Contactor type 

Rated control 

voltage (Us) 

VDC MN16dc 

24 4OOO 

42 6OOO 

48 5OOO 

110 1OOO 

220 2OOO 

Note : 60Hz coils available on request. 

Example for Spare Coil : MN16 Spare Coil - 360V, 50Hz 

Ordering Information - SS94191COOO 

AC operation Contactor type 

Rated control MN9,MN12,MN16 MN25,MN32 MN45 MN80 MN185 MN265 MN550 

voltage (Us) MN9W,MN12W,MN16W MN25W MN65 MN95 MN225 MN325 

VAC Coils at 50 Hz 

MN16C MN32C MN110 

MN140 

MN400 

24 GOOO GOOO GOOO GOOO — — — 

42 HOOO HOOO HOOO HOOO — — — 

110 AOOO AOOO AOOO AOOO AOOO AOOO AOOO 

220 KOOO KOOO KOOO KOOO KOOO KOOO KOOO 

240 BOOO BOOO BOOO BOOO BOOO BOOO BOOO 

360 COOO COOO COOO — — — — 

380 LOOO LOOO LOOO — — — — 

415 DOOO DOOO DOOO DOOO DOOO DOOO DOOO 

525 MOOO MOOO MOOO MOOO MOOO MOOO —

POWER CONTACTORS - TYPE ML 


✦ Rugged construction for reliable operating in high ambients,humidity,undervoltage conditions. 

✦ Built in 2NO+2NC auxiliary contacts. 


Type AC-3 AC-1 at 50Hz,415V auxiliary per approx.per 


ML0/1/1.5 

ML2/3 

ML4/6 

ML10/12 

* �or voltage suffix refer page 6/11 

AC operation 

[A] [A] [KW] NO NC [No.] [Kg] 

12 16 5.5 2 2 10 0.50 SS90975…. 

16 25 7.5 2 2 10 0.50 SS90851…. 

25 25 11 2 2 10 0.50 SS91851…. 

32 40 15 2 2 10 0.95 SS90701…. 

40 45 22 2 2 10 0.95 SS90721…. 

70 100 37 2 2 1 2.90 SS90910…. 

110 125 55 2 2 1 3.00 SS90921…. 

200 250 110 2 2 1 9.00 SS90935…. 

300 400 168 2 2 1 9.2 SS91010…. 

6/8 

6

6 

Auxiliary Contact Block Ie Ie Auxiliary contact Qty Wt Catalogue No. 



�or contactor type ML4/6 


�or contactor type ML10/12 


6/9 

ACCESSORIES 


4 10 1 1 10 0.10 SS91494OOOO 

4 10 1 1 10 0.10 SS91474OOOO 

✦ ML4/6/10/12 contactors are available with built in 2NO+2NC auxiliary contact block. Additional 1NO+1NC block 

can be fitted on either side ,providing 4NO+4NC auxiliary contacts.

SPARE COILS 

ML1-1.5 

ML2-3 

ML4-6 

SPARE KITS 

ML1-1.5 

ML2-3 

ML4-6 

SPARES 

�or Contactor Qty Wt Catalogue No. * 


Packing coil 

[No.] [Kg] 

AC operation 

ML0 10 0.076 SS90873…. 

ML1 

ML1.5 

ML2 10 0.22 SS90545…. 

ML3 

ML4 1 0.31 SS91258…. 

ML6 

ML10 1 1.20 SS91011…. 

ML12 





Packing set 

[No.] [Kg] 

ML0 Set of 3 moving contacts 50sets 0.04 SS90978OOOO 

ML1 and 6 fixed contacts 


ML1.5 with hardware. 


ML2 50sets 0.05 SS90544OOOO 




ML10 1set 1.10 SS90936OOOO 

ML12 1set 1.20 SS91127OOOO 

6/10 

6

6 

6/11 



Example for Contactor : ML2 Contactor - 240V, 50Hz 



Rated control ML0 ML2 ML4 ML10 

voltage Us ML1 

ML1.5 

ML3 ML6 ML12 

V AC 

Coils at 50 Hz 

12 �OOO — — — 

24 GOOO — — — 

42 HOOO HOOO — — 

110 AOOO AOOO AOOO AOOO 

220 — KOOO KOOO KOOO 

220/230 KOOO — — — 

240 — BOOO BOOO BOOO 

240/250 BOOO — — — 

320 ROOO ROOO — — 

360 COOO COOO — — 

380 LOOO LOOO — — 

415 — — DOOO DOOO 

415/440 POOO POOO — — 

525 MOOO MOOO MOOO MOOO 

Example for Spare Coil : ML4 Spare Coil - 110V, 50Hz 

Ordering Information - SS91258AOOO

CONTROL CONTACTORS - TYPE MN 

✦ Suitable to have maximum 8 NO to 8 NC Contact combinations. 

✦ Suitable for snap fit mounting on 35mm Din rail. 

✦ Alphanumeric terminal marking eliminates wiring error. 

Contactor Ie Ie Built in Qty Wt Catalogue No. * 

Type AC-1 AC-15 auxiliary per approx.per 


CONTROL CONTACTORS - TYPE MM 

✦ Suitable to have as many as 25 convertible contact combinations using addon blocks. 

✦ Ergnomical design gives mounting of contactors side by side with ease of inspection of contacts. 

✦ Clear distinction between NO and NC contacts from front by a red dot on NC contact. 

Contactor Ie Ie Ie Built in Qty Wt Catalogue No. * 

Type AC-3 AC-1 AC-15 auxiliary per approx.per 


AC operation 


7.5 10 4 2 2 10 0.43 SS92002…. 

7.5 10 4 8 — 10 0.48 SS92010…. 

7 1 SS92011…. 

6 2 SS92012…. 

5 3 SS92013…. 

MM00/01 AC 4 4 SS92014…. 

DC operation 

— 10 4 2 2 10 0.65 SS92007…. 

— 10 4 8 — 10 0.65 SS92820…. 

7 1 SS92821…. 

6 2 SS92822…. 

5 3 SS92823…. 

MM00/01 DC 4 4 SS92824…. 


AC operation 

[A] NO NC [No.] [Kg] 

10 4 4 — 10 0.39 SS94660…. 

3 1 SS94661…. 

2 2 SS94662…. 

1 3 SS94663…. 

MN0 AC — 4 SS94664…. 

MN0 DC 



DC operation 

10 4 4 — 10 0.68 SS94665…. 

3 1 SS94666…. 

2 2 SS94667…. 

1 3 SS94668…. 

— 4 SS94669…. 

6/12 

6

6 

Auxiliary Contact Block Ie Ie Auxiliary contact Qty Wt Catalogue No. 



MNA1 


MN0ac,MN0dc 

(Top mounted) 

6/13 

ACCESSORIES 


1 — 10 0.10 SS94715OOOO 

— 1 10 SS94716OOOO 

4 10 2 — 10 SS94080OOOO 

1 1 10 SS94081OOOO 

— 2 10 SS94082OOOO 

4 — 10 SS94083OOOO 

3 1 10 SS94084OOOO 

2 2 10 SS94085OOOO 

1 3 10 SS94086OOOO 

— 4 10 SS94087OOOO 

Surge Suppressor �or Contactor Rated control voltage Qty Wt Catalogue No. 



Us [No.] [Kg] 

MN0 ac 24 - 48V 5 0.022 SS94623 JOOO 

110 - 240V SS94623 BOOO 

360 - 415V SS94623 DOOO 

MN0 dc 24 - 48Vdc SS947815OOO 

MNS1/S2 110 - 220Vdc SS947812OOO 

Mechanical Interlock �or Contactor type Qty Wt Catalogue No. 

per approx. per 


[No.] [Kg] 

MN0ac 5 0.04 SS94071OOOO 

MN0dc 1 — SS94766OOOO 

Auxillary Contact Block Ie Auxiliary contact Qty Wt Catalogue No. 

AC-15 combinations per approx.per 

415V,50Hz Packing accessory 


MM00AC,MM00DC 

[A] NO [No.] [Kg] 

4 1 10 0.005 SS92020OOO 

Rail mounting kit �or Contactor Version Qty Wt Catalogue No. 



[No.] [Kg] 

MM00 ac with mounting screws 10 0.032 SS91355OOOO 

MM01 ac and washers.

SPARES 

SPARE COILS �or Contactor Qty Wt Catalogue No. * 


Packing coil 

[No.] [Kg] 

MN0 

SPARE KITS 

AC operation 

MM00 

MM01 

10 0.09 SS91353…. 

MN0 10 0.09 SS94191…. 

DC operation 

MM00 

MM01 

10 0.30 SS91354…. 

MN0 10 — SS94651…. 




Packing set 

[No.] [Kg] 

MM00AC Set of 3 moving contacts 1 set 0.04 SS91352OOOO 

MM01AC and 6 fixed contacts 

with hardware. 

MN0 

MN0 DC 


1) Available on request. 

1) 

1) 

6/14 

6

6 

6/15 



Example for Contactor : MN0 Contactor - 240V, 50Hz 



Rated control 

voltage Us 

MM00 MM01 MN0 

V AC 

Coils at 50 Hz 

24 GOOO GOOO GOOO 

42 HOOO HOOO HOOO 

110 AOOO AOOO AOOO 

220 — — KOOO 

240 BOOO BOOO BOOO 

360 — — COOO 

415 DOOO DOOO DOOO 

525 — — MOOO 

DC operation Contactor type 

Rated control 

voltage Us 

MM00 MM01 MN0 

V DC 

24 4OOO 4OOO 4OOO 





Example for Spare Coil : MN0 Spare Coil - 360V, 50Hz 

Ordering Information - SS94191COOO

MN9 MN12 MN16 MN25 MN32 

Mechanical Life Opns. 15x10 6 15x10 6 15x10 6 10x10 6 10x10 6 

Rated insulation voltage Ui 690V 690V 690V 690V 690V 

Rated impulse withstand Uimp 8KV 8KV 8KV 8KV 8KV 

Service temperature o C -20 to +55 -20 to +55 -20 to +55 -20 to +55 -20 to +55 

Utilisation category 3ph,415V,50Hz 

AC-1 25A 30A 30A 45A 55A 

AC-2 9A 12A 16A 25A 32A 

AC-3 4kw/5.5hp/9A 5.5kw/7.5hp/12A 7.5kw/10hp/16A 11kw/15hp/25A 17kw/22.5hp/32A 

AC-4 4kw/5.5hp/9A 5.5kw/7.5hp/12A 7.5kw/10hp/16A 11kw/15hp/25A 17kw/22.5hp/32A 

Operational current,Ie, for AC-4 

at 415V,50Hz for 200,000 cycles. A 5.5 7.1 8 13.5 16 

Making capacity A 450 450 450 480 550 

Breaking capacity A 200 250 250 400 500 

Capacitor switching delta kVAR 6 7.5 9 15 20 

connected,415V,50Hz 

Max. frequency Mechanical 7200 7200 7200 7200 7200 

of operating AC1 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 

op.cycles/hr AC2 750 750 750 750 750 

AC3 750 750 750 750 750 

Stator duty-415V,50Hz - Duty factor - 

AC4 300 300 300 300 300 

20% 14.5A 18A 24A 38A 48A 

40% 14.5A 18A 24A 38A 48A 

60% 11A 15A 20A 31A 40A 

Rotor duty-delta connected-Duty factor - 

20% 22A 27A 36A 57A 72A 

40% 22A 27A 36A 57A 72A 

60% 16A 22A 30A 46A 66A 

Main terminal capacity Lug(mm 2 ) 1x6 1x6 1x6 1x10 1x10 

Aux.terminal capacity 

TECHNICAL DATA - TYPE MN 

MN9/12/16/25/32 Contactors 

Wires(mm 2 ) 2x4 2x4 2x4 2x6 2x6 

Wires(mm 2 ) 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 

Pick up time msec 10-22 10-22 10-22 13-25 13-25 

Drop off time msec 7-18 7-18 7-18 8-18 8-18 

Operating limits (%Uc) 80-110 80-110 80-110 80-110 80-110 

Coil Consumption at 50Hz 

Pick-up VA 68 68 68 100 100 

Hold-on VA 11 11 11 15 15 

6/16 

6

6 

6/17 

MN45 MN65 

Mechanical Life Opns. 10x10 6 10x10 6 

Rated insulation voltage Ui 690V 690V 

Rated impulse withstand Uimp 8KV 8KV 

Service temperature o C -20 to +55 -20 to +55 


AC-1 80A 100A 

AC-2 45A 65A 

AC-3 25kw/34hp/45A 33.5kw/45hp/65A 

AC-4 25kw/34hp/45A 30kw/40hp/63A 


at 415V,50Hz for 200,000 cycles. A 24 28.5 

Making capacity A 900 900 

Breaking capacity A 750 750 

Capacitor switching delta kVAR 30 35 


Max. frequency Mechanical 3600 3600 

of operating AC1 3000 3000 

op.cycles/hr AC2 750 750 

AC3 750 750 


AC4 300 300 

20% 68A 98A 

40% 68A 98A 

60% 56A 81A 


20% 102A 147A 

40% 102A 147A 

60% 84A 121A 

Main terminal capacity Lug(mm 2 ) 1x35 1x35 



MN45/65 Contactors 

Wires(mm 2 ) — — 

Wires(mm 2 ) 2x2.5 2x2.5 

Pick up time msec 15-35 15-35 

Drop off time msec 10-25 10-25 

Operating limits (%Uc) 80-110 80-110 


Pick-up VA 190 190 

Hold-on VA 21 21

MN80 MN95 MN110 MN140 

Mechanical Life Opns. 10x10 6 10x10 6 10x10 6 10x10 6 

Rated insulation voltage Ui 1000V 1000V 1000V 1000V 

Rated impulse withstand Uimp 8KV 8KV 8KV 8KV 

Service temperature o C -20 to +55 -20 to +55 -20 to +55 -20 to +55 


AC-1 140A 160A 160A 160A 

AC-2 80A 95A 110A 140A 

AC-3 40kw/54hp/80A 45kw/60hp/95A 55kw/75hp/110A 75kw/100hp/140A 



at 415V,50Hz for 200,000 cycles. A 43 53 58 66 

Making capacity A 1450 1680 1680 1800 

Breaking capacity A 1300 1400 1400 1600 

Capacitor switching delta kVAR 55 65 65 70 


Max. frequency Mechanical 3600 3600 3600 3600 

of operating AC1 3000 3000 3000 3000 

op.cycles/hr AC2 750 750 750 750 

AC3 750 750 750 750 


AC4 300 300 300 300 

20% 120A 143A 165A 210A 

40% 120A 143A 165A 210A 

60% 100A 120A 135A 175A 


20% 180A 214A 250A 315A 

40% 180A 214A 250A 315A 

60% 150A 180A 203A 262A 

Main terminal capacity Lug(mm 2 ) 1x120 1x120 1x120 1x120 


Wires(mm 2 ) — — — — 

Wires(mm 2 ) 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 

Pick up time msec 20-40 20-40 20-40 20-40 

Drop off time msec 10-25 10-25 10-25 10-25 

Operating limits (%Uc) 80-110 80-110 80-110 80-110 



MN80/95/110/140 Contactors 

Pick-up VA 550 550 550 550 

Hold-on VA 36 36 36 36 

6/18 

6

6 

6/19 

MN185 MN225 


Rated insulation voltage Ui 1000 V 1000 V 




AC-1 250A 300A 

AC-2 185 A 225 A 

AC-3 90kw/125 hp/185A 110kw/150hp/225A 

AC-4 90kw/125 hp/160 A 100kw/136hp/200 A 


at 415V,50Hz for 200,000 cycles. A 90 100 

Making capacity 2220 2400 

Breaking capacity 1850 2000 

Capacitor switching delta 

connected,415V,50Hz kVAR 100 125 

Max. frequency Mechanical 3600 3600 

of operating AC1 3000 3000 

op.cycles/hr AC2 750 750 

AC3 750 750 


AC4 250 250 

20% 

40% 

60% 

1) 1) 


20% 

40% 

60% 

1) 1) 

Main terminal capacity Lug(mm 2 ) 1x185 1x185 



MN185/225 Contactors 

Wires(mm 2 ) — — 

Wires(mm 2 ) 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 

Pick up time msec 20-45 20-45 

Drop off time msec 10-25 10-25 

Operating limits (%Uc) 80-110 80-110 


Pick-up VA 960 960 

Hold-on VA 56 56 

Note : 1) Data available on request.

MN265 MN325 MN400 MN550 






AC-1 350A 400A 425A 650A 

AC-2 265A 325A 400A 550A 

AC-3 147kw/265A 180kw/245hp/325A 200kw/270hp/400A 315kw/425hp/ 550A 










op.cycles/hr AC2 750 750 750 750 

AC3 750 750 750 150 


AC4 150 150 150 150 

20% 332A 407A 500A 

40% 332A 407A 500A 1) 

60% 282A 340A 425A 


20% 498A 610A 750A 

40% 498A 610A 750A 1) 

60% 423A 510A 635A 

Main terminal capacity Lug(mm 2 ) 2x240/1x300 2x240/1x300 2x240/1x300 2x240/1x300 


Wires(mm 2 ) — — — — 

Wires(mm 2 ) 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 





Pick-up VA 2100 2100 2100 1000 

Hold-on VA 95 95 95 25 

Note : 1) Data available on request. 


MN265/325/400/550 Contactors 

6/20 

6

6 

6/21 

MN9W MN12W MN16W MN25W 






AC-1 25A 30A 30A 45A 

AC-2 9A 12A 16A 25A 

AC-3 4kw/5.5hp/9A 5.5kw/7.5hp/12A 7.5kw/10hp/16A 11kw/15hp/25A 

AC-4 4kw/5.5hp/9A 5.5kw/7.5hp/12A 7.5kw/10hp/16A 11kw/15hp/25A 



Capacitor switching delta kVAR 6 7.5 9 15 




op.cycles/hr AC2 750 750 750 750 

AC3 750 750 750 750 


AC4 300 300 300 300 

20% 14.5A 18A 24A 38A 

40% 14.5A 18A 24A 38A 

60% 11A 15A 20A 31A 


20% 22A 27A 36A 57A 

40% 22A 27A 36A 57A 

60% 16A 22A 30A 46A 

Main terminal capacity Lug(mm 2 ) 1x6 1x6 1x6 1x10 



MN9W/12W/16W/25W Contactors 

Wires(mm 2 ) 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x4 

Wires(mm 2 ) 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 





Pick-up VA 68 68 68 100 

Hold-on VA 11 11 11 15


MN16C/32C Contactors 

MN16C MN32C 





Utilisation category 3ph,415V,50Hz AC-6b 10kVAR 25kVAR 

Operating limits (% Uc) 80-110 80-110 

Coil Consumption at 50 Hz pick-up VA 68 100 

Coil Consumption at 50 Hz hold-on VA 11 15 

6/22 

6

6 

6/23 

ML0 ML1 ML1.5 ML2 ML3 

Mechanical Life Opns. 15x10 6 15x10 6 15x10 6 10x10 6 10x10 6 

Rated insulation voltage Ui 500V 500V 500V 500V 500V 

Rated impulse withstand Uimp 8KV 8KV 8KV 8KV 8KV 



AC-1 16A 25A 25A 40A 45A 

AC-2 12A 16A 25A 32A 40A 

AC-3 5.5kw/7.5hp/12A 7.5kw/10hp/16A 11kw/15hp/25A 15kw/20hp/32A 22kw/30hp/40A 

AC-4 4.5kw/6hp/10A 7.5Kw/10hp/16A 9kw/12.5hp/21A 15kw/20hp/32A 22kw/30hp/40A 


at 415V,50Hz for 300,000 cycles. A 6.3 10 13.5 17 22 

Making capacity A 80 80 80 80 80 

Breaking capacity A 70 70 70 70 70 

Capacitor switching delta kVAR 3 8 13 20 20 


Max. frequency Mechanical 3000 3000 3000 2000 2000 

of operating AC1 3000 3000 3000 750 750 

op.cycles/hr AC2 750 750 750 750 750 

AC3 750 750 750 750 750 


AC4 250 250 250 250 250 

20% 15.5A 24A 37A 48A 60A 

40% 15.5A 24A 37A 48A 60A 

60% 12.5A 20A 30A 40A 50A 


20% 23A 36A 56A 72A 90A 

40% 23A 36A 56A 72A 90A 

60% 19A 30A 44A 60A 75A 

Main terminal capacitY Lug(mm 2 ) 16 16 16 50 50 


TECHNICAL DATA - TYPE ML 

ML0/1/1.5/2/3 Contactors 

Wires(mm 2 ) 2x10 2x10 2x10 2x25 2x25 

Wires(mm 2 ) 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 

Pick up time msec 5-35 5-35 5-35 10-35 10-35 

Drop off time msec 5-20 5-20 5-20 5-25 5-25 

Operating limits (%Uc) 80-110 80-110 80-110 80-110 80-110 


Pick-up VA 60 60 60 120 120 

Hold-on VA 15 15 15 20 20

ML4 ML6 ML10 ML12 






AC-1 100A 125A 250A 400A 

AC-2 70A 110A 200A 300A 











op.cycles/hr AC2 500 500 500 500 

AC3 750 750 500 500 


AC4 250 250 250 250 

20% 95A 165A 250A 375A 

40% 95A 165A 250A 375A 

60% 78A 135A 206A 310A 


20% 157A 270A 370A 560A 

40% 157A 270A 370A 560A 

60% 118A 206A 310A 465A 

Main terminal capacity Lug(mm 2 ) 50 95 240 240 


TECHNICAL DATA - TYPE ML 

ML4/6/10/12 Contactors 

Wires(mm 2 ) — — — — 

Wires(mm 2 ) 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 





Pick-up VA 450 450 1450 1450 

Hold-on VA 50 50 85 85 

6/24 

6

6 

6/25 

MM00-AC MM01-AC MM00-DC MM01-DC 






TECHNICAL DATA - TYPE MM 

MM contactors 

AC-1 10A 10A 10A 10A 

AC-15 4A 4A 4A 4A 

Main terminal capacity Lug(mm2 ) 

Wires(mm2 ) 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 



Pick-up 85VA 85VA 8W 8W 

Hold-on 16VA 16VA — —

MN0 ac MN0 dc 


Rated insulation voltage, Ui 690V 690V 

Rated impulse withstand, Uimp 8KV 8KV 




MN 0 contactors 

AC-1 10A 10A 

AC-15 4A 4A 

Operating limits (% Uc) 80-110 80-110 

Coil Consumption at 50 Hz 

pick-up 68VA 8W 

hold-on 11VA 8W 

6/26 

6

6 

6/27 

ELECTRICAL LI�E CURVES - TYPE MN 

MN CONTACTORS 

UTILISATION CATEGORY AC-1 

UTILISATION CATEGORY AC-2

ELECTRICAL LI�E CURVES - TYPE MN 

MN CONTACTORS 



6/28 

6

6 

6/29 

ELECTRICAL LI�E CURVES - TYPE ML 

ML CONTACTORS 


UTILISATION CATEGORY AC-2

ELECTRICAL LI�E CURVES - TYPE ML 

ML CONTACTORS 



6/30 

6

6 

6/31 

TERMINAL ARRANGEMENTS - TYPE MN 


Note: �or ML contactors the terminal arrangements available on request.

TERMINAL ARRANGEMENTS - TYPE MN 

CAPACITOR CONTACTORS 

AUXILIARY CONTACT BLOCKS - TYPE MN A1 

Note: �or MN A4 and MN A6 auxiliary contact block terminal arrangements refer page 6/31 shown adjacent to contactor terminal adjustments. 

i.e. for 1NO+1NC left - 13, 21, 22, 14 

1NO+1NC right - 43, 31, 32, 44 

1NO+1NC second left - 53, 61, 62, 54 

1NO+1NC second right - 83, 71, 72, 84 

6/32 

6

6 

6/33 

TERMINAL ARRANGEMENTS 

CONTROL CONTACTORS 

Note: �or control contactors MM00 and MM01 (AC/DC) terminal arrangements available on request.



MN9,MN12, MN16, MN9W, MN12W, MN16W CONTACTORS 

MN25, MN25W, MN32 CONTACTORS 

6/34 

6

6 


6/35 


MN45, MN65 CONTACTORS 

MN80, MN95, MN110, MN140 CONTACTORS



MN185, MN225 CONTACTORS 

MN265, MN325,MN400, MN550 CONTACTORS 

6/36 

6

6 


6/37 


MN16C CONTACTOR 

MN32C CONTACTOR



MN 0dc , MN16dc CONTACTOR 

MN 0ac CONTACTOR 

6/38 

6

6 


6/39 


ML0, ML1, ML1.5 CONTACTORS 

ML2, ML3 CONTACTORS

* Provide 12 mm extra for each Add-on block 



ML4 CONTACTOR 

ML6 CONTACTOR 

6/40 

6

6 


6/41 


ML10, ML12 CONTACTORS 

MM00 CONTACTOR



MM01 CONTACTOR 

MM00dc CONTACTOR 

6/42 

6

7 

THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAYS 





Characteristic Curves 7/7 








MN12 to MN12 L Page 





Overall Dimensions 7/9


�or Contactor Setting Wt Qty Catalogue No. 

type Range approx. per per 

relay Packing 

A [[Kg]] [No.] 

�or mounting onto contactors 

MN9 0.67-1.0 0.18 10 ST26746OOKO 

MN12 1.0-1.5 ST26746OOMO 

MN16 1.4-2.1 ST26746OONO 

1.8-2.7 ST26746OOPO 

2.4-3.6 ST26746OO�O 

3.5-5.0 ST26746OOGO 

4.0-6.0 ST26746OOTO 

5.5-8.5 ST26746OOUO 

MN1 8.5-12.5 ST26747OOAO 

12.5-18.0 ST26747OOCO 

MN9 0.2-0.3 0.2 10 SS94141OOEO 

MN12 0.3-0.5 SS94141OOGO 

MN16 0.45-0.75 SS94141OOJO 

MN25 0.6-1.0 SS94141OOKO 

MN32 0.9-1.5 SS94141OOMO 

ML01) 1.4-2.3 SS9414OOPO 

ML11) 2.0-3.3 SS94141OOQO 

ML1.51) 3.0-5.0 SS94141OOSO 

4.5-7.5 SS94141OOUO 

6.0-10 SS94142OOVO 

MN2 9.0-15 SS94142OOBO 

14-23 SS94144OODO 

20-33 SS94145OOEO 

MN5 

THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAYS - TYPE MN 

✦ Relays with single phase protection. 

✦ Built-in ‘Start’ and ‘Off/Reset push buttons eliminates the requirement of additional actuators. 

✦ An auto-manual slide facilitates conversion from auto-reset mode to manual reset and vice-versa. 

✦ Relays are compensated for variation in ambient temperatures from -50C to +550C. MN45 20-33 0.5 10 SS94136OOEO 

MN65 30-50 SS94136OOGO 

MN802) 45-75 SS94137OOJO 

MN952) 66-110 SS94137OOKO 

MN1402) ML23) ML33) ML43) ML63) 1) Kit SS94701OOOO available for mounting. 

2) Kit SS94638OOOO available for mounting. 

3) Kit SS94151OOOO available for mounting. 

7/1 

7

7 

MN12 

MN12L 

7/2 

THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAYS - TYPE MN 


✦ Relays with single phase protection. 

✦ An auto-manual slide facilitates conversion from auto-reset mode to manual reset and vice-versa. 

✦ Relays are compensated for variation in ambient temperatures from -50C to +550C. ✦ Single CT assembly. 

✦ Provision of versatile location of links. 

✦ Provision for using system cable as primary. 

✦ Suitable for applications on loads with high inertia or large gyrating mass. 

✦ Trip class 30 for motors with long starting time for MN12L relay. 


type Range approx. per 

Packing 

A [Kg] [No.] 


MN185 42-69 2.9 1 SS94138OOHO 

MN225 60-100 SS94138OOKO 

MN265 90-150 SS94138OOMO 

MN325 135-225 SS94138OOPO 

MN400 180-300 SS94139OOQO 

ML10 

ML12 

270-450 SS94139OORO 

MN185 42-69 2.9 1 SS94127OOHO 

MN225 60-100 SS94127OOKO 

MN265 90-150 SS94127OOMO 

MN325 135-225 SS94127OOPO 

MN400 

ML10 

ML12 

180-300 SS94127OOQO

Accessories �or Relay type Qty Wt Catalogue No. 

Type per approx. per 


[No.] [Kg] 

Push- button unit MN2 

MN5 

MN12 

MN12L 

20 0.01 SS94001OOOO 

Mounting kit 

Mounting kit 

MN2 1) 50 0.04SS94701OOOO 

MN2 2) 50 0.05 SS94700OOOO 

DIN Rail mounting kit MN2 50 0.06 SS91887OOOO 

Mounting kit 

Mounting kit 

Mounting kit 

ACCESSORIES 

1) �or mounting MN2 relay on ML0,ML1,ML1.5 Contactor. 

2) �or mounting MN2 relay separately (Direct mounting type). 

3) �or mounting MN5 relay on MN80,MN95,MN110,MN140 Contactor. 

4) �or mounting MN5 relay on ML2,ML3 Contactor. 

5) �or mounting MN5 relay on ML4, ML6 Contactor. 

MN5 3) 50 — SS94638OOOO 

MN5 4) 50 0.025 SS94151OOOO 

MN5 5) 50 0.1 SS94152OOOO 

7/3 

7

7 

7/4 


type Range approx. per per 

relay Packing 

A [Kg] [No.] 


ML0 0.15-0.25 0.22 10 SS91858OODO 

ML1 0.25-0.40 SS91858OO�O 

ML1.5 0.4-0.65 SS91858OOHO 

0.6-1.0 SS91858OOKO 

1.0-1.6 SS91858OOMO 

1.5-2.5 SS91858OOPO 

2.5-4.0 SS91858OORO 

ML0/ML1/ML1.5 4.0-6.5 SS91858OOTO 

6.0-10. SS91858OOVO 

10.0-16.0 SS91858OOBO 

ML2/ML3 

THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAYS - TYPE ML 

✦ Built-in ‘Start’ and ‘Off/Reset push buttons eliminates the requirement of additional actuators. 

✦ Relays are compensated for variation in ambient temperatures from -50C to +550C. ML2 9.0-14.0 0.33 2 SS91859OOAO 

ML3 13.0-21.0 SS91859OOCO 

20.0-32.0 SS91859OOEO 

28.0-42.0 SS91859OO�O 

ACCESSORIES 

Accessories �or Relay type Qty Wt Catalogue No. 

Type per approx. per 


[No.] [Kg] 

Push- button unit ML0 

ML1 

ML1.5 

ML2 

ML3 

20 0.01 SS90004OOOO

TECHNICAL DATA �OR THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAYS 

MN1/2/5/12/12L 

MN1 MN2 MN5 MN12 MN12L 

Rated insulation voltage, Ui 690V 690V 690V 690V 690V 

Rated impluse strenght, Uimp 6KV 6KV 6KV 6KV 6KV 


Rated thermal current I th 

at 415V,50Hz A 6 6 6 6 6 

Rated operational current for AC-15 

utilization category at 50Hz 24V 6A 6A 6A 6A 6A 

110V 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A 

220V 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 

380/415V 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 

500V 2A 2A 2A 2A 2A 

Built in contacts 1 Start/Reset 1 Start 1 Start 1 Start 1 Start 

1 Off 1 Off/ Reset 1 Off/ Reset 1 Off/ Reset 1 Off/ Reset 

1 NO+ 1NC 1 Alarm(NO) 1 Alarm(NO) 1 Alarm(NO) 1 Alarm(NO) 

Tripping class A 10 10 10 10 30 

Max. frequency of operation 

op.cycles/hr 30 30 30 30 30 

Main terminal capacity Lug(mm 2 ) 10 10 50 240 240 


Wires(mm 2 ) 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 2x2.5 

7/5 

7

7 

TECHNICAL DATA �OR THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAYS 

7/6 

ML0/1/1.5/2/3 

ML0/1/1.5 ML2/3 


Rated impluse strenght Uimp 6KV 6KV 


Rated thermal current I th 

at 415V,50Hz A 6 6 

Rated operational current for AC-15 

utilization category at 50Hz 24V 6A 6A 

110V 5A 5A 

220V 3A 3A 

380/415V 2A 2A 

500V 2A 2A 

Built in contacts 1 Start 1 Start 

1 Off/ Reset 1 Off/ Reset 

1 Alarm(NO) 1 Alarm(NO) 

Tripping class 10A 10A 

Max. frequency of operation 

op.cycles/hr 30 30 

Main terminal capacity Lug(mm 2 ) 16 50 


Wires(mm 2 ) 2x2.5 2x2.5

I-T CHARACTERISTICS 

3 POLE BALANCED LOADING CONDITION 

MN1 RELAY MN2/5/12 RELAY 

MN12L RELAY 

7/7 

7

7 

7/8 

I-T CHARACTERISTICS 

3 POLE BALANCED LOADING CONDITION 

Multiples of set current Multiples of set current 

ML1 (upto 6-10 Amps) ML1 (upto 10-16 Amps) 

Multiples of set current 

ML2 / 3



MN1 RELAY MN2 RELAY 

MN5 RELAY MN 12/12L RELAY 

7/9 

7

7 


7/10 


ML1 RELAY



ML2/3 RELAY 

7/11 

7

8 


3-phase control upto 45hp motors 8/1,8/2,8/3 

Spares 8/7 


Selection Chart 8/25 


Wiring Diagrams 8/37 

MK1 Page 

3-phase control upto 7.5hp motors 8/21 

Spares 8/23 





DIRECT ON-LINE STARTERS 


3-phase control upto 30hp motors 8/11,8/12 

Spares 8/15 


Selection Chart 8/26,8/27 



M�1 Page 

3-phase control upto 7.5hp and 

1-phase control upto 3hp motors 8/19 




Wiring Diagrams 8/44


3-phase control upto 75hp motors and 

starter interior 8/1,8/4,8/5,8/6 

Spares 8/7 





ML1.5 to ML12 Page 


Spares 8/15 

Catalogue No. suffixes 8/17,8/18 



Wiring Diagrams 8/41,8/42,8/43 

STAR DELTA STARTERS 







MK1 Page 


Spares 8/23 





8

8 

MA25 Page 


Spares 8/7 





STAR DELTA STARTERS

SALIENT �EATURES O� MN STARTERS 

✦ Sensitive tripping mechanism of MN relays provides reliable protection aginst single phasing & overload conditions. 

✦ Wide band operating voltage of 55% - 110% for MN16 & MN25 starters. 

✦ Easy manual trip test facility to check the operation of the trip mechanism of relay. 

✦ Enclosure with IP54 degree of protection class makes it suitable for chemical factories, polluted and dusty industrial 

agricultural environment. 

✦ Terminal block with marking in Star-Delta Starters makes wiring & maintenance easy. Can accomodate both aluminium 

& copper cables. 

✦ Suitable for tropical conditions, ensures reliable performance in high ambient temperature, humidity and undervoltage 

conditions. 

✦ Base Plate mounting with rubber gasket makes starter assembly vibration proof in Star-Delta starters. 

8/1 

8

8 

MN16 

MN25 

8/2 

DIRECT-ON-LINE STARTER - TYPE MN 

* �or Voltage suffix and Relay range refer page 8/8 


Max.Motor rating Approx. Relay Catalogue No.* 

at 415V,3 phase,50Hz �ull Load Type 

Current 

HP KW A 

10 7.5 14 MN 2 SS94015…. 

15 11 21 MN 2 SS94232….

MN32 

MN45 

MN65 

DIRECT-ON-LINE STARTER - TYPE MN 





Current 

HP KW A 

20 15 28 MN 2 SS94016.... 

30 22.5 40.0 MN 5 SS94017…. 

45 33.5 60 MN 5 SS94018…. 

8/3 

8

8 

✦ Both �ASD and SASD version available. 

MN16 

MN25 

MN32 


8/4 

STAR-DELTA STARTERS - TYPE MN 


Max.Motor rating Approx. Phase Relay Version Catalogue No.* 

at 415V,3 phase,50Hz �ull Load Current _ Type 

Current, In In/ √3 

HP KW A A 

15 11 21 12.1 MN 2 SASD SS94019…. 

15 11 21 12.1 MN 2 �ASD SS94020…. 

25 18.5 35 20.2 MN 2 SASD SS94657…. 

25 18.5 35 20.2 MN 2 �ASD SS94656…. 

35 26 47 27 MN 2 SASD SS94659…. 

35 26 47 27 MN 2 �ASD SS94658….

✦ Only �ASD version available. 

MN45 

MN65 

MN80 

MN110 

MN140 


Note : Starters upto 400 HP available on request 

STAR-DELTA STARTERS - TYPE MN 





HP KW A A 

50 37.5 66 38.2 MN 5 �ASD SS94021…. 

75 55 100 57.5 MN 5 �ASD SS94022…. 

90 68 120 69.3 MN 5 �ASD SS94705…. 

125 90 165 95.3 MN 5 �ASD SS94706…. 

175 130 230 133 MN 5 �ASD SS94707…. 

8/5 

8

8 

✦ Only �ASD version available. 

MN16 

MN25 

MN32 

MN45 

MN65 


1) Available on request 

8/6 

STARTER INTERIOR - TYPE MN 





HP KW A A 

15 11 21 12.1 MN 2 �ASD SS94919…. 

25 18.5 35 20.2 MN 2 �ASD SS94925…. 

35 26 47 27 MN 2 �ASD SS94929…. 

50 37.5 66 38.2 MN 5 �ASD 1) 

75 55 100 57.5 MN 5 �ASD 1)

SPARES 

SPARE COILS �or Starter Qty per Wt approx. Catalogue No. * 

type Packing per coil 

[No.] [Kg] 

MN16 

MN25-32 

MN45-65 

MN80-140 

* �or Voltage suffix refer below 

SPARE KITS 

MN25 

MN45 

MN110 

MN16 DOL 

MN16 SASD/�ASD 

10 0.09 SS94191…. 

MN25 DOL, MN32 DOL 

MN25 SASD/�ASD, MN32 SASD/�ASD 

MA25 SASD/�ASD 

10 0.12 SS94192…. 

MN45 DOL, MN65 DOL 

MN45 �ASD, MN65 �ASD 

10 0.12 SS94193…. 

MN80 �ASD 

MN110 �ASD 

MN140 �ASD 

1 0.20 SS94196…. 


�or Starter Contents Qty per Wt approx. Catalogue No. 

type Packing per set 

[No.] [Kg] 

MN16 DOL Set of 3 moving contacts 25sets 0.04 SS94703OOOO 

MN16 SASD/�ASD and 6 fixed contacts 

MN25 DOL with hardware. 25sets 0.05 SS94678OOOO 



MN32 DOL 25sets 0.05 SS94626OOOO 



MN45 �ASD 


MN65 �ASD 

MN80 �ASD 1set 0.3 SS94675OOOO 



Catalogue No. suffixes for rated control voltages of Spare Coils 

Starter type MN16 DOL MN25 DOL, MN32 DOL MN45 DOL, MN65 DOL MN80 �ASD 

MN16 SASD/�ASD MN25 SASD/�ASD MN45 �ASD MN110 �ASD 

Rated control 

voltage (Us) 

VAC 

MN32 SASD/�ASD MN65 �ASD MN140 �ASD 

220 KOOO KOOO KOOO KOOO 

240 BOOO BOOO BOOO BOOO 

360 COOO COOO COOO COOO 

380 LOOO LOOO LOOO LOOO 

415 DOOO DOOO DOOO DOOO 

Note: �or ordering MN relays & contactors as spares, refer page 6/5, 6/6, 7/3 & 7/4 

8/7 

8

8 

Catalogue No. suffixes for rated control voltages & relay range 


Example: MN16 DOL - 240V with relay range 9-15A 

Ordering Information - SS94015BOBO 

Starter type MN16 MN25 MN32 MN45 MN65 

Rated control Relay 

voltage (Us) Range 

V AC 

3.0-5.0 — — — — — 

4.5-7.5 — — — — — 

6.0-10 — — — — — 

240 9.0-15 — BOBO — — — 

14-23 — BODO — — — 

20-33 — — BOEO — — 

30-50 — — — — — 

45-75 — — — — — 

3.0-5.0 COSO — — — — 

4.5-7.5 COUO — — — — 

6.0-10 COVO — — — — 

360 9.0-15 COBO COBO — — — 

14-23 — CODO — — — 

20-33 — — COEO — — 

30-50 — — — — — 

45-75 — — — — — 

3.0-5.0 DOSO — — — — 

4.5-7.5 DOUO — — — — 

6.0-10 DOVO — — — — 

415 9.0-15 DOBO DOBO — — — 

14-23 — DODO — — — 

20-33 — — DOEO — — 

30-50 — — — DOGO — 

45-75 — — — — DOJO 

8/8 

MN DOL Starters 

Note: These are the standard combinations of relay and contactor. Any other combinations can be supplied on request.



Example: MN16 SASD - 360V with relay range 9-15A 

Ordering Information - SS94019COBO 

Starter type MN16 MN25 MN32 MN45 MN65 MN80 MN110 MN140 



V AC 

MN Star Delta Starters 

6.0-10 COVO — — — — — — — 

9.0-15 COBO — — — — — — — 

14-23 — CODO — — — — — — 

360 20-33 — — COEO — — COEO — — 

30-50 — — — — — — — — 

45-75 — — — — — — — — 

66-110 — — — — — — — — 

90-150 — — — — — — — — 

6.0-10 — — — — — — — — 

9.0-15 DOBO — — — — — — — 

14-23 — DODO — — — — — — 

415 20-33 — — DOEO — — — — — 

30-50 — — — DOGO — — — — 

45-75 — — — — DOJO DOJO — — 

66-110 — — — — — — DOKO — 

90-150 — — — — — — — DOMO 

Note: These are the standard combinations of relay and contactor. Any other combinations can be supplied on request. 

8/9 

8

8 

MA25SASD/�ASD 

8/10 

STAR-DELTA STARTERS - TYPE MA 


✦ Sensitive tripping mechanism provides closer overload protection through ML2/3 relays. 

✦ Wide operating voltage 55% - 110%. 

✦ Terminal block with marking makes wiring & maintenance easy. Can accomodate both aluminium & copper cables. 

✦ Suitable for tropical conditions, ensures reliable performance in high ambient temperatures, humidity and undervoltage conditions. 

✦ Base Plate mounting with rubber gasket makes starter assembly vibration proof. 

✦ Both �ASD and SASD version available. 





HP KW A A 

30 22.5 40 23 ML2/3 SASD SS94712…. 

30 22.5 40 23 ML2/3 �ASD SS94711….

ML1 

ML1.5 

ML2 

DIRECT-ON-LINE STARTER - TYPE ML 

✦ Sensitive tripping mechanism provides closer overload protection. 

✦ Dust, moisture and vermin proof enclosure. 

✦ Earthing screw provided as a safety measure. 


Conformance to IS 8544 



Current, In 

HP KW A 

10 7.5 14 ML 1 SS90854.... 

15 11 21 ML 2/3 SS91854.... 

20 15 28 ML 2/3 SS90702.... 

8/11 

8

8 

ML3 

8/12 

DIRECT-ON-LINE STARTER - TYPE ML 








Current 

HP KW A 

30 22.5 40 ML 2/3 SS90722....

ML1.5 

ML2 

ML3 

STAR-DELTA STARTERS - TYPE ML 









HP KW A A 

25 18.5 35 20.2 ML2/3 SASD SS91856…. 

25 18.5 35 20.2 ML 2/3 �ASD SS91855…. 

35 26 47 27 ML2/3 SASD SS90707…. 

35 26 47 27 ML2/3 �ASD SS90705…. 

50 37 66 38.2 ML2/3 SASD SS90728…. 

50 37 66 38.2 ML2/3 �ASD SS90730…. 

8/13 

8

8 

✦ Single phase and overload protection. 



ML4 

ML6 

ML10 

ML12 

8/14 

STAR-DELTA STARTERS - TYPE ML 


* �or Voltage suffix and Relay range refer page 8/17 & 8/18 




HP KW A A 

75 55 100 57.5 MN 5 �ASD SS90913…. 

125 90 165 95 MN 5 �ASD SS90923…. 

250 185 325 188 MN12L �ASD SS90938…. 

400 300 500 288.6 MN12L �ASD SS91019….

SPARES 

SPARE COILS �or Starter Qty per Wt approx. Catalogue No. * 


[No.] [Kg] 

ML1-1.5 

ML2-3 

ML4-6 

* �or Voltage suffix refer below 

SPARE KITS 

ML1-1.5 

ML2-3 

ML4-6 

ML1 DOL, ML1.5 DOL 

ML1.5 SASD/�ASD 

10 0.076 SS90873…. 

ML2 DOL, ML3 DOL 

ML2 SASD/�ASD, ML3 SASD/�ASD 

10 0.22 SS90545…. 

ML4 �ASD, ML6 �ASD 1 0.31 SS91258…. 

ML10 �ASD 

ML12 �ASD 

1 1.20 SS91011…. 




[No.] [Kg] 

ML1 DOL Set of 3 moving contacts 50sets 0.05 SS90896OOOO 

ML1.5 DOL and 6 fixed contacts 50sets 0.05 SS91467OOOO 


ML2 DOL 50sets 0.05 SS90544OOOO 

ML2 SASD/�ASD 

ML3 DOL 50sets 0.06 SS90848OOOO 


ML4 �ASD 25sets 0.18 SS91660OOOO 

ML6 �ASD 25sets 0.24 SS91670OOOO 

ML10 �ASD 1set 1.10 SS90936OOOO 

ML12 �ASD 1set 1.20 SS91127OOOO 

Catalogue No. suffixes for rated control voltages of Spare Coils 

Starter type ML1 DOL, ML1.5 DOL ML2 DOL, ML3 DOL ML4 �ASD ML10 �ASD 

Rated control 

voltage (Us) 

VAC 

ML1.5 SASD/�ASD ML2 SASD/�ASD 


ML6 �ASD ML12 �ASD 

24 GOOO — — — 

110 AOOO AOOO AOOO AOOO 

220 — KOOO KOOO KOOO 

220/230 KOOO — — — 

240 — BOOO BOOO BOOO 

240/250 BOOO — — — 

320 ROOO ROOO — — 

360 COOO COOO — — 

380 LOOO LOOO — — 

415 — — DOOO DOOO 

415/440 POOO POOO — — 

Note: �or ordering ML relays & contactors as spares, refer page 6/11 & 7/6 

8/15 

8

8 



Example: ML1.5 DOL - 360V with relay range 13-21A 

Ordering Information - SS91854COCO 

Starter type ML 1 ML 1.5 ML 2 ML 3 



V AC 

1.5-2.5 GOPO — — — 

24 2.5-4.0 GORO — — — 

4.0-6.5 GOTO — — — 

4.0-6.5 KOTO — — — 

6.0-10 — — — — 

220 10-16 KOBO — — — 

13-21 — KOCO — — 

20-32 — — KOEO — 

6.0-10 QOVO — — — 

9-14 — — QOAO — 

220/250 10-16 — — — — 

13-21 — — QOCO — 

20-32 — — QOEO — 

28-42 — — — QO�O 

10-16 BOBO — — — 

13-21 — BOCO — — 

240 20-32 — BOEO — — 

28-42 — — — BO�O 

30-50 — — — — 

45-75 — — — — 

9-14 — ROAO — — 

320 13-21 — ROCO ROCO — 

20-32 — ROEO ROEO — 

9-14 — COAO COAO — 

360 13-21 — COCO COCO — 

20-32 — COEO COEO — 

28-42 — — — CO�O 

4.0-6.5 LOTO — — — 

6.0-10 LOVO — — — 

9-14 — LOAO LOAO — 

380 10-16 LOBO — — — 

13-21 — LOCO LOCO — 

20-32 — LOEO LOEO — 

28-42 — — — LO�O 

415 30-50 — — — — 

45-75 — — — — 

1.0-1.6 POMO — — — 

1.5-2.5 POPO — — — 

2.5-4.0 PORO — — — 

4.0-6.5 POTO — — — 

400/440 6.0-10 POVO — — — 

9-14 — POAO POAO — 

10-16 — POBO — — 

13-21 — POCO POCO — 

20-32 — POEO POEO POEO 

28-42 — — — PO�O 

8/16 

ML DOL Starters



Example: MA25 �ASD - 360V with relay range 13-21A 

Ordering Information - SS94711COCO 

Starter type MA 25 ML 1.5 ML 2 ML 3 ML 4 



V AC 

4.0-6.5 — — — — — 

6.0-10 — — — — — 

220 10-16 — — — — — 

13-21 — KOCO — — — 

20-32 — KOEO KOEO KO�O — 

220/250 

240 

6.0-10 — — — — — 

9-14 — — QOAO — — 

10-16 — — — — — 

13-21 — QOCO QOCO — — 

20-32 — — QOEO QOEO — 

28-42 — — — QO�O — 

10-16 — — — — — 

13-21 — BOCO BOCO — — 

20-32 — BOEO — — — 

28-42 — — — BO�O — 

30-50 — — — — BOGO 

45-75 — — — — BOJO 

9-14 — ROAO — — — 

320 13-21 — ROCO ROCO — — 

20-32 — ROEO ROEO — — 

360 

9-14 — COAO — — — 

13-21 COCO COCO COCO — — 

20-32 COEO COEO COEO — — 

28-42 — — — CO�O — 

4.0-6.5 — — — — — 

6.0-10 — — — — — 

9-14 — LOAO LOAO — — 

380 10-16 — — — — — 

13-21 — LOCO LOCO — — 

20-32 — LOEO LOEO — — 

28-42 — — — LO�O — 

415 

MA and ML Star Delta Starters 

13-21 DOCO — — — — 

20-32 DOEO — — — — 

30-50 — — — — DOGO 

45-75 — — — — DOJO 

1.0-1.6 — — — — — 

1.5-2.5 — — — — — 

2.5-4.0 — — — — — 

4.0-6.5 — — — — — 

400/440 6.0-10 — — — — — 

9-14 — POAO POAO — — 

10-16 — — — — — 

13-21 — POCO POCO POCO — 

20-32 — POEO POEO POEO — 

28-42 — — — PO�O — 

8/17 

8

8 



Example: ML12 �ASD - 415V with relay range 180-300A 

Ordering Information - SS91019DOQO 

Starter type ML 6 ML 10 ML 12 



V AC 

66-110 BOKO BOKO — 

240 90-150 BOMO BOMO — 

180-300 — — — 

66-110 DOKO DOKO — 

415 90-150 — DOMO — 

180-300 — — DOQO 

8/18 

ML Star Delta Starters

M�1 (SINGLE PHASE) 

M�1 (THREE PHASE) 

DIRECT-ON-LINE STARTER - TYPE M�1 

✦ No need to switch ON the starter in case of power failure,starts the unit automatically when the power gets restorted. 

✦ Reliable protection against overload. 

✦ Dust and vermin proof enclosure. 




Max.Motor rating Approx. Catalogue No.* 

at 240V, 1 phase, 50Hz �ull Load 

Current, In 

HP KW A 

3 2.25 20 SS97227.... 

Max.Motor rating Max. Catalogue No.* 

at 415V, 3 phase, 50Hz operational 

current 

HP KW A 

7.5 5.50 18 SS97210.... 

8/19 

8

8 



Example: M�1 DOL - 240V with relay range 4.5-7.0A 

Ordering Information - SS97227OOTO 

Starter type M�1 



V AC 

240 

415 

8/20 

4.5-7.0 OOTO 

6.5-11.0 OOVO 

10.5-17.5 OOBO 

12.0-20.0 OOCO 

0.15-.25 OODO 

0.25-0.40 OO�O 

0.40-0.65 OOHO 

0.60-1.0 OOKO 

1.50-2.50 OOPO 

2.5-4.0 OORO 

4.0-6.5 OOTO 

6.0-10.0 OOVO 

9.0-15.0 OOBO 

11.0-18.0 OOCO 

M�1 DOL Starters

MK1 

DIRECT-ON-LINE STARTER - TYPE MK1 

✦ Proven starter. 



✦ Visible ON/O�� indication. 



Note: 1) �or Low Voltage. 



at 415V, 3 phase, 50Hz �ull Load Type 

Current, In 

HP KW A 

7.5 5.5 15 MK 1 SS96210.... 

7.5 5.5 15 MK 1 SS96211.... 1) 

8/21 

8

8 

MK1 

8/22 

STAR-DELTA STARTERS - TYPE MK1 



✦ Proven starter. 



✦ Visible ON/O�� indication. 





HP KW A A 

12.5 9.3 18 10.4 MK1 SASD SS96255…. 

15 11 21 12 MK1 SASD SS96258…. 

12.5 9.3 18 10.4 MK1 �ASD SS96254…. 

15 11 21 12 MK1 �ASD SS96257….

SPARES 

SPARE COILS �or Starter Qty per Wt approx. Catalogue No. 


[No.] [Kg] 

MK1 

SPARES 

MK1 

MK1 DOL 

MK1 SASD/�ASD 

Coil Voltages: 

110V 10 — SS90043 

220V 10 — SS90044 

230/250V 10 — SS90045 

320V 10 — SS90166 

360V 10 — SS90165 

400/440V 10 — SS90047 




[No.] [Kg] 

MK1 DOL Single Moving Contact 1 — SS91009OOOO 

MK1 SASD/�ASD 4 sets of Moving Contacts 

�ixed Contacts - Rear 

�ixed Contacts - �ront 

Contact Springs 

Contact Guides 

25 — SS90983OOOO 

Push Button Assembly 1 — SS90004OOOO 

Arch Shield 1 — SS50005OOOO 

Contact Bridge 1 — SS50004OOOO 

Hardware Kit 

(Terminal Screw, Washer, 

Nylon Pin, etc.) 

1 set — ST93392OOOO 

SPARE RELAY �or Starter Contents Qty per Wt approx. Catalogue No. 


[No.] [Kg] 

MK1 

SPARE CONTACTOR 

MK1 

MK1 DOL MK1 Relay (upto 9-14A) 1 0.22 SS90035OOOO 


MK1 Relay (11-18A) 

1 0.22 SS90036OOOO 



[No.] [Kg] 

MK1 DOL 


MK1 Contactor(110V) 1 — SS95200AOOO 

MK1 Contactor(220V) 1 — SS95200KOOO 

MK1 Contactor(230/250V) 1 — SS95200NOOO 

MK1 Contactor(320V) 1 — SS95200ROOO 

MK1 Contactor(360V) 1 — SS95200COOO 

MK1 Contactor(400/440V) 1 — SS95200POOO 

8/23 

8

8 



Example: MK1 DOL - 440V with relay range 1.5-2.5A 

Ordering Information - SS96210POPO 

Starter type MK1 



V AC 

6.0-10.0 NOVO 

230/250 9.0-14.0 NOAO 

4.0-6.5 ROTO 

6.0-10. ROVO 

320 9.0-14.0 ROAO 

11.0-18.0 ROCO 

1.0-1.6 COMO 

1.5-2.5 COPO 

2.5-4.0 CORO 

360 4.0-6.5 COTO 

6.0-10.0 COVO 

9.0-14.0 COAO 

11.0-18.0 COCO 

0.6-1.0 POKO 

1.0-1.6 POMO 

1.5-2.5 POPO 

440 2.5-4.0 PORO 

4.0-6.5 POTO 

6.0-10. POVO 

9.0-14.0 POAO 

8/24 

MK1 DOL Starters 

Starter type MK 1 



V AC 

230/250 

MK1 Star Delta Starters 


Example: MK1 �ASD - 440V with relay range 11-18A 

Ordering Information - SS96254POCO 

6.0-10.0 NOVO 

9.0-14.0 NOAO 

11.0-18.0 NOCO 

4.0-6.5 ROTO 

6.0-10. ROVO 

320 9.0-14.0 ROAO 

11.0-18.0 ROCO 

1.0-1.6 COMO 

1.5-2.5 COPO 

2.5-4.0 CORO 

360 4.0-6.5 COTO 

6.0-10.0 COVO 

9.0-14.0 COAO 

11.0-18.0 COCO 

0.6-1.0 POKO 

1.0-1.6 POMO 

1.5-2.5 POPO 

440 2.5-4.0 PORO 

4.0-6.5 POTO 

6.0-10. POVO 

9.0-14.0 POAO 

11.0-18.0 POCO

Sr.No. 

SELECTION CHART �OR DOL STARTERS 

Motor 240V - 1 Phase 

HP kW In,A 

MN Relays and MN Contactors 

(Type “2” Co-ordination IS13947(Part4/Sec1)/IEC 60947-4-1) 

Motor Rating 415V - 3 Phase 

H.P. kW In,A 

Relay Range 

A 

Contactor 

HRC Back-up 

�use 

Rating,A 

1 0.125 0.09 0.4 0.3 - 0.5 MN9 2 

2 0.16 0.12 0.45 0.3 - 0.5 MN9 2 

3 0.2 0.15 0.57 0.45 - 0.75 MN9 2 

4 0.25 0.19 0.75 0.6 - 1 MN9 4 

5 0.33 0.25 0.9 0.6 - 1 MN9 4 

6 0.5 0.37 1.2 0.9 - 1.5 MN9 6 

7 0.75 0.55 1.6 1.4 - 2.3 MN9 6 

8 0.25 0.18 2 1 0.75 2.1 1.4 - 2.3 MN9 8 

9 0.5 0.4 3.6 1.5 1.1 2.7 2 - 3.3 MN9 10 

10 1.75 1.3 3 2 - 3.3 MN9 10 

11 2 1.5 3.5 3 - 5 MN9 16 

12 2.5 1.8 4.8 4.5 - 7.5 MN9 16 

13 3 2.25 5 4.5 - 7.5 MN9 16 

14 4 3 6.4 4.5 - 7.5 MN9 20 

15 1 0.75 7.5 5 3.7 7.9 6 - 10 MN9 20 

16 5.5 4 8.5 6 - 10 MN9 20 

17 1.25 0.9 8 6 4.5 9 6 - 10 MN12 25 

18 2 1.5 9.5 7.5 5.5 11.2 9 - 15 MN12 32 

19 3 2.25 14 10 7.5 14.8 9 - 15 MN16 32 

20 12.5 9.3 19 14 - 23 MN25 50 

21 15 11 22 14 - 23 MN25 63 

22 17.5 13 24 20 - 33 MN32 63 

23 20 15 29 20 - 33 MN32 63 

24 25 18.6 35 30 - 50 MN45 80 

25 30 22.5 40 30 - 50 MN45 80 

26 35 26 47 30 - 50 MN65 100 

27 40 30 55 45 - 75 MN65 100 

28 45 33.5 60 45 - 75 MN65 100 

29 50 37 66 45 - 75 MN80 125 

30 60 45 80 66 - 110 MN95 160 

31 75 55 100 66 - 110 MN110 160 

32 90 67.5 120 90 - 150 MN140 200 

33 100 75 135 90 - 150 MN140 200 

34 110 80 139 90 - 150 MN185 200 

35 125 90 165 135 - 225 MN185 250 

36 150 110 200 135 - 225 MN225 315 

37 175 130 230 180 - 300 MN265 315 

38 197 147 260 180 - 300 MN265 400 

39 200 150 275 180 - 300 MN325 400 

40 215 160 280 180 - 300 MN325 400 

41 225 168 300 270 - 450 MN325 400 

42 245 180 320 270 - 450 MN325 400 

43 270 200.55 340 270 - 450 MN400 500 

8/25 

8

8 

Sr.No. 

1 0.125 0.09 0.4 0.3 - 0.5 ML0 2 

2 0.15 0.11 0.45 0.3 - 0.5 ML0 2 

3 0.2 0.15 0.57 0.45 - 0.75 ML0 2 

4 0.25 0.19 0.7 0.45 - 0.75 ML0 4 

5 0.33 0.25 0.88 0.6 - 1 ML0 4 

6 0.125 0.11 0.5 0.37 1.2 0.9 - 1.5 ML0 6 

7 0.75 0.55 1.6 1.4 - 2.3 ML0 6 

8 0.25 0.18 2 1 0.75 1.8 1.4 - 2.3 ML0 8 

9 1.25 0.92 2.1 1.4 - 2.3 ML0 8 

10 0.5 0.4 3.6 1.5 1.1 2.6 2 - 3.3 ML0 10 

11 1.75 1.3 3 2 - 3.3 ML0 10 

12 2 1.5 3.5 3 - 5 ML0 16 

13 0.75 0.55 2.5 1.8 4.8 4.5 - 7.5 ML0 16 

14 3 2.2 5 4.5 - 7.5 ML0 16 

15 4 3 6.2 4.5 - 7.5 ML0 20 

16 1 0.75 7.5 5 3.7 7.5 6 - 10 ML0 20 

17 1.25 0.9 8 6 4.5 9 6 - 10 ML0 25 

18 2 1.5 9.5 7.5 5.5 11 9 - 15 ML0 32 

19 3 2.25 14 10 7.5 14 9 - 15 ML1 32 

20 12.5 9.3 18 14 - 23 ML1.5 50 

21 15 11 21 14 - 23 ML1.5 63 

22 17.5 13 24 20 - 33 ML2 63 

23 20 15 28 20 - 33 ML2 63 

24 25 18.6 35 30 - 50 ML3 80 

25 30 22.5 40 30 - 50 ML3 80 

26 35 26 47 30 - 50 ML4 100 

27 40 30 55 45 - 75 ML4 100 

28 45 33.5 60 45 - 75 ML4 125 

29 50 37 66 45 - 75 ML4 125 

30 60 45 80 66 - 110 ML6 160 

31 75 55 100 66 - 110 ML6 160 

32 90 67.5 120 90 - 150 ML10 200 

33 100 75 135 90 - 150 ML10 200 

34 125 90 165 135 - 225 ML10 250 

35 150 110 200 135 - 225 ML10 315 

36 175 130 230 180 - 300 ML12 315 

37 200 150 275 180 - 300 ML12 400 

38 225 168 300 180 - 300 ML12 400 

8/26 


MN Relays and ML Contactors 

(Type “C” Co-ordination IS8544 (Part1)/IEC 292-1, Type “2” Co-ordination IS13947(Part4/Sec1)/IEC 60947-4-1) 


HP kW In,A 


H.P. kW In,A 

Relay Range 

A 

Contactor 

HRC Back-up 

�use 

Rating, A

Sr.No. 


ML Relays and ML Contactors 



HP kW In,A 


H.P. kW In,A 

Relay Range Contactor 

A 

HRC Back-up 

�use 

Rating, A 

1 0.125 0.09 0.4 0.4 - 0.65 ML0 2 

2 0.15 0.11 0.45 0.4 - 0.65 ML0 2 

3 0.2 0.15 0.57 0.4 - 0.65 ML0 2 

4 0.25 0.19 0.7 0.6 - 1 ML0 4 

5 0.33 0.25 0.88 0.6 - 1 ML0 4 

6 0.125 0.11 0.5 0.37 1.2 1 - 1.6 ML0 6 

7 0.75 0.55 1.6 1.5 - 2.5 ML0 6 

8 0.25 0.18 2 1 0.75 1.8 1.5 - 2.5 ML0 6 

9 1.25 0.92 2.1 1.5 - 2.5 ML0 8 

10 0.5 0.4 3.6 1.5 1.1 2.6 2.5 - 4 ML0 10 

11 1.75 1.3 3 2.5 - 4 ML0 10 

12 2 1.5 3.5 2.5 - 4 ML0 10 

13 0.75 0.55 2.5 1.8 4.8 4.5 - 6.5 ML0 16 

14 3 2.2 5 4.5 - 6.5 ML0 16 

15 4 3 6.2 4.5 - 6.5 ML0 16 

16 1 0.75 7.5 5 3.7 7.5 6 - 10 ML0 20 

17 1.25 0.9 8 6 4.5 9 6 - 10 ML0 25 

18 2 1.5 9.5 7.5 5.5 11 10 - 16 ML0 25 

19 3 2.25 14 10 7.5 14 10 - 16 ML1 32 

20 12.5 9.3 18 13 - 21 ML1.5 50 

21 15 11 21 20 - 32 ML1.5 63 

22 17.5 13 24 20 - 32 ML2 63 

23 20 15 28 20 - 32 ML2 63 

24 25 18.6 35 28 - 42 ML3 80 

25 30 22.5 40 28 - 42 ML3 80 

8/27 

8

8 

Sr. 

No. 

1 1 0.75 2.1 1.21 0.9 - 1.5 MN9 MN9 MN9 4 

2 1.5 1.1 2.7 1.6 1.4 - 2.3 MN9 MN9 MN9 6 

3 2 1.5 3.5 2.02 1.4 - 2.3 MN9 MN9 MN9 6 

4 3 2.25 5 2.88 2 - 3.3 MN9 MN9 MN9 8 

5 4 3 6.4 3.7 3 - 5 MN9 MN9 MN9 10 

6 5 3.75 7.9 4.6 3 - 5 MN9 MN9 MN9 16 

7 6 4.5 9 5.2 4.5 - 7.5 MN9 MN9 MN9 16 

8 7.5 5.5 11.2 6.5 4.5 - 7.5 MN9 MN9 MN9 20 

9 10 7.5 14.8 8.54 6 - 10 MN9 MN9 MN9 20 

10 12.5 9.3 19 11 9 - 15 MN9 MN12 MN12 32 

11 15 11 22 12.7 9 - 15 MN12 MN16 MN16 32 

12 20 15 29 16.7 14 - 23 MN12 MN25 MN25 40 

13 25 18.5 35 20.2 14 - 23 MN16 MN25 MN25 50 

14 30 22.5 40 23 20 - 33 MN16 MN25 MN25 63 

15 35 26 47 27 20 - 33 MN25 MN32 MN32 63 

16 40 30 55 31.8 30 - 50 MN25 MN32 MN32 63 

17 45 33.5 60 34.6 30 - 50 MN32 MN45 MN45 80 

18 50 37.5 66 38.2 30 - 50 MN32 MN45 MN45 80 

19 60 45 80 46.2 30 - 50 MN45 MN65 MN65 100 

20 65 48.5 87 50 45 - 75 MN45 MN65 MN65 100 

21 70 52 94 54.2 45 - 75 MN45 MN65 MN65 125 

22 75 55 100 57.5 45 - 75 MN45 MN80 MN80 125 

23 90 67.5 120 69.2 45 - 75 MN80 MN80 MN80 160 

24 100 75 135 77.9 66 - 110 MN80 MN95 MN95 160 

25 125 90 165 95 66 - 110 MN80 MN140 MN140 200 

26 150 110 200 115 90 - 150 MN95 MN140 MN140 250 

27 175 130 230 132.8 90 - 150 MN110 MN185 MN185 250 

28 200 150 275 159 135 - 225 MN140 MN265 MN265 315 

29 240 175 310 178.9 135 - 225 MN140 MN265 MN265 400 

30 250 185 325 187 135 - 225 MN140 MN265 MN265 400 

31 275 204 360 208 135 - 225 MN265 MN265 MN265 400 

32 300 225 385 222 180 - 300 MN265 MN265 MN265 500 

33 400 300 500 288.6 180 - 300 MN265 MN325 MN325 500 

8/28 

SELECTION CHART �OR STAR DELTA STARTERS 

MN Relays and MN Contactors 

(Type “2” Co-ordination, IS13947(Part4/Sec1)/IEC 60947-4-1) 

Motor Current at 415V 

HP kW Line Phase 

Relay Range 

A 

Star 

Contactor 

Line Delta 

HRC Back-up �use 

Rating,A

Sr. 

No. 


MN Relays and ML Contactors 


Motor Rating Current at 415V, A 


Relay Range 

(A) 

1 1 0.75 1.8 1.04 0.9 - 1.5 ML0 ML0 ML0 4 

2 1.5 1.1 2.6 1.5 1.4 - 2.3 ML0 ML0 ML0 6 

3 2 1.5 3.5 2.02 1.4 - 2.3 ML0 ML0 ML0 6 

4 3 2.25 5.0 2.88 2 - 3.3 ML0 ML0 ML0 8 

5 4 3.0 6.2 3.58 3 - 5 ML0 ML0 ML0 10 

6 5 3.75 7.5 4.32 3 - 5 ML0 ML0 ML0 16 

7 6 4.5 9.0 5.2 4.5 - 7.5 ML0 ML0 ML0 16 

8 7.5 5.5 11.0 6.34 4.5 - 7.5 ML0 ML0 ML0 20 

9 10 7.5 14.0 8.08 6 - 10 ML0 ML0 ML0 20 

10 12.5 9.3 18.0 10.4 9 - 15 ML0 ML0 ML0 32 

11 15 11.0 21.0 12.1 9 - 15 ML0 ML1 ML1 32 

12 20 15.0 28.0 16.2 14 - 23 ML1 ML1.5 ML1.5 40 

13 25 18.5 35.0 20.2 14 - 23 ML1 ML1.5 ML1.5 50 

14 30 22.5 40.0 23 20 - 33 ML2 ML2 ML2 63 

15 35 26.0 47.0 27 20 - 33 ML2 ML2 ML2 63 

16 40 30.0 55.0 31.8 30 - 50 ML2 ML3 ML3 63 

17 45 33.5 60.0 34.6 30 - 50 ML2 ML3 ML3 80 

18 50 37.5 66.0 38.2 30 - 50 ML2 ML3 ML3 80 

19 60 45.0 80.0 46.2 30 - 50 ML3 ML4 ML4 100 

20 65 48.5 87.0 50 45 - 75 ML3 ML4 ML4 100 

21 70 52 94 54.5 45 - 75 ML3 ML4 ML4 125 

22 75 55 100 57.5 45 - 75 ML3 ML4 ML4 125 

23 90 67.5 120 69.2 45 - 75 ML4 ML6 ML6 160 

24 100 75 135 77.9 66 - 110 ML4 ML6 ML6 160 

25 125 90 165 95 66 - 110 ML4 ML6 ML6 200 

26 150 110 200 115 90 - 150 ML6 ML10 ML10 250 

27 175 130 230 132.8 90 - 150 ML10 ML10 ML10 250 

28 200 150 275 159 135 - 225 ML10 ML10 ML10 315 

29 240 175 310 178.9 135 - 225 ML10 ML10 ML10 400 

30 250 185 325 187 135 - 225 ML10 ML10 ML10 400 

31 275 204 360 208 135 - 225 ML10 ML12 ML12 400 

32 300 225 385 222 180 - 300 ML12 ML12 ML12 500 

33 400 300 500 288.6 180 - 300 ML12 ML12 ML12 500 

Star 

Contactor 

Line Delta 


Rating,A 

8/29 

8

8 

Sr. 

No. 

1 1 0.75 1.8 1.04 1 - 1.6 ML0 ML0 ML0 4 

2 1.5 1.1 2.6 1.5 1 - 1.6 ML0 ML0 ML0 6 

3 2 1.5 3.5 2.02 1.5 - 2.5 ML0 ML0 ML0 6 

4 3 2.25 5.0 2.88 2.5 - 4 ML0 ML0 ML0 8 

5 4 3.0 6.2 3.58 2.5 - 4 ML0 ML0 ML0 10 

6 5 3.75 7.5 4.32 4 - 6.5 ML0 ML0 ML0 16 

7 6 4.5 9.0 5.2 4 - 6.5 ML0 ML0 ML0 16 

8 7.5 5.5 11.0 6.34 6 - 10 ML0 ML0 ML0 20 

9 10 7.5 14.0 8.08 6 - 10 ML0 ML0 ML0 20 

10 12.5 9.3 18.0 10.4 10 - 16 ML0 ML0 ML0 32 

11 15 11.0 21.0 12.1 10 - 16 ML0 ML1 ML1 32 

12 20 15.0 28.0 16.2 13 - 21 ML1 ML1.5 ML1.5 40 

13 25 18.5 35.0 20.2 13 - 21 ML1 ML1.5 ML1.5 50 

14 30 22.5 40.0 23 20 - 33 ML2 ML2 ML2 63 

15 35 26.0 47.0 27 20 - 32 ML2 ML2 ML2 63 

16 40 30.0 55.0 31.8 28 - 42 ML2 ML3 ML3 63 

17 45 33.5 60.0 34.6 28 - 42 ML2 ML3 ML3 80 

18 50 37.5 66.0 38.2 28 - 42 ML2 ML3 ML3 80 

8/30 


ML Relays and ML Contactors 




Relay Range 

(A) 

Star 

Contactor 

Line Delta 


Rating,A

Sr.No. 


1 0.125 0.09 0.4 - 0.65 4 

2 0.25 0.19 0.6 - 1.0 6 

3 0.125 0.11 0.5 0.37 1.0 - 1.6 6 

4 0.75 0.55 1.5 - 2.5 16 

5 0.25 0.18 1 0.75 1.5 - 2.5 16 

6 1.25 0.92 1.5 - 2.5 16 

7 0.5 0.4 1.5 1.1 2.5 - 4 25 

8 1.75 1.3 2.5 - 4 25 

9 2 1.5 2.5 - 4 25 

10 0.75 0.55 - - 4.5 - 7 25 

11 2.5 1.8 4 - 6.5 25 

12 3 2.2 4 - 6.5 25 

13 4 3 4 - 6.5 25 

14 1 0.75 - - 6.5 - 11 32 

15 5 3.7 6 - 10 32 

16 1.25 0.9 6 4.5 6.5 - 11 32 

17 2 1.5 - - 10.5 - 17.5 32 

18 7.5 5.5 9 - 15 32 

19 7.5 5.5 11 - 18 32 

20 3 2.25 - - 12 - 20 32 

M�1 

Motor Rating 240V - 1 Phase Motor Rating 415V - 3 Phase 

HP kW H.P. kW 

Relay Range 

A 

Cartridge type 

Back-up �use 

Rating, A 

8/31 

8

8 

1 0.05 0.04 0.75 0.15 - 0.25 2 A 

2 0.1 0.075 0.28 0.25 - 0.4 2 A 

3 0.125 0.09 0.4 0.4 - 0.65 2A 

4 0.15 0.11 0.45 0.4 - 0.65 4 A 35 

5 0.2 0.15 0.57 0.4 - 0.65 4 A 35 

6 0.25 0.19 0.70 0.6 - 1.0 6 A 32 

7 0.33 0.25 0.88 0.6 - 1.0 6 A 32 

8 0.5 0.37 1.2 1.0 - 1.6 6 A 32 

9 0.75 0.55 1.6 1.5 - 2.5 15 A 25 

10 1.0 0.75 1.8 1.5 - 2.5 15 A 25 

11 1.25 0.92 2.1 1.5 - 2.5 25 A 23 

12 1.5 1.1 2.6 2.5 - 4.0 25 A 23 

13 1.75 1.3 3.0 2.5 - 4.0 25 A 23 

14 2.0 1.5 3.5 2.5 - 4.0 25 A 23 

15 2.5 1.8 4.8 4.0 - 6.5 25 A 23 

16 3.0 2.2 5.0 4.0 - 6.5 25 A 23 

17 4.0 3.0 6.2 4.0 - 6.5 35 A 21 

18 5.0 3.7 7.5 6 - 10 35 A 21 

19 6.0 4.5 9.0 6 - 10 35 A 21 

20 7.5 5.5 11.0 9 - 14 35 A 21 

21 

* Low Voltage 

7.5* 5.5 11.0 11 - 18 35 A 21 

8/32 


MK1 Relays and MK1 Contactors 

Sr.No. 


Relay Range 

A 

HP kW In,A 

Sr.No. 


MK1 Relays and MK1 Contactors 



Relay Range 

(A) 

Back-up �use Rating 

Diazed SWG 


Rating,A 

1 1 0.75 1.7 1 1 - 1.6 4 

2 1.5 1.1 2.4 1.4 1 - 1.6 6 

3 2 1.5 3.1 1.8 1.5 - 2.5 6 

4 3 2.25 4.4 2.5 2.5 - 4 6 

5 4 3.0 5.7 3.3 2.5 - 4 10 

6 5 3.75 7.1 4.1 4 - 6.5 10 

7 6 4.5 8.4 4.9 4 - 6.5 10 

8 7.5 5.5 10.4 6 6 - 10 15 

9 10 7.5 13.6 7.9 6 - 10 15 

10 12.5 9.3 17.0 9.7 9 - 14 20 

11 15 11.0 19.9 11.5 9 - 14 25 

12 15* 11.0 19.9 11.5 11 - 18 25 

* Low Voltage

MN16, MN25, MN32 DOL 

MN16, MN25, MN32 SASD/�ASD 


MN80, MN110, MN140 �ASD 


473 

450 

MN45, MN65 DOL 

MN45, MN65 �ASD 

400 


141 

127 

8/33 

8

8 


8/34 


ML4, ML6 �ASD 


ML1.5, ML2, ML3 DOL 

ML2, ML3 SASD/�ASD 

ML10, ML12 �ASD



M�1 DOL 

8/35 

8

8 


8/36 


MK1 DOL 

MK1 SASD/�ASD

MN16 DOL 

WIRING DETAILS 



8/37 

8

8 

8/38 

MN16 �ASD 



MN16 SASD 

MN25, MN32 SASD



MN80, MN110, MN140 �ASD 

8/39 

8

8 

8/40 


MA25 �ASD 

MA25 SASD

ML1 DOL 


ML1.5 DOL 

ML1.5 �ASD ML1.5 SASD 

8/41 

8

8 

8/42 

ML2 �ASD 

ML3 �ASD 


ML2 SASD 

ML3 SASD




8/43 

8

8 

8/44 

M�1 DOL (3 PHASE) STARTERS 


M�1 DOL (SINGLE PHASE) STARTERS 

M�1 DOL (3 PHASE) STARTERS 

�OR SINGLE PHASE LOADS

MK1 �ASD 


MK1 DOL 

MK1 SASD 

8/45 

8

9 

Cable Ducts Page 

Product Data - Type A, Type B 9/1,9/2,9/3 




�oot Switches Page 

Product Data and Ordering Information 9/14,9/15 



CONTROL ACCESSORIES 

Limit Switches Page 

Product Data and Ordering Information 9/7-9/12 



Electronic Timers Page 





Electro Mechanical Timing Devices Page 





Modular Remote Control Units Page 

Product Data and Ordering Information 9/27-9/29,9/31 

9/32,9/34-9/36,9/38 

Accessories 9/30,9/33,9/34,9/37,9/38 

Spares 9/31,9/33 



CONTROL ACCESSORIES 

Time Switches Page 





Push Button Pendants Page 

Product Data and Ordering Information 9/39 


9

9 

✦ Manufactured from specially compounded high impact rigid polyvinyl chloride. 

✦ Will not peel, chip or crack. 

✦ Resists oils, salt solutions, fungus. 

✦ Nonflammable, warp-proof, non-brittle. 

✦ High dielectric strength and withstands temperature upto 70 

✦ Tested as per European and North American Standards, Carries CSA_NRTL/C, UL and CE Mark. 

✦ Unique Cover locking design. 

✦ Prevents popping up of wires, while removing cover. 

✦ Elongated slots at the bottom allows flexible mounting. 

✦ Heavy, robust sections. 

Applications : 

✦ �acilities systematic wiring. 

✦ Enhances aesthetics and clarity. 

✦ Permits faster connections, addition and fault tracing of wires. 

(Manufactured by Salzer Controls Limited) 

9/1 

SALIENT �EATURES O� CABLE DUCTS

S.No. Channel with Cover 

Width x Height 

mm 

1 A15 x 15 11 9 7 200 

2 A25 x 15 19 15 12 128 

3 A25 x 25 31 25 20 96 

4 A25 x 30 37 30 23 96 

5A30 x 40 59 48 37 96 

6 A25 x 45 56 45 35 96 

7 A30 x 4567 54 42 64 

8 A45 x 45 100 81 63 36 

9 A60 x 45134 108 84 48 

10 A25 x 60 74 60 47 72 

11 A45 x 60 134 108 84 36 

12 A60 x 60 178 145112 36 

13 A75 x 75 278 226 175 16 

14 A80 x 80 316 257 199 16 

15A100 x 100 495 401 311 8 

16 A120 x 60 356 289 224 8 

Note: * Each Length of 1 Metre 

PRODUCT DATA - TYPE A 

1.5 mm2 

OD 3.18 mm 

16 AWG 

Cable Housing Capacity (Nos) 

2.5mm2 

OD 3.53 mm 

14 AWG 

4 mm2 

OD 4.01mm 

12 AWG 

Standard Pack, 

*Total Length in Metres 

9/2 

9

9 

S.No. Channel with Cover 

Width x Height 

mm 

1 B25 x 30 36 29 23 72 

2 B25 x 40 48 39 31 72 

3 B25 x 60 72 57 45 36 

4 B25 x 80 92 75 59 36 

5B40 x 40 81 65 51 36 

6 B40 x 60 121 98 77 36 

7 B40 x 80 160 130 102 36 

8 B60 x 40 123 99 78 24 

9 B60 x 60 180 146 114 24 

10 B60 x 80 246 199 156 24 

11 B60 x 100 308 247 194 16 

12 B80 x 40 165134 10524 

13 B80 x 60 251 203 159 24 

14 B80 x 80 337 272 214 24 

15B100 x 60 315 256 201 16 

16 B100 x 80 425344 270 16 

17 B100 x 100 531 429 336 16 

18 B150 x 100 807 653 512 8 

Note: * Each Length of 2 Metre 

9/3 

PRODUCT DATA - TYPE B 

1.5 mm2 

OD 3.18 mm 

16 AWG 

Cable Housing Capacity (Nos) 

2.5mm2 

OD 3.53 mm 

14 AWG 

4 mm2 

OD 4.01mm 

12 AWG 

Standard Pack, 

*Total Length in Metres

ORDERING DATA - TYPE A 

Description Catalogue No. 

A 15x15 (HxW) 1M STD SLOT STD GREY CDA1515SG 



A 30x25(HxW) 1M STD SLOT STD GREY CDA3025SG 














A 15COVER STD GREY CDA15SG 


A 30 COVER STD GREY CDA30SG 






Note: Replace last two digits as “SC” for special color (Please Specify Color) 

9/4 

9

9 

9/5 

ORDERING DATA - TYPE B 

Description Cataloge No. 

B 25x30 (WxH) 1M STD SLOT GREENISH GREY CDB2530GG 





















B 25COVER GREENISH GREY CDB25GG 

B 30 COVER GREENISH GREY CDB30GG 






Note: Replace last two digits as “SC” for special color (Please Specify Color)


CABLE DUCTS 

Type ‘A’ Type ‘B’ 

Material High impact, self extinguishing High impact, self extinguishing 

warp-proofing rigid PVC. warp-proofing rigid PVC. 

Other material such as chlorine free Other material such as chlorine free 

PPO is available. PPO is available. 

Color 

Standard Light Grey Dark Grey 

Other Colors Black, Ivory, White, Blue, Green and Pink Black, Ivory, White, Blue, Green and Pink 

Mechanical Properties 

Tensile strength 390 kg/cm2 390 kg/cm2 IZOD impact strength 7 kgcm/cm 7 kg.cm/cm 

Electrical Properties 

Dielectric strength 36 kV/mm 36 kV/mm 

Specific resistance 6.1 x 1014 ohm.cm 6.1 x 1014 ohm.cm 

Thermal Properties 

�lammability UL 94 VO UL 94 VO 

9/6 

9

9 

9/7 

SALIENT �EATURES O� LIMIT SWITCHES 

✦ Movable contact assembly with two coiled springs provides quick-make / quick-break action. 

✦ Absence of zero contact pressure ensures non-teasing action even with an extremely slow operation motion. 

✦ Light weight phosphor bronze contact carrier with silver contacts, assure long life on life load applications. 

✦ Silver contacts, definite wiping action and high contact pressure assure reliability on dry circuit applications. 

✦ Phenolic moulded case provides great physical strength, high arc resisting capacity and semi-dust proofness. 

✦ High degree of versatility as wide variety of operating heads available with individual mounting. 


✦ Textile Machines 

✦ Injection Moulding Machines 

✦ Electrical hoist and cranes 

✦ Machine tools and wherever a mechanical to Electrical transution is required 

(Manufactured by Pneumatic Controls)

PC 100 SERIES 

RANGE AND ORDERING DATA 

SNAP - WITH HORIZONTAL ROLLER ACTUATOR SNAP ACTION 2NO+2NC 101H/2NO+2NC 

SNAP - WITH VERTICAL ROLLER ACTUATOR SNAP ACTION 2NO+2NC 102V/2NO+2NC 

SNAP - WITH STEM ACTUATOR ROLLER SNAP ACTION 2NO+2NC 103L/2NO+2NC 

SNAP - WITH BELLOW ACTUATOR SNAP ACTION 2NO+2NC 104B/2NO+2NC 

PC 200 SERIES 

SNAP BALL ACTUATOR SNAP ACTION 1NO+1NC 201/1NO+1NC 

NORM - WITH ROLLER ACTUATOR NORMAL ACTION 1NO+1NC 201/N/1NO+1NC 

SNAP LEVER ACTUATOR SNAP ACTION 1NO+1NC 202/1NO+1NC 

NORM - WITH ROLLER ACTUATOR NORMAL ACTION 1NO+1NC 202N/1NO+1NC 

SNAP ROLLER LEVER ACTUATOR SNAP ACTION 1NO+1NC 203/1NO+1NC 

NORM - WITH ROLLEVER LEVER ACTUATOR NORMAL ACTION 1NO+1NC 203N/1NO+1NC 

SNAP SLIPPING ROLLER LEVER ACTUATOR SNAP ACTION 1NO+1NC 204/1NO+1NC 

NORM - WITH SLIPPING ROLLER LEVER ACTUATOR NORMAL ACTION 1NO+1NC 204N/1NO+1NC 

SNAP ROTATING ROLLER LEVER ACTUATOR SNAP ACTION 1NO+1NC 205/1NO+1NC 

NORM - WITH ROTATING ROLLER LEVER ACTUATOR NORMAL ACTION 1NO+1NC 205N/1NO+1NC 

SNAP SPRING NEEDLE ACTUATOR SNAP ACTION 1NO+1NC 206/1NO+1NC 

NORM - WITH SPRING NEEDLE ACTUATOR NORMAL ACTION 1NO+1NC 206N/1NO+1NC 

SNAP ANGULAR ROLLER LEVER (RH) ACTUATOR SNAP ACTION 1NO+1NC 207/1NO+1NC 

NORM - ANGULAR ROLLER LEVER (RH) ACTUATOR SNAP ACTION 1NO+1NC 207/2/1NO+1NC 

SNAP ANGULAR ROLLER LEVER (LH) ACTUATOR NORMAL ACTION 1NO+1NC 207/1N/1NO+1NC 

NORM - ANGULAR ROLLER LEVER (LH) ACTUATOR NORMAL ACTION 1NO+1NC 207/2N/1NO+1NC 

SNAP LONG ROLLER LEVER ACTUATOR SNAP ACTION 1NO+1NC 208/1NO+1NC 

NORM - WITH LONG ROLLER LEVER ACTUATOR NORMAL ACTION 1NO+1NC 208N/1NO+1NC 

PC 300 SERIES 

SNAP - WITH HORIZONTAL ROLLER LEVER ACTUATOR SNAP ACTION 1NO+1NC 301H/1NO+1NC 

SNAP - WITH VERTICAL ROLLER LEVER ACTUATOR SNAP ACTION 1NO+1NC 301V/1NO+1NC 

SNAP - WITH PLUNGER ACTUATOR SNAP ACTION 1NO+1NC 302P/1NO+1NC 

SNAP - WITH ANGULAR LEA� ROLLER LEVER ACTUATOR SNAP ACTION 1NO+1NC 303H/1NO+1NC 

PC 400 SERIES 

DOUBLE PLUNGER ACTUATOR DOUBLE ACTION 1NO+1NC 401/1NO+1NC 

PC 500 SERIES 

Description 

Contacts 

Type Configuration 

Catalogue No. 

SNAP SPECIAL MICRO SWITCH SNAP ACTION 1NO+1NC 501/1NO+1NC 

9/8 

9

9 

PC 600 SERIES 

SNAP PUSH ROD OPERATOR SNAP ACTION 1NO+1NC 600/1NO+1NC 

NORM WITH PUSH ROD OPERATOR NORMAL ACTION 1NO+1NC 600N/1NO+1NC 

EXTE STROKE WITH PUSH ROD OPERATOR EXTENDED STROKE 1NO+1NC 600NE/1NO+1NC 

OVERLAP WITH PUSH ROD OPERATOR OVER-LAPPING 1NO+1NC 600NOL/1NO+1NC 

SNAP WITH PUSH ROD AND PROTECTIVE COVER SNAP ACTION 1NO+1NC 600P/1NO+1NC 

NORM WITH PUSH ROD AND PROTECTIVE COVER NORMAL ACTION 1NO+1NC 600NP/1NO+1NC 

EXTE WITH PUSH ROD AND PROTECTIVE COVER EXTENDED STROKE 1NO+1NC 600NEP/1NO+1NC 

OVERLAP WITH PUSH ROD AND PROTECTIVE COVER OVER-LAPPING 1NO+1NC 600NOLP/1NO+1NC 

SNAP WITH PUSH ROD ALUMINIUM HOUSING SNAP ACTION 1NO+1NC 601/1NO+1NC 

NORM WITH PUSH ROD ALUMINIUM HOUSING NORMAL ACTION 1NO+1NC 601N/1NO+1NC 

EXTE WITH PUSH ROD ALUMINIUM HOUSING EXTENDED STROKE 1NO+1NC 601NE/1NO+1NC 

OVERLAP WITH PUSH ROD ALUMINIUM HOUSING OVERLAPPING 1NO+1NC 601NOL/1NO+1NC 

SNAP WITH ROLLER - ALUMINIUM HOUSING SNAP ACTION 1NO+1NC 602/1NO+1NC 

NORM WITH ROLLER - ALUMINIUM HOUSING NORMAL ACTION 1NO+1NC 602N/1NO+1NC 

EXTE WITH ROLLER - ALUMINIUM HOUSING EXTENDED STROKE 1NO+1NC 602NE/1NO+1NC 

OVERLAP WITH ROLLER - ALUMINIUM HOUSING OVER-LAPPING 1NO+1NC 602NOL/1NO+1NC 

SNAP WITH NORMAL ROLLER LEVER AL. HOUSING SNAP ACTION 1NO+1NC 603/1NO+1NC 

NORM WITH NORMAL ROLLER LEVER AL. HOUSING NORMAL ACTION 1NO+1NC 603N/1NO+1NC 

EXTE WITH NORMAL ROLLER LEVER AL. HOUSING EXTENDED STROKE 1NO+1NC 603NE/1NO+1NC 

OVERLAP WITH NORMAL ROLLER LEVER AL. HOUSING OVER-LAPPING 1NO+1NC 603NOL/1NO+1NC 

SNAP WITH NORMAL ROLLER LEVER AL. HOUSING SNAP ACTION 1NO+1NC 604/1NO+1NC 

NORM WITH NORMAL ROLLER LEVER AL. HOUSING NORMAL ACTION 1NO+1NC 604N/1NO+1NC 

EXTE WITH NORMAL ROLLER LEVER AL. HOUSING EXTENDED STROKE 1NO+1NC 604NE/1NO+1NC 

OVERLAP WITH NORMAL ROLLER LEVER AL. HOUSING OVER-LAPPING 1NO+1NC 604NOL/1NO+1NC 

SNAP WITH ROTATING ROLLER LEVER AL. HOUSING SNAP ACTION 1NO+1NC 605/1NO+1NC 

NORM WITH ROTATING ROLLER LEVER AL. HOUSING NORMAL ACTION 1NO+1NC 605N/1NO+1NC 

OVERLAP WITH ROTATING ROLLER LEVER AL. HOUSING OVER-LAPPING 1NO+1NC 605NOL/1NO+1NC 

SNAP WITH SPRING NEEDLE ACTUATOR - AL. HOUSING SNAP ACTION 1NO+1NC 606/1NO+1NC 

NORM WITH SPRING NEEDLE ACTUATOR - AL. HOUSING NORMAL ACTION 1NO+1NC 606N/1NO+1NC 

SNAP WITH ANGULAR ROLLER LEVER - AL. HOUSING SNAP ACTION 1NO+1NC 607/1NO+1NC 

NORM WITH ANGULAR ROLLER LEVER - AL. HOUSING NORMAL ACTION 1NO+1NC 607N/1NO+1NC 

EXTE WITH ANGULAR ROLLER LEVER - AL. HOUSING EXTENDED STROKE 1NO+1NC 607NE/1NO+1NC 

OVERLAP WITH ANGULAR ROLLER LEVER - AL. HOUSING OVER-LAPPING 1NO+1NC 607NOL/1NO+1NC 

SNAP WITH LONG ROLLER LEVER - AL. HOUSING SNAP ACTION 1NO+1NC 608/1NO+1NC 

NORM WITH LONG ROLLER LEVER - AL. HOUSING NORMAL ACTION 1NO+1NC 608N/1NO+1NC 

OVERLAP WITH LONG ROLLER LEVER - AL. HOUSING OVER-LAPPING 1NO+1NC 608NOL/1NO+1NC 

SNAP WITH NORMAL ROL. LEVER - AL. HOUSING SNAP ACTION 1NO+1NC 609/1NO+1NC 

NORM WITH NORMAL ROL. LEVER - AL. HOUSING NORMAL ACTION 1NO+1NC 609N/1NO+1NC 

EXTE WITH NORMAL ROL. LEVER - AL. HOUSING EXTENDED STROKE 1NO+1NC 609NE/1NO+1NC 

OVERLAP WITH NORMAL ROL. LEVER - AL. HOUSING OVER-LAPPING 1NO+1NC 609NOL/1NO+1NC 

9/9 

Description 


Contacts 


Catalogue No.

PC 700 SERIES 

TOP PLUNGER 1NO+1NC 701/1NO+1NC 

TOP PLUNGER WITH ROLLER 1NO+1NC 702/1NO+1NC 

SIDE PLUNGER 1NO+1NC 703/1NO+1NC 

SIDE PLUNGER WITH ROLLER 1NO+1NC 704/1NO+1NC 

ROTARY SHA�T WITH ROLLER LEVER 38mm 1NO+1NC 705/1NO+1NC 

MULTI-DIRECTION WITH NYLON ROD 1NO+1NC 706/1NO+1NC 

ROTARY SHA�T WITH STEEL ROD 1NO+1NC 706/2/1NO+1NC 

ROTARY SHA�T + �ORK LEVER (ROLLER INLINE) 1NO+1NC 707/1/1NO+1NC 

ROTARY SHA�T + STEEL ROD (ROLLER O��SET) 1NO+1NC 708/1NO+1NC 

ROTARY SHA�T + LONG ROLLER LEVER (76mm) 1NO+1NC 709/1NO+1NC 

MAINTAINED ROTARY SHA�T + ROL LVR 38mm 1NO+1NC 705M/1NO+1NC 

MAINTAINED ROTARY SHA�T + STEEL ROD 1NO+1NC 706/2M/1NO+1NC 

MAINTAINED ROTARY SHA�T + �ORK LEVER (INLINE) 1NO+1NC 707/1M/1NO+1NC 

MAINTAINED ROTARY SHA�T + �ORK LEVER (O��SET) 1NO+1NC 707/2M/1NO+1NC 

MAINTAINED ROTARY + LONG ROL LVR (76mm) 1NO+1NC 708M/1NO+1NC 

MAINTAINED ROTARY SHA�T + ADJ. ROL. LVR 1NO+1NC 709M/1NO+1NC 

PC 900 SERIES 

Description 


Contacts 


Catalogue No. 

NORM + PUSH ROD OPERATOR NORMAL ACTION 1NO+2NC 901N/1NO+2NC 

NORM + PUSH ROD OPERATOR NORMAL ACTION 2NO+1NC 902N/2NO+1NC 

OVERLAP + PUSH ROD OPERATOR OVER-LAPPING 1NO+2NC 901NOL/1NO+2NC 

OVERLAP + PUSH ROD OPERATOR OVER-LAPPING 2NO+1NC 902NOL/2NO+1NC 

NORM + PUSH ROD AND PROTECTIVE COVER NORMAL ACTION 1NO+2NC 901NP/1NO+2NC 

NORM + PUSH ROD AND PROTECTIVE COVER NORMAL ACTION 2NO+1NC 902NP/2NO+1NC 

OVERLAP + PUSH ROD AND PROTECTIVE COVER OVER-LAPPING 1NO+2NC 901NOLP/1NO+2NC 

OVERLAP + PUSH ROD AND PROTECTIVE COVER OVER-LAPPING 2NO+1NC 902NOLP/2NO+1NC 

NORM + PUSH ROD AND STD. AL. HOUSING NORMAL ACTION 1NO+2NC 901N-1A/1NO+2NC 

NORM + PUSH ROD AND STD. AL. HOUSING NORMAL ACTION 2NO+1NC 902N-1A/2NO+1NC 

OVERLAP + PUSH ROD AND STD. AL. HOUSING OVER-LAPPING 1NO+2NC 901N-1AOL/1NO+2NC 

OVERLAP + PUSH ROD AND STD. AL. HOUSING OVER-LAPPING 2NO+1NC 902N-1AOL/2NO+1NC 

NORM + NOR. ROL LEVER STD. AL. HOUSING NORMAL ACTION 1NO+2NC 901N-3A/1NO+2NC 

NORM + NOR. ROL LEVER STD. AL. HOUSING NORMAL ACTION 2NO+1NC 902N-3A/2NO+1NC 

OVERLAP + NOR. ROL LEVER STD. AL. HOUSING OVER-LAPPING 1NO+2NC 901N-3AOL/1NO+2NC 

OVERLAP + NOR. ROL LEVER STD. AL. HOUSING OVER-LAPPING 2NO+1NC 902N-3AOL/2NO+1NC 

NORM + ANG. ROLLER LEVER STD. AL. HOUSING NORMAL ACTION 1NO+2NC 901N-7A/1NO+2NC 

NORM + ANG. ROLLER LEVER STD. AL. HOUSING NORMAL ACTION 2NO+1NC 902N-7A/2NO+1NC 

OVERLAP + ANG. ROLLER LEVER STD. AL. HOUSING OVER-LAPPING 1NO+2NC 901N-7AOL/1NO+2NC 

OVERLAP + ANG. ROLLER LEVER STD. AL. HOUSING OVER-LAPPING 2NO+1NC 902N-7AOL/2NO+1NC 

NORM + ROLLER STD. AL. HOUSING NORMAL ACTION 1NO+2NC 901N-10A/1NO+2NC 

NORM + ROLLER STD. AL. HOUSING NORMAL ACTION 2NO+1NC 902N-10A/2NO+1NC 

OVERLAP + ROLLER STD. AL. HOUSING OVER-LAPPING 1NO+2NC 901N-10AOL/1NO+2NC 

OVERLAP + ROLLER STD. AL. HOUSING OVER-LAPPING 2NO+1NC 902N-10AOL/2NO+1NC 

9/10 

9

9 

PC 1000 SERIES 

SNAP WITH 1.2 KG PRESSURE SWITCH SNAP ACTION 1NO+1NC 1000/12/1NO+1NC 





PRECISION SWITCH WITHOUT OPERATOR 1NO+1NC 1500-1A/1NO+1NC 

PRECISION SWITCH WITHOUT OPERATOR 2NO+2NC 1500-2A/2NO+2NC 

TOP PUSH BUTTON OPERATOR 1NO+1NC 1501-1A/1NO+1NC 

TOP PUSH BUTTON OPERATOR 2NO+2NC 1501-2A/2NO+2NC 

SNAP - TOP PUSH ROLLER OPERATOR (HORIZONTAL) 1NO+1NC 1502-1AH/1NO+1NC 

SNAP - TOP PUSH ROLLER OPERATOR (HORIZONTAL) 2NO+2NC 1502-2AH/2NO+2NC 

SNAP - TOP PUSH ROLLER OPERATOR (VERTICAL) 1NO+1NC 1502-1AH/1NO+1NC 

SNAP - TOP PUSH ROLLER OPERATOR (VERTICAL) 2NO+2NC 1502-2AH/2NO+2NC 

SNAP - ROLLER LEVER OPERATOR (RH MOUNTING) 1NO+1NC 1503-1AR/1NO+1NC 

SNAP - ROLLER LEVER OPERATOR (RH MOUNTING) 2NO+2NC 1503-2AR/2NO+2NC 

SNAP - ROLLER LEVER OPERATOR (LH MOUNTING) 1NO+1NC 1503-1AL/1NO+1NC 

SNAP - ROLLER LEVER OPERATOR (LH MOUNTING) 2NO+2NC 1503-2AL/2NO+2NC 

SNAP - 6 INCH LEVER OPERATOR (RH MOUNTING) 1NO+1NC 1504-1AR/1NO+1NC 

SNAP - 6 INCH LEVER OPERATOR (RH MOUNTING) 2NO+2NC 1504-2AR/2NO+2NC 

SNAP - 6 INCH LEVER OPERATOR (LH MOUNTING) 1NO+1NC 1504-1AL/1NO+1NC 

SNAP - 6 INCH LEVER OPERATOR (LH MOUNTING) 2NO+2NC 1504-2AL/2NO+2NC 

9/11 

Description 


Contacts 


Catalogue No.

PC 200 SERIES 

LIMIT SWIT ASSLY (SNAP �OR 200 SERIES) ALL TYPE O� 200 SERIES - SNAP ACTION 200S1 

LIMIT SWIT ASSLY (NORMAL �OR 200 SERIES) ALL TYPE �O 200 SERIES - NORMAL ACTION 200NS1 

ACTUATOR WITH ROLLER 202/202N 200AR 

NORMAL ROLLER LEVER 203/203N 200NLR 

SLIPPING ROLLER LEVER 204/204N 200SLR 

38MM LEVER WITH ROLLER 205/205N 700L1 

ANGULAR ROLLER LEVER 207/1, 207/2,, 207/1N & 207/2N 200ALR 

LONG ROLLER LEVER 208/208N 200LLR 

PC 600 SERIES 

NORMAL ROLLER LEVER 603N/609/609N 600NLR 

SLIPPING ROLLER LEVER 604N/604 600SLR 

38mm LEVER WITH ROLLER 605N/605 700L1 

ANGULAR ROLLER LEVER 607/607N 600ALR 

LONG ROLLER LEVER 608/608N 600LLR 

38mm LEVER �OR 705705 700L1 

76mm LEVER �OR 708 708 700L2 

ADJUSTABLE LEVER �OR 709 709 700LA 

�ORK TYPE LEVER (INLINE) 707/1 700L� 

�ORK TYPE LEVER (O��SET) 707/2 700L�O 

OPERATING HEAD - LEVER TYPE LEVER TYPE 700HTP-B 

OPERATING HEAD - TOP PLUNGER 701 700HTP-R 

OPERATING HEAD - TOP PLUNGER 702 700HTP-B 

OPERATING HEAD - SIDE PLUNGER 703 700HSP-B 

OPERATING HEAD - SIDE PLUNGER 704 700HSP-R 

LIMIT SWITCH ASSLY ALL TYPES 700S1 

OIL TIGHT CONDUIT ENTRY ALL TYPES 700CE 

PC 900 SERIES 


Description Contacts Catalogue No. 

NORMAL ROLLER LEVER 901N-3A/901N-3A OL 

902N-3A/902N-3A OL 

600NLR 

ANGULAR ROLLER LEVER 901N-7A/901N-7A OL 

902N-7A/902N-7A OL 

700ALR 

9/12 

9

9 

9/13 


LIMIT SWITCHES 

Confirms to Standard IEC 947-5-1 / IS 13947-5 

Utilization Category AC 15 and DC 13 Duty 

Thermal Current 5 Amps & 10 Amps 

Insulation Voltage 600 VAC and 250 VDC 

Operating Temperature -20°C to 80°C 

Terminal Capacity 2.5 mm 2 solid or stranded 

Protection Category IP4X, IP43, IP65 and IP67 according to housing design 

Mechanical Life 15 Million Cycles 

Contact Life 10 Million Cycles at 1 Amps rating 

Head Operating �orce 300 Gms to 2 Kgs

SALIENT �EATURES O� �OOT SWITCHES 

✦ Rubber cushions at bottom provide good support on ground while in operation, thus eliminating additional accessories. 

✦ Gasket between case and cover and a friction type seal on the treadle shaft / actuator plunger assure water and oil tight 

performance. 

✦ Provision to accomodate one contact block on 1NO+1NC contact combination in compact foot switch - PC�S1. 

✦ Provision to accomodate two contact blocks facilates adjustment of lever assembly and provides simultaneous or differential 

tripping of the contact blocks in heavy duty foot switch - PC�S2. 

✦ Domestic �oot Switch - PC�S3 provides a small microswitch for press to ON and release to O�� operations. 

✦ Meditwin - PC�S4 provides two pedals attached to a single housing and can be operated individually to control two independent 

contact blocks. 


✦ Open or close either AC or DC pilot circuits. 

✦ Enable machine operating sequences to be controlled by foot for industrial, domestic and medical appliances. 

9/14 

9

9 

9/15 

ORDERING DATA 


1NO+1NC COMPACT TYPE �S-1/ONE 

1NO+1NC (SPDT-SB) DOMSTC TYPE WITH CABLE �S-3/ONE 

1NO+1NC MEDI TWIN �S-4/TWO 

1NO+1NC HEAVY DUTY WITH PLAIN COVER �S-2/H1/ONE 

1NO+1NC HEAVY DUTY WITH PLAIN COVER �S-2/H11/TWO 

1NO+1NC HEAVY DUTY WITH GUARD �S-2/H11G/TWO 

1NO+1NC HEAVY DUTY + GUARD 3 POSI �S-2/H11GZ/TWO 

1NO+1NC HEAVY DUTY WITH SHIELD �S-2/H11S/TWO 

1NO+1NC HEAVY DUTY WITH SHIELD 3 POSI �S-2/H11SZ/TWO 

1NO+1NC HEAVY DUTY WITH PLAIN COVER 3 POSI �S-2/H11Z/TWO 

1NO+1NC HEAVY DUTY WITH GUARD �S-2/H1G/ONE 

1NO+1NC HEAVY DUTY WITH SHIELD �S-2/H1S/ONE 

1NO+1NC HEAVY DUTY WITH PLAIN COVER �S-2/P1/ONE 

1NO+1NC HEAVY DUTY WITH PLAIN COVER �S-2/P11/TWO 

1NO+1NC HEAVY DUTY WITH GUARD �S-2/P11G/TWO 

1NO+1NC HEAVY DUTY WITH GUARD 3 POSI �S-2/P11GZ/TWO 

1NO+1NC HEAVY DUTY WITH SHIELD �S-2/P11S/TWO 

1NO+1NC HEAVY DUTY WITH SHIELD 3 POSI �S-2/P11SZ/TWO 

1NO+1NC HEAVY DUTY WITH PLAIN COVER �S-2/P11Z/TWO 

1NO+1NC HEAVY DUTY WITH GUARD �S-2/P1G/ONE 

1NO+1NC HEAVY DUTY WITH SHIELD �S-2/P1S/ONE 

2NO+2NC HEAVY DUTY WITH PLAIN COVER �S-2/P2/ONE 

2NO+2NC HEAVY DUTY WITH PLAIN COVER �S-2/P22/TWO 

2NO+2NC HEAVY DUTY WITH GUARD �S-2/P22G/TWO 

2NO+2NC HEAVY DUTY WITH GUARD 3 POSI �S-2/P22GZ/TWO 

2NO+2NC HEAVY DUTY WITH SHIELD �S-2/P22S/TWO 

2NO+2NC HEAVY DUTY WITH SHIELD 3 POSI �S-2/P22SZ/TWO 

2NO+2NC HEAVY DUTY WITH PLAIN COVER �S-2/P22Z/TWO 

2NO+2NC HEAVY DUTY WITH GUARD �S-2/P2G/ONE 

2NO+2NC HEAVY DUTY WITH GUARD �S-2/P2S/ONE 

2NO+2NC HEAVY DUTY WITH SWITCH �SR50�L


�OOT SWITCHES 

Type of �oot switch PC�S1 PC�S2 PC�S3 PC�S4 

Type of contact block PC600 PC600 or PC1500 Micro switch PC600 

Utilization category AC 15 AC 15AC 15AC 15 

DC 13 DC 13 DC 13 DC 13 

Thermal Current I th 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A 

Insulation Voltage Ui 500V AC 500V/600V AC 250V AC 500V AC 

Contact Combination 1 NO + 1NC 1 NO + 1 NC or 1 NO + 1NC 1 NO + 1 NC 

SPDT - DB* 2NO + 2NC SPDT - SB** SPDT - DB* 

Terminal Capacity 2.5 sq. mm 2.5 sq. mm 2.5 sq. mm 2.5 sq. mm 

Enclosure Category IP65IP65IP43 IP65 

Mech. & Electrical Life 5 x 10 6 5 x 10 6 5 x 10 6 5 x 10 6 

9/16 

9

9 

9/17 

SALIENT �EATURES O� TIMERS 

✦ Time delay is independent of normal voltage and temperature fluctuations. 

✦ Large transparent knob on a graduated dial enables accurate time setting. 

✦ Black pointer gives clear indication of time set on a calibrated dial while the red one indicates the time left to complete the cycle. 

✦ Longer life of contacts is ensured by output through a relay. 

✦ All contacts are made of hard silver. 

✦ Automatic reset on de-energisation of the clutch coil. 

✦ Micro size synchronous motor is provided with specially made sintered bearings, well lubricated for noiseless operation. 

✦ All parts subjected to constant wear and tear are moulded of Delrin to ensure longer life. 

✦ Base mounting or flush mounting versions. 

✦ The synchronous timer is enclosed in a poly-carbonate enclosure, has compact dimensions and provides protection conforming 

to IP30 of IS:13947. 

(Manufactured by General Industrial Pvt. Ltd.)

✦ Compact DIN rail mountable. 

✦ Wide operating voltage range. 

✦ High setting and repeat accuracy. 

✦ Wide time setting. 

✦ Low power consumption. 

✦ Universal mounting. 

SERIES 175 

SERIES 225 

SERIES 480 

SERIES 780 


ELECTRONIC TIMER TRUE - O�� DELAY 

Description 

Qty per 

packing 

[No.] 

Catalogue No. 

Electronic Timer True - Off Delay - 110V AC 1 21TDT0 

Electronic Timer True - Off Delay - 240V AC 1 22TDT0 

MICON ELECTRONIC TIMERS 

Description 

Qty per 

packing 

[No.] 

Catalogue No. 

Electronic Timer Series 175 - 110V AC 1 110DT4 

Electronic Timer Series 175 - 240V AC 1 120DT4 

Electronic Timer Series 225 - Asymmetrical ON/O�� 1 24ADT0 

Electronic Timer Series 225 - Star-Delta 1 20SDT0 

Electronic Timer Series 225 - Multifunction 1 20MDT0 

Electronic Timer Series 480 - Asymmetrical ON/O�� 1 40A�S0 

Electronic Timer Series 480 - Star-Delta 1 40S�S0 

Electronic Timer Series 480 - Multifunction 1 40M�S0 

Electronic Timer Series 780 - Asymmetrical ON/O�� - 110/240V AC 1 70ADT0 

Electronic Timer Series 780 - Asymmetrical ON/O�� - 240/415V AC 1 74ADT0 

Electronic Timer Series 780 - Star-Delta - 110/240V AC 1 70SDT0 

Electronic Timer Series 780 - Star-Delta - 240/415V AC 1 74SDT0 

Electronic Timer Series 780 - Multifunction - 110/240V AC 1 70MDT0 

Electronic Timer Series 780 - Multifunction - 240/415V AC 1 74MDT0 

9/18 

9

9 

9/19 

ACCESSORIES 

Accessory Type Description Qty per 

packing 

[No.] 

Universal Socket 

Wt approx 

per Timer 

[Kg] 

Catalogue No. 

11 pin Universal Socket for Electronic Timers 1 0.048 ��9601

✦ ON Delay Type, 240V AC 6A (Resistive). 

✦ Base and DIN Rail mounting. 

AUTO-RESET 

SYNCHRONOUS TIMER 

EM 1000 


ELECTRO MECHANICAL TIMING DEVICES 

Description Qty per 

packing 

[No.] 

Wt approx 

per Timer 

[Kg] 

ON Delay Auto Reset Synchronous Timer 1 0.6 B 

Single Range 

ON Delay Auto Reset Synchronous Timer Multi Range 

240V 1 Inst + 1 Del C/O �lush Mounting Standard 8 0.6 B 41�10008 

On Delay 

ON Delay Auto Reset Synchronous Timer Multi Range 1 0.6 B 

in any other configuration other than above 

Catalogue No. 

CATALOGUE NO. SU��IXES �OR AUTO-RESET SYNCHRONOUS TIMER - EM 1000 

AUTO-RESET 

SYNCHRONOUS TIMER 

EM 2000 

Description Qty per 

packing 

[No.] 

Wt approx 

per Timer 

[Kg] 

Catalogue No. 

ON Delay Auto Reset Synchronous Timer 1 0.3 C B1 

CATALOGUE NO. SU��IXES �OR AUTO-RESET SYNCHRONOUS TIMER - EM 2000 

9/20 

9

9 

9/21 



✦ Precision time counter with a white digit register which indicates the whole hour and a red digit register which indicates hundredth and tenth 

of an hour. 

✦ �ully insulated plastic enclosure with IP 54 protection. 

✦ �lush Mounting (in 45x45mm cutout) with metallic bracket/base. 

✦ Compact construction. 

HM 700 

HM 48 

HOUR METERS Description Qty per 

packing 

[No.] 

Wt approx 

per Timer 

[Kg] 

Catalogue No. 

HM 700 Synchronous for 240V or 110V AC Control Supply 1 0.085E5S 1 

HM 700 Synchronous for 24V AC Control Supply 1 0.085E51S 1 

HM 700 Synchronous for 415V AC Control Supply 1 0.085 E55S 1 

HM 700 Quartz for 12-36V DC Control Supply 1 0.085 E61Q 1 

HM 700 Quartz for 6-12V or 36-80V DC Control Supply 1 0.085E6 Q 1 

HM 700 Quartz for 110V DC Control Supply 1 0.085 E63Q 1 

HM 700 Quartz for 220V DC Control Supply 1 0.085 E64Q 1 

HM 48 Synchronous for AC Control Supply 1 0.070 K5 S 1 

Description 

ACCESSORIES 

Qty per 

packing 

[No.] 

CATALOGUE NO. SU��IXES �OR HOUR METERS 

Wt approx 

per Timer 

[Kg] 

Catalogue No. 

�or HM 700 Mounting frame size 55x55mm 1 - E�1900 

Mounting frame size 72x72mm 1 - E�1901 

Vibration proof buffer with mounting 1 - E�9000 

Base mounting bracket 1 - E�2002

✦ 1 set of changeover, 240V AC, 16A (Resistive). 

✦ Enclosure IP 55 with gland plate and locking arrangement. 

✦ Modular construction. 

✦ Power reserve upto 150 hrs. 

✦ Inbuilt over-ride facility. 

✦ High switching capacity. 

✦ Analog and Digital versions. 

✦ Tamper proof sealing. 


UNIVERSAL TIME SWITCHES Description Catalogue No. 

�M/1 QT, QW 

�M/1 digi20 

�M/1 WE 

TIME SWITCHES - TYPE �M/1 

One daily dial, 240V AC - QT J648�1 J648B1 

One weekly dial, 240V AC - QW J848�1 J848B1 

One daily dial 110V AC - QT J638�1 J638B1 

One weekly dial 110V AC - QW J838�1 J838B1 

Digital 240V AC D847�1 D847B1 

Digital 110V AC D837�1 D837B1 

ACCESSORIES 

�lush Mounting Base/DIN Rail Mounting 


Enclosure for Time Switch A648B1WE 

9/22 

9

9 

9/23 


ELECTRONIC TIMERS 

Type True - Off Delay Series 175 

Range 0.3 min. - 3 min. 3 sec. - 30 hrs. 

Operating Voltage Range 110V AC / 240V AC 110V AC / 240V AC 

Contact Output 1 C/o. - AgCdO 1 C/o. - AgCdO 

Contact Rating 10A, 240V AC / 28V DC 5A, 240V AC / 28V DC 

Indication Power ON LED LED for power ON and relay status 

Mounting Base / DIN rail Base / DIN rail 

MICON ELECTRONIC TIMERS SERIES - 225, 480 & 780 

Type Asymmetrical ON/O�� Star-Delta Multifunction 

Range 0.1 sec. - 10 hrs. 0.3 sec. - 120 sec. 0.1 sec. - 10 hrs. 

Pause Time –– 60, 90, 120, 150 msec. –– 

Operating Voltage Range 

for series 225 and 480 24V - 240V AC/DC 110 & 240V AC 24V - 240V AC/DC 

for series 780 110/240V AC, 240/415V AC 110/240V AC, 240/415V AC 110/240V AC, 240/415V AC 

Contact Output 

for series 2251 C/o - AgCdO 1 NO (λ) + 1NO (∆) - AgCdO 1 C/o - AgCdO 

for series 480 2 C/o - AgCdO 1 NO (λ) + 1NO (∆) - AgCdO 2 C/o - AgCdO 

for series 780 1 Inst + 1 Dly - AgCdO 1 NO (λ) + 1NO (∆) - AgCdO 1 Inst + 1 Dly - AgCdO 

Contact Rating 

for series 225 and 480 5A, 240V AC / 28V DC 5A, 240V AC / 28V DC 5A, 240V AC / 28V DC 

for series 780 10A, 240V AC / 28V DC 10A, 240V AC / 28V DC 10A, 240V AC / 28V DC 

Indication LED for power ON and LED for star & delta LED for power ON 

relay status indication relay status 

Mounting 

for series 225 and 780 Base / DIN rail Base / DIN rail Base / DIN rail 

for series 480 - Base / DIN rail with 11 pin Base / DIN rail with 11 pin Base / DIN rail with 11 pin 

Universal socket Universal socket Universal socket 

- �lush Mounting with �lush Mounting with �lush Mounting with 

Solderable Socket Solderable Socket Solderable Socket


AUTO-RESET SYNCHRONOUS TIMER 

Type EM 1000 EM 2000 

Type of delay ON DELAY ON DELAY 

Voltage range -20% - +10% 80% - 110% of nominal 

�requency range 95% - 105% 95% - 105% 

Maximum frequency of operations per hour 3000 1000 

Pointer reset time 250 m sec at max. setting Less than 4% of set time 

Ambient service temperature -5°C to +45°C -5°C to +45°C 

Protection Enclosure - IP 30 - IS:13947 Enclosure - IP 30 - IS:13947 

VA Rating - AC Loads 

Cos ∅ 0.7 - 1.0 24V 150 120 

48V 250 240 

110V 500 500 

240V 500 500 

Cos ∅ 0.4 - 0.7 24V 50 40 

48V 80 75 

110V 150 150 

240V 200 200 

VA Rating - DC Loads 

Non-inductive 24V 100 85 

48V 100 85 

110V 80 65 

220V 80 65 

Inductive 24V 30 24 

48V 50 40 

110V 40 30 

220V 40 30 

9/24 

9

9 

Type 

9/25 


HOUR METERS 

HM 48 

Voltage Range 80% - 110% 80% - 110% 80% - 110% 

Drive Synchronous Motor Synchronous Motor Stepper Motor 

(Controlled by quartz crystal) 

Consumption 1 VA 5 VA 2 W 

Register 7 digit (2 decimal) 7 digit (2 decimal) 7 digit (1 decimal) 

Read out 999999.99 99,999.99 999999.9 

Least count 1/100 hrs. 1/100 hrs. 1/10 hrs. 

Accuracy Directly proportional to Directly proportional to +/-1.0 sec./24 Hrs. at 25°C 

supply frequency supply frequency 

HM700 

AC Model Synchronous DC Model Quartz 

Vibration 10 to 2000 Hz with 0.5 g 10 to 50 Hz, amplitude 0.35mm 10 to 50 Hz, amplitude 0.35mm 

Shocks - 50 blows at acceleration 7 g for 50 blows at acceleration 7 g for 

vibration proof buffer mounting vibration proof buffer mounting 

Protection IP 20 IP 54 as per IS 13947, IP 54 as per IS 13947, 

double insulation double insulation 

Ambient Service Temperature 20°C to +55°C -5°C to +45°C -5°C to +45°C


TIME SWITCHES - TYPE �M/1 

Type �M/1 Quartz �M/1 Digi 

Operating Voltage 240V AC 240V AC 

Supply �requency 45 - 65 Hz 45 - 65 Hz 

Power consumption 2 VA 4.4 VA 

Ambient Service Temperature -20°C to +55°C -10°C to +55°C 

Clock accuracy ±2.5 Sec./day at 20°C ±2.5 Sec./day at 20°C 

Switching contact 1 C/o contact - AgCdO 1 C/o contact - AgCdO 

Charging period 70 hrs. 140 hrs. 

Shortest Switching Time: 

- Daily 15 min. 1 min. 

- Weekly 2 hrs. 1 min. 

Memory locations –– 20 

Contact rating : 

- Resistive 16A / 250V AC 16A / 250V AC 

- Inductive (cosØ=0.6) 8A / 250V AC 8A / 250V AC 

- Incandescent Lamp 1350 W 1000 W 

Manual Over-ride Provided Provided 

Mounting �lush, Base / DIN rail �lush, Base / DIN rail 

9/26 

9

9 

✦ Elegant and light weight. 

✦ Measuring high standards of reliability. 

9/27 


✦ Components are made of superior grade of engineering plastics which enhances mechanical life. 

✦ Specially devised mounting arrangement reduces mounting time. 

✦ Modular blocks are snap fit and allow various contact combinations. 

(Manufactured by ESBEE Industrial Company) 

MODULAR REMOTE CONTROL UNITS


Actuator Type Description Catalogue No.* 

* �or colour code suffix refer page 9/31 

PUSH BUTTON ACTUATORS ∅ 22.5 mm 

�lush Head (Non Illuminated) HD15C 

�lush Head (Illuminated) HD16C 

Projecting Head ‘Push �unction’ (Non Illuminated) HD45C 

Projecting Head ‘Push �unction’ (Illuminated) HD46C 

Projecting Head ‘Push-Push �unction’ (Non Illuminated) H�45C 

Projecting Head ‘Push-Push �unction’ (Illuminated) H�46C 

Mushroom Head ‘Push �unction’ (Non Illuminated) HD55C 

Mushroom Head ‘Push Turn’ (Non Illuminated) HH55C 

Mushroom Head with Lock & Key (Non Illuminated) HQ55C 

Mushroom Head ‘Push Pull’ (Non Illuminated) HG55B 

Twin Touch (Non Illuminated) HD15GO 

Twin Touch with Pilot Lamp (Illuminated) HD16G 

Tip Head (Non Illuminated) HP95C 

Lock & Key (Push Turn) HH85C3 

9/28 

9

9 

9/29 


SELECTOR ACTUATORS 

Actuator Type Description Catalogue No.* 

* �or position and colour code of selector actuator suffix refer page 9/32 

Symmetric Head (Non Illuminated) H 65C 

Symmetric Head (Illuminated) H 66C 

Lever Head (Non Illuminated) H 75C 

Lock & Key Rotary Type (Non Illuminated) H 85C3 

POSITIONS O� SELECTOR ACTUATORS 

2 POSITION 3 POSITION 

Non Spring Return Spring Return Non Spring Return Spring Return 

Spring Return 

�rom L.H. 

Spring Return 

�rom R.H.

�or Selector Actuator 

ACCESSORIES 

SHROUD Colour Catalogue No. 

Red HH152002 

Green HH153003 

Black HH154004 

Yellow HH155005 

Colourless HH150100 

BLANKING PLUGS Colour Catalogue No. 

�or Push Button Actuator 

Grey HH180002 


Chrome Plated ‘ABS’ HH196010 

COLLAR Colour Catalogue No. 

�or �lush/Projecting Head 

Push Button 

Black HB192000 

Chrome Plated ‘ABS’ HB196000 

Chrome Plated ‘Brass’ HB326000 

ADAPTOR RING Colour Catalogue No. 

�or 30 to 22mm in Panel cutout 

conversion 

Grey HH180000 


Chrome Plated ‘ABS’ HH196006 

CENTER INDICATION STRIP Colour Catalogue No. 

�or Twin Touch Push Button 

Black HB10258 

Yellow HB105163 

Orange HB108169 

Colourless HB100161 

9/30 

9

9 

9/31 

LENS CAP Colour 

SPARES 

Catalogue No. 

Non Illuminated Illuminated 

Red HB103002 HB103103 

Green HB104000 HB104101 

Black HB102006 Not Available 

Yellow HB105008 HB105109 

White / Opal HB101004 HB101105 

Blue HB107010 HB107111 

Orange HB108012 HB108113 

Colourless Not Available HB100107 

Catalogue No. Suffixes 

PUSH BUTTON ACTUATORS 


Example: a) With Black ABS Collar Catalogue No. is HD15C1 

b) With Chrome Plated ABS Collar (replace ‘C’ by ‘A’) Catalogue No. is HD15A1 

c) With Chrome Plated Brass Collar (replace ‘C’ by ‘B’) Catalogue No. is HD15B1 

�or �lush Head Non-Illuminated Red Actuator Catalogue No. is HD15C1 

Colour Code Suffix 

Colour Code 

�lush/Projecting Head 

Mushroom Head 

Illuminated Non-Illuminated 

Non-Illuminated 

Twin Touch with centre 

Indication 

Illuminated 

Red 1 1 1 - 1 

Green 2 2 2 - 2 

Black - 3 3 - 3 

Yellow 4 4 4 4 - 

White / Opal 55- - 5 

Blue 6 6 - - - 

Orange 7 7 - 7 - 

Colourless 8 - - 8 - 

SELECTOR ACTUATORS 


�or Symmetric Head (Non-Illuminated) Last Digit only three colours available : Red-1, Black-3 & White/Opal-5 

�or Symmetric Head (Illuminated) Last Digit only four colours available : Red-1, Green-2, White/Opal-5 & Colourless-8 

�or Lever Head (Non-Illuminated) Last Digit only two colours available : Black-3 & White/Opal-5 

Second Digit of 

Position of Selector Actuator 

Position of Selector Actuator 

Catalogue No. 

Tip Head 

Non-Illuminated 

Second Digit of 

Catalogue No. 

2 Position Spring Return I 3 Position Non Spring Return L 

3 Position Spring Return J 3 Position Spring Return from L.H. Side M 

2 Position Non Spring Return K 3 Position Spring Return from R.H. Side N


INDICATORS ∅ 22.5 mm 

MODULAR INDICATORS Description Catalogue No.* 

* �or colour code suffix refer page 9/33 

LED INDICATORS 

(LOW VOLTAGE - 

GLOW PROTECTION) 

Ribbed Lens (With Trim Collar) HB07E 

Ribbed Lens (Without Trim Collar) HB07� 

INTEGRAL INDICATORS Description Catalogue No.* 

* �or supply voltage and colour code suffix refer page 9/33 


Colour 

240V 

AC 

110V 

Catalogue No. 

48V 

AC/DC 

24V 12V 

Red HS03�1X1 HS03�1W1 HS03�1V1 HS03�1U1 HS03�1T1 

Green HS03�2X1 HS03�2W1 HS03�2V1 HS03�2U1 HS03�2T1 

Yellow HS03�4X1 HS03�4W1 HS03�4V1 HS03�4U1 HS03�4T1 

Blue HS03�6X1 HS03�6W1 HS03�6V1 HS03�6U1 HS03�6T1 

Orange HS03�7X1 HS03�7W1 HS03�7V1 HS03�7U1 HS03�7T1 

Colour 

Note : 110V/220Vdc LED Indicators available on request. 

Ribbed Lens (With Trim Collar) HS03E 

Ribbed Lens (Without Trim Collar) HS03� 

Ribbed Lens (With Trim Collar) - 240V HV03E X 

Ribbed Lens (Without Trim Collar) - 240V HV03� X 

Catalogue No. 

AC 

240V 110V 

Red HW03�1X1 HW03�1W1 

Green HW03�2X1 HW03�2W1 

Yellow HW03�4X1 HW03�4W1 

Blue HW03�6X1 HW03�6W1 

Orange HW03�7X1 HW03�7W1 

9/32 

9

9 

BA 9S type 

9/33 

ACCESSORIES 

�ILAMENT LAMPS Description Catalogue No. 

6V AC/DC HC550001 

12V AC/DC HC550002 

24V AC/DC HC550003 

48V AC/DC HC550004 

130V AC/DC HC550005 

�IXING DEVICE Description Catalogue No. 

–– HH192000 

LAMP EXTRACTOR Description Catalogue No. 

RIBBED LENS Colour 

SPARES 

–– HH157000 

Catalogue No. 

With Trim Collar Without Trim Collar 

Red HE903108 HE103108 

Green HE904109 HE104109 

Yellow HE905110 HE105110 

Opal HE901111 HE101111 

Blue HE907112 HE107112 

Orange HE908113 HE108113 

Colourless HE900101 HE100101 

Catalogue No. Suffixes 

Colour Code 6th Digit of Catalogue No. Suffix used Supply Voltage for Indicator 7th Digit of Catalogue No. Suffix used 

Red 1 6V AC S 

Green 2 12V AC T 

Yellow 4 24V AC U 

White/Opal 548V AC V 

Blue 6 110V AC W 

Orange 7 

Colourless 8


MODULAR CONTACT BLOCK Description Catalogue No. 

MODULAR BLOCKS 

(Bulb holders with series resistor) 


(Bulb holders with inbuilt 

Resistor & Diode) 


(Bulb holders without Resistor/Diode) 

MODULAR CONTACT BLOCK 

‘NO’ Blocks HC61A2 

‘NC’ Blocks HC61B2 


6V,2W AC/DC HC61S1 

12V,2W AC/DC HC61T1 

24V,2W AC/DC HC61U1 

48V,2W AC/DC HC61V1 

130V,20mA AC/DC HC61W1 


130V,20mA AC/DC - 240V AC Supply HC61X1 


6-110V AC/DC Supply HC61R1 

ACCESSORIES 

CLIPS Description Catalogue No. 

�irst Row Clip (�or Mounting) HC922002 

Second Row Clip (�or Vertical Cascading) HC122030 

Side Row Clip (�or Horizontal Cascading) HC929002 

TRANS�ORMER BLOCK Description Catalogue No. 

110V, 6V, 1VA HC51W1 

240V, 6V, 1VA HC51X1 

110V, 12V, 1VA HC52W1 

240V, 12V, 1VA HC52X1 

DUMMY BLOCK Description Catalogue No. 

To be used with Transformer Block 

Dummy Block HC71C2 

9/34 

9

9 

9/35 


PUSH BUTTON STATIONS 

Station Type Description Catalogue No. 

�lush Head Actuator - Red, with legend - STOP, Contact - 1 ‘NC’ JAA10000 

�lush Head Actuator - Green, with legend - START, Contact - 1 ‘NO’ JAB20000 

Illuminated Actuator - Red, with legend - O��, Contact - 1 ‘NC’ JAC50000 

Bulb Holder with Bulb 240V AC 

Illuminated Actuator - Green, with legend - ON, Contact - 1 ‘NO’ JAD60000 

Bulb Holder with Bulb 240V AC 

Two Position Symmetric Head Selector Switch - Black, with legend - O�� / ON, JAH20000 

Contact - 1 ‘NO’ 

Two Position Lock and Key Rotary Switch, with legend - O�� / ON, JAI20000 

Contact - 1 ‘NO’ 

Mushroom Head Actuator ‘Push �unction’ on Yellow Cover, with legend - STOP, JAE10000 

Contact - 1 ‘NC’ for Emergency Stop 

Mushroom Head Actuator ‘Push Turn Type’ on Yellow Cover, JA�10000 

with legend - STOP, Contact - 1 ‘NC’ for Emergency Stop


PUSH BUTTON STATIONS 

Station Type Description Catalogue No. 

Mushroom Head Actuator ‘Push Pull Type’ on Yellow Cover, JAJ10000 

with legend - STOP, Contact - 1 ‘NC’ for Emergency Stop 

Mushroom Head Actuator with Lock and Key on Yellow Cover, JAG10000 

with legend - STOP, Contact - 1 ‘NC’ for Emergency Stop 

�lush Head Actuator - Green, with legend - START, Contact - 1 ‘NO’ 

(Station One) 

�lush Head Actuator - Red, with legend - STOP, Contact - 1 ‘NC’ 

(Station Two) 

Pilot Light 240V AC, Colourless Lens 

(Station One) 

�lush Head Actuator - Green, with Legend - START, Contact - 1 ‘NO’ 

(Station Two) 

�lush Head Actuator - Red, with Legend - STOP, Contact - 1 ‘NC’ 

(Station Three) 

�lush Head Actuator - Green, with Legend - �ORWARD, Contact - 1 ‘NO’ 

(Station One) 

JBB2A100 

JCZ4B2A1 

JBB2�100 

�lush Head Actuator - Red, with Legend - STOP, Contact - 1 ‘NC’ JDB2A1B2 

(Station Two) 

�lush Head Actuator - Green, with Legend - REVERSE, Contact - 1 ‘NO’ 


�lush Head Actuator - Green, with Legend - UP, Contact - 1 ‘NO’ 

(Station One) 

�lush Head Actuator - Red, with Legend - STOP, Contact - 1 ‘NC’ JEB2A1B2 

(Station Two) 

�lush Head Actuator - Green, with Legend - DOWN, Contact - 1 ‘NO’ 


9/36 

9

9 

9/37 

GENERAL PURPOSE 

ENCLOSURES 

PUSH BUTTON STATION 

ENCLOSURES 

METAL PLATES Description 

Small 

Large 

Square 

ACCESSORIES 


All Grey without hole H�999000 

All Grey & 1 hole of Ø22.5H�999001 

All Grey & 2 holes of Ø22.5H�999002 

Translucent Red cover without hole and grey base H�993100 


All Grey single hole H�999004 



Single hole yellow cover & grey base H�995001 

CONTACT BLOCK Description Catalogue No. 

�or Push Button Stations 

�or Bulb Holder with Bulb 240V 

AC+Contact Block 

Catalogue No. 

Small Large Square 

O��-ON HH242001 HH242016 HH242031 

�ORW. - O��-REV. HH242002 HH242017 HH242032 

HAND - O�� - AUTO HH242003 HH242018 HH242033 

STOP - START HH242004 HH242019 HH242034 

�AST - O�� - SLOW HH242005HH242020 HH242035 

O - I HH242006 HH242021 HH242036 

I - O - II HH242007 HH242022 HH242037 

‘NO’ Contact Block HC22A2 

‘NC’ Contact Block HC22B2 

1NO + 1NC Contact Block HC22C2 

‘NO’ Contact Block HC22N1 

‘NC’ Contact Block HC22O1 

2‘NO’ Contact Block HC22D2 

2‘NC’ Contact Block HC22E2


PUSH BUTTON ACTUATORS ∅ 30 mm - TYPE TK3 

Actuator Type Description Catalogue No. 

Shrouded Push Button Actuator - Black colour SS91519OAOO 

Shrouded Push Button Actuator - Red colour SS91519OBOO 

Shrouded Push Button Actuator - Green colour SS91519OCOO 

Shrouded Push Button Actuator - Yellow colour SS91519ODOO 

Shrouded Push Button Actuator - Blue colour SS91519OEOO 

Shrouded Push Button Actuator - Grey colour SS91519O�OO 

Selector Actuator - Two-position switch SS91516OAOO 

Selector Actuator - Three-position switch SS91517OAOO 

Mushroom Push Button Actuator - Black colour SS91518OAOO 

Mushroom Push Button Actuator - Red colour SS91518OBOO 

Mushroom Push Button Actuator - Green colour SS91518OCOO 

Unshrouded Push Button Actuator - Black colour SS91520OAOO 

Unshrouded Push Button Actuator - Red colour SS91520OBOO 

Unshrouded Push Button Actuator - Green colour SS91520OCOO 

Unshrouded Push Button Actuator - Yellow colour SS91520ODOO 

Unshrouded Push Button Actuator - Blue colour SS91520OEOO 

Unshrouded Push Button Actuator - Grey colour SS91520O�OO 

Key Actuator - Lockable “OUT” and “IN” positions SS91521OOOO 

Key Actuator - Lockable “OUT” position SS91522OOOO 

ACCESSORIES 

Accessory Type Description Catalogue No. 

Rubber Cap With fixing ring in red, green and black colours SS91540OOOO 

Latching Device �or unshrouded push buttons SS91539OOOO 

Start SS00597OOOO 

Stop SS00598OOOO 

�orward SS00599OOOO 

Reverse SS00600OOOO 

�ast SS00601OOOO 

Legend Plate Slow SS00602OOOO 

ON SS00603OOOO 

O�� SS00604OOOO 

Raise SS00605OOOO 

Lower SS00606OOOO 

Blank plate with single line space SS00596OOOO 

Blank plate with double line space SS00607OOOO 

9/38 

9

9 

9/39 


PUSH BUTTON PENDANTS 

✦ Ideally suited for control of cranes, hoists, trolleys and machine tools. 

✦ Interchangeability of two push button units to four or six units on site. 

✦ Buttons are completely shrouded and cannot be operated accidentally. 

✦ Enclosure of pendant, is oil and acid resistant, impact proof and insulated. 

Type Description 

Wt approx 

per Pendant 

[Kg] 

Catalogue No. 

2 Unit Push Buttons Pendant 0.30 SS90502OOOO 

4 Unit Push Buttons Pendant 0.55 SS90504OOOO 

6 Unit Push Buttons Pendant 0.80 SS90506OOOO


ACTUATOR, INDICATORS, MODULAR & �RONT CONNECTION BLOCKS 

9/40 

9

9 

9/41 


Rated Voltage 12 V Ac /Dc, 24 V Ac / Dc, 48 V Ac / Dc 

110 V Ac, 240 V Ac —— 50/60 Hz. (110 Dc / 220V Dc) 

Operating Voltage -20% To +10% Of Rated Voltage 

Power Consumption 9VA Max. 

Insulation Resistance 100 M W At 500 V Dc 

Dielectric Strength 1.5 Kv Ac 

Operating Temp. -10°C To 55°C 

Storage Temp. -25°C To 70°C 

Indicator Colours Red, Green, Yellow, Blue, Orange, White. 

Panel Cut-out Required � 22.5 Mm 

Overall Dimension � 29 X 70 Mm (Approximately) 

Weight 25 Grms. 


Ingress Protection Ip 30 - (�or Terminals) 

Ip 65 - (Top Surface Of Indicators) 

Life 1,00,000 (Burning Hrs.)


PUSH BUTTON STATIONS & GENERAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURES 

9/42 

9

9 


9/43 

STANDARD SLOT 


CABLE DUCTS 

THIN SLOT BOTTOM MOUNTING SLOTS �OR ALL SIZES 

TYPE A 

BOTTOM SLOTS �OR B25 

BOTTOM SLOTS �OR B40 AND B60 BOTTOM SLOTS �OR B150 

TYPE B 

BOTTOM SLOTS �OR B80

101H 102V 103LS 104B 

301H 301V 302P 303 




100 SERIES 

300 SERIES 

9/44 

9

9 


9/45 


LIMIT SWITCHES

2NO+2NC 




TOP PUSH BUTTON 

OPERATOR 


TOP PUSH ROLLER 

OPERATOR (HOR) 

ROLLER LEVER OPERATOR 

9 INCH LEVER OPERATOR 

9/46 

9

9 

9/47 

PC�S-1 

COMPACT TYPE 


PC�S-2 

HEAVY DUTY GUARD 


�OOT SWITCHES 

PC�S-3 

DOMESTIC TYPE 

PC�S-4 

MEDI TWIN 

PC�S-2 

HEAVY DUTY SHIELD


ELECTRONIC TIMERS 

TRUE O�� DELAY - BASE / DIN MOUNTING 

MICON SERIES 175 - BASE / DIN MOUNTING MICON SERIES 225 - BASE / DIN MOUNTING 

MICON SERIES 480 - �LUSH MOUNTING MICON SERIES 780 - BASE / DIN MOUNTING 


9/48 

9

9 


9/49 



Note: Panel Cutout 91mm Diameter 

EM 1000 - �lush Mounting 

EM 1000 - Base Mounting 

EM 2000


PANEL (�LUSH) MOUNTING 

BASE (WALL) MOUNTING 

BASE/DIN MOUNTING 


Panel cut-out 

Mounting holes plan 

HOUR METERS 

HM 48 

HM 700 

TIME SWITCHES 

MOUNTING �RAMES 

55 x 55 or 72 x 72 mm. 

VIBRATION PROO� MOUNTING 

�LUSH MOUNTING 

Panel cut-out 

Panel Cut-out 

9/50 

9

9 


9/51 


PUSH BUTTON ACTUATORS ∅ 22.5 mm 

�lush Head Projecting Head ‘Push �unction’ Projecting Head ‘Push-Push �unction’ Mushroom Head ‘Push �unction’ 

Mushroom Head ‘Push Turn’ Mushroom Head with Lock & Key Mushroom Head ‘Push Pull’ Twin Touch 

Twin Touch with Pilot Lamp Tip Head Lock & Key 

SELECTOR ACTUATORS ∅ 22.5 mm 

Symmetric Head Lever Head Lock & Key Rotary Type



INDICATORS 

Modular Indicators Integral Indicators Integral Indicators (240V) 

9/52 

9

9 

9/53 

Description L P 



PUSH BUTTON ACTUATORS ∅ 30 mm - TYPE TK3 

Key Actuator 49 34.5 (w/o key) 

Unshrouded Actuator 3520.5 

Shrouded Actuator 28 13.5 

Mushroom Actuator 33.519 

Selector Actuator 49 29.5 

DRILLING PLAN

Description A 

2 Unit Push Buttons Pendant 159 





PUSH BUTTON PENDANTS 

9/54 

9

11 

11/1 

INTRODUCTION : MOTOR PROTECTION CIRCUIT BREAKER 

L & T, India’s largest manufacturer of low tension switch gear, introduces Motor Protection 

Circuit Breakers (MPCBs) for comprehensive protection and control of low tension motors. 

MPCBs combine the function of a switch, a short circuit protective device and an overload 

relay. Designed to international standards, their compact size offers OEMs and panel 

builders multiple advantages in installation and operation. These MPCBs are also provided 

with a large number of accessories for various applications. 

MINI UNITS MEGA BENE�ITS 

L&T’s Motor Protection Circuit Breakers type MG1 and MG2 are small in size but big in performance. They have high 

making and breaking capacities. 

The design features offer a range of advantages : 

✦ Compact size saves panel space. 

✦ Ambient temperature compensation eliminates need for constant current-setting re-adjustment. 

✦ Double slide mechanism ensures faster tripping during single phasing in the circuit. 

✦ Technical data of circuit breaker can be read easily when circuit breaker is in mounted position. 

✦ Unambiguous front ON/O�� indication. 

✦ Similar design concept for both circuit breakers facilitates handling. 

✦ Identical accessories reduce stock levels. 

✦ In-built DIN rail mounting facility makes it suitable for snap fit mounting on 35mm section rail.

APPLICATION O� MPCBs : 

STAND-ALONE MOTOR PROTECTION 

APPLICATIONS 

Highly compact and technically superior MG1 and MG2 can be used for electrical control and protection solutions by 

OEMs. They can be used for switching, control and protection of motor in machine with single motor and not requiring 

remote switching. MPCBs can be used in machine incorporating multiple motors as incomers as well as for protection and 

control of individual motor. 

ENHANCED SYSTEM LI�E 

In order to have a compact MCC, a fuseless motor protection solution can be offered using MG1 and MG2 MPCB in 

conjunction with MN contactors. 

A contactor in conjunction with an MPCB enhances system life, provides facility for remote switching of motor and gives 

undervoltage protection with additional under voltage release. 

PLANT PROTECTION 

MG1 and MG2 can be used for plant protection. MG1 has a setting upto 25A & MG2 upto 63A for plant protection. 

DC SWITCHING 

The MPCBs Type MG1 & MG2 are also suitable for DC switching. 

�USE MONITORING 

Operation of fuse can be monitored with MG-�1 (Refer Sketch). When the fuse blows, the current flows through the breaker, 

causing tripping. 

Voltages available 

AC : 24V to 690V 50/60 Hz 

DC : 24V to 250V 

�or DC voltage greater than 250V to 600V, the 3 conducting paths of the breaker must be connected in series. 

Schematic Diagram for �use monitoring of AC System 

11/2 

11

11 

Rated current 

(A) 

11/3 

SELECTION AND ORDERING IN�ORMATION 

SELECTION AND ORDERING IN�ORMATION TABLE �OR MG1 

Recommended 

Motor ratings at 

415V (kw/hp) 

Thermal Release 

(A) 

Instantaneous 

Release (A) 

Breaking capacity at 

415V (kA) 

Icu Ics 

Ordering Details 

Cat. No. Ord. Suffix 

0.16 - 0.1-0.16 1.9 100 100 ST24410 OOBO 

0.24 0.06/0.08 0.16-0.24 2.9 100 100 ST24410 OODO 

0.4 0.12/0.16 0.24-0.4 4.8 100 100 ST24410 OO�O 

0.6 0.18/0.24 0.4-0.6 7.2 100 100 ST24411 OOHO 

1 0.25/0.33 0.6-1 12 100 100 ST24412 OOKO 

1.6 0.55/0.75 1-1.6 19 100 100 ST24412 OOMO 

2.4 0.92/1.25 1.6-2.4 29 100 100 ST24412 OOPO 

3.2 1.1/1.5 2-3.2 38 100 100 ST24412 OOQO 

4 1.3/1.75 2.4-4 48 100 100 ST24413 OORO 

5 1.5/2.0 3.2-5 60 100 100 ST24413 OOSO 

6 2.2/3.0 4-6 72 100 100 ST24413 OOTO 

8 3.7/5 5-8 96 10(50) * 10(50) * ST24414 OOUO 

10 4.5/6.0 6-10 120 10(50) * 10(50) * ST24415 OOVO 

13 5.5/7.5 8-13 156 6(50) * 6(50) * ST24415 OOAO 

16 7.5/10.0 10-16 190 6(50) * 6(50) * ST24415 OOBO 

20 9.3/12.5 14-20 240 6(50) * 6(50) * ST24416 OOCO 

25 13/17.5 18-25 300 6(50) * 6(50) * ST24417 OODO 

SELECTION AND ORDERING IN�ORMATION TABLE �OR MG2 

1.6 0.55/0.75 1-1.6 19 100 100 ST24450 OOMO 

2.4 0.92/1.25 1.6-2.4 29 100 100 ST24450 OOPO 

4 1.5/2.0 2.4-4 48 100 100 ST24450 OORO 

6 2.2/3.0 4-6 72 100 100 ST24450 OOTO 

10 4.5/6.0 6-10 120 100 100 ST24450 OOVO 

16 7.5/10.0 10-16 190 100 100 ST24450 OOBO 

25 13/17.5 16-25 300 100 50 ST24450 OODO 

32 17/22.78 22-32 380 35 17 ST24450 OOEO 

40 18.5/24.8 28-40 480 35 17 ST24450 OO�O 

52 26/34.8 36-52 600 35 17 ST24450 OOGO 

�or Plan 

Protection 63 A 

45-63 600 35 17 ST24450 OOHO 

ORDERING IN�ORMATION �OR USE MONITERING CIRCUIT BREAKER (MG �1) 

0.2 ST24420 OOOO

ORDERING IN�ORMATION O� ACCESSORIES 

Description Version Cat. No. Ordering Suffix 

Auxiliary contact 1 NO for MG 1 ST24500 OOOO 

for retrofitting for MG 2 ST24501 OOOO 

Add- on auxiliary contact 

block 1 NO + 1 NC 

for MG 1 & MG 2 ST24502 OOOO 

Short-circuit signaling contact 

block 1 NO + 1 NC 

for MG 1 & MG 2 ST24503 OOOO 

Under voltage release 230V, 50Hz ST24504 KOOO 

for MG 1 & MG 2 415V, 50Hz ST24504 POOO 

24V, 50Hz ST24506 GOOO 

Shunt trip for MG 1 & MG 2 230V, 50Hz ST24506 KOOO 

415V, 50Hz ST24506 POOO 

DC 110-240V ST24506 ZOOO 

Current limiter for MG 1 Rated current = 56A 

Aux. Contacts 1 NO + 1 NC 

ST24508 OOOO 

11/4 

11

11 

Number of poles 3 3 

Max. rated current, ln (max. rated operational current, le) 

Plant protection A 25 63 

Motor protection A 25 52 

Permissible ambient temperature 

at full rated current °C -20 to +55 

in storage °C -50 to +80 

Rated operational voltage, Ue V 415 

Rated frequency Hz 50/60 

Rated insulation voltage, Ui V 660 

Utilization category 

to IEC 947-2 (circuit breaker) A 

to IEC 947-4-1 (motor starters) AC-3 

Rated short circuit breaking capacity, Icu/Ics See Selection Table 

DC short circuit breaking capacity Time constants for MG1/MG2: t=5ms 

DC 125V 1pole kA - 10 

DC 150V 1pole kA 10 - 

DC 250V 2pole in series kA - 10 

DC 300V 2pole in series kA 10 - 

DC 375V 3pole in series kA - 10 

DC 450V 3pole in series kA 10 - 

Shock resistance to IEC 68, part 2 - 27 g 25 30 

Mechanical endurance upto 25A / 25A upwards op. Cyls 100 000 100 000 / 30 000 

Temperature compensation to IEC 947-4-1 Yes 

Suitability for Isolation Yes 

Rated impulse withstand voltage, Uimp V 6kV 8kV 

Phase failure sensitivity to IEC 947-4-1 Yes 

Terminal Capacity 

Cross-sections for main conductors Solid or Stranded mm2 2 x (1 to 6) 1 x 1.5 to 2 x 16 

or 1 x 25 + 1 x 10 

11/5 


TECHNICAL DATA : MPCB TYPE MG1 & MG2 

Standards 

IEC 947-1; IEC 947-2; IEC 947-4-1 

MG1 

MG2

Limiter for MG 1 

Rated short-circuit breaking capacity when connected in series with MG1 

upto AC 415V kA kA 50 

Rated operational voltage, Ue V 415 

Rated frequency Hz 50/60 

Max. rated current, ln 

Stand alone upto 30°C A 63 

Stand alone upto 55°C A 56 

Adjacent upto 30°C A 56 

Adjacent upto 55°C A 50 

Mechanical endurance op. Cyls 100 000 

Auxiliary contacts 

Rated operational current, le 230V A 3 3 

400V A 1.5 1.5 

500V A 1 1 

Utilization category AC - 15 

Terminal Capacity, Solid or Stranded mm 2 1 x 0.5 to 2 x 2.5 

Under voltage release 

Power consumption pickup VA / W 10/6 

holdon VA / W 4.2/2 

Tripping voltage tripping V 0.7 to 0.35 x Us 

pickup V 0.85 to 1.1 x Us 

Max. opening time ms 20 

Shunt trip 

Standards 

ACCESSORIES 

IEC 947-1; IEC 947-2; IEC 947-4-1 

MG1 

MG2 

Power consumption during pickup VA / W 10/6 65/57 

Max. permissible command duration S - 5 

Tripping voltage V 0.7 to 1.1 x Us 0.7 to 1.1 x Us 

Max. opening time ms 20 20 

11/6 

11

11 

11/7 

I-t CHARACTERISTICS - MG1

I-t CHARACTERISTICS - MG2 

11/8 

11

11 


11/9 


35 mm Standard Mounting Rail 

*Minimum clearance to adjacent parts and uninsulated live parts 

MG1



35 mm Standard Mounting Rail 

*Minimum clearance to adjacent parts and uninsulated live parts 

MG2 

11/10 

11

12 

Series 26 D 19 M 

Type MPP-D MPP-S 

Capacitors for Agricultural use MPP-S Capacitor unit 

Standards IS 2834-1986 IS 2834-1986 / IS 13340-1993 / IS 13341-1992 / 

IEC 831-1 (1996-11) & IEC 831-2 (1995-12) 

Rated voltage 415/440 V (Other ratings on request) 415/440 V (Other ratings on request) 

Overvoltage As per clause 5.2 of IS 2834-1986 Un Continuous 

Un + 10% (up to 12 hours daily) 

Un + 15% (up to 30 minutes daily) 

Un + 20% (up to 5 minutes daily) 

Un + 30% (up to 1 minute) 

Any overvoltage>1.15 Un shall not occur 

more than 200 times in the Capacitor’s life 

As per clause 20.1 of IEC 

Overcurrent As per clause 5.3 of IS 2834-1986, 1.5 In at 1.15 Cn combined with 

1.43 In at 1.1 Cn & 1.1 Un combined overvoltage & presence of harmonics, as 

with presence of Harmonics. per clause, 21 of IEC 831. 

�requency (Hz) 50 / 60 50 / 60 

No of phases Three Single (or) Three 

Capacitance tolerance -5% to +10% -5% to 15% 

Test voltage, terminal / terminal 1.5 . Un 2.15 . Un 

Test voltage, terminal / case 

(Insulation level) 

2.5 kV AC 3.6 kV AC 

Peak transient overcurrent 100 x In 100 x In 

Losses Total 0.5 W / kVAr 0.5 W / kVAr 

Dielectric 0.2 W / kVAr 0.2 W / kVAr 

Degree of protection IP 21 (with connecting cable) IP 31 

Ambient temperature category -25 / D (Maximum 55 deg C) -25 / D (Maximum 55 deg C) 

Maximum permissible altitude 2000m above mean sea level 2000m above mean sea level 

Mounting position Wall mounting Vertical with terminal upwards 

Safety features Self healing Self healing 

Polyurethane Resin encapsulation Pressure Sensitive Disconnector (PSD) 

Container type M.S. Sheet Metal M.S. Sheet Metal 

�inish Polyester Pain Coated Polyester Pain Coated 

Dielectric Bi-axially oriented Polypropylene �ilm Bi-axially oriented Polypropylene �ilm 

Impregnant Resin Non-PCB bio-degradable impregnant 

Discharge Device Discharge Resistor Discharge Resistor 

Electrodes Special vaccuum deposited metal Special vaccuum deposited metal 

alloy with re-inforced edge. alloy with re-inforced edge. 

12/1 

TECHNICAL DATA


Series 80 M 61 M 

Type MPP-H MD-XL 

MPP-H Capacitor unit MD-XL Capacitor unit 

Standards IS 2834-1986 / IS 13340-1993 / IS 13341-1992 / IS 2834-1986 / IS 13340-1993 / IS 13341-1992 / 

IEC 831-1 (1996-11) & IEC 831-2 (1995-12) IEC 831-1 (1996-11) & IEC 831-2 (1995-12) 


Overvoltage Un Continuous Un Continuous 

Un + 15% (up to 12 hours daily) Un + 15% (up to 12 hours daily) 

Un + 20% (up to 30 minutes daily) Un + 20% (up to 30 minutes daily) 


Un + 30% (up to 1 minute) Un + 30% (up to 1 minute) 

Any overvoltage>1.15 Un shall not occur 

more than 200 times in the Capacitor’s life 

As per clause 20.1 of IEC 

As per IEC clause 20.1 

Overcurrent 1.8 In at 1.15 Cn combined with 2 In at 1.15 Cn combined with 

overvoltage & presence of harmonics, as overvoltage & presence of 

per IEC clause 21. harmonics, as per IEC clause 21. 

�requency (Hz) 50 / 60 50 / 60 

No of phases Single (or) Three Single (or) Three 

Capacitance tolerance -5% to 15% -5% to 15% 


Test voltage, terminal / case 3.6 kV AC 3.6 kV AC 

Peak transient overcurrent 200 x In 200 x In 


Dielectric 0.2 W / kVAr 0.2 W / kVAr 

Degree of protection IP 31 IP 31 



Mounting position Vertical with terminal upwards Vertical with terminal upwards 

Safety features Self healing with PSD Self healing with PSD 

Pressure Sensitive Disconnector Pressure Sensitive Disconnector 


�inish Polyester Pain Coated Polyester Pain Coated 

Dielectric Bi-axially oriented Polypropylene �ilm Combination of Capacitor tissue 

paper and bi-axially oriented 

Polypropylene �ilm 

Impregnant Non-PCB bio-degradable impregnant Non-PCB bio-degradable impregnant 


Electrodes Special vaccuum deposited metal Special double side vacuum 

alloy with re-inforced edge. deposited metal coating 

12/2 

12

12 

Series 16 � 20 � 

Type MD �� 

12/3 


MD Type Capacitor unit ��/APP/ALL-PP Capacitor unit 

Standards IS 2834-1986 / IS 13585-1994 IS 2834-1986 / IS 13585-1994 


Overvoltage Un Continuous Un Continuous 

Un + 15% (up to 12 hours daily) Un + 15% (up to 12 hours daily) 



Un + 30% (up to 1 minute) Un + 30% (up to 1 minute) 

Any overvoltage>1.15 Un shall not occur Any overvoltage>1.15 Un shall not occur 

more than 200 times in the Capacitor’s life more than 200 times in the Capacitor’s life 

As per IS 13585 clause 6.1.1 As per IS 13585 clause 6.1.1 

Overcurrent 1.43 In at 1.15 Cn combined with 1.43 In at 1.15 Cn combined with 

overvoltage & presence of harmonics, overvoltage & presence of harmonics, 

As per clause 6.2 of IS 13585 As per clause 6.2 of IS 13585 

�requency (Hz) 50 / 60 50 / 60 

No of phases Single (or) Three Single (or) Three 

Capacitance tolerance -5% to 15% -5% to 10% 


Test voltage, terminal / case 

(Insulation level) 

3.6 kV AC 3.6 kV AC 

Peak transient overcurrent 200 x In 200 x In times rated current 


Degree of protection IP 31 IP 31 



Mounting position Vertical with terminal upwards Vertical with terminal upwards 

Safety features Internal �uses Internal �uses 

(Operation co-ordinated with case-rupture (Operation co-ordinated with case-rupture 

characteristics to avoid bursting) characteristics to avoid bursting) 


�inish Enamel Paint �inish Enamel Paint �inish 

Dielectric Combination of Capacitor tissue paper and 

bi-axially oriented Polypropylene �ilm 

Bi-axially oriented hazy Polypropylene �ilm 

Impregnant Non-PCB bio-degradable impregnant Non-PCB bio-degradable impregnant 


Electrodes High purity, annealed aluminium condensor foil High purity, annealed aluminium condensor foil

OVERALL DIMENSIONS - SERIES 26 D, TYPE MPP-D 

Output, 

Qn 

kVAr 

ORDERING DATA - SERIES 26 D, TYPE MPP-D 

In 

at 415V 

Amps 


THREE PHASE CAPACITORS, MPP-D TYPE, RATED VOLTAGE 415/440 VAC, 50 HZ, DELTA CONN. 

Ordering 

Code for 

415V 

In 

at 440V 

Amps 

Ordering 

Code for 

440V 

Dimensions of unit 

(mm) 

415V 440V 

W W1 D H1 H1 

1 1.39 26D3010A1 1.31 26D3010B1 124 104 56 118 122 7.5 

2 2.78 26D3020A1 2.62 26D3020B1 124 104 56 147 152 7.5 

3 4.17 26D3030A1 3.94 26D3030B1 173 153 56 147 137 7.5 

4 5.56 26D3040A1 5.24 26D3040B1 173 153 56 147 137 7.5 

5 6.95 26D3050A1 6.56 26D3050B1 173 153 56 163 152 7.5 

6 8.35 26D3060A1 7.87 26D3060B1 173 153 56 175 167 7.5 


Ref. 

�ig. 

12/4 

12

12 

OVERALL DIMENSIONS - SERIES 19 M, TYPE MPP-S 

Output, 

Qn 

kVAr 

7.5 10.4319M3075A3 9.84 19M3075B3 94 215 321 80 7.6 

10 13.91 19M3100A3 13.12 19M3100B3 94 215 321 80 7.6 

12.5 17.39 19M3125A3 16.4 19M3125B3 94 215 321 80 7.6 

15 20.87 19M3150A3 19.68 19M3150B3 154 215 321 80 7.6 

20 27.82 19M3200A3 26.24 19M3200B3 154 215 321 80 7.6 

25 34.78 19M3250A3 32.80 19M3250B3 154 215 321 80 7.6 

12/5 

ORDERING DATA - SERIES 19 M, TYPE MPP-S 

In 

at 415V 

Amps 


THREE PHASE CAPACITORS, MPP-S TYPE, RATED VOLTAGE 415/440 VAC, 50 HZ, DELTA CONN. 

Ordering 

Code for 

415V 


In 

at 440V 

Amps 

Ordering 

Code for 

440V 


(mm) 

D H1 H2 H3 

Ref. 

�ig.

OVERALL DIMENSIONS - SERIES 80 M, TYPE MPP-H 

Output, 

Qn 

kVAr 

ORDERING DATA - SERIES 80 M, TYPE MPP-H 

In 

at 415V 

Amps 


THREE PHASE CAPACITORS, MPP-H TYPE, RATED VOLTAGE 415/440 VAC, 50 HZ, DELTA CONN. 

Ordering 

Code for 

415V 

In 

at 440V 

Amps 

Ordering 

Code for 

440V 


(mm) 

D HI H2 H3 

7.5 10.4380M3075A3 9.84 80M3075B3 94 283 391 80 7.7 

10 13.91 80M3100A3 13.12 80M3100B3 94 283 391 80 7.7 

12.5 17.39 80M3125A3 16.4 80M3125B3 94 283 391 80 7.7 

15 20.87 80M3150A3 19.68 80M3150B3 154 283 391 80 7.7 

20 27.82 80M3200A3 26.24 80M3200B3 154 283 391 80 7.7 

25 34.78 80M3250A3 32.80 80M3250B3 154 283 391 80 7.7 


Ref. 

�ig. 

12/6 

12

12 

OVERALL DIMENSIONS - SERIES 61 M, TYPE MD-XL 

Output, 

Qn 

kVAr 

7.5 10.4361M3075A3 9.84 61M3075B3 94 283 391 80 7.8 

10 13.91 61M3100A3 13.12 61M3100B3 94 283 391 80 7.8 

12.5 17.39 61M3125A3 16.4 61M3125B3 94 283 391 80 7.8 

15 20.87 61M3150A3 19.68 61M3150B3 154 283 391 80 7.8 

20 27.82 61M3200A3 26.24 61M3200B3 154 283 391 80 7.8 

25 34.78 61M3250A3 32.80 61M3250B3 154 283 391 80 7.8 

12/7 

ORDERING DATA - SERIES 61 M, TYPE MD-XL 

In 

at 415V 

Amps 


THREE PHASE CAPACITORS, MD-XL TYPE, RATED VOLTAGE 415/440 VAC, 50 HZ, DELTA CONN. 

Ordering 

Code for 

415V 


In 

at 440V 

Amps 

Ordering 

Code for 

440V 


(mm) 

D HI H2 H3 

Ref. 

�ig.

Output, 

Qn 

kVAr 

OVERALL DIMENSIONS - SERIES 16 �, TYPE MD 

ORDERING DATA - SERIES 16 �, TYPE MD 

In 

at 415V 

Amps 


16� CAPACITOR UNIT: THREE PHASE CAPACITORS, MD TYPE, RATED VOLTAGE 415/440 VAC, 50 HZ, DELTA CONN. 

Ordering 

Code for 

415V 

In 

at 440V 

Amps 

Ordering 

Code for 

440V 

10 13.91 16�3100A3 13.12 16�3100B3 350 325 156 236 138 218 7.9 

12.5 17.39 16�3125A3 16.4 16�3125B3 350 325 179 259 167 247 7.9 

15 20.87 16�3150A3 19.68 16�3150B3 350 325 216 296 189 269 7.9 

20 27.82 16�3200A3 26.24 16�3200B3 350 325 280 360 244 324 7.9 

25 34.78 16�3250A3 32.80 16�3250B3 350 325 325 405 300 380 7.9 



415V 440V 

W W1 H1 H2 H1 H2 

Ref. 

�ig. 

12/8 

12

12 

Output, 

Qn 

kVAr 

10 13.91 20�3100A3 13.12 20�3100B3 355 330 163 243 355 330 151 231 7.10 

12.5 17.39 20�3125A3 16.4 20�3125B3 355 330 196 276 355 330 180 260 7.10 

15 20.87 20�3150A3 19.68 20�3150B3 355 330 230 310 355 330 211 291 7.10 

20 27.82 20�3200A3 26.24 20�3200B3 355 330 288 368 355 330 266 346 7.10 

25 34.78 20�3250A3 32.80 20�3250B3 386 361 325 405 350 325 325 405 7.10 

12/9 

OVERALL DIMENSIONS - SERIES 20 �, TYPE �� 

ORDERING DATA - SERIES 20 �, TYPE �� 

In 

at 415V 

Amps 


20� CAPACITOR UNIT: THREE PHASE CAPACITORS, ��/APP/ALL PP TYPE, RATED VOLTAGE 415/440 VAC, 50 HZ, DELTA CONN. 

Ordering 

Code for 

415V 


In 

at 440V 

Amps 

Ordering 

Code for 

440V 


415V 440V 

W W1 H1 H2 W W1 H1 

H2 

Ref. 

�ig.

Output, 

Qn 

kVAr 


ORDERING DATA 


THREE PHASE CAPACITOR BANKS, MPP-S TYPE, RATED VOLTAGE 415/440 VAC, 50 HZ, DELTA CONN. 

Unit 

Config. 

In 

at 415V 

Amps 

Ordering 

Code for 

415V 

In 

at 440V 

Amps 

Ordering 

Code for 

440V 

AI. 

Bus Bar 

Size, mm 

H Ref. 

�ig. 

30 15+15 41.78 19M3300A3 39.41 19M3300B3 25 x 6 410 7.11 

35 20+15 48.75 19M3350A3 45.98 19M3350B3 25 x 6 410 7.11 

40 20+20 55.71 19M3400A3 52.55 19M3400B3 25 x 6 410 7.11 

45 20+25 62.28 19M3450A3 59.12 19M3450B3 25 x 6 410 7.11 

50 25+25 69.64 19M3500A3 65.68 19M3500B3 25 x 6 410 7.11 

THREE PHASE CAPACITOR BANKS, MPP-H TYPE, RATED VOLTAGE 415/440 VAC, 50 HZ, DELTA CONN. 

30 15+15 41.78 80M3300A3 39.41 80M3300B3 25 x 6 480 7.11 

35 20+15 48.75 80M3350A3 45.98 80M3350B3 25 x 6 480 7.11 

40 20+20 55.71 80M3400A3 52.55 80M3400B3 25 x 6 480 7.11 

45 20+25 62.28 80M3450A3 59.12 80M3450B3 25 x 6 480 7.11 

50 25+25 69.64 80M3500A3 65.68 80M3500B3 25 x 6 480 7.11 

THREE PHASE CAPACITOR BANKS, MD-XL TYPE, RATED VOLTAGE 415/440 VAC, 50 HZ, DELTA CONN. 

30 15+15 41.78 61M3300A3 39.41 61M3300B3 25 x 6 480 7.11 

35 20+15 48.75 61M3350A3 45.98 61M3350B3 25 x 6 480 7.11 

40 20+20 55.71 61M3400A3 52.55 61M3400B3 25 x 6 480 7.11 

45 20+25 62.28 61M3450A3 59.12 61M3450B3 25 x 6 480 7.11 

50 25+25 69.64 61M3500A3 65.68 61M3500B3 25 x 6 480 7.11 


12/10 

12

12 

Output, 

Qn 

kVAr 

30 15+15 41.78 16�3300A3 39.41 16�3300B3 25 x 6 350 411 355 384 7.12 

40 20+20 55.71 16�3400A3 52.55 16�3400B3 25 x 6 350 475 355 439 7.12 

50 25+25 69.64 16�3500A3 65.68 16�3500B3 25 x 6 350 520 355 495 7.12 

30 15 x 2 41.78 20�3300A3 39.41 20�3300B3 25 x 6 355 425 355 406 7.12 

40 20 x 2 55.71 20�3400A3 52.55 20�3400B3 25 x 6 355 483 355 461 7.12 

50 25 x 2 69.64 20�3500A3 65.68 20�3500B3 25 x 6 386 520 350 520 7.12 

12/11 


ORDERING DATA 


16� BANKS: THREE PHASE CAPACITOR BANKS, MD TYPE, RATED VOLTAGE 415/440 VAC, 50 HZ, DELTA CONN. 

Unit 

Config. 

In 

at 415V 

Amps 

Ordering 

Code for 

415V 

In 

at 440V 

Amps 

Ordering 

Code for 

440V 

AI. 

Bus Bar 

Size, mm 

�or 415 V �or 440 V 

D H D H 

20� BANKS: THREE PHASE CAPACITOR BANKS, ��/APP/ALL PP TYPE, RATED VOLTAGE 415/440 VAC, 50 HZ, DELTA CONN. 


Ref. 

�ig.

Output, 

Qn 

kVAr 


ORDERING DATA 



Unit 

Config. 

In 

at 415V 

Amps 

Ordering 

Code for 

415V 

In 

at 440V 

Amps 

Ordering 

Code for 

440V 

AI. 

Bus Bar 

Size, mm 

H Ref. 

�ig. 

55 20+20+15 79.90 19M3550A3 72.25 19M3550B3 25 x 6 410 7.13 

60 20+20+20 83.57 19M3600A3 78.82 19M3600B3 25 x 6 410 7.13 

65 25+20+20 90.54 19M3650A3 85.39 19M3650B3 30 x 6 410 7.13 

75 25+25+25 104.46 19M3750A3 98.53 19M3750B3 30 x 6 410 7.13 


55 20+20+15 76.60 80M3550A3 72.25 80M3550B3 25 x 6 480 7.13 

60 20+20+20 83.57 80M3600A3 78.82 80M3600B3 25 x 6 480 7.13 

65 25+20+20 90.54 80M3650A3 85.39 80M3650B3 30 x 6 480 7.13 

75 25+25+25 104.46 80M3750A3 98.53 80M3750B3 30 x 6 480 7.13 


55 20+20+15 76.60 61M3550A3 72.25 61M3550B3 25 x 6 480 7.13 

60 20+20+20 83.57 61M3600B3 78.82 61M3600B3 25 x 6 480 7.13 

65 25+20+20 90.54 61M3650A3 85.39 61M3650B3 30 x 6 480 7.13 

75 25+25+25 104.46 61M3750A3 98.53 61M3750B3 30 x 6 480 7.13 


12/12 

12

12 

Output, 

Qn 

kVAr 

45 15 x 3 62.68 16�3450A3 59.12 16�3450B3 25 x 6 350 411 355 384 7.14 

60 20 x 3 83.57 16�3600A3 78.82 16�3600B3 25 x 6 350 475 355 439 7.14 

75 35 x 3 104.46 16�3750A3 98.53 16�3750B3 30 x 6 350 520 355 495 7.14 

45 15 x 3 62.68 20�3450A3 59.13 20�3450B3 25 x 6 355 425 355 406 7.14 

60 20 x 3 83.57 20�3600A3 78.82 20�3600B3 25 x 6 355 483 355 461 7.14 

75 25 x 3 104.46 20�3750A3 98.53 20�3750B3 30 x 6 386 520 350 520 7.14 

12/13 


ORDERING DATA 



Unit 

Config. 

In 

at 415V 

Amps 

Ordering 

Code for 

415V 

In 

at 440V 

Amps 

Ordering 

Code for 

440V 

AI. 

Bus Bar 

Size, mm 

�or 415 V �or 440 V 

D H D H 



Ref. 

�ig.

Output, 

Qn 

kVAr 


ORDERING DATA 



Unit 

Config. 

In 

at 415V 

Amps 

Ordering 

Code for 

415V 

In 

at 440V 

Amps 

Ordering 

Code for 

440V 

AI. 

Bus Bar 

Size, mm 

H Ref. 

�ig. 

80 20+20+20+20 111.4319M3800A3105.10 19M3800B3 50 x 6 410 7.15 

85 25+20+20+20 118.39 19M3850A3 111.66 19M3850B3 50 x 6 410 7.15 

90 25+25+20+20 132.32 19M3900A3 118.23 19M3900B3 50 x 6 410 7.15 

95 25+25+25+20 132.32 19M3950A3 124.80 19M3950B3 50 x 6 410 7.15 

100 25+25+25+25 139.28 19M3X10A3 131.37 19M3X10B3 50 x 6 410 7.15 


80 20+20+20+20 111.4380M3800A3105.10 80M3800B3 50 x 6 480 7.15 

85 25+20+20+20 118.39 80M3850A3 111.66 80M380B3 50 x 6 480 7.15 

90 25+25+20+20 125.36 80M3900A3 118.23 80M3900B3 50 x 6 480 7.15 

95 25+25+25+20 132.32 80M3950A3 124.80 80M3950B3 50 x 6 480 7.15 

100 25+25+25+25 139.28 80M3X00A3 131.37 80M3X00B3 50 x 6 480 7.15 


80 20+20+20+20 11.4361M3800A3105.10 61M3800B3 50 x 6 480 7.15 

85 25+20+20+20 118.39 61M3850A3 111.66 61M3850B3 50 x 6 480 7.15 

90 25+25+20+20 125.36 61M3900A3 118.23 61M3900B3 50 x 6 480 7.15 

95 25+25+25+20 132.32 61M3950A3 124.80 61M3950B3 50 x 6 480 7.15 

100 25+25+25+25+ 139.28 61M3X00A3 131.37 61M3X00B3 50 x 6 480 7.15 


12/14 

12

12 

Output, 

Qn 

kVAr 

80 20 x 4 111.43 16�3800A3 105.10 16�3800B3 50 x 6 350 475 355 439 7.16 

100 25 x 4 139.28 16�3X00A3 131.37 16�3X00B3 50 x 6 350 520 355 495 7.16 

80 20 X 4 111.43 20�3800A3 105.10 20�3800B3 50 x 6 355 483 355 461 7.16 

100 25 x 4 139.28 20�3X00A3 131.37 20�3X00B3 50 x 6 386 520 350 520 7.16 

12/15 


ORDERING DATA 



Unit 

Config. 

In 

at 415V 

Ordering 

Code for 

415V 

In 

at 440V 

Ordering 

Code for 

440V 

AI. 

Bus Bar 

Size, mm 

�or 415 V �or 440 V 

D H D H 


(Manufactured by Meher Capacitors Pvt. Ltd.) 


Ref. 

�ig.

13 

Electronic Energy Meter Page 




Power Navigator-ER300N Page 


Product Highlights 13/6 


ENERGY METERS 

Trivector Meter - ER300P Page 


Product Highlights 13/5 



✦ Current Reversal Indication 

✦ LED indication proportional to kWh for on-spot calibration 

✦ Six Digit counter 


ELECTRONIC ENERGY METER 

✦ Dust Proof body, rugged construction,elegant polycarbonate casing 

✦ No mechanical wear and tear 

✦ Not affected by mounting position 

✦ Not affected by external magnetic field 

✦ Consistent accuracy 

✦ Earth load tamper indication in single phase energymeter 

✦ “Voltage ON” indication per phase in base mounting three phase energymeters 

✦ Three phase energymeters work even on neutral removal 

✦ 0.2s / 0.5s / 1.0 Class accuracy 

✦ Multi Tariff Capability with programmable TOD 

✦ 3 Programmable Maximum demand (MD) registers 

✦ Tamper / failure detection and record capability 

TRIVECTOR METER - ER300P 

✦ Communication interface via Optical port conforming to IEC 1107 protocol 

✦ Configurable Load survey recorders 

✦ Back lit LCD display 

✦ 3 Display modes for easy data access 

✦ Support of Phasor viewing on MRI 

✦ Battery back-up for Data collection 

✦ Periodic self diagnostic checks 

✦ 0.5S / 1.0 class accuracy 

✦ 3 Programmable Maximum demand (MD) registers 

✦ 3 Display modes for easy data access 

✦ User friendly software for PC operation 

ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, POWER NAVIGATOR-ER300N 

✦ Communication interface via RS485 port and MODBUS protocol 

✦ Back lit LCD display 

✦ Easy front panel programming 

✦ Periodic self diagnostic checks 

13/1 

13

13 

13/2 



Type Single Phase Three Phase 

Model No. EM101B EM201B/EM201� 

EM301B/EM301� 

Accuracy Class 1.0 as per IS 13779 Class 1.0 as per IS 13779 

Voltage rating 240V 110V - 3 Phase 3 Wire 

240V - 3 Phase 4 Wire 

Current Rating (lb) 2.5A / 5A / 10A / 20A 1-2A / 5-10A 

�requency 50Hz + 10% 50Hz + 10% 

Overload Capacity 400% of lb 200% of lb 

Starting Current 0.4% of lb 0.4% of lb 

Display Six digit counter Six digit counter 

Weight 1 kg 2.5 kg 

Mounting Base Base / �lush 

Operating 0°C to 55°C 0°C to 55°C 

Temperature (As per IS13779) (As per IS1379)

Accuracy Class 1.0 - IEC 1036 / IS 13779 


Class 0.5S / 0.2S - IEC 687 / CBIP 88 

Voltage (Vn) 3Ph 4W - 415V AC (-40% to +20%) 

110V AC (-40% to +20%) 

3 Ph 3W - 110V AC (-40% to +20%) 

Current (In) 5A or 1A (to 200%) 

Starting current 0.2% In (Class 1.0) 

0.1% In (Class 0.5S / 0.2S) 

Power �actor 4 quadrant operation 

�requency 50 Hz +10% 

Load characteristics < 5VA in potential circuit 

< 0.5VA in current circuit 

�ield configurable features Meter configuration - Uni or Bi-directional 

Method of kvah calculation - Lead as lead - or lead as UP� 

External CT / PT ratios 

MD settings - max. 3 out of 8 parameters 

TOD settings 

Reset modes - Manual, Auto monthly, Auto daily, Auto monthly and manual 

Load survey settings - No. of days and parameters 

Real Time Clock setting 

3 Display modes Mode 1 / 2 / 3 

Electromagnetic compatibility IEC 1036 / IS 13779 (Class 1.0) 

IEC 687 / CBIP-88 (Class 0.5S / 0.2S) 

Case material Plastic moulded with transparent cover 

Protected to- 

IP51 - IEC 1036 / IS 13779 (Class 1.0) 

IP51 - IEC 687 / CBIP-88 (Class 0.5S / 02S) 

Insulation properties & IEC 1036 / IS 13779 (Class 1.0) 

HV insulation resistance IEC 687 / CBIP-88 (Class 0.5S / 0.2S) 

temperature -5°C to 60°C for operation 

-20°C to 70°C for storage 

Humidity 95% RH Condensing 

Dimension 320L x 175W x 110H 

Weight < 2.5 Kgs 


13/3 

13

13 

Accuracy Class 1.0 - IEC 1036 / IS 13779 

13/4 


Class 0.5S / 0.2S - IEC 687 / CBIP 88 

Voltage (Vn) 3Ph 4W - 415V AC (-40% to +20%) 

110V AC (-40% to +20%) 

3 Ph 3W - 110V AC (-40% to +20%) 

Current (In) 5A or 1A (to 200%) 

Starting current 0.2% In (Class 1.0) 

0.1% In (Class 0.5S / 0.2S) 

Power �actor 4 quadrant operation 

�requency 50 Hz +10% 

Load characteristics < 5VA in potential circuit 

< 0.5VA in current circuit 

�ield configurable features Meter configuration - Uni or Bi-directional 

Method of kvah calculation - Lead as lead - or lead as UP� 

External CT / PT ratios 

MD settings - max. 3 out of 8 parameters 

Reset modes - Manual, Auto monthly, Auto daily, Auto monthly and manual 

Real Time Clock setting 

3 Display modes Mode 1 / 2 / 3 

Electromagnetic compatibility IEC 1036 / IS 13779 (Class 1.0) 

IEC 687 / CBIP-88 (Class 0.5S / 0.2S) 

Case material Plastic moulded with transparent cover 

Protected to- 

IP51 - IEC 1036 / IS 13779 (Class 1.0) 

IP51 - IEC 687 / CBIP-88 (Class 0.5S / 02S) 

Insulation properties & IEC 1036 / IS 13779 (Class 1.0) 

HV insulation resistance IEC 687 / CBIP-88 (Class 0.5S / 0.2S) 

temperature -5°C to 60°C for operation 

-20°C to 70°C for storage 

Humidity 95% RH Condensing 

Dimension �ront bezel 158 x 136 mm 

Cutout 142 x 113 mm 

Depth 204 mm 

Weight < 2.5 Kgs 

POWER NAVIGATOR - ER300N


DISPLAY PARAMETERS 

Meter can be programmed to display maximum 350 parameters that include P�, per phase RMS voltages and currents, �requency, 

phase sequence, real time clock, kW, kVA, kVASr, kWH, kVAh,kVArh+, kVArh-, MDs’, Rising demand with energies, temper details, etc. 

DISPLAY MODES 

Three display modes Mode 1, Mode 2 and Mode 3 are available. 

TRIVECTOR METER 

KVAh / MD kVA CALCULATION METHODS 

Method of kVAh/MD kVA calculation can be configured for lead to be treated as up for lead to be treated as lead itself. 

BILLING REGISTERS 

8 billing registers are available for recording 8 type of energies- kWH, kVAh, kVArh+,kVArh- (both forward/reverse). The last 12 reading 

of all reset energies can be accessed for record/ analysis. Average P� for each reset is available. 

MAXIMUM DEMAND (MD) REGISTERS 

3 MDs out of 8 energy types can be selected and programmed for separate integration period ranging from 1 minute to 60 minutes. MD1 

can be configured for Block / sliding window method. Reset MD (12 reading) and cumulative MD are also available. 

LOAD SURVEY RECORDERS 

Registers for load survey data record upto 4 energy parameters. The integration period and number of days are programmable. 

TAMPER / �AILURE RECORDING 

Meter detects and records various tamper / failure conditions such as voltage failure, current failure, voltage unbalance, current unbalance, 

current bypass, current reversal and power failure. �or above conditions, Tamper count, Duration, Occurrence date / time and Present 

status is recorded by Sequence storage method. 

CONTROL KEYS 

Two control keys are located on the font panel of the meter for manual scrolling mode, various display parameters can be display using 

the same. 

Manual reset can be performed from key on front panel. 

RESET 

meter can be configured for one of the reset modes such as Manual reset, Auto monthly reset, Auto daily reset, Auto monthly & manual 

reset. 12 reset backups are provided. 

TIME-O�-DAY(TOD) 

The meter offers a flexible tariff structure. During different times of the day for different seasons, different tariff structure can be programmed. 

A real time clock with a lithium battery has a built-in 100 years calendar. It is used for time keeping. A day can be divided into 10 defined 

slots (11 undefined slots). Upto 8 tariffs registers programmable. Supports upto 4 profiles, 4 seasons and 4 special day. 

LED PULSE OUTPUT 

ER300P incorporates two LEDs on the front panel of the meter for accuracy check of kWh and kVArh. 

BATTERY OPERATION 

A Push button on the front panel enables data collection, viewing data on LCD and resetting data during power failure. 

COMMUNICATION INTER�ACE 

ER300P incorporates an infra-red optical port interface on the front panel as per IEC 1107 standard. An optical magnetic head interfaces 

between the meter optical port and a standard RS232C port on the PC/MRI side. 

13/5 

13

13 

13/6 


POWER NAVIGATOR 

DISPLAY PARAMETERS 

Meter can be programmed to display maximum 55 parameters that include P�, per phase RMS voltages and currents, �requency, 

phase sequence, kW, kVA, kVAr, kWH, kVAH, kVArh+, kVArh-, Mda’, Rising demand with elapsed time, high resolution energies, 

etc.. 

DISPLAY MODES 

Three display modes - Mode 1, Mode 2 and Mode 3 are available. 

BILLING REGISTERS 

8 Billing registers are available for recording 8 type of energies - kWH, kVAh, kVArh+, kVArh- (both forward / reverse). The last 

4 reading of all reset energies can be accessed for record / analysis. 

MAXIMUM DEMAND (MD) REGISTERS 

3 MDs out of 8 energy types can be selected and programmed for separate integration period changing from 1 minute to 60 

minutes. All MDs can be configured for Block / Sliding window method. Reset MD (4 readings) and cumulative MD are also 

available. 

CONTROL KEYS 

4 control keys and one recessed key are located on the front panel of the meter. in manual scrolling mode, various display 

parameters can be displayed using the up and down keys. Using all keys, meter can be easily programmed (password protected). 

RESET 

Meter can be configured for one of the rest modes such as Manual reset, Auto monthly reset, Auto daily reset. 4 reset backups 

are provided. 

LED PULSE OUTPUT 

POWER NAVIGATOR incorporates two LEDs on the front panel of the meter for accuracy check of kWh and kVArh. 

COMMUNICATION INTER�ACE 

POWER NAVIGATOR incorporates RS485 port at the back. The MODBUS protocol helps user to design his own software to 

integrate these meters with his existing network using same protocol. A detail memory map for the meter is included in the 

operating manual. Also, a user friendly demo software ‘Navigator’ can be provided. This software designed at Mysore works, 

enables user to access on-line information from various Power Navigators on central computer using RS485-232 converter.




EM101B 1PH, kWh Meter 240V, 5-20A, Base Mounting WM101BC4D00 

EM101B 1PH, kWh Meter 240V, 10-40A, Base Mounting WM101BC6D00 

EM101B 1PH, kWh Meter with ELT 240V, 5-20A,Base Mounting WM101BC4D01 

EM101B 1PH, kWh Meter with ELT 240V, 2.5-10A, Base Mounting WM101BC2D01 

EM101B 1PH, kWh Meter withELT240V, 10-40A,Base Mounting WM101BC6D01 

EM101B 1PH, kWh Dir, Base Mounting, 240V, 20-80A WM101BC7D00 

EM201B 3PH, 3W, kWh, CT Op, Base Mounting, 110V, 5-10A WM201BB3C00 

EM201B 3PH, 3W, kWh, CT Op, Base Mounting, 110V, 1-2A WM201BB1C00 

EM201� 3PH, 3W, kWh, CT Op, �lush Mounting, 110V, 5-10A WM201�B3C00 

EM201� 3PH, 3W, kWh, CT Op, �lush Mounting, 415V, 5-10A WM201�D3C00 

EM201� 3PH, 3W, kWh, CT Op, �lush Mounting, 110V, 1-2A WM201�B1C00 

EM201� 3PH, 3W, kWh, CT Op, �lush Mounting, 415V, 1-2A WM201�D1C00 

EM301� 3PH, 4W, kWh, CT Op, �lush Mounting, 240V, 5-10A WM301�C3C00 

EM301� 3PH, 4W, kWh, CT Op, �lush Mounting, 240V, 1-2A WM301�C1C00 

EM301� 3PH, 4W, kWh, CT Op, �lush Mounting, 63.5V, 5-10A WM301�A3C00 

EM301� 3PH, 4W, kWh, CT Op, �lush Mounting, 63.5V, 1-2A WM301�A1C00 

EM301B 3PH, 4W, kWh, CT Op, Base Mounting, 240V, 5-10A WM301BC3C00 

EM301B 3PH, 4W, kWh, CT Op, Base Mounting, 240V, 1-2A WM301BC1C00 

EM301B 3PH, 4W, kWh, Dir, Base Mounting, 240V, 5-20A WM301BC4C00 

EM301B 3PH, 4W, kWh, Dir, Base Mounting, 240V, 1-40A WM301BC6D10 

EM301B 3PH, 4W, kWh, Dir, Base Mounting, 240V, 50-100A WM301BC8D10 

13/7 

13

13 

13/8 


TRIVECTOR METER 


ER300P 3 PH 3W TVM 110V(L-L) 1A CL0.5S BM WR200BB1200 


ER300P 3 PH 3W TVM 110V(L-L) 1A CL1 BM WR200BB1300 






ER300P 3 PH 4W TVM 240V(L-N) 1A CL0.5S BM WR300BC1200 

ER300P 3 PH 4W TVM 240V(L-N) 5A CL0.5S BM WR300BC5200 

ER300P 3 PH 4W TVM 240V(L-N) 1A CL1 BM WR300BC1300 

ER300P 3 PH 4W TVM 240V(L-N) 5A CL1 BM WR300BC5300 

ER300P 3 PH 3W TVM 110V 5A CL0.5S (KEB1) BM WR200BB52K1 

ER300P 3 PH 3W TVM 110V 5A CL0.5S (KEB2) BM WR200BB52K2 

ER300P 3 PH 3W TVM 110V 5A CL0.5S (KSEB1) BM WR200BB52L1 

ER300N 3 PH 3W TVM 110V(L-L) 1A CL1 �M WR200�B1300 




ER300N 3 PH 4W TVM 240V(L-N) 1A CL1 �M WR300�C1300 

ER300N 3 PH 4W TVM 240V(L-N) 5A CL1 �M WR300�C5300 

ER300N 3 PH 3W TVM 110V(L-L) 1A CL0.5S �M WR200�B1200 




ER300N 3 PH 4W TVM 240V(L-N) 1A CL0.5S �M WR300�C1200 

ER300N 3 PH 4W TVM 240V(L-N) 5A CL0.5S �M WR300�C5200




SINGLE PHASE ENERGY METER - EM101 

METER MOUNTING DETAILS 

THREE PHASE ENERGY METER - EM201/301 B/� 

BASE MOUNTING 

PANEL CUTOUT DIMENSIONS : 150MM X 222MM 

�LUSH MOUNTING 

PANEL MOUNTING DETAILS 

13/9 

13

13 


13/10 



BASE MOUNTING 

PANEL MOUNTING DETAILS


PANEL DRILLING 113x142 (LxH) 


POWER NAVIGATOR - ER300N 

13/11 

13

14 

Distribution Boards & Enclosures Page 

General Information / Technical Data 14/1-14/3 

Catalogue No. suffixes 14/10-14/12 


Protection Devices Page 

General Information / Technical Data 14/5,14/6 

Catalogue No. suffixes 14/13-14/17 

BUILDING SYSTEMS 

Connection Devices Page 



Automation & Control Devices Page 

General Information / Technical Data 14/7-14/9 

Catalogue No. suffixes 14/17-14/22

DISTRIBUTION BOARDS & ENCLOSURES 

30V enclosures 

• IP30 surface mounting enclosures 

Available in 1 row 1 to 8 modules 

Made of insulating material – Polystyrene 

Ideal for use in small installation or when being added to a larger installation 


Weatherproof surface mounting enclosures giving IP54 protection 

Available in 1, 2 & 3 row versions, from 4 to 36 modules 


The reversible transparent door can be sealed and fitted with a key lock 

golf enclosures 

IP41 flush and surface mounting enclosures 

Available in 1, 2 and 3 rows , 4 to 36 modules 


Reversible opaque or transparent door can be fitted with a key lock 

Aesthethic design ideal for domestic or light commercial installations 

vega enclosures 

IP40 surface mounting enclosure 

Available with opaque or transparent door in 1, 2 and 3 row versions from 18 to 54 modules 

Made of inslulating material – Polystyrene 

For ease of installation, top and bottom cable entry plates are removable and interchangeable 

The door is reversible with an integral flush handle 

14/1 

14

14 

14/2 


volta enclosures 

IP30 flush mounting enclosures 

Available in 1 to 4 row versions, from 12 to 48 modules 

Made of Polystyrene with metallic door & frame 

Door is reversible and can be locked 

Enclosures can be bayed together for maximum flexibility 

indvicta IU enclosures 

IP42 surface mounting enclosures 

Available in 1, 2, 3 & 4 row versions from 8 to 56 modules 

Made of 1.2 mm sheet steel, pretreated and powder coated 

Solid steel or glazed lockable doors available for all enclosures 

Enclosures can be bayed together for maximum flexibility 

indvicta PS plug & socket enclosures 

Ideal for protection of individual appliances like ACs, computers, water coolers etc. 

Single phase versions are available in SP+N+E 16A or 32A ratings, housed in a 4 module flush or 

surface mounting enclosure 

Three phase versions are available in TP+N+E 32A or 63A ratings housed in a 6 or 8 module surface 

mounting enclosure 

Made of 1.2 mm sheet steel, pretreated and power coated 

Mounted plugs & sockets conform to IEC 309 

indvicta TPN distribution boards 

IP42 surface mounting fixed busbar TPN distributon boards with 4, 6 8, 12 16 or 24 TP outgoing ways 

rated between 0.5A to 63A 

200A rated integral piece tinned copper busbar 

Busbar system totally touchproof, encapsulated in insulated mouldings 

ASTA tested at 15kA 

Suitable for various incomer kits like L&T’s MCCB, Isolator, direct connection, MCCB and RCCB 

up to 200A 

Removable gland plates are provided at the top & bottom for ease of installation and cabling 

Accessories like solid/glazed steel door, locking and vertical baying kit are available 

Multi-service extension boxes in 1 row 18 modules are also available 

Made of 1.2 mm sheet steel, pretreated and powder coated 

Complies with IEC 439 – 1 & 3


cosmos metal clad plug & socket outlets 

Provided with metal clad plugs and sockets 

Ideal for power outlets 

SPN 20A and TP 20A and 32A available 

cosmos enclosures and distribution boards 

One way enclosures available in 1Row 2,4,6 modules 

IP30 single door enclosures available in 1 & 2 row versions, 8 to 36 modules, are suitable for surface/flush 

mounting 

IP42 double door enclosures available in 1,2,3 & 4 row versions, 8 to 56 modules, are suitable for surface/ 

flush mounting 

IP42 double door, 3 tier enclosures with provision for modular/MCCB main incomer, 

2 Pole RCCB/RCBO/ELMCB sub incomers in each phase, available for TPN 4, 6, 8 and 10 ways. 

cosmos phase changeover enclosures and distribution boards 

Incorporates three changeover switches for switching of phases in case of phase failure . 

Single door and double door version available in 4, 6, 8 and 12 TPN ways 

IP30 single door enclosures available in 4, 6, 8,12 TPN ways are suitable for surface mounting 

IP42 double door enclosures available in 4, 6, 8, 12 TPN ways are suitable for surface/flush mounting 

cosmos phase segregated consumer units distribution boards 

Separate compartments for 

– main incomer 

– sub incomers for each phase 

– outgoings of each phase 

IP30 single door enclosures available in 4, 6, 8,12 TPN ways are suitable for surface mounting 

IP42 double door enclosures available in 4, 6, 8, 12 TPN ways are suitable for surface/flush mounting 

Double door enclosures are also available in 4, 6, 8, 12 TPN ways with MCCB as Incomer 

14/3 

14

14 

14/4 

CONNECTION DEVICES 

busbars 

Insulated fork busbars are rated to 63A and are available in 1, 2 3 and 4 pole versions for devices with 

bi-connect facility 

Insulated prong busbars are rated to 63A and are colour coded for SP&N devices 

Enable safe and fast connection of 1 to 4 pole devices by a common busbar system 

End caps available for 2P, 3P & 4P busbars to avoid tracking between phases. 

terminals 

Din rail mounted bars can be used where additional connection is required when more than 1 residual 

current device is being used 

KR50U allows 100A connection by a single mod terminal block

NEW 

PROTECTION DEVICES 

miniature circuit breakers (MCBs) 

Provides protection & control of circuits against overloads & short-circuits in domestic, commercial & 

industrial electrical distribution systems 

Available in 1-4 pole, 0.5 to 100A with type B, C or D tripping characteristics 

MCB Type NB---A NC---N ML---A ND---A NM--- 

Range 6-63A 0.5-63A 6-40A 0.5-63 80/100 

Poles 1-4 1-4 SP&N 1-4 1-4 

Breaking Capacity 

IEC 898-1995 10kA 10kA 6kA 10kA – 

IEC 947-2 15kA 15kA 7.5kA 15kA 10kA 

Rated voltage 230/415V 230/415V 230V 230/415 230/415 

Electrical endurance 

0.5 to 32A 20,000 20,000 10,000 20,000 – 

40 to 63A 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 – 

80 to 100A – – – – 20,000 

Touch proof terminals i.e. protection against direct contact 

Bi-connect facility i.e cable and busbar can be terminated separately allowing safe & fast connection 

Conform to the latest version of the international standards IEC 898-1995 / IEC 947-2 / IS 8828-1996 

Low let-through energy (class 3) saves power and reduces heat build-up 

Two position din rail clips allows fast installation 

Windows at the sides of MCB enable auxiliaries and earth leakage add-on blocks to be fitted providing 

additional protection and control 

Suitable for DC applications – 1 pole up to 60V, 2 poles in series upto 125V 

“NC” MCBs calibrated at 40 o C 

MCB auxiliaries & accessories 

Auxiliaries snap fit to the side of MCBs and providing additional protection or control 

Auxiliary contact (1NO + 1NC) – allows remote indication of the device contacts, to which it is associated 

Trip Alarm contact – provides indication if the MCB trips due to fault. MCB cannot be switched on without 

resetting 

Shunt release – allows remote tripping of the device. Available in voltage ratings 230V AC & 9-48V DC 

Under-voltage release – allows MCB to trip when the voltage falls by 35% & allows MCB to be closed only 

when the Voltage is above 70% of the nominal voltage. AC & DC versions available 

Locking kit – allows locking of the device 

Flush mounting kits available 

14/5 

14

14 

14/6 

NEW 

NEW 


residual current circuit breakers (RCCBs) 

Opens the circuit automatically in the event of an earth leakage 

Available in 2 & 4 pole with sensitivities 30, 100 & 300mA 

Available in 25, 40, 63 & 100A 

Conforms to IEC 1008 

Protection against nuisance tripping i.e. All Hager RCCBs are protected against transient voltages 

(lightening, inductive, switching etc.) 

Auxiliary contact and remote tripping accessory available. 

RCBOs 

Combines the overload & short-circuit protection of an MCB with the earth leakage protection of an RCCB 

Available in current ratings from 6-32A in 2 pole 30mA and 300mA sensitivities 

Breaking capacity 4.5kA conforming to IEC 1009 

Indicator to show whether tripping is due to overcurrent or earth leakage faults 

Protection against nuisance tripping 

Special RCBOs with fly lead available for mounting on TPN vertical busbar system 

RCCB add-on blocks 

Designed to be fitted to the right side of 2 & 4 Pole MCBs 

The combined unit provides protection against overload, short-circuit and earth leakage 

Current Rating 32 & 63A for use with NB, NC, ND MCBs 

Current Rating 100A for use with NM MCBs 

Available in 2 & 4 pole with sensitivities 30mA, 100mA & 300mA upto 63A 

Available in 2 & 4 pole with sensitivities 30mA & 300mA for 100A 

Breaking capacity of combined unit 10kA conforming to IEC 898/IEC 947-2 


earth leakage relays 

The relay ensures the monitoring of earth leakage currents 

It trips in the event of a break in the relay/core link 

Positive reset is required after a fault is detected 

It can have either fixed (30mA & 300mA) or adjustable sensitivities (30/100/300mA, 1A, 3A), time delay is 

also available for selectivity purposes 

Visual display of fault by red LED 


Detection torroids which link with relays are available in circular (35mm to 70mm) cross-section 

voltage surge devices 

These devices protect electronic equipment against transient voltage surges caused by lightening strikes 

or switching of motors, transformers etc. 

The device functions by creating a link between mains and earth during surge peaks and the link allows 

the current to be channelled safely to the earth 

VSDs do not replace the lightening rod but are complimentary 

Replacement cartridge available for SP140D / SP 440D 

Type of Protection Cat. Ref No. of poles Imax In Up Uc 

Main Protection SP140D 1P 40kA 15kA 1.2KV 275V 

Protection against Fine Protection in 

transient voltage 

surges wave 8/20 sec 

addition to main SP208 1P&N 8kA 2kA 1.5KV 275V 

SP440D TP&N 40kA 15kA 1.2KV 275V 

SP175D 1P 75kA – 4KV 255V 

Imax – The max. one shot surge current the VSD can withstand. 

In – The nominal value of current that VSD can withstand at least 20 times and still be serviceable 

Up – The max. voltage that is measured across the terminals of the VSD when ‘In’ is applied. 

Uc – The max. voltage which may be continuously applied to the VSD.

NEW 

AUTOMATION & CONTROL DEVICES 

isolating switches 

For use as a switch disconnector in all types of circuit 

AC 22A utilization category 

Available in 2, 3 & 4 pole versions with ratings from 25A to 100A 

2 pole 25A & 32A also available in pilot light version 

All switches have a green/red mechanical indication giving a positive contact indication 

Suitable for DC application 48V – 1 pole and 110V – 2 pole in series 

2-way/centre-off changeover switches 

These devices allow changeover from one source of supply to another with centre-off position 

AC 21A utilization category 

Available in 2 pole 25 & 40A and 4 pole 40A versions 

Suitable for use on 110V DC 

modular electromechanical/digital time switches 

1 & 2 channel quartz time switches for hourly daily and weekly programming 

These can be used to control lighting, heating, ventilation, household appliances etc. 

Minimum swtiching time – 30 min. for daily dial and 3 hrs. for weekly dial 

All time switches are rated for 16A 240V AC1 and have supply failure reserve upto 150 hrs. 

Digital time switches are in 1 & 2 channel daily, 1 channel weekly, 5-20 pre-recorded adjustable 

programmes 

Operating reserve 3 years 

Pulsed output possible 

time lag switches 

The device controls lighting circuits with automatic switch-off after a pre-set time 

Time delay is adjustable from 24sec. to 12 min. 

It is equipped with a 2 position dial – permanent/timed lighting implementation facility 

Rated for 16A 240V AC1 and is suitble for use with pushbuttons only 

EM003 time lag switch available with addition function, when push button is pressed for more than three 

secs the lights switch on for one hour. This is useful for maintenance personnel 

Pre-warning device EM002 dims lights to 50% for 24 secs before final switch off 

14/7 

14

14 

14/8 

NEW 

NEW 

NEW 

NEW 


twilight switches 

The devices are controlled by photoelectric cells which measures the light level, and in conjunction with 

the relay provides on/off control of lighting circuit (in relation to natural light) 

They can be used in street lighting, display lighting, illuminated signs, showrooms etc. 

They come in 2 sensitivity ranges: 5 to 100 lux and 50 to 2000 lux 

EE100 twilight switch available with surface cell 

EE110 available with one daily time-switch incorporated in same unit 

EE700 available for outdoor, IP54 surface mounting, 2-1000 lux 

contactors 

Can be used for remote switching and control of power circuits 

Available in current ratings from 20 to 63A in 2NO, 3NO, 3NO + 1NC & 4 NO versions 

All contactor ratings for AC 1 loads only and if the load differs from AC1, the contactor may need derating 

Auxilliary contact 1NO + 1NC available 

latching relays 

Used for control of lighting circuits in buildings 

Latching relays operate when impulsed with a signal voltage, first impulse sets the relay to its set 

(opposite ) state & next impulse returns it to its re-set (original) state . 

230V/ 16A with 230V AC coil available in 1NO, 2NO, 1NO+1NC, 2NO+2NC and 4 NO versions . 

Auxilliaries for centralized control, remote signaling, multileveled centralised control and maintained 

contact available . 

push buttons 

Push buttons rated 16A with or without indicator light have option of 1 NO, 2 NO or 1NO +1NC contact 

These are used to actuate loads either directly or via contactors 

indicator lights 

Available in red, green, orange and blue lenses 

These are delivered with neon lamps 

modular bells and buzzers 

For audio signals in buildings 

Can be used in distribution boards 

Audio output – 85 & 78 dBA 

230V AC, 6.5 VA – 0.03 A

NEW 


thermostats 

Electronic Thermostats can be used for any application requiring temperature control (–30 to +60C) 

By using the universal probe 3 working modes are possible: Permanent off, permanent on, cyclic 

operation (1 min in every 4) 

The position of the relay is displayed by a pilot light 

dimmers and dimming systems 

Control of lighting levels in domestic and professional premises 

230V incandescent, 230V halogen with standard or electronic ballast and fluorescent lamps with 

electronic ballast can be dimmed . 

Stand alone dimmers available upto 600W and 1000W 

Control localized or remote by associated push buttons 

Soft start to increase lamp life expectancy 

Setting of minimum and maximum levels in some dimmers are possible 

Dimmer systems incorporating master and slave dimmers can be used upto 30000W 

analogue voltmeters 

For domestic & commercial Installations 

Range 0-500V 

Single phase: direct connection; three phase: use of voltmeter selector switch 

Accuracy: 2% 

analogue ammeters 

For domestic & commercial installations 

Available in various ranges up to 250A 

Direct reading: 0-30A; via current transformer: 0-50, 100, 150, 250A 

Accuracy: 2% 

selector switches for voltmeters & ammeters 

Rating 20A, 415V AC 

It conforms to IEC 947-3 

Voltmeter selector switch gives 3 readings between phases and 3 readings between phase & neutral 

Ammeter selector switch gives 3 phase readings. It should be used with current transformer 

14/9 

14

14 


IP30 insulated surface 

mounting enclosures 


IP54 weatherproof 

insulated surface mounting 

enclosures 

golf enclosures 

IP41 insulated flush & 

surface mounting 

enclosures (choice of 

opaque & trasparent 

doors) 

vega enclosures 

IP40 insulated surface 

mounting enclosures 

(choice of opaque & 

transparent doors) 

14/10 


description cat no. pack. qty. 

1 Row 1 Mod V301F1 10 

1 Row 2 Mod V302U1 10 

1 Row 4 Mod V304U1 5 

1 Row 6 Mod V306F1 1 

1 Row 8 Mod V308F1 1 

1 Row 4 Mod V504A 1 

1 Row 8 Mod V508A 1 

1 Row 12 Mod V512A 1 

2 Row 24 Mod V524A 1 

3 Row 36 Mod V536A 1 

Key lock V87000 1 

Coupling Sleeve V801V0 1 

Flush mounting 

1 Row 4 Mod Opaque VF04PB 1 

1 Row 4 Mod Transparent VF04TB 1 




1 Row 12 Mod Transparent VFT2TB 1 




3 Row 36 Mod Transparent 

Surface mounting 

VF36TB 1 

1 Row 4 Mod Opaque VS04PA 1 

1 Row 4 Mod Transparent VS04TA 1 









Key lock VZ311 1 

1 Row 18 Mod Opaque VB18B 1 

1 Row 18 Mod Transparent VB18R 1 





Key lock VZ310 1 

Coupling Sleeve VZ703 1 

18 Mod Blank strip JP015 1

volta enclosures 

IP30 insulated flush 

mounting enclosures (with 

metallic door & frame) 

indvicta IU enclosures & 

accessories 

IP42 sheet steel 

enclosures with solid or 

glazed steel door as an 

accessory 

indvicta PS plug & 

socket systems 

P&S systems incorporate 

moulded plug & socket 


description cat no. pack. qty. 

1 Row 12 Mod VU12C 1 




Enclosures 

1 Row 8 Mod IU8N 1 








4 Row 56 Mod 

Accessories 

IU56N 1 

8 mod solid steel door IU8DN 1 

8 mod glazed steel door IU8GDN 1 

















16A 3 pin SPN&E IU163PS 1 

32A 3 pin SPN&E IU323PS 1 

32A 3 pin TPN&E IU325PS 1 

63A 3 pin TPN&E IU635PS 1 

14/11 

14

14 

indvicta TPN vertical 

distribution boards 

IP42 sheet steel TPN 

boards with solid or glazed 

steel door as an accessory 

accessories for 

enclosures 

busbars & neutral bars 

All Insulated busbars are 

rated for 63A 

14/12 


description 

board 

cat no. pack. qty. 

4 way JK04N 1 

6 way JK06N 1 

8 way JK08N 1 

12 way JK12N 1 

16 way JK16N 1 

24 way 

incoming kits 

JK24N 1 

100A incoming kit (without incomer) JK10FCN 1 

200A incoming kit for TPN vertical DB JK20FCN 1 

200A direct connection kit 

extension box 

JK20DCN 1 

1 row 18 mod extension box 

accessories 

JK18EN 1 

4 way solid steel door JK04DN 1 

4 way glazed steel door JK04GDN 1 











solid steel door for MCCB incomer kit JK20MCDN 1 

solid steel door for extensin box JK18EDN 1 

glazed steel door for extension box JK18EGDN 1 

* For ordering a TPN vertical distribution system, please order 

main enclosure, incoming kit and accesories if required 

Half mod blanking strip P03100 50 

One mod blanking strip P03200 50 

Fork Busbars (for MCBs type NC – N & ND – A) 

1 Pole 1 mod step, 12 mod KD163A 100 

1 Pole 1 mod step, 56 mod KD163B 150 






4 Pole 1 mod step, 56 mod 

Prong Busbars (for MCBs type ML – A) 

KD463B 110 

1 Pole 1 step 13 mod – Brown (Phase) KB163p 1 

1 Pole 1 step 13 mod – Blue (Neutral) 

End Caps for Busbars 

KB163n 1 

1 Pole prong busbar KZ021 1 Set of 10 

2 Pole fork busbar KZ022 1 Set of 10 

3 Pole fork busbar KZ023 1 Set of 10 

4 Pole fork busbar 

Neutral bar 

KZ024 1 Set of 10 

63A din rail mounting neutral link 

Modular terminal block 

KM14N 25 

100A SP 1 mod KR50U 12

miniature circuit 

breakers – Type NC---N 

& ND---A 

10kA Type C & D, 

conforms to IEC 898-1995 


rating/description modules cat no. cat no. pack qty. 

type C type C 

Single pole 

0.5A 1 NC100N ND100A 12 

1A 1 NC101N ND101A 12 

1.6A 1 NC161N – 12 

2A 1 NC102N ND102A 12 

3A 1 NC103N ND103A 12 

4A 1 NC104N ND104A 12 

6A 1 NC106N ND106A 12 

7.5A 1 NC175N – 12 

10A 1 NC110N ND110A 12 

16A 1 NC116N ND116A 12 

20A 1 NC120N ND120A 12 

25A 1 NC125N ND125A 12 

32A 1 NC132N ND132A 12 

40A 1 NC140N ND140A 12 

50A 1 NC150N ND150A 12 

63A 

Double pole 

1 NC163N ND163A 12 

0.5A 2 NC200N ND200A 6 

1A 2 NC201N ND201A 6 

1.6A 2 NC261N – 6 

2A 2 NC202N ND202A 6 

3A 2 NC203N ND203A 6 

4A 2 NC204N ND204A 6 

6A 2 NC206N ND206A 6 

7.5A 2 NC275N – 6 

10A 2 NC210N ND210A 6 

16A 2 NC216N ND216A 6 

20A 2 NC220N ND220A 6 

25A 2 NC225N ND225A 6 

32A 2 NC232N ND232A 6 

40A 2 NC240N ND240A 6 

50A 2 NC250N ND250A 6 

63A 

Triple pole 

2 NC263N ND263A 6 

0.5A 3 NC300N ND300A 4 

1A 3 NC301N ND301A 4 

1.6A 3 NC361N – 4 

2A 3 NC302N ND302A 4 

3A 3 NC303N ND303A 4 

4A 3 NC304N ND304A 4 

6A 3 NC306N ND306A 4 

7.5A 3 NC375N – 4 

10A 3 NC310N ND310A 4 

16A 3 NC316N ND316A 4 

20A 3 NC320N ND320A 4 

25A 3 NC325N ND325A 4 

32A 3 NC332N ND332A 4 

40A 3 NC340N ND340A 4 

50A 3 NC350N ND350A 4 

63A 

Four pole 

3 NC363N ND363A 4 

0.5A 4 NC400N ND400A 3 

1A 4 NC401N ND401A 3 

1.6A 4 NC461N – 3 

2A 4 NC402N ND402A 3 

3A 4 NC403N ND403A 3 

4A 4 NC404N ND404A 3 

6A 4 NC406N ND406A 3 

7.5A 4 NC475N – 3 

10A 4 NC410N ND410A 3 

16A 4 NC416N ND416A 3 

20A 4 NC420N ND420A 3 

25A 4 NC425N ND425A 3 

32A 4 NC432N ND432A 3 

40A 4 NC440N ND440A 3 

50A 4 NC450N ND450A 3 

63A 4 NC463N ND463A 3 

14/13 

14

14 

auxiliaries & accessories 

for MCBs 


breakers – Type ML---A 

6kA type C - SPN (1 MOD) 

conforms to IEC 898-1995 


breakers – Type NM--- 

10kA type C – conforms to 

IEC 947-2 

14/14 


description modules cat no. pack.qty. 

Auxiliary Contact (1NO + 1NC) 0.5 MZ201 1 

Trip Alarm Contact (1No + 1 NC) 0.5 MZ202 1 

AC Shunt Trip 230V 1 MZ203 1 

DC Shunt Trip 9-48V DC 1 MZ204 1 

DC Undervoltage Release 1 MZ205 1 

AC Undervoltage Release 1 MZ206 1 

Locking Kit – MZ175 1 

Flushing Mounting Kit for SP MCBs – IU2FK 1 

Flushing Mounting Kit for DP MCBs – IU2FK 1 

Flushing Mounting Kit for TP MCBs – IU3FK 1 

Flushing Mounting Kit for FP MCBs – IU4FK 1 

rating/description modules cat no. pack.qty. 

6A 1 ML506A 6 

10A 1 ML510A 6 

16A 1 ML516A 6 

20A 1 ML520A 6 

25A 1 ML525A 6 

32A 1 ML532A 6 

40A 1 ML540A 6 

80A Single Pole 1.5 NM180 1 

100A Single Pole 1.5 NM184 1 

80A Double Pole 3 NM280 1 

100A Double Pole 3 NM284 1 

80A Triple Pole 4.5 NM380 1 

100A Triple Pole 4.5 NM384 1 

80A Four Pole 6 NM480 1 

100A Four Pole 6 NM484 1

esidual current circuit 

breakers (RCCBs) 

A range of devices to open 

a circuit automatically in 

the event of an earth 

leakage. 

Conforms to IEC 1008 

Double Pole 

rating sensitivity modules cat no. pack-qty 

25A 30mA 2 U724U1 1 

100mA 2 U824U1 1 

300mA 2 U424U1 1 

40A 30mA 2 U740U1 1 

100mA 2 U840U1 1 

300mA 2 U440U1 1 

63A 30mA 2 U762U1 1 

100mA 2 U862U1 1 

300mA 2 U462U1 1 

100A 30mA 2 U794U1 1 

100mA 2 U894U1 1 

Four Pole 



25A 30mA 4 U725U1 1 

100mA 4 U825U1 1 

300mA 4 U425U1 1 

40A 30mA 4 U741U1 1 

100mA 4 U841U1 1 

300mA 4 U441U1 1 

63A 30mA 4 U763U1 1 

100mA 4 U863U1 1 

300mA 4 U463U1 1 

100A 30mA 4 U899U1 1 

100mA 4 U499U1 1 

14/15 

14

14 

accessory for RCCB 

RCBOs 

Two Pole compact devices 

which provide overload & 

short-circuit protection of 

MCBs and earth leakage 

protection of RCCBs, 

conforms to IEC 1009 

RCBOs with fly lead 

Two Pole special RCBOs 

with fly lead available box 

mounting on vertical TPN 

vertical busbar system for 

earthleakage, O/L & S/C 

protection on outgoing 

circuits 

RCCB add-on blocks for 

NC---N, ND--A & 

NM---MCBs 

These are designed to be 

fitted to the right side of 

2 & 4 pole NC---N & ND--- 

A, NM---MCBs and the 

complete unit provides 

protection against 

overload, short-circuit & 

earth leakage 

14/16 


description 

auxiliary contact 

modules cat no. pack.qty. 

& remote tripping 1 U001F1 1 


6A 30mA 2 A060F1 1 

300mA 2 A160F1 1 

10A 30mA 2 A061F1 1 

300mA 2 A161F1 1 

16A 30mA 2 A062F1 1 

300mA 2 A162F1 1 

20A 30mA 2 A063F1 1 

300mA 2 A163F1 1 

25A 30mA 2 A064F1 1 

300mA 2 A164F1 1 

32A 30mA 2 A065F1 1 

300mA 2 A165F1 1 

6A 30mA 2 AD019B 1 

10A 30mA 2 AD020B 1 

16A 30mA 2 AD022B 1 

20A 30mA 2 AD023B 1 

25A 30mA 2 AD024B 1 

32A 30mA 2 AD025B 1 

Double Pole 

32A 30mA 2 BD233 1 

100mA 2 BE232E 1 

300mA 2 BF233 1 

63A 30mA 2 BD264 1 

100mA 2 BE264 1 

300mA 2 BF264 1 

100A 30mA 2.5 BD285 1 

Four Pole 

300mA 2.5 BF285 1 

32A 30mA 2 BD433 1 

100mA 2 BE432E 1 

300mA 2 BF433 1 

63A 30mA 2 BD464 1 

100mA 2 BE464 1 

300mA 2 BF464 1 

100A 30mA 4.5 BD485 1 

300mA 4.5 BF485 1

PROTECTION DEVICES, AUTOMATION & CONTROL DEVICES 

earth leakage relays 

The unit ensures the 

monitoring of earth leakage 

currents and the output of 

the product operates if the 

fault current rises above a 

selected level 

surge protection devices 

These devices protect 

electronic equipment 

against transient voltage 

surges caused by 

lightening strikes or 

switching of motors, 

transformers etc. 

isolating switches 

AC22A devices used as 

switch disconnectors in all 

types of circuit 

2 way centre off 

changeover switches 

Allows changeover from 

electricity board supply to 

generator supply & 

viceversa 


Instant trip, fixed sensitivity 30mA 4 HR100 1 

Instant trip, fixed sensitivity 300mA 

Instant trip, adjustable sensitivity 

4 HR120 1 

(30/100/300mA, 1A, 3A) 

Instant trip or time delay 

4 HR200 1 

(0.13 to 3 sec), adjustable sensitivity 4 HR210 1 

Circular section torroid 35 mm dia. – HR910 1 

Circular section torroid 70 mm dia. – HR911 1 

rating/description 

Two Pole 8kA (lmax), 1.5kV- 

modules cat no. pack.qty. 

for fine protection 

Single Pole 40kA (lmax), 1.2kV- 

1 SP208 1 

for main protection 1 SP140D 1 

Replacement catridge for SP140D – SP040D 1 

TPN surge device rated 40kA 4 SP440D 1 

Class 1 spark gap arrestor rated 75kA 2 SP175 1 

Induction coil rated 63A 2 SP937 1 

Double pole 

25A 1 SB216 1 

25A with pilot lights 1 SB217F 1 

32A 1 SB232 1 

32A with pilot lights 1 SB233F 1 

40A 2 SB240 1 

63A 2 SB263 1 

100A 2 SB299 1 

Triple pole 

32A 2 SB332 1 

40A 3 SB340 1 

63A 3 SB363 1 

100A 3 SB399 1 

Four pole 

32A 2 SB432F 1 

40A 4 SB440F 1 

63A 4 SB463F 1 

100A 4 SB499F 1 

Two Pole 

25A 2 SF219F 1 

40A 

Four Pole 

2 SF219G 1 

40A 4 SF419G 1 

14/17 

14

14 

modular 

electromechanical/digital 

time switches 

These devices are used to 

control lighting, heating, 

ventilation etc. 

time lag switch 

Devices to control lighting 

circuit with automatic switchoff 

after a pre-set time. 

14/18 


rating/description modules cat no. pack. qty. 

Quartz 1 channel 1 daily dial 1 EH116 1 

Quartz 1 channel 1 daily dial 3 EH136 1 

Quartz 2 channel 2 x daily dial 6 EH266 1 

Quartz 1 channel 1 daily 1 weekly dial 1 EH267 1 

1 channel daily cycle, 

5 adj-pre-recorded prog. 

1 EG010 1 



3 EG110 1 



3 EG210 1 

1 mod. 1 channel weekly cycle, 


1 EG071 1 

3 mod. 1 channel weekly cycle, 


3 EG170 1 

3 mod. 1 channel wekly cycle, pulsed output, 


3 EG171 1 

description modules cat no. pack. qty. 

24 sec. to 12 min. 1 EM001 6 

Pre-warning add-on block device 

230V, 16A; 24sec – 12 min with 

2 EM002 1 

1 hr maintan push facility 2 EM003 1

twilight switch 

The switch measures the 

light level and in 

conjunction with the relay 

provides on/off control of 

lighting circuit 

contactors 

These devices are used for 

remote switching & control 

of power circuits. 

All contactor ratings are for 

AC 1 load only 

(Coil voltage 230V 50 Hz) 

latching relays 

These devices are used for 

control of lighting circuits 

in buildings. 


Ajustable sensitivity 5 to 50 lux 

& 50 to 2000 lux 4 EE100 1 

Spare photo electric cell – EE003 1 

Programmable twilight/electromech 

timeswitch with surface cell 5 EE110 1 

Outdoor IP54 twilight switch 2 to 100 lux – EE700 1 

2 NO, 20A – 230 V 1 ES220 1 

2 NO, 20A – 415 V 3 ES240 1 

2 NO, 63A – 415 V 3 ES263 1 

3 NO, 20A – 415 V 2 ES320 1 

3 NO + 1 NC, 40A – 415 V 3 ES345 1 

3 NO + 1 NC, 63A – 415 V 3 ES365 1 

40 NO, 20A – 230 V 2 ES420 1 

4 Pole, 40A – 230 V 3 ES440 1 

4 Pole, 63A – 230 V 3 ES463 1 

230V / 6A, 230V AC coil 1 NO 1 EP510 1 


230V / 6A, 230V AC coil 1 NO + 1 NC 1 EP515 1 

230V / 6A, 230V AC coil 2 NO + 2 NC 2 EP525 1 


Auxilliary for ceentralised control 0.5 EP050 1 

Auxilliary contact 0.5 EP051 1 

Auxilliary for multilevelled centralised control 0.5 EP052 1 

Auxilliary for control by maintained contact 0.5 EP053 1 

14/19 

14

14 

push buttons 

indicator lights 

modular bells & buzzers 

For audio signals in buildings 

14/20 


description 

16A without indicator 

modules cat no. pack. qty. 

1 NO 1 SV041 12 

2 NO 1 SV042 12 

1NO + 1NC 1 SV045 12 

16A with green indicator 

1 NO 1 SV071 12 

2 NO 1 SV072 12 

16A without indicator 


Green 1 SV121 12 

Red 1 SV122 12 

Orange 1 SV126 12 

Blue 1 SV128 12 

Spare Neon lamp – SW104 20 

230V / 6.5 VA bell 1 SU213 12 

230-V / 6.5 VA buzzer 1 SU215 12

thermostats 

These devices can be used 

for any application requiring 

heating temperature control 

(–30 to 60 o C 

dimmers and diming 

systems 

These devices can be 

used for control of lighting 

levels in domestic & 

professional premises 


Multi-range, –30 to +60 o C (without probe) 3 EK186 1 

Ajustable ambient probe – EK082 1 

Universal Probe – EK083 1 

230V, 600V for 230V 

incandescent / halogen lamps 

3 EV010 1 

230V, 600V for 230V 

incandescent / halogen / VLV halogen 

(ferro magnetic) lamps 

3 EV001 1 

230V, 600V for 230V 

incandescent / halogen / VLV halogen (electronic) 

flourescent (electronic) lamps 

4 EV003 1 

230V, 1000V for 230V 


(ferro magnetic) lamps 

5 EV101 1 

230V, 1000V for 230V 


(electronic) flourescent (electronic) lamps 

4 EV103 1 

master dimmer 230V, for control of 30 nos 

EV101 and / or EV103 

4 EV104 1 

master dimmer 230V, for control of 30 nos 

EV101 and / or EV103 with 3 adjustable 

preset levels and time delay 

6 EV105 1 

synchronisation unit for 10 individual dimmers 2 EV009 1 

14/21 

14

14 

analogue meters 

These are used to 

measure voltages and 

currents 

current transformers 

These are used to feed 

analogue ammeters 

selector switches 

for meters 

For measuring voltages/ 

currents in 3 phase 

applications. 

14/22 


Analogue voltmeters 0 – 500V 

Analogue ammeters 

4 SM500 1 

0-30A (direct reading) 4 SM030 1 

0-50A (C.T. operated) 4 SM050 1 




ratio modules cat.no pack. qty. 

50/5 – SR051 1 

100/5 – SR101 1 

150/5 – SR151 1 

250/5 – SR250 1 


Voltmeter selector switch, 7 position 3 SK602 1 

Ammeter selector switch, 4 position 3 SK603 1

16A plug & socket board 

with SP MCB, time switch, 

contactor & indicator 


with DP RCBO & indicator 


with DP RCCB + MCB 

IU28N 

IU56N 

INDVICTA RANGE DIMENSIONS 

indvicta plug & socket boards 

Indvicta P&S distribution board incorporate CEE type moulded Plugs & Sockets conforming to IEC 309-1/2. It 

finds application in protection of outlets for individual appliances & machines. The P&S board can be fitted with 

a Hager protective device or a control & automation product like time switches, indicators etc. 

Description 

Single-phase versions are available in 3 pin 16A & 32A ratings of plugs and sockets, housed in 4 module flush 

and surface mounting enclosure. Three phase versions are available in 5 pin 32A & 63A ratings of plugs and 

sockets, housed in 6 or 8 module surface mounting enclosure. 

Construction 

Distributon board is CNC fabricated, from 1.2 mm thick sheet steel, pretreated & powder coated to RAL 9016. 

Knockouts have been provided at the top & bottom for ease of cabling. Supplied with earth stud CEE Plugs & 

Sockets are manufactured out of high quality thermoplastic conforming to all international standards. 

description module cat no. 

16A 3 pin SPN Plug & Socket enclosure 4 mod IU163PS 

32A 3 pin SPN Plug & Socket enclosure 4 mod IU323PS 

32A 5 pin TPN Plug & Socket enclosure 6 mod IU325PS 

63A 5 pin TPN Plug & Socket enclosure 8 mod IU635PS 

cat. ref width height depth 

IU163PS 130mm 230mm 162mm 

IU323PS 130mm 230mm 162mm 

IU325PS 200mm 230mm 125mm 

IU635PS 220mm 240mm 140mm 

indvicta iu metal enclosures 

Description cat.ref. 

1 row 8 mod E8 x 20 + 2 x earth studs IU8N 

N8 x 20 


N14 x 20 


N14 x 20 


N14 x 20 


N14 x 20 


N16 x 20 

14/23 

14

14 

IU36DN 

IU56GDN 

14/24 

INDVICTA RANGE ACCESSORIES 

Indvicta IU accesories 

Description cat.ref. 

door locking kit with 2 keys IKL1 

vertical or horizontal IUBKN 

enclosure baying kit 

1 row 8 mod solid steel door IU8DN 

glazed steel door IU8GDN 











blanking clips 1/2 mod (8.7 mm) P03100 

1 mod (17.5 mm) P03200

INDVICTA RANGE DIMENSIONS 

Indvicta IU dimensions 

enclosure surface mounting flush mounting 

cat no. enclosure only with door wall recess 

width height depth depth width height depth 

IU8N 280 220 80 100 270 210 70 

IU14N 385 220 80 100 375 210 70 

IU28N 385 410 80 100 375 400 70 

IU36N 455 410 80 100 445 400 70 

IU42N 385 560 80 100 3756 550 70 

IU56N 385 710 80 100 375 700 70 

All dimensions in mm 

dimensions of TPN distribution boards 

distribution boards Surface mounting 

description board only with door 

with height* depth depth 

4 way TPN 450 450 98.5 114.5 

6 way TPN 450 503 98.5 114.5 

8 way TPN 450 557 98.5 114.5 

12 way TPN 450 664 98.5 114.5 

16 way TPN 450 770 98.5 114.5 

24 way TPN 450 984 98.5 114.5 

extension box 450 250 98.5 114.5 

* Boards fitted with MCCB incomer 

add 400 mm to height for spreader box 

14/25 

14

14 

SYSTEM BUILDING WITH INDVICTA DISTRIBUTION BOARDS 

6 way TPN 

6 way TPN 

8 way TPN 

14/26 

IU SPN distribution boards 

board type 6 way 8 way 12 way 

enclosure IU8N IU14N IU14N 

incomer double pole – RCCB, RCBO, MCB or isolator 

outgoing MCBs 6 x SP 8 x SP 12 x SP 

& blanking clips 4 x 1 mod 

busbar 7 mod of 1 pole 9 mod of 1 pole 13 mod of 1 pole 

IU TPN distribution boards with SP outgoing 


incomer four pole – RCCB, RCCB add-on + MCB, MCB or isolator 

outgoing MCBs 18 x SP 24 x SP 36 x SP 

& blanking clips 6 x 1 mod 4 x 1 mod 2 x 1 mod 


IU TPN distribution boards with TP outgoing 


incomer four pole – RCCB, RCCB add-on + MCB, MCB or isolator 

outgoing MCBs 6 x TP 8 x TP 12 x TP 

& blanking clips 6 x 1 mod 8 x 1 mod 16 x 1 mod 


end caps 4 x 3 pole 4 x 3 pole 6 x 3 pole

SYSTEM BUILDING WITH INDVICTA DISTRIBUTION BOARDS 

IU SPN split load distribution board with backup supply. 

enclosure IU14N – 1 row mod 

incomomg devices Main incomer – SF 219G – 2 pole change over switch 

Sub incomer – 2 pole RCCB (for high risk circuits) 

outgoing devices SP MCBs – 9 Nos. 

connection SP busbar – 9 mod 

IU TPN distribution boards with RCCBs in each outgoing phase 

enclosure IU56N – 4 row 56 mod 

incomomg devices Main incomer – 4 pole Isolator 

Sub incomer – 2 pole RCCB in each phase 

outgoing devices SP MCBs – 12 Nos. per phase 

connection SP busbar – 13 mod per phase 

Neutral bar – 1 per phase 

IU distribution board with energy control & automation 

enclosure IU42N – 3 row 42 mod 

incomomg devices Main incomer – 4 pole RCCB 

VSD – 3 nos. 

Sub incomer – 2 pole C/O switch 

(for emergency circuits) 

outgoing devices TP MCBs – 2 Nos. 

SP MCBs – 5 Nos. 

Time switched DP MCB ‘circuit’ – 1 No. 

connection TP busbar – 9 mod endcaps – 2 x 3 pole 

SP busbar – 6 mod 

control & automation Voltmeter, VSS, Ammeter, ASS, 

Time switch, contactor, Indicators 

14/27 

14

14 

Cosmos Consumer 

Units 

Cosmos distribution 

boards 

Cosmos Phase 

changeover 

consumer units 

14/28 

COSMOS RANGE DIMENSIONS 

Cat. ref. A B C D E 

CU8N 215 200 225 245 70 

CU10N 250 235 225 245 70 

CU14N 320 305 225 245 70 

CU18N 390 375 225 245 70 

CU20N 320 305 400 415 70 

CU28N 390 375 400 415 70 

CU36N 460 445 400 415 70 


DU8N 275 255 225 245 90 

DU10N 310 290 225 245 90 

DU14N 385 365 225 245 90 

DU18N 450 430 225 245 90 

DU20N 385 365 415 435 90 

DU28N 450 430 415 435 90 

DU36N 525 505 415 435 90 

DU42N 450 430 540 560 90 

DU56N 470 450 690 710 90 

DU56NA 470 450 720 740 110 

DU56NB 470 450 690 710 90 

DU56NC 395 375 690 710 90 

DU56ND 345 325 690 710 90 


CC20N 429 450 383 370 82 

CC28N 464 485 383 370 82 

CC36N 536 557 383 370 82 

CC56N 679 700 383 370 82

Cosmos Phase 

changeover universal 

distribution units 

Cosmos TPN phase 

segregated consumer 

units 

Cosmos TPN phase 

segregated distribution 

boards 

COSMOS RANGE DIMENSIONS 


DC20N 500 480 410 430 140 

DC28N 535 515 410 430 140 

DC36N 605 585 410 430 148 

DC56N 595 575 675 710 148 


CS04N 381 384 600 589 60 

CS06N 489 492 600 589 60 

CS08N 597 600 600 589 60 

CS12N 873 816 600 589 60 


DS04N 430 410 625 645 95 

DS06N 540 520 625 645 95 

DS08N 650 630 625 645 95 

DS12N 865 845 625 645 118 

DSM04N 430 410 665 685 116 

DSM06N 540 520 665 685 116 

DSM08N 650 630 665 685 116 

DSM12N 865 845 665 685 116 

14/29 

14

15 

Enclosure Systems Page 

Small enclosures 15/1-15/6 

Large enclosures 15/5-15/8 

PC enclosure and case systems 15/7 

Console systems 15/8 

Command Panel systems 15/9 

Explosion-proof enclosures 15/10 

EMC-shielded enclosures 15/10 

Enclosure Climate Control Page 

Climate controlled enclosure systems 15/21 

Cooling units 15/22-15/23 

Recolling systems 15/23 

Heat exchangers 15/24 

�an-and-filter units 15/25 

Rack-mounted climate control 15/25-15/26 

Enclosure heaters 15/26 

ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE SYSTEMS 

SYSTEMS 

Electronic Systems Page 

Subrack systems 15/11-15/14 

Instrument cases / PC enclosures 15/15-15/17 

Electronic cases 15/18 

Electronic enclosures 15/19-15/20 

Power Distribution Components Page 

SV busbar system 15/27-15/28 

SV connection technology 15/29 

SV bus-mounting fuse bases 15/29 

NH fused isolators 15/29 

NH on-load isolators 15/30 

SV component adaptors 15/30

Data Communication Components Page 

Enclosure monitoring system 15/31 

DK network enclosures 15/32-15/34 

Dk wall-mounted distributor, 482.6 mm (19") / fibre-optic 15/34-15/36 

Rittal Data Rack 15/36 

Telecommunication Rack 15/37 

Modular telecommunications distributors 15/37-15/38 

ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE SYSTEMS 

SYSTEMS 

Outdoor Enclosures Page 

CS Outdoor wall-mounted enclosures 15/39 

CS Outdoor compact enclosures 15/39 

CS Outdoor large enclosures 15/39 

CS Outdoor modular eenclosures 15/40 

CS Indoor Rack 15/40 

15

15 

15/1 

The “fully grown” enclosure range in miniature format. Fitted as standard with 180 o hinges, mounting plate and 

double-bit lock. The robust sheet steel structure meets Rittal’s high standards with regard to manufacturing 

precision and a twin-coated surface finish. An extensive range of system accessories enables wall or pole 

fastening, cable entry, earthing and population of the mounting plate. 

Typical Rittal perfection 

A complete solution in miniature 

Countless application variants 

Model Model No. No. EB EB 1551.600 1551.600 1551.600 1553.600 1553.600 1553.600 1545.600 1545.600 1545.600 1548.600 1548.600 1548.600 1546.600 1546.600 1546.600 1549.600 1549.600 1549.600 1552.600 1552.600 1552.600 1554.600 1554.600 1554.600 1547.600 1547.600 1547.600 1550.600 1550.600 

1550.600 

Width mm 150 150 150 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 

Height mm 150 150 300 300 200 200 300 300 400 400 

Depth mm 80 120 80 120 80 120 80 120 80 120 

Model Model No.EB No.EB 1557.600 1557.600 1555.600 1555.600 1556.600 1556.600 1577.600 1577.600 1578.600 1578.600 1579.600 

1579.600 

Width mm 200 300 300 300 300 300 

Height mm 500 300 400 400 600 800 

Depth mm 120 120 120 155 155 155 

The cast aluminium enclosure GA provides an alternative material which is extremely robust and will withstand 

even harsh environments. 

The design of these enclosures is the result of many years of expertise and competence from the world’s 

largest mass producer of enclosure systems. 

Extremely robust 

Protection category IP 66 

E E BO BOX BO X EB 

EB 

(PR (PROTECTION (PR TECTION CA CATEGOR CA TEGOR TEGORY TEGOR Y IP IP 66) 66) 

66) 

CAST CAST ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM ENCLOSURES ENCLOSURES GA 

GA 

(PR (PROTECTION (PR TECTION TECTION CA CATEGOR CA TEGOR TEGORY TEGOR Y IP IP 66) 

66) 

Model Model No.GA No.GA No.GA 9100.210 9100.210 9101.210 9101.210 9104.210 9104.210 9102.210 9102.210 9105.210 9105.210 9108.210 9108.210 9103.210 9103.210 9112.210 9112.210 9106.210 9106.210 9116.210 

9116.210 

Width mm 50 58 75 98 125 122 150 160 175 200 

Height mm 45 64 80 64 80 120 64 160 80 230 

Depth mm 30 36 57 36 57 80 36 90 57 110 

Model Model No.GA No.GA No.GA 9110.210 9110.210 9107.210 9107.210 9113.210 9113.210 9117.210 9117.210 9118.210 9118.210 9119.210 9119.210 9111.210 9111.210 9114.210 

9114.210 

Width mm 220 250 260 280 330 330 360 360 

Height mm 120 80 160 230 230 230 122 160 

Depth mm 90 57 90 110 110 180 80 90

BUS US ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE BG 

BG 

(PR (PROTECTION (PR TECTION CA CATEGOR CA TEGOR TEGORY TEGOR Y IP IP 65/*55) 65/*55) 

65/*55) 

The secure, sealed packaging for all field bus modules, designed for in situ use on the machines and systems. 

Made from sheet steel (spray finished in textured RAL 7032) or polished stainless steel, for use in the chemical 

or food industries. Other sizes, hole patterns or manufacturer/user-specific versions available on request. 

Naturally, the bus components can also be installed in plastic enclosures KS or polycarbonate terminal boxes 

PK. 

For all bus systems 

Solution diversity through system accessories 

Model Model No. No. BG BG 

Model Model No. No. EB 

EB 

Version Sheet steel, spray-finished Stainless steel 

AEG (ASA) 

Modicon TIO 

Sheet steel 

spray-finished 

Stainless 

steel 

Sheet steel 

spray-finished 

Bosch 

AEG (ASA) DESI-20-K-DP 

Modicon TIO Murrelektronik 

WAGO I/O system 

Beckhnoff bus 

Bosch 

DESI-20-K-DP 

MBK-I 

Phoenix RT Klockner-Moeller EM4 

terminal Siemens Murrelektronik Pilz PDM-IBS series 100, 200 

ET 200 B 

Weidmuller- 

MBK-I 

Pheonix RT 

Weidmuller- 

WINbloc 

Siemens ET 200 L-SCIIMSC 

Phoenix ST All 

W H D WINbloc Pilz PDM-IBS Siemens ET 200B Allen-Bradley Flex-E/A Systems 

200 300 80 1583.210 1583.210 1604.210 1604.210 1583.010 

1583.010 

200 300 120 1605.210 

1605.210 

300 300 80 1584.210 1584.210 

1584.010 

1584.010 

400 200 123 1558.210 1558.210 1558.010 

1558.010 

400 300 80 1585.210 1585.210 

1585.010 

1585.010 

400 300 120 1606.210 

1606.210 

500 300 80 1586.210 

1586.210 

400 300 155 1577.600 

1577.600 

600 200 123 1559.210 1559.210 1559.010 1559.010 

1559.010 

600 300 155 1578.600 

1578.600 

800 300 155 1579.600 

1579.600 

15/2 

15

15 

With more than 40 variants, terminal boxes are characterised by a screw-fixed lid, integral profile strips with mounting holes, and facilities for 

connecting PE conductors. 

Our internationally renowned production technology for enclosures guarantees outstanding perfection. The double-layer surface finish (electrophoretic 

dipcoat priming and powder coating) guarantees a high level of protection against corrosion, plus exceptoinal mechanical resistance. 

One particular strength lies in the extensive Rittal range of system accessories for wall mounting, cable entry, interior population, and many other 

important mounting and installation solutions. 

A cleverly thought-out design Over 40 variants Versatile mounting and installation 

With With gland gland gland plate plate (protection category IP 55) 

Model Model No.KL No.KL No.KL 1530.210 1530.210 1531.210 1531.210 1535.210 1535.210 1532.210 1532.210 1536.210 1536.210 1539.210 1539.210 1533.210 1533.210 1537.210 1537.210 1534.210 1534.210 1534.210 1538.210 

1538.210 

Width mm 300 300 300 400 400 400 500 500 600 600 

Height mm 150 200 300 200 300 400 200 300 200 300 

Depth mm 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 

Model Model No.KL No.KL 1540.210 1540.210 1540.210 1542.210 1542.210 1542.210 1541.210 1541.210 

1541.210 

Width mm 600 800 800 

Height mm 400 200 400 

Depth mm 120 120 120 

15/3 

TERMINAL TERMINAL BO BOXES BO XES KL 

KL 

Without Without gland gland plate plate (protection category IP 66) 

Model Model No.KL No.KL No.KL 1514.210 1514.210 1500.210 1500.210 1528.210 1528.210 1529.210 1529.210 1516.210 1516.210 1502.210 1502.210 1515.210 1515.210 1501.210 1501.210 1517.210 1517.210 1517.210 1503.210 

1503.210 

Width mm 150 150 200 200 200 200 300 300 300 300 

Height mm 150 150 150 150 200 200 150 150 200 200 

Depth mm 80 120 80 120 80 120 80 120 80 120 

Model Model Model No.KL No.KL 1507.210 1507.210 1589.210 1589.210 1518.210 1518.210 1504.210 1504.210 1508.210 1508.210 1511.210 1511.210 1505.210 1505.210 1509.210 1509.210 1519.210 1519.210 1519.210 1506.210 

1506.210 

Width mm 300 400 400 400 400 400 500 500 600 600 

Height mm 300 150 200 200 300 400 200 300 200 200 

Depth mm 120 120 80 120 120 120 120 120 80 120 

Model Model No.KL No.KL No.KL 1510.210 1510.210 1510.210 1512.210 1512.210 1512.210 1527.210 1527.210 1513.210 

1513.210 

Width mm 600 600 800 800 

Height mm 300 400 200 400 

Depth mm 120 120 120 120 

Stainless Stainless steel steel with with gland gland gland plate plate (protection category IP 66) 

Model Model No.KL No.KL No.KL 1521.010 1521.010 1523.010 1523.010 1522.010 1522.010 1524.010 1524.010 1526.010 1526.010 1525.010 

1525.010 

Width mm 150 200 300 300 300 400 

Height mm 150 200 150 200 300 200 

Depth mm 80 80 80 80 120 120 

POL POLYCARBONA 

POL YCARBONA 

YCARBONATE 

YCARBONA TE TERMINAL TERMINAL ENCLOSURES ENCLOSURES PK 

PK 

(PR (PROTECTION (PR TECTION CA CATEGOR CA TEGOR TEGORY TEGOR Y IP IP 66) 

66) 

Whether for accommodating measurement and control technology, installing displays or switches in the lid or enclosure, or for use as a simple 

terminal or fuse box, the PK series offers the perfect packaging for electrical components. 

Outdoor sitting is possible, thanks to the high protection category IP 66 and UV resistance to DIN 53 387. 

Fibreglass -reinforced polycarbonate Choice of grey or transparent lid 

Model Model Model No.PK No.PK No.PK 9500.000 9500.000 

9500.100 9500.100 

9501.000 9501.000 

9501.100 9501.100 

9502.000 9502.000 9503.000 9503.000 

9502.100 9502.100 9503.100 9503.100 

9504.000 9504.000 

9504.100 9504.100 

9505.000 9505.000 

9505.100 9505.100 

9506.000 9506.000 

9506.100 9506.100 

9507.000 9507.000 

9507.100 9507.100 

9508.000 9508.000 9508.000 

9508.100 9508.100 

9509.000 

9509.000 

9509.100 

9509.100 

Width mm 65 65 94 94 94 94 110 110 130 130 

Height mm 65 65 65 65 94 94 110 110 94 94 

Depth mm 57 81 57 81 57 81 66 90 57 81 

Model Model No.PK No.PK 9510.000 9510.000 

9510.100 9510.100 

9511.000 9511.000 

9511.100 9511.100 

9512.000 9512.000 9513.000 9513.000 

9512.100 9512.100 9513.100 9513.100 

9514.000 9514.000 

9514.100 9514.100 

9515.000 9515.000 

9515.100 9515.100 

9516.000 9516.000 

9516.100 9516.100 

9517.000 9517.000 

9517.100 9517.100 

9518.000 9518.000 9518.000 

9518.100 9518.100 

9519.000 

9519.000 

9519.100 

9519.100 

Width mm 130 130 180 180 180 180 180 182 182 182 

Height mm 130 130 94 94 110 110 110 180 180 180 

Depth mm 75 99 57 81 90 111 165 90 111 165 

Model Model No.PK No.PK 9520.000 9520.000 

9520.100 9520.100 

9521.000 9521.000 

9521.100 9521.100 

9522.000 9522.000 9523.000 9523.000 

9522.100 9522.100 9523.100 9523.100 

9524.000 

9524.000 

9524.100 

9524.100 

Width mm 254 254 254 360 360 

Height mm 180 180 180 254 254 

Depth mm 90 111 165 111 165

COMP COMPACT COMP CT ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE AE 

AE 

From being the world’s first ever standardised, mass-produced range of enclosures, Rittal compact enclosures AE have developed into a highly 

successful series. 

This is complemented by unbelievably fast availability with Rittal’s “off-the-shelf, immediately” service. 

All in all, these benefits add up to incredible added value from Rittal, and nowhere is this more true than of the 60 different AE variants available 

in a spray finished or stainless steel design, with one or two doors. 

Unbelievable production quality Unbelievable choice of sizes and designs Unbelievable selection of accessories for individual, convenient and 

yet cost-effective equipment 

Single-door Single-door (protection category IP 66/*56) 

Model Model No.AE No.AE 1032.600 1032.600 1035.600 1035.600 1033.600 1033.600 1034.600 1034.600 1030.600 1030.600 1031.600 1031.600 1380.600 1380.600 1038.600 1038.600 1338.600 1338.600 1338.600 1045.600 

1045.600 

Width mm 200 200 300 300 380 380 380 380 380 400 

Height mm 300 300 300 400 300 300 380 600 600 500 

Depth mm 120 155 210 210 155 210 210 210 350 210 

Model Model No.AE No.AE 1050.600 1050.600 1350.600 1350.600 1057.600* 1057.600* 1057.600* 1039.600 1039.600 1039.600 1339.600 1339.600 1339.600 1060.600 1060.600 1060.600 1360.600 1360.600 1360.600 1076.600* 1076.600* 1076.600* 1376.600* 1376.600* 1058.600* 

1058.600* 

Width mm 500 500 500 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 

Height mm 500 500 700 380 380 600 600 760 760 800 

Depth mm 210 300 250 210 350 210 350 210 350 250 

Model Model No.AE No.AE 1090.600* 1090.600* 1260.600* 1260.600* 1077.600* 1077.600* 1073.600* 1073.600* 1180.600* 1180.600* 1280.600* 

1280.600* 

Width mm 600 600 760 760 800 800 

Height mm 1000 1200 760 760 1000 1200 

Depth mm 250 300 210 300 300 300 

Doub Double-door 

Doub le-door (protection category IP 55) 

Model Model No.AE No.AE 1100.600 1100.600 1130.600 1130.600 1110.600 1110.600 1213.600 1213.600 1114.600 

1114.600 

Width mm 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 

Height mm 760 760 1000 1200 1400 

Depth mm 210 300 300 300 300 

With With glaz glazed glaz glazed 

ed door door door (protection category IP 54) 

Model Model Model No.AE No.AE No.AE 1050.650 1050.650 1350.650 1350.650 1039.650 1039.650 1339.650 1339.650 1060.650 1060.650 1360.650 1360.650 1076.650 1076.650 1376.650 

1376.650 

Width mm 500 500 600 600 600 600 600 600 

Height mm 500 500 380 380 600 600 760 760 

Depth mm 210 300 210 350 210 350 210 350 

With With operating operating panel panel (protection category IP 54) 

Model Model No.AE No.AE 1030.680 1030.680 1031.680 1031.680 1380.680 1380.680 1038.680 1038.680 1338.680 1338.680 1050.680 1050.680 1350.680 1350.680 1039.680 1039.680 1339.680 1339.680 1339.680 1060.680 

1060.680 

Width mm 380 380 380 380 380 500 500 600 600 600 

Height mm 300 300 380 600 600 500 500 380 380 600 

Depth mm 155 210 210 210 350 210 300 210 350 210 

Model Model No.AE No.AE 1360.680 

1360.680 

Width mm 600 

Height mm 600 

Depth mm 350 

Stainless Stainless Stainless steel, steel, steel, single-door 

single-door single-door (protection category IP 66) 

Model Model Model No.AE No.AE 1002.600 1002.600 1005.600 1005.600 1004.600 1004.600 1006.600 1006.600 1008.600 1008.600 1007.600 1007.600 1009.600 1009.600 1010.600 1010.600 1012.600 1012.600 1012.600 1014.600 

1014.600 

Width mm 200 300 380 380 380 500 600 600 600 760 

Height mm 300 380 300 380 600 500 380 600 760 760 

Depth mm 155 210 155 210 210 210 210 210 210 300 

Model Model No.AE No.AE 1016.600 1016.600 1017.600 

1017.600 

Width mm 800 800 

Height mm 1000 1200 

Depth mm 300 300 

Stainless Stainless steel, steel, doub double-door 

doub double-door 

le-door (protection category IP 55) 

Model Model No.AE No.AE 1018.600 1018.600 1019.600 1019.600 

1019.600 

Width mm 1000 1000 



15/4 

15

15 

15/5 

PLASTIC PLASTIC ENCLOSURES ENCLOSURES KS 

KS 

Rittal plastic enclosures KS boast special advantages, thanks to the use of fibreglass-reinforced 

unsaturated polyester. 

Full insulation to VDI 0100, para. 6.2. 

Exceptional resistance to corrosion and weather 

Fixing inserts integrated into the enclosure and door, plus C rails for depth-variable mounting 

Special KS accessory components and an extensive range of standard system accessories guarantee userspecific 

complete solutions based on the modular principle. A high-qality, cost-effective range – typically Rittal ! 

Single-door 

Single-door, Single-door without without vie viewing vie wing windo windo window windo windo (protection category IP 66/*56) 

Model Model No.KS No.KS 1423.600 1423.600 1432.600 1432.600 1434.600 1434.600 1434.600 1444.600 1444.600 1444.600 1446.600 1446.600 1446.600 1453.600 1453.600 1453.600 1466.600 1466.600 1466.600 1468.600 1468.600 1468.600 1480.600* 

1480.600* 

Width mm 200 250 300 400 400 500 600 600 800 

Height mm 300 350 400 400 600 500 600 800 1000 

Depth mm 150 150 200 200 200 300 200 300 300 

Single-door 

Single-door, Single-door without without vie viewing vie wing windo window windo (protection category IP 56) 

Model Model No.KS No.KS 1448.600 1448.600 1449.600 1449.600 1454.600 1454.600 1467.600 1467.600 1469.600 1469.600 1479.600 

1479.600 

Width mm 400 400 500 600 600 800 

Height mm 400 600 500 600 800 1000 

Depth mm 200 200 300 200 300 300 


Doub le-door le-door, le-door without without vie viewing vie wing windo window windo (protection category IP 56) 

Model Model No.KS No.KS 1400.600 

1400.600 

Width mm 1000 

Height mm 1000 

Depth mm 300 

EXCLUSIVE EXCLUSIVE ENCLOSURES ENCLOSURES ES ES 5000 

5000 

The Rittal ES 5000 exclusive enclosure is a compact enclosure system with numerous benefits: 

Compact for electronics, ideal for machine control, generously proportinoed for climatae control, flexible and 

cost-effective for everyone; the ES 5000 is a specialist in numerous fields. Also available in stainless steel for 

situations where particular standards of hygiene and corrosion resistance are required. 

Enclosure manufactured from a single piece 

Compatible with PS quick-fit components 

Single-door Single-door (protection category IP 56) 

Model Model No.ES No.ES 5665.600 5665.600 5684.600 5684.600 5605.600 5605.600 5865.600 5865.600 5884.600 5884.600 5805.600 5805.600 5084.600 

5084.600 

Width mm 600 600 600 800 800 800 1000 

Height mm 1600 1800 2000 1600 1800 2000 1800 

Depth mm 500 400 500 500 400 500 400 


Doub le-door (protection category IP 55) 

Model Model Model No.ES No.ES 5080.600 5080.600 5265.600 5265.600 5284.600 5284.600 5205.600 5205.600 5784.600 5784.600 5905.600 

5905.600 

Width mm 1000 1200 1200 1200 1600 1800 

Height mm 1800 1600 1800 2000 1800 2000 

Depth mm 400 500 400 500 400 500 

Stainless Stainless Stainless steel, steel, single-door 

single-door single-door (protection category IP 56) 

Model Model No.ES No.ES 5450.600 5450.600 5451.600 5451.600 5452.600 5452.600 5453.600 5453.600 5454.600 

5454.600 

Width mm 600 600 800 800 1000 

Height mm 1600 1800 1800 2000 1800 

Depth mm 400 500 500 600 400 

Stainless Stainless Stainless steel, steel, steel, doub doub double-door 

doub doub le-door (protection category IP 55) 

Model Model No.ES No.ES 5455.600 

5455.600 

Width mm 1200 


Depth mm 500

COMP COMPACT COMP CT ENCLOSURES ENCLOSURES AK 

AK 

For smaller control units and distributors. Rittal offers a 

powerful mid-way solution with the AK series. 

Proven a million times over, it has the correct volume to 

suit every space requirements 

The giant amongst compact enclosures 

Interchangeable door hinge 

Versatile, compatible interior installation 

The PS 4000 perfect panel system is proven a milion times over in the tradational control sectors of industry, from food production to shipbuilding. 

Its particular strengths are the machinery and motor vehicle industries. 

Members of the PS 4000 system family are also champions when it comes to traffic control, scientific laboratories, the aerospace industry, power 

generation and distribution, and modern data and communicatins transfer. 

Quick assembly, thanks to 24 rows of holes on a 25 mm pitch pattern 

Virtually every individual requirement can be solved with standard modules 

PS solution to EMC with a high level of shielding 

Single-door* 

Single-door* 

Model Model No.PS No.PS No.PS 4405.210 4405.210 4406.210 4406.210 4684.600 4684.600 4685.600 4685.600 4686.600 4686.600 4604.600 4604.600 4605.600 4605.600 4606.600 4606.600 4608.600 4608.600 4626.600 

4626.600 

Width mm 400 400 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 

Height mm 2000 2000 1800 1800 1800 2000 2000 2000 2000 2200 

Depth mm 500 600 400 500 600 400 500 600 800 600 

Model Model Model No.PS No.PS No.PS 4884.600 4884.600 4885.600 4885.600 4886.600 4886.600 4804.600 4804.600 4804.600 4805.600 4805.600 4806.600 4806.600 4808.600 4808.600 4826.600 4826.600 4084.600 4084.600 4885.600 

4885.600 

Width mm 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 

Height mm 1800 1800 1800 2000 2000 2000 2000 2200 1800 1800 

Depth mm 400 500 600 400 500 600 800 600 400 500 

Doub Doub Double-door* 

Doub le-door* 

Model Model No.PS No.PS 4080.600 4080.600 4005.600 4005.600 4006.600 4006.600 4284.600 4284.600 4284.600 4285.600 4285.600 4286.600 4286.600 4204.600 4204.600 4205.600 4205.600 4206.600 4206.600 4208.600 

4208.600 

Width mm 1000 1000 1000 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 

Height mm 1800 2000 2000 1800 1800 1800 2000 2000 2000 2000 

Depth mm 400 500 600 400 500 600 400 500 600 800 

Model Model No.PS No.PS 4226.600 

4226.600 

Width mm 1200 


Depth mm 600 


55) 

PERFECT PERFECT P PPANEL 

P ANEL SYSTEM SYSTEM PS PS 400 

400 

(*PR (*PROTECTION (*PR (*PR TECTION CA CATEGOR CA TEGOR TEGORY TEGOR Y IP IP 55) 

55) 

Stainless Stainless Stainless steel, steel, single-door* 

single-door* 

Stainless Stainless steel, steel, doub double-door* 

doub le-door* 

Model Model No.PS No.PS 4457.600 4457.600 4452.600 4452.600 4454.600 4454.600 4455.600 4455.600 4455.600 4450.600 

4450.600 

4456.600 4456.600 4453.600 4453.600 4451.600 

4451.600 

Width mm 600 600 800 800 800 

1200 1200 1200 

Height mm 1800 2000 1800 1800 2000 

1800 1800 2000 

Depth mm 500 600 400 500 600 

400 500 600 

With With cab cable cab le cc 

chamber* cc 

hamber* hamber* 

Model Model No.PS No.PS 4415.210 4415.210 4416.210 4416.210 4615.600 4615.600 4616.600 4616.600 4616.600 4815.600 4815.600 4816.600 4816.600 4215.600 4215.600 4216.600 

4216.600 

Width mm 400 400 600 600 800 800 1200 1200 

Height mm 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 

Depth mm 500 600 500 600 500 600 500 600 

For For isolator isolator door door loc locking* loc king* 

Model Model No.PS No.PS 4984.600 4984.600 4985.600 4985.600 4905.600 4905.600 4906.600 

4906.600 

Width mm 800 800 800 800 

Height mm 1800 1800 2000 2000 

Depth mm 400 500 500 600 

Electr Electr Electronic Electr Electr onic enc enclosures 

enc losures 

Model Model No.PS No.PS No.PS 4410.210 4410.210 4418.210 4418.210 4430.210 4430.210 4438.210 4438.210 

4438.210 

Width mm 600 600 600 600 

Height mm 1600 1600 2000 2000 

Depth mm 610 810 610 810 

Model Model No.AK No.AK 1646.600 1646.600 1648.600 1648.600 1652.600 

1652.600 

Width mm 600 800 1200 

Height mm 1200 1200 1200 

Depth mm 400 400 400 

15/6 

15

15 

15/7 

BAYING YING SYSTEM SYSTEM AS 

AS 

Optimum facilities for expansion, easily adjustable mounting plate and simple cable entry from above and below 

– these are the striking features of the successful, economical Rittal AS of enclosures. 

Cost-effective 

Suitable for baying 

All sizes available off-the-shelf 

Single-door 

Single-door 

Model Model No.AS No.AS 1864.600 1864.600 1864.600 1862.600 1862.600 1884.600 1884.600 1882.600 1882.600 1814.600 

1814.600 

Width mm 600 600 800 800 1000 

Height mm 1800 2000 1800 2000 1800 

Depth mm 400 500 400 500 400 


Doub le-door 

Model Model No.PS No.PS 1824.600 1824.600 1822.600 

1822.600 

Width mm 1200 1200 




54) 

PC PC ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE AND AND CASE CASE SYSTEMS 

SYSTEMS 


55) 

Whether the enclosure is permanently installed or transported on a mobile pedestal, our consistent application of 

ergonomics ensures a more relaxed posture when working. This is supplemented by an attractive industrial 

design and carefuly though-out solutions, right down to the last technical detail. 

Theft protection: Enclosure manufactured from a single piece. The doors can be integrated into the lock 

system with semi-cylinders 

Keyboard support cradle for extra space 

More opportunities for expansion, thanks to a universal, interchangeable cover plate behind the fold-out tray 

A range of accessories to suit every conceivable requirement 

PC PC enc enclosure enc losure system, system, ne new ne w g ggeneration 

g eneration 

Model Model No.PC No.PC 4603.703 4603.703 4603.920 4603.920 4603.704 4603.704 4609.703 4609.703 4609.920 

4609.920 

Width mm 600 600 600 600 600 

Height mm 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 

Depth mm 650 650 650/910 850 850 

PC PC enc enclosure enc losure system 

system 

Model Model No.PC No.PC 4600.210 4600.210 4610.210 4610.210 4600.913 4600.913 4610.503 4610.503 4610.704 4610.704 4620.210 4620.210 4621.210 

4621.210 

Width mm 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 

Height mm 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 

Depth mm 620 620 620 620 620/820 820 820 

PC PC case case system 

system 

Model Model No.PC No.PC 4617.703 4617.703 4617.920 4617.920 4617.704 

4617.704 

Width mm 600 600 600 

Height mm 750 750 750 

Depth mm 650 650 650/910 

PC PC enc enclosure enc enclosure 

losure system, system, stainless stainless steel 

steel 

Model Model No.PC No.PC 4650.000 4650.000 4650.704 

4650.704 



Depth mm 620 620/820

MODULE MODULE COMBI COMBI SYSTEM SYSTEM MC 

MC 

MC – the enclosure system for modular, individually shielded assembly of power distributors, controls and electronic 

systems. 

MC is based on the highly popular frame structure of the PS 4000. 

Partial door with height spacings of 200 – 1000 mm 

Controls or electronic systems can be integrated into separate mounting compartments 

Model Model No.MC No.MC 4740.200 4740.200 4740.200 4700.200 

4700.200 




Function and variability are key features of all Rittal console systems. Their perfect design means added benefits 

in terms of assembly, safety and operation. 

The operating unit, or console, is pivotal to a system’s capability. By providing optimum ergonomic conditions for 

operators, we can create the requirements for economical system operation. 

Modular solution diversity to suit every requirement 

International approvals 

AP universal console also available in stainless steel 

AP AP console console system 

system 

Combination of 

console parts 


55) 

CONSOLE CONSOLE SYSTEMS SYSTEMS AP 

AP 

(PR (PROTECTION (PR TECTION TECTION CA CATEGOR CA TEGOR TEGORY TEGOR Y IP IP 55) 55) 

55) 

Width 

Depth of 

console 400 500 500 500 

mm system in 

mm 

Model Model No. No. AP 

AP 

Console 2612.600 2612.600 2614.600 2614.600 2662.600 2662.600 2647.600 

2647.600 

800 

Lid 

Desk unit 

2615.200 2615.200 

2611.200 2611.200 

2616.200 2616.200 

2613.200 2613.200 

2616.200 2616.200 

2613.200 2613.200 

2626.200 

2626.200 

2613.200 

2613.200 

Pedestal 2600.600 2600.600 2610.600 2610.600 2610.600 2610.600 2610.60 

2610.60 

Console 2642.600 2642.600 2644.600 2644.600 2663.600 2663.600 2648.600 

2648.600 

1200 

Lid 

Desk unit 

2645.200 2645.200 

2641.200 2641.200 

2646.200 2646.200 

2643.200 2643.200 

2646.200 2646.200 

2643.200 2643.200 

2646.200 

2646.200 

2643.200 

2643.200 

Pedestal 2620.600 2620.600 2640.600 2640.600 2640.600 2640.600 2649.600 

2649.600 

Console 2652.600 2652.600 2654.600 2654.600 2664.600 2664.600 2649.600 

2649.600 

1600 

Lid 

Desk unit 

2655.200 2655.200 

2651.200 2651.200 

2656.200 2656.200 

2653.200 2653.200 

2656.200 2656.200 

2653.200 2653.200 

2656.200 

2656.200 

2653.200 

2653.200 

Pedestal 2630.600 2630.600 2650.600 2650.600 2650.600 2650.600 2650.600 

2650.600 

AP AP one-piece one-piece consoles consoles 

consoles 

Width 

mm 

Height 

mm 

Depth 

mm 


AP 

600 960 400/480 2666.600 

2666.600 

800 960 400/480 2660.600 

2660.600 

1000 960 400/480 2670.600 

2670.600 

1200 960 400/480 2672.600 

2672.600 

AP AP one-piece one-piece console 

console 

Width 

mm 

Height 

mm 

Depth 

mm 

Model Model Model No.AP No.AP 

shor short shor 

fr front fr ont door door 


AP 

tail 

tail 

fr front fr ont door 

door 

600 1300 500 2694.600 2694.600 2695.600* 

2695.600* 

AP AP one-piece one-piece consoles, consoles, stainless stainless steel 

steel 

Width 

mm 

Height 

mm 

Depth 

mm 

Doors Model Model No. No. AP 

AP 

600 960 400/480 1 2683.600 2683.600 

2683.600 

800 960 400/480 1 2684.600 2684.600 

2684.600 

1000 960 400/480 2 2685.600 

2685.600 

1200 960 400/480 2 2686.600 

2686.600 

AP AP univer universal univer sal console console, console stainless stainless stainless steel steel 

steel 

Width 

mm 

Height 

mm 

Depth 

mm 

Model Model No. No. AP AP AP Model Model No. No. AP 

AP 

shor short shor 

tail 

tail 

fr front fr ont door door fr front fr ont door 

door 

600 1300 500 2688.600 2688.600 2689.600 

2689.600 

* Extended delivery times 

15/8 

15

15 

The interface between man and machine has a decisive effect on productivity. 

With this in mind. Rittal devotes a great deal of attention to this key area of industrial process control. Our aim is to provide perfect protection for hightech 

programming, operating and monitoring systems. What is more, we also endeavour to provide optimum ergonomic conditions for the operating 

staff, in line with individual conditions 

In addition to the VIP 6000 command panel system, Rittal also offers a wide range of enclosure solutions for the interface between man and 

machine which, when combined with support arm systems and accessory components, facilitate an unlimited number of customer-specific 

solutions. 

Enclosure versatility to suit any technical requirement 

Three support arm systems for mobility of the operating level 

Cost-effective, individual solutions achieved with standard accessories 

15/9 

COMMAND COMMAND P PPANEL 

P ANEL SYSTEMS SYSTEMS CP 

CP 

Suppor Support Suppor t arm arm system system system CP CP 6000 

6000 

(PR (PROTECTION (PR TECTION CA CATEGOR CA TEGOR TEGORY TEGOR Y IP IP 55/*65) 

55/*65) 

Exceptionally practical, 

thanks to a high load-bearing capacity 

and an open cable duct system 

Command Command P PPanel 

P anel VIP VIP 6000* 

6000* 

Model Model No. No. CP CP 6392.009 

6392.009 

Width mm 

Height mm 

Depth mm 

Any size 

to order 

Command Command panel panel panel with with displa display displa displa y panel panel fr front fr ont 

Model Model Model No. No. CP CP 6442.200 6442.200 6462.200 6462.200 6552.200 6552.200 6662.200 

6662.200 

Width mm 380 380 500 600 

Height mm 380 600 500 600 

Depth mm 249 249 249 249 

Command Command panel 

panel 

Model Model No. No. CP CP 6030.128 6030.128 6032.128 6032.128 6031.128 6031.128 6033.128 

6033.128 

Width mm 600 600 600 600 

Height mm 400 400 500 500 

Depth mm 400 500 400 500 

Command Command panel panel panel based based on on AE* 

AE* 

Model Model No. No. CP CP 6531.200 6531.200 6530.200 6530.200 6532.200 6532.200 6533.200 6533.200 

6533.200 

Width mm 380 380 500 600 

Height mm 300 380 500 380 

Depth mm 210 210 210 210 

Command Command Command panel, panel, stainless stainless steel** steel** 

steel** 

Model Model No. No. No. CP CP 6670.000 6670.000 6671.000 6671.000 6672.000 

6672.000 

Width mm 320 320 400 

Height mm 240 400 320 

Depth mm 160 160 160 

Suppor Support Suppor Support 

t arm arm system system CP CP 6500 

6500 

Elegant design 

for various applications 

VIP VIP 6000 6000 frame 

frame 

for or AE AE command command panels 

panels 

Model Model No. No. CP CP 6541.009 

6541.009 

Width mm To fit 

Height mm any compact 

Depth mm enclosure AE 

Command Command panel, panel, 482.6 482.6 (19")* 

(19")* 

Model Model No. No. No. CP CP 6010.200 6010.200 6020.200 6020.200 6011.200 6011.200 6021.200 6021.200 6012.200 6012.200 6022.200 

6022.200 

Width mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 

Height mm 345 345 478 478 612 612 

Depth mm 400 500 400 500 400 500 

Keyboar yboar yboard yboar d housing 

housing 

Model Model No. No. CP CP 6034.200 6034.200 6035.200 6035.200 6036.200 6036.200 6037.200 

6037.200 

Width mm 600 600 600 600 

Height mm 90 90 90 90 

Depth mm 600 700 700 800

EX EX ENCLOSURES ENCLOSURES KEL 

KEL 

Rittal has developed the Ex range of enclosures specifically for use in explosion hazard areas. 

Their outstanding characteristic: Extreme resistance to aggressive ambient conditions. 

Ex enclosures represent optimum value for money. The enclosure range is supplemented by an assembly-friendly 

selection of accessories, the perfect solution for applications in explosion hazard areas. 

Available in stainless steel or plastic 

Protection type Ex e / Ex i 

Cable glands fitted to order 

Plastic 

Plastic 

Model Model No.KEL No.KEL 9201.600 9201.600 9202.600 9202.600 9203.600 9203.600 9204.600 9204.600 9205.600 9205.600 9207.600 9207.600 9206.600 9206.600 9208.600 9208.600 9209.6008 

9209.6008 

Width mm 200 250 300 400 400 500 600 600 800 

Height mm 300 350 400 400 600 500 600 800 1000 

Depth mm 150 150 200 200 200 300 200 300 300 

Stainless Stainless steel steel with with hing hinged hing hing ed door 

door 

Model Model No.KEL No.KEL 9401.600 9401.600 9401.600 9409.600 9409.600 9402.600 9402.600 9403.600 9403.600 9404.600 9404.600 9405.600 9405.600 9406.600 9406.600 9407.600 9407.600 9408.600 

9408.600 

Width mm 200 300 380 380 380 600 600 760 800 

Height mm 300 380 300 380 600 600 760 760 1000 

Depth mm 155 210 155 210 210 210 210 300 300 

Stainless Stainless Stainless steel steel with with scre screw-fix scre w-fix w-fixed w-fix ed co cover co ver 

Model Model Model No.KEL No.KEL 9301.000 9301.000 9301.000 9303.000 9303.000 9303.000 9302.000 9302.000 9304.000 9304.000 9306.000 9306.000 9306.000 9305.000 

9305.000 

Width mm 150 200 300 300 300 400 

Height mm 150 200 150 200 300 200 

Depth mm 80 80 80 80 120 120 

Rittal offers excellent pre-requisites for EMC enclosure configurations with its standard sheet steel enclosures, 

EMC-shielded enclosures, and a practical range of EMC accessories. 

Even the standard enclosures offer a good shielding effect against electrical fields which may be sufficient for 

many applications. Be it close-knit potential equalisation in standard enclosures to prevent conducted interference, 

or extra shielding to protect against high-frequency electromagnetic fields – anything goes, depending on the 

individual application. 

Aluminium zinc surface finish 

Spray-finished on the outside 

A choice of sizes to suit every application 

Terminal erminal bo boxes bo es KL 

KL 

Model Model No. No. KL KL 1507.710 

1507.710 

Width mm 300 

Height mm 300 

Depth mm 120 

(PR (PROTECTION (PR TECTION CA CATEGOR CA TEGOR TEGORY TEGOR Y IP IP 66/*56) 

66/*56) 

EMC EMC ENCLOSURES ENCLOSURES AND AND CASES 

CASES 

(PR (PROTECTION (PR TECTION CA CATEGOR CA CATEGOR 

TEGOR TEGORY TEGOR Y IP IP 55) 

55) 

E E bo box bo x EB 

EB 

Model Model No. No. EB 

EB 

Width mm 

Height mm 

Depth mm 

Compact Compact Compact enc enclosures enc enclosures 

losures AE 

AE 

Model Model No. No. AE AE AE 1380.700 1380.700 1309.700 1309.700 1060.700 1060.700 1180.700 

1180.700 

Width mm 380 600 600 800 

Height mm 380 380 600 1000 

Depth mm 210 210 210 300 

Perf erf erfect erf ect panel panel system system PS PS 4000 

4000 

Model Model No. No. PS PS 4606.700 4606.700 4608.700 4608.700 4806.700 4806.700 4808.700 

4808.700 

Width mm 600 600 800 800 

Height mm 2000 2000 2000 2000 

Depth mm 600 800 600 800 

Any sizes 

available on 

request 

Exc Exclusive Exc lusive enc enclosures enc enclosures 

losures ES ES 5000 

5000 

Model Model No.KEL No.KEL 5605.700 5605.700 5884.700 5884.700 5805.700 

5805.700 

Width mm 600 800 800 

Height mm 2000 1800 2000 

Depth mm 500 400 500 

15/10 

15

15 

Rittal has plenty to offer: From the front panel, to subrack systems including rack connectors, backplanes and power packs, 

to cases and large enclosures – in 482.6 mm (19"), metric or EMC versions 

The range provides optimum packaging of powerful electronics in all reas of application. 

The modular arrangement of the individual components provides enormous benefits for users. 

The giant amongst compact enclosures Interchangeable door hinge Versatile, compatible interior installation 

15/11 

ELECTR ELECTRONIC ELECTR ONIC SYSTEMS 

SYSTEMS 

482.6 482.6 MM MM (19") (19") SUBRA SUBRACKS SUBRA CKS RIP RIPAC RIP C VARIO ARIO EMC 

EMC 

Ripac Vario EMC subracks are based on system dimensions of DIN 41 494, part 5 and IEC 297-3. 

The subracks are prepared to accommodate backplanes and already contain all the individual components 

needed for EMC shielding except front panel systems). 

With the Ripac Vario EMC, VME 64 Extension, the front cross rails are also equipped with a front projection and 

hole pattern based on IEEE P 1101.10 to accommodate special card ejectors/retainers. 

One step ahead with Ripac profile logic: Where less means more! 

One step ahead with the all-inclusive EMC package 

Model Model No. No. RP RP 

for or bac bac backplane bac backplane 

kplane 

3684.128 3684.128 3684.129 3684.129 3685.241 3685.241 3684.130 3684.130 3684.131 3684.131 3684.132 3684.132 3684.132 3684.133 3684.133 3684.156 3684.156 3684.156 3684.157 3684.157 3685.242 

3685.242 

Model Model Model No. No. RP RP 

RP 

VME VME 64 64 

64 

Extension 

Extension 

for or bac bac backplane bac bac kplane 

3684.142 3684.142 3684.143 3684.143 3685.243 3685.243 3684.144 3684.144 3684.145 3684.145 3684.146 3684.146 3684.146 3684.147 3684.147 3684.169 3684.169 3684.169 3684.170 3684.170 3685.244 

3685.244 

U 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 

Side panel 

depth mm 

245 285 305 345 405 465 525 245 285 305 

Max. card 

depth mm 

160 220 220 280 340 400 400 160 220 220 


for or bac backplane bac backplane 

kplane 

3684.158 3684.158 3684.159 3684.159 3684.160 3684.160 3684.161 3684.161 3684.162 3684.162 3684.163 3684.163 3684.163 3684.164 3684.164 3684.165 3684.165 3684.165 3684.166 3684.166 3684.134 

3684.134 

Model Model No. No. RP 

RP 

VME VME 64 64 

64 

Extension 

Extension 

for or bac bac backplane bac bac kplane 

3684.171 3684.171 3684.1723 3684.1723 684.173 684.173 684.173 3684.174 3684.174 3684.175 3684.175 3684.176 3684.176 3684.177 3684.177 3684.178 3684.178 3684.179 3684.179 3684.148 

3684.148 

U 6 6 6 6 9 9 9 9 9 4 

Version (U) 3 + 1 

Side panel 

depth mm 

345 405 465 525 345 405 465 525 585 285 

Max. card 

depth mm 

280 340 400 400 280 340 400 400 400 220 


for or bac backplane bac kplane 

3684.135 3684.135 3684.136 3684.136 3684.137 3684.137 3684.138 3684.138 3684.139 3684.139 3684.187 3684.187 3684.187 3684.188 3684.188 3684.180 3684.180 3684.180 3684.181 3684.181 3684.189 

3684.189 


RP 

VME VME 64 

64 

Extension 

Extension 


3684.149 3684.149 3684.150 3684.150 3684.151 3684.151 3684.152 3684.152 3684.152 3684.153 3684.153 3684.192 3684.192 3684.192 3684.193 3684.193 3684.194 3684.194 3684.194 3684.195 3684.195 3684.196 

3684.196 

U 4 4 4 4 4 7 7 7 7 7 

Version (U) 3 + 1 3 + 1 3+2x½ 3+2x½ 3+2x½ 6 + 1 6 + 1 6 + 1 6 + 1 6+2x½ 

Side panel 

depth mm 

345 405 285 345 405 285 345 405 465 345 

Max. card 

depth mm 

280 340 220 280 340 220 280 340 400 280 



3684.190 3684.190 3684.191 3684.191 3684.182 3684.182 3684.183 3684.183 3684.184 3684.184 3684.185 3684.185 3684.185 3684.186 

3684.186 


RP 

VME VME 64 

64 

Extension 

Extension 


3684.197 3684.197 3684.197 3684.198 3684.198 3684.198 3684.199 3684.199 3684.200 3684.200 3684.200 3684.201 3684.201 3684.202 3684.202 3684.202 3684.203 

3684.203 

U 7 7 10 10 11 11 11 

Version (U) 6+2x½ 6+2x½ 

Side panel 

depth mm 

405 465 405 465 465 525 585 

Max. card 

depth mm 

340 400 340 400 400 400 400

482.6 482.6 MM MM (19") (19") SUBRA SUBRACKS SUBRA CKS RIP RIPAC RIP C VARIO ARIO 

Ripac Vario subracks are based on the sysem dimenions of DIN 41 494, part 5 and IEC 297-3. 

Cards can be installed from both the front and back, on a 10 mm pitch pattern. Individual rack connectors to DIN 

41 612 or backplane technology may optionally be used at the rear. 

The extensive range of system accessories not only offers outstanding mounting flexibility; what is more, 

it also provides the option of retrospective EMC assembly. 

One step ahead with handling and security 

One step ahead with complete solutions, including backplane technology and power supply 



3684.020 3684.020 3684.021 3684.021 3684.022 3684.022 3684.023 3684.023 3685.231 3685.231 3684.024 3684.024 3685.232 3685.232 3684.025 3684.025 3684.026 3684.026 3684.027 

3684.027 


for or rac rack rac 

connector connectors 

connector 

3684.034 3684.034 3684.035 3684.035 3684.036 3684.036 3685.281 3685.281 3685.233 3685.233 – 3685.234 3685.234 – – – 

U 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 

Side panel 

depth mm 

185 225 245 285 305 345 365 405 465 525 

Max. card 

depth mm 

160 160 220 220 280 280 340 340 400 400 



3684.043 3684.043 3684.044 3684.044 3684.045 3684.045 3684.046 3684.046 3685.238 3685.238 3684.047 3684.047 3685.239 3685.239 3684.048 3684.048 3684.049 3684.049 3684.049 3684.050 

3684.050 



connector connector connectors 

connector connector 

3684.056 3684.056 3684.057 3684.057 3684.058 3684.058 – 3685.240 3685.240 – – – – – 

U 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 

Side panel 

depth mm 

185 225 245 285 305 345 365 405 465 525 

Max. card 

depth mm 

160 160 220 220 280 280 340 340 400 400 

Model Model No. No. No. RP RP 


3684.051 3684.051 3684.052 3684.052 3684.053 3684.053 3684.053 3684.054 3684.054 3684.055 3684.055 3685.235 3685.235 3685.028 3685.028 3685.236 3685.236 3684.029 3684.029 3684.029 3685.237 

3685.237 

Model Model Model No. No. RP RP 



connector 

3684.059 3684.059 3684.060 3684.060 3684.061 3684.061 – – – 3684.037 3684.037 – 3684.038 3684.038 – 

U 9 9 9 9 9 4 4 4 4 4 

Version (U) 3 + 1 3 + 1 3 + 1 3 + 1 3 + 1 

Side panel 

depth mm 

345 405 465 525 585 245 285 305 345 365 

Max. card 

depth mm 

280 340 400 400 400 220 220 280 280 340 



3684.030 3684.030 3684.031 3684.031 3684.032 3684.032 3684.033 3684.033 3684.064 3684.064 3684.065 3684.065 3684.062 3684.062 3684.063 3684.063 3684.066 3684.066 3684.066 3684.067 

3684.067 




connector 

3684.039 3684.039 3684.040 3684.040 3684.041 3684.041 3684.042 3684.042 – – – – – – 

U 4 4 4 4 7 7 7 7 10 10 

Version (U) 3 + 1 3+2x½ 3+2x½ 3+2x½ 6 + 1 6 + 1 6+2x½ 6+2x½ 

Side panel 

depth mm 

405 285 345 405 405 465 405 465 405 465 

Max. card 

depth mm 

340 220 280 340 340 400 340 400 340 400 

Model Model No. No. RP RP RP 


3684.068 3684.068 3684.069 3684.069 3684.070 

3684.070 

U 11 11 11 

Side panel 

depth mm 

465 525 585 

Max. card 

depth mm 

400 400 400 

15/12 

15

15 

15/13 

482.6 482.6 MM MM (19") (19") SUBRA SUBRACKS SUBRA CKS RIP RIPAC RIP C ECONOMY 

ECONOMY 

Ripac Economy subracks are based on the system dimensions of DIN 41 494, part 5 and IEC 297-3. 

Cards and plug-in assemblies can be installed from the front on a 10 mm pitch pattern. 

Individual rack connectors to DIN 41 612 or backplane technology may optionally be used at the rear. 

In addition, the extensive range of system accessories offers outstanding mounting flexibility 

Economy – Side panels with integral front flanges 

Economy – Fully compatible with Ripac system accessories 



3684.001 3684.001 3684.002 3684.002 3684.003 3684.003 3684.007 3684.007 3684.008 3684.008 3684.009 3684.009 3684.013 3684.013 3684.014 3684.014 3684.015 3684.015 

3684.015 




connector 

3684.004 3684.004 3684.005 3684.005 3684.006 3684.006 3684.010 3684.010 3684.011 3684.011 3684.012 3684.012 3684.016 3684.016 3684.017 3684.017 3684.018 3684.018 

3684.018 

U 3 3 3 6 6 6 9 9 9 

Side panel 

depth mm 

175 235 295 175 235 295 175 235 295 

Max. card 

depth mm 

160 220 280 160 220 280 160 220 280 

482.6 482.6 MM MM (19") (19") SUBRA SUBRACKS SUBRA CKS RIP RIPAAC RIP C VVARIO ARIO FOR FOR DRIVE DRIVE MODULES 

MODULES 

Ripac Vario for drive modules was designed to accommodate standard bulk storage devices. With the aid of drive 

modules, 3 ½", 5¼" or CD-ROM drives can be installed either vertically or horizontally. 

In 2, 4 and 6 U 

For horizontal and vertical Ripac drive modules 


RP 

Subrac Subrack Subrac k f ffor 

ff 

or horizontal horizontal 

installation installation of of drive drive modules 

modules 

3684.115 3684.115 3684.116 3684.116 3684.117 

3684.117 


RP 

Subrac Subrack Subrac k f ffor 

ff 

or horizontal horizontal 

installation installation installation of of drive drive modules 

modules 

– 3685.296 3685.296 3685.297 

3685.297 

U 2 4 6 

Side panel depth mm 148.7 148.7 148.7 

T = Depth 

HE = U 

TE = HP

METRIC METRIC SUBRA SUBRACK SUBRA CK SYSTEM SYSTEM RIP RIPAC RIP C METRIPR METRIPRO 

METRIPR 

Ripac metric is based on the metric system dimensions to IEC 917. The dimensions for enclosures, subracks 

and assemblies are prescribed in DIN 43 356 and are comprised of 0.5 mm / 2.5 and 25 mm modules. Thanks to 

metric assembly in all three dimensions, Ripac offers optimum CAE conditions, from the design stage right 

through to production. 

Card ejectors/retainers help to overcome the high contact forces in rack connectors with a large number of poles, 

and also ensure vibration-proof locking of the assembly. The card guides/mats are fixed in place by a special 

positioning rail 

Effective shielding of interference signals Available in three heights (8, 12, 18 H-SU) and two depths 

(7, 10 D-SU) Complete with mounting and accessory parts 

Model Model No. No. RP RP Comp.* Comp.* Comp.* Comp.* Comp.* Comp.* Comp.* Comp.* Comp.* Comp.* Comp.* Comp.* Comp.* 

Comp.* 

W-SU 18 18 18 18 18 18 

H-SU 6 6 12 12 18 18 

D-SU 7 10 7 10 7 10 

482.6 482.6 MM MM (91") (91") SUBRA SUBRACKS SUBRA CKS RITT RITTAL RITT AL UNISET UNISET iiiiiSSSSS 

The die-cast zinc side parts ensure optmum stability, and can also withstand extreme static and dynamic stresses. 

The particular configuration of the side panels also facilitates the use of special telescopic sides without the loss 

of HP. What is more, the wide range of accessories offers comprehensive mounting flexibility. 

Solid die-cast zinc side parts Mounting of telescopic slides without loss of HP 

Model Model Model No. No. No. UN UN UN 

without without Z Z rails 

rails 3630.171 3630.171 3630.231 3630.231 3630.181 3630.181 3630.241 3630.241 3660.181 3660.181 3660.241 

3660.241 

Model Model No. No. UN 

UN 

with with Z Z rails rails 

rails – – 3630.191 3630.191 3630.251 3630.251 3660.191 3660.191 3660.251 

3660.251 

HP 42 42 84 84 84 84 

U 3 3 3 3 6 6 

Side panel 

depth mm 

183.8 243.8 183.8 243.8 183.8 243.8 

Max. card 

depth mm 

160 220 160 220 160 220 

482.6 482.6 MM MM (19") (19") SUBRA SUBRACKS SUBRA CKS RIP RIPAC RIP C VARIOSET ARIOSET iiiiiSSSSS 

Where a variety of types are required in terms of height and depth, coupled with mounting variability, Rittal 

Varioset iS with aluminium side panels meets even the most diverse requirements. The separate mounting angle 

may be mounted at both the front or rear, for mounting plate assembly. The iS range of accessories can also be 

used for this system. 

Dimensional versatility and variable mounting, thanks to side panels made from aluminium plates 

Population flexibility with the iS range of accessories 

Model Model No. No. VS VS 


rails 3630.261 3630.261 3630.281 3630.281 3630.301 3630.301 3630.361 3630.361 3640.241 3640.241 3640.301 3640.301 3640.361 3640.361 3660.261 3660.261 3660.281 3660.281 

3660.281 


with with with Z Z rails 

rails 

3630.271 3630.271 3630.291 3630.291 3630.311 3630.311 3630.371 3630.371 3640.251 3640.251 3640.311 3640.311 3640.371 3640.371 3660.271 3660.271 3660.291 3660.291 

3660.291 

HP 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 

U 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 6 6 

Side panel 

depth mm 

180 240 300 360 240 300 360 180 240 

Max. card 

depth mm 

160 220 280 340 220 280 340 160 220 



rails 3660.301 3660.301 3660.361 3660.361 3670.301 3670.301 3670.361 3670.361 3690.361 3690.361 3690.381 3690.381 3690.401 3690.401 3690.421 

3690.421 


with with Z Z rails 

rails 

3630.311 3630.311 3630.371 3630.371 3630.311 3630.311 3630.371 3630.371 3640.371 3640.371 3640.391 3640.391 3660.411 3660.411 3660.431 

3660.431 

HP 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 

U 6 6 7 7 9 9 9 9 

Side panel 

depth mm 

300 360 300 360 360 360 420 420 

Max. card 

depth mm 

280 340 280 340 340 340 400 400 

15/14 

15

15 

INSTR INSTRUMENT INSTR UMENT CASES CASES OR OR RA RACK-MOUNTED RA CK-MOUNTED CASES CASES RIP RIPAAC RIP C VVARIO-MODULE 

ARIO-MODULE 

15/15 

Interior installation with cross rails and accessories from the Ripac range RAL 7030/5018 

EMC version available on request Accessories for EMC population 

Model Model No.VM, No.VM, 

un unvented un vented 

3981.000 3981.000 3981.000 3981.020 3981.020 – – – – 3981.010 3981.010 3981.030 3981.030 – 

Model Model No.VM, 

No.VM, 

vented 

vented 

– – 3981.040 3981.040 3981.070 3981.070 3981.050 3981.050 3981.050 3981.080 3981.080 – – 3981.060 

3981.060 

HP 42 42 42 42 63 63 84 84 84 

U 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 

Depth mm 250.4 310.4 250.4 310.4 250.4 310.4 250.4 310.4 250.4 


No.VM, 


– – – – – – – – – 


vented 

vented 

3981.090 3981.090 3981.100 3981.100 3981.110 3981.110 3981.120 3981.120 3981.130 3981.130 3981.140 3981.140 3981.150 3981.150 3981.160 3981.160 3981.170 

3981.170 

HP 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 

U 3 3 4 4 4 6 6 6 7 

Depth mm 310.4 370.4 250.4 310.4 370.4 310.4 370.4 430.4 310.4 


No.VM, 


– – 


vented 

vented 

3981.180 3981.180 3981.190 

3981.190 

HP 84 84 

U 7 7 

Depth mm 370.4 430.4 

INSTR INSTRUMENT INSTR UMENT CASES CASES OR OR RA RACK-MOUNTED RA CK-MOUNTED CASES CASES RIP RIPAAC RIP C VVARIO-MODULE 

ARIO-MODULE iiiiiSSSSS 

The Vario-Module cases cater to a wide range of requirements. 

By installing corner trim pieces and mounting flanges, the module can be used as an instrument case or a rackmounted 

case. In addition, the all-metal cases offer basic EMC protection and will convince you with their functional 

industrial design. 

Interior population with cross rails from the Uniset/Varioset iS range of accessories Side panels spray-finished 

on the inside RAL 7030/7035 Bottom strips for safe stacking 



3950.000 3950.000 3950.000 3951.000 3951.000 3931.000 3931.000 3932.000 3932.000 3941.000 3941.000 3942.00 3942.00 3942.00 3962.000 3962.000 3934.000 3934.000 3935.000 

3935.000 


vented 

vented 

3950.200 3950.200 3951.200 3951.200 3931.200 3931.200 3931.200 3932.200 3932.200 3941.200 3941.200 3942.200 3942.200 3942.200 3962.200 3962.200 3934.200 3934.200 3935.200 

3935.200 

HP 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 63 63 

U 2 2 3 3 4 4 6 3 3 

Depth mm 257.5 317.5 257.5 317.5 257.5 317.5 317.5 257.5 317.5 



3945.000 3945.000 3965.000 3965.000 3955.000 3955.000 3956.000 3956.000 3937.000 3937.000 3938.00 3938.00 3939.000 3939.000 3947.000 3947.000 3948.000 

3948.000 


vented 

vented 

3945.200 3945.200 3965.200 3965.200 3955.200 3955.200 3956.200 3956.200 3937.200 3937.200 3938.200 3938.200 3939.200 3939.200 3947.200 3947.200 3948.200 

3948.200 

HP 63 63 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 

U 4 6 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 

Depth mm 317.5 317.5 257.5 317.5 257.5 317.5 437.5 257.5 317.5 

Model Model Model No.VM, No.VM, 


3949.000 3949.000 3967.000 3967.000 3968.000 3968.000 3969.000 3969.000 3977.000 3977.000 3978.000 3978.000 3979.000 

3979.000 


vented 

vented 

3949.200 3949.200 3967.200 3967.200 3968.200 3968.200 3969.200 3969.200 3977.200 3977.200 3978.200 3978.200 3979.200 

3979.200 

HP 84 84 84 84 84 84 84 

U 4 6 6 6 7 7 7 

Depth mm 437.5 257.5 317.5 437.5 257.5 317.5 437.5 

EMC EMC shielded 

shielded 


un unvented un unvented 

vented 

3937.700 3937.700 3938.700 3938.700 3939.700 3939.700 3939.700 3948.700 3948.700 3948.700 3968.700 3968.700 3968.700 3969.700 

3969.700 


No.VM, 

vented 

vented 

– 3938.270 3938.270 – – – 3969.270 

3969.270 

HP 84 84 84 84 84 84 

U 3 3 3 4 6 6 

Depth mm 257.5 317.5 437.5 317.5 317.5 437.5

SUBRA SUBRACKS/CASES SUBRA CKS/CASES FOR FOR INDUSTRIAL INDUSTRIAL PCS 

PCS 

Office PCs are not always suitable for use in industrial enviroments 

Based on the Ripac and Rittal Varioset iS subracks, and Vario-Module enclosures. Rittal offers a modular, 

mechanical assembly system for the installation of PC components Modular systems for disk drives and electronics 

allow speedy assembly and simple replacement of components. 

Perfect PC packaging in 4 U 

Ripac PC for ATX Boards, e.g. complete with power pack and fan-and-filter unit. 

Rittal Rittal Varioset arioset PC PC iS iS iS iS iS 

Model Model No. No. VS VS 3648.420 3648.420 3648.620 3648.620 3648.430 3648.430 3648.460 3648.460 3648.660 

3648.660 

Version 

With wide front 

frame (51 HP) 

EMC-shielded, 

vented 

Slots 8 12 8 8 12 

Width mm 482.6 482.6 482.6 482.6 482.6 

Height mm 175 175 175 175 175 

Depth mm 420 420 420 420 420 

Rittal Rittal Vario-Module ario-Module PC PC iS iS iS iS iS 

Model Model No. No. VM VM 3986.000 3986.000 3986.400 3986.400 3986.200 3986.200 3986.600 3986.600 3986.260 3986.260 3986.660 

3986.660 

Version Unvented Vented 

EMC-shielded, 

vented 

Slots 8 12 8 12 8 12 

Width mm 448.7 448.7 448.7 448.7 448.7 448.7 

Height mm 177 177 177 177 177 177 

Depth mm 437.5 437.5 437.5 437.5 437.5 437.5 

Ripac Ripac PC PC PC ff 

for ff 

or A AATX 

A ATX 

TX 

Model Model No. No. No. RP RP RP 

3659.000 

3659.000 

Version EMC shielded 

Slots 7 

Width mm 482.5 

Height mm 175 

Depth mm 440 

15/16 

15

15 

15/17 

RITT RITTAL RITT AL RICASE RICASE INSTR INSTRUMENT INSTR UMENT CASES 

CASES 

Whether for mobile or stationary use, the RiCase is pleasant to hold. 

The modular all-metal case for installing 269.2 mm (½ 19") and 482.6 mm (19") slide-in equipment is the perfect 

frame for high-quality electronics. Extruded aluminium sections and die-cast components combine to form an 

extremely robust yet lightweight housing. The screw connections are concealed. 

The RiCase is supplied partially assembled – i.e. with pre-assembled side panels, cover mouldings and base trays – 

in the form of a flat-pack. This saves on warehousing costs and enables fast, rational population and assembly. 

A high level of thermal conductivity, thanks to the all-metal enclosure Versatile due to the modular concept 

Outstanding design EMC protection via conductive connectin (optional) of the enclosure components 

Installation Installation width width 269.2 269.2 mm mm (½ (½ 19") 

19") 

Model Model No. No. RC RC 


3750.100 3750.100 3750.200 3750.200 3750.210 3750.210 3750.300 3750.300 3750.400 

3750.400 

Installation 

height U 

1 2 3 3 4 

Depth mm 300 300 300 420 420 


19") 


un unvented un unvented 

vented 

3750.310 3750.310 3750.320 3750.320 3750.410 3750.410 3750.410 3750.420 3750.420 3750.600 3750.600 3750.610 3750.610 3750.620 3750.620 3750.700 3750.700 3750.710 

3750.710 


vented 

vented 

3750.330 3750.330 3750.340 3750.340 3750.430 3750.430 3750.430 3750.440 3750.440 3750.630 3750.630 3750.640 3750.640 3750.650 3750.650 3750.720 3750.720 3750.730 

3750.730 

Installation 

height U 

3 3 4 4 6 6 6 7 7 

Depth mm 300 420 300 420 300 420 540 420 540 

RITT RITTAL RITT AL VARIO-CASE 

ARIO-CASE iiiiiS S S S S INSTR INSTRUMENT INSTR UMENT CASES 

CASES 

As well as its popular design, Rittal Vario-Case iS also offers multitude of user benefits. 

It is suitable for the installation of both slide-in equipment and modular assemblies and printed circuit boards to 

DIN 297-3-4. It is even possible to combine both applications. 

The side panels of extruded aluminum section provide the necessary stability. The pitch pattern of channels 

(12.5 mm) allows variable-depth fixing of slide-in equipment. 

Permits non-slip stacking With recessed handle or vertical/horizontal handle set 


19") 

Model Model No. No. VC 

VC 

without without vent 

vent 

slots 

slots 

3710.000 3710.000 3720.000 3720.000 3730.000 3730.000 3731.000 3731.000 3740.000 3740.000 3741.000 

3741.000 

Installation 

height U 

1 2 3 3 4 4 

Depth mm 300 300 300 400 300 400 

Installation Installation Installation width width width 482.6 482.6 mm mm (19") 

(19") 

Model Model No. No. No. VC 

VC 


vent 

slots 

slots 

3713.000* 3713.000* 3714.000 3714.000 3733.000 3733.000 3734.000 3734.000 3735.000 3735.000 3743.000 3743.000 3744.000 3744.000 3745.000* 

3745.000* 

Model Model No. No. VC VC 

3713.200* 3713.200* 3714.200 3714.200 

with with vent vent vent slots 

slots 

3733.200 3733.200 3734.200 3734.200 3735.200 3735.200 3743.200 3743.200 3744.200 3744.200 3745.200* 

3745.200* 

Installation 

height U 

1 1 3 3 3 4 4 4 

Depth mm 300 400 300 400 500 300 400 500 

Model Model Model No. No. No. VC 

VC 


vent 

slots 

slots 

3765.000 3765.000 3774.000 3774.000 3775.000 3775.000 3794.000 3794.000 3795.00 3795.00 3763.000 3763.000 3764.000 

3764.000 

Model Model No. No. VC VC 

with with vent vent vent slots 

slots 

3765.200 3765.200 3774.200 3774.200 3775.200 3775.200 3794.200 3794.200 3795.200 3795.200 3763.200 3763.200 3764.200 

3764.200 

Installation 

height U 

6 7 7 9 9 6 6 

Depth mm 500 400 500 400 500 300 400 

EMC-shielded, EMC-shielded, installation installation width width 482.6 482.6 mm mm (19") 

(19") 

Model Model No. No. No. VC 

VC 


vent 

slots 

slots 

3733.700* 3733.700* 3734.700* 3734.700* 3743.700* 3743.700* 3764.700* 3764.700* 3765.700* 3765.700* 3774.700* 3774.700* 3795.700* 

3795.700* 

Installation 

height U 

3 3 4 6 6 7 9 

Depth mm 300 400 300 400 500 400 500 

*Extended delivery times

RITT RITTAL RITT AL ELECTR ELECTRONIC ELECTR ONIC K KKOMBI 

K OMBI SYSTEM SYSTEM EL 

EL 

The electronic Kombi system EL for 482.6 mm (19") systems is the ultimate enclosure solution, even under 

extreme requirements. 

A high standard of security, simple operatino and monitoring a high protection category 

(IP 55 to EN 60 529/10.91) are the distinguishing features of this enclosure concept. 

3-part: Safety glass door, centre part with 25 mm pitch pattern of holes front and back, plus 482.6 mm (19") 

mounting angles, base box at the rear 2-part: Enclosure with swiing frame and glazed door (3 mm acrylic) 

3-part: Stainless steel 3-part: EMC version 

3-par 3-part 

3-par 

Model Model No. No. EL EL 415 415 mm mm deep deep deep 2343.600 2343.600 2246.600 2246.600 2249.600 2249.600 2252.600 2252.600 2255.600 2255.600 2258.600 2258.600 2261.600 

2261.600 

Model Model No. No. EL EL 515 515 515 mm mm deep deep 2253.600 2253.600 2256.600 2256.600 2259.600 2259.600 2262.600 2262.600 2265.600 2265.600 2268.600 2268.600 2271.600 

2271.600 

U 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 

Height mm 212 345 478 612 746 878 1012 

2-par 2-part 2-par 

Model Model No. No. EL EL 

1919.200 1919.200 1920.200 1920.200 1926.200 1926.200 

1926.200 

U 6 11 14 

Height mm 380 600 760 

3-par 3-part, 3-par t, of of stainless stainless steel, steel, fr front fr ont door door with with saf safety saf ety glass 

glass 

Model Model No. No. EL EL 375 375 375 mm mm deep deep 2263.600* 2263.600* 2266.600* 2266.600* 2269.600* 2269.600* 2272.600* 2272.600* 2275.600* 

2275.600* 

Model Model No. No. EL EL 475 475 mm mm deep deep 2273.600* 2273.600* 2276.600* 2276.600* 2279.600* 2279.600* 2282.600* 2282.600* 2285.600* 

2285.600* 

U 3 6 9 12 15 

Height mm 212 345 478 612 746 

3-par 3-part, 3-par t, of of of stainless stainless steel, steel, solid solid fr front fr ont door 

door 

Model Model No. No. EL EL 375 375 mm mm deep deep 2264.600* 2264.600* 2264.600* 2267.600* 2267.600* 2267.600* 2270.600* 2270.600* 2292.600* 2292.600* 2295.600* 2295.600* 

2295.600* 

Model Model No. No. EL EL 475 475 mm mm deep deep 2274.600* 2274.600* 2277.600* 2277.600* 2280.600* 2280.600* 2283.600* 2283.600* 2286.600* 

2286.600* 

U 3 6 9 12 15 

Height mm 

3-par 3-par 3-part, 3-par 3-part, 

t, EMC-shielded 

EMC-shielded 

212 345 478 612 746 

Model Model Model No. No. EL EL 415 415 mm mm deep deep deep 2243.700* 2243.700* 2246.700* 2246.700* 2246.700* 2249.700* 2249.700* – – 

Model Model No. No. EL EL 515 515 515 mm mm deep deep 

– 2256.700* 2256.700* 2259.700* 2259.700* 2265.700* 2265.700* 2271.700* 

2271.700* 

U 3 6 9 15 21 

Height mm 212 345 478 746 1012 

*Extended delivery times 

RITT RITTAL RITT AL ELECTR ELECTRONIC ELECTR ONIC MODULE MODULE SYSTEM SYSTEM EL 

EL 

378 different EL enclosures can be compiled from a total of 59 standard components. Tailor-made and fully 

assembled, your order will leave the factory within just three weeks. 

Centre part, front and rear parts, gland plates, with or without mounting plate, system accessories... the options 

are virtually unlimited. 

The system provides an inexpensive alternative to the customised solutions of the past 

378 variants High security standards Various accessories 

Rittal 

Rittal 

electr electronic electr electronic 

onic module module system system 

3 U 6 U 9 U 12 U 15 U 18 U 21 U 

Centre Centre par part par 

216 mm deep EL 2230.400 2230.400 2230.410 2230.410 2230.420 2230.420 2230.420 2230.430 2230.430 2230.440 2230.440 2230.440 2230.450 2230.450 2230.460 

2230.460 

316 mm deep EL 2230.470 2230.470 2230.470 2230.480 2230.480 2230.490 2230.490 2230.500 2230.500 2230.510 2230.510 2230.510 2230.520 2230.520 2230.530 

2230.530 

416 mm deep EL 2230.540 2230.540 2230.550 2230.550 2230.560 2230.560 2230.560 2230.570 2230.570 2230.580 2230.580 2230.590 2230.590 2230.600 

2230.600 

Fr Front Fr ont 

Glazed door EL 2230.010 2230.010 2230.020 2230.020 2230.030 2230.030 2230.040 2230.040 2230.050 2230.050 2230.050 2230.060 2230.060 2230.070 

2230.070 

Front frame EL 2230.300 2230.300 2230.310 2230.310 2230.320 2230.320 2230.330 2230.330 2230.340 2230.340 2230.350 2230.350 2230.360 

2230.360 

Sheet steel door EL 2230.100 2230.100 2230.110 2230.110 2230.120 2230.120 2230.130 2230.130 2230.140 2230.140 2230.140 2230.150 2230.150 2230.160 

2230.160 

Sheet steel door 

with viewing window 

EL 2230.200 2230.200 2230.210 2230.210 2230.220 2230.220 2230.230 2230.230 2230.240 2230.240 2230.240 2230.250 2230.250 2230.260 2230.260 

2230.260 

Rear 

Rear 

Sheet steel door EL 2230.100 2230.100 2230.110 2230.110 2230.120 2230.120 2230.130 2230.130 2230.130 2230.140 2230.140 2230.150 2230.150 2230.160 

2230.160 

Sheet steel door 

with viewing window 

EL 2230.200 2230.200 2230.210 2230.210 2230.220 2230.220 2230.220 2230.230 2230.230 2230.240 2230.240 2230.250 2230.250 2230.260 

2230.260 

Base box EL 2230.700 2230.700 2230.710 2230.710 2230.720 2230.720 2230.730 2230.730 2230.740 2230.740 2230.750 2230.750 2230.760 

2230.760 

External/Internal 



Gland plate solid* EL 2235.100 2235.100 2235.100 2235.100 2235.100 2235.100 2235.100 2235.100 2235.100 2235.100 2235.100 2235.100 2235.100 2235.100 2235.100 2235.100 

2235.100 

– with brush strip* DK 7705.000 7705.000 7705.000 7705.00 7705.00 7705.000 7705.000 7705.000 7705.000 7705.000 7705.000 7705.000 7705.000 7705.000 

7705.000 

– for PG segments* EL 2235.000 2235.000 2235.000 2235.000 2235.000 2235.000 2235.000 2235.000 2235.000 2235.000 2235.000 2235.000 2235.000 

2235.000 

Mounting plate 

*Top or bottom 

EL 2236.710 2236.710 2236.720 2236.720 2236.730 2236.730 2236.740 2236.740 2236.750 2236.750 2236.760 2236.760 2236.770 

2236.770 

15/18 

15

15 

15/19 

Rittal flexRack stands for a new, professinoal enclosure concept. 

The particular innovatino with this system is the profile. It forms a flexible basis to accommodate all specific 

customer requirements. The Rittal flexRack system is particularly ideal for use in the field of electronics. 

It can be prepared to order for 482.6 mm (19") and/or metric subracks and installation parts. 

The clever touch is that anything – be it mounting angles, component shelves or cable clamp rails – can be 

fastened to the profile, either with infinite varition, using clip-on nuts, or via rails on a 25 mm pitch pattern. In this 

way, the Rittal flexRack facilities ingeniously simple, individual special solutions. Added to this is the outstanding 

flexibility in conjuntion with modular components from our range of accessories. 

Rittal flexRack – the enclosure concept of the future, today. 

Flexibility: Multi-functional aluminium section 

Flexibility: Two infinitely variable fixing levels on all four “pillars” 

Flexibility: Base frame can be dismantled 

Flexibility: Modular mounting and expansion parts 

EMC version 

Model Model No. No. FR FR with with 

with 


door 

2100.100 2100.100 2101.200 2101.200 2101.200 2101.400* 2101.400* 2100.200 2100.200 2101.600* 2101.600* 2100.300 2100.300 2100.300 2101.800 2101.800 2100.400 2100.400 2101.610* 2101.610* 

2101.610* 


with 

open open fr front fr ont frame 

frame 

– – 2101.420* 2101.420* 2100.600 2100.600 2101.620* 2101.620* 2100.700 2100.700 – 2100.800 2100.800 2101.630* 

2101.630* 

Model Model No. No. No. FR FR with 

with 

shor shortened shor shor tened rear rear rear door door 

door 

– – – 2100.210 2100.210 – 2100.310 2100.310 – 2100.410* 2100.410* – 

Model Model No. No. FR 

FR 

EMC EMC shielded shielded 

shielded 

– – – 2100.260 2100.260 – 2100.360 2100.360 – 2100.460* 2100.460* – 

U 11 20 29 33 38 42 47 33 38 

Width mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 

Height mm 600 1000 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 1600 1800 

Depth mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 800 800 


with 


door 

2100.500 2100.500 2101.810* 

2101.810* 


with 

open open fr front fr ont frame 

frame 

2100.900 2100.900 – 

Model Model No. No. No. FR FR with 

with 

shor shortened shor shor tened rear rear rear door door 

door 

2100.510* 2100.510* – 


FR 

EMC EMC shielded 

shielded 

2100.560* 2100.560* – 

U 42 47 





RITT RITTAL RITT AL FLEXRA FLEXRACK 

FLEXRA CK

RITT RITTAL RITT AL VARIO-RA ARIO-RA ARIO-RACK ARIO-RA CK SYSTEM SYSTEM iiiiiSSSSS 

Chips, boards, processors etc. need protection if they are to function reliably and retain their high value. 

Consequently, sensitive electronics must be housed in appropriate enclosures whose design and engineering 

are as sophisticated as the electronics inside, and which make a favourable impression in any environment. 

The Rittal Vario-Rack system iS meets these requirements in full. It combines aesthetics and function in a 

professional manner 

Rapid door removal and installation 

Optimum cable entry via a three-part gland plate 

With PS 4000-compatible interior installation 

Mounting space for socket strips 

EMC version 

Model Model No. No. VR VR with with fr front fr ont door door, door with with vent vent slots 

slots 

3807.510 3807.510 3807.510 3808.510 3808.510 3808.510 3809.510 3809.510 3809.510 3810.510 3810.510 3810.510 3813.510 3813.510 3813.510 3814.510 3814.510 3814.510 3815.510 3815.510 3815.510 3822.510 3822.510 3823.510 3823.510 

3823.510 

Model Model No. No. VR VR with with with fr front fr ont 

door door, door without without vent vent slots 

slots 

– – – – 3811.510 3811.510 3816.510* 3816.510* 3817.510* 3817.510* 3818.510 3818.510 3819.510* 

3819.510* 

Model Model No. No. VR VR with with open 

open 

fr front fr ont frame 

frame 

– – – – 3838.510 3838.510 3826.510 3826.510 3827.510 3827.510 3828.510 3828.510 3829.510 

3829.510 

Model Model No. No. VR VR with with 

with 

shor shortened shor tened rear rear rear door 

door 

– – – – – 3891.510* 3891.510* 3892.510* 3892.510* 3893.510 3893.510 3894.510* 

3894.510* 

Model Model No. 

No. 

VR VR EMC-shielded 

EMC-shielded 

3807.710* 3807.710* – – 3810.710* 3810.710* – 3814.710* 3814.710* – 3822.710* 3822.710* 3823.710* 

3823.710* 

U 10 10 13 18 27 31 31 36 36 

Width mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 

Height mm 650 650 800 1000 1400 1600 1600 1800 1800 

Depth mm 650 850 650 650 650 650 850 650 850 

Model Model No. No. VR VR with with with fr front fr ont door door, door with with vent vent slots 

slots 

3824.510 3824.510 3825.510 3825.510 3834.510 3834.510 – 

Model Model No. No. VR VR with with with fr front fr ont door door, door without without vent vent slots 

slots 

3820.510 3820.510 3821.510 3821.510 3833.510* 3833.510* – 

Model Model No. No. VR VR with with with open open 

fr front fr ont frame 

frame 

3830.510 3830.510 3831.510 3831.510 3832.510 3832.510 3835.510 

3835.510 

Model Model No. No. VR VR with with 

with 

shor shortened shor tened rear rear rear door 

door 

3895.510 3895.510 3896.510 3896.510 3897.510* 3897.510* 3837.510 

3837.510 

Model Model No. 

No. 

VR VR EMC-shielded 

EMC-shielded 

3824.710* 3824.710* 3825.710* 3825.710* 3834.710* 3834.710* – 

U 40 40 42 42 

Width mm 600 600 600 600 

Height mm 2000 2000 2100 2100 

Depth mm 650 850 650 850 


15/20 

15

15 

Rittal enclosure climate control creates the correct ambient conditions to suit every application, particularly for sensitive 

electronics. 

A board selection of cooling units, heat exchangers, fan-and-filter units and enclosure heaters protects against adverse physical 

and thermal influences. This is supplemented by versatile accessory components. 

15/21 

ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE CLIMA CLIMATE CLIMA TE CONTR CONTROL CONTR OL 

CLIMA CLIMATE CLIMA TE CONTR CONTROLLED CONTR OLLED ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE SYSTEM SYSTEM PSK/CLIMA 

PSK/CLIMATE PSK/CLIMA TE CONTR CONTROL CONTR OL DOOR DOOR PSK 

PSK 

Rittal has drawn together its many years of expertise in enclosure construction and climate control, and now 

offers a complete solution, consisting of an enclosure and a cooling unit. 

The customer saves time and money, because cutting out the air inlet and outlet openings and assembling the 

unit have been eliminated entirely. The modular structure, consisting of an enclosure frame, cooling module and 

designer climate control door, combine to form a complete solution, with the cooling module integrated invisibly 

into the front door. PSK is the ideal “cooling station”, particularly for bayed enclosure suites. 

Sharp-witted customers will appreciate the benefits: 

Low investment costs 

No assembly work 

High level of efficiency 

Climate Climate contr controlled contr controlled 

olled enc enc enclosure enc enc losure system system PSK 

PSK 

Model Model No. No. PSK PSK 

4607.100 4607.100 4507.140 4507.140 4807.100 4807.100 4807.140 

4807.140 

Useful cooling output W 1110 1110 1150 1150 

Rating operating 

voltage V/50/60 Hz 

230 400 230 400 

Width mm 600 600 800 800 

Height mm 2000 2000 2000 2000 

Depth mm 700 700 700 700 

Climate Climate Climate contr contr controlled contr olled door door PSK PSK with with cooling cooling unit 

unit 

Model Model No. No. SK SK 

3306.100 3306.100 3306.140 3306.140 3308.100 3308.100 3308.140 

3308.140 


Rating operating 

voltage V/50/60 Hz 

230 400 230 400 

Width mm 600 600 800 800 

Height mm 2000 2000 2000 2000 

Depth mm 155 155 155 155 

Climate control doors with a built-in cooling unit can be used as a separate unit for enclosures with other depth 

dimensions or for retro-fitting. Climate control doors are available for 2000 mm high and 600/800 mm wide PS/ES 

enclosures. Other sizes are available on request

WALL ALL MOUNTED MOUNTED COOLING COOLING UNITS 

UNITS 

All wall-mounted cooling units permit flexible installation. The divided case construction of the new designer 

cooling units even permits three different mounting options on the enclosure wall or door. Exterrnal, partial internal 

mounting are possible as standard. 

The advantage: Cooling unit installation can be adapted to suit the existing space situation both outside and 

inside the enclosure. There is no need to order matching internal or external mounting kits. For the customer, this 

helps save time and money. 

The Super Mini or Midi cooling units are particularly well-suited to climate control in small enclosures, or in 

confined spaces. 

For internal or external mounting, as required 

Useful cooling output from 170 W to 4,650 W 

Attractive design 


3203.100 3203.100 3204.100 3204.100 3205.100 3205.100 3206.100 3206.100 3269.100* 3269.100* 3262.100* 3262.100* 3293.100* 3293.100* 3293.500** 3293.500** 3293.500** 3281.100* 

3281.100* 

Useful cooling output W 350 320 350 320 680 680 825 825 825 

Rated operating voltage/ 

voltage variants V/50/60Hz 

230 230 115 115 230/400 115 230/400 230/400 115 

Width mm 270 490 270 490 400 400 400 400 400 

Height mm 520 300 520 300 635 635 950 950 950 

Depth mm 120 120 120 120 248 248 230 230 230 


3393.100* 3393.100* 3393.500** 3393.500** 3381.100* 3381.100* 3298.100** 3298.100** 3398 3398 .500** .500** 3279.100* 3279.100* 3255.100* 3255.100* 3255.500** 3255.500** 3395.100* 

3395.100* 




230/400 230/400 115 230 230 115 230/400 230/400 230 

Width mm 400 400 400 400 400 400 460 460 460 

Height mm 950 950 950 1265 1265 1265 1575 1575 1575 

Depth mm 230 230 230 260 260 260 132 132 135 


3395.500** 3395.500** 3260.500** 3260.500** 3394.500** 3394.500** 3391.500** 

3391.500** 




230 400 400 400 

Width mm 460 400 460 500 

Height mm 1575 1265 1575 1580 

Depth mm 135 260 230 340 

* With thermostat ** With microcontroller 

15/22 

15

15 

15/23 

ROOF-MOUNTED OOF-MOUNTED COOLING COOLING UNITS 

UNITS 

The cleverly thought-out design of our cooling units makes them service-friendly and easy to handle, thanks to a 

number of detailed solutions. 

The louvred grilles are removable, providing access to all cooling unit components in the external circuit. The 

control and power electronics in the new microcontroller are housed separately in a separate electronic box, 

protecting them from dust and moisture. If necessary, the entire electronics easily and quickly replaced. 

For every type of enclosure installation, there are cooling units with various designs of internal and external air 

circuit. 

For example, roof-mounted cooling units with front air intake and also suitable for baying several cooling units 

adjacent to one another. 

Economical power consumption, thanks to exceptionally high refrigeration factors 

Control via microcontrollers, integration into central control systems. 


3265.100* 3265.100* 3265.100* 3266.100* 3266.100* 3266.100* 3296.100* 3296.100* 3296.100* 3296.500* 3296.500* 3296.500* 3272.100* 3272.100* 3272.100* 3290.100* 3290.100* 3290.100* 3290.500** 3290.500** 3280.100* 3280.100* 3256.100* 

3256.100* 




230 115 230/400 230/400 115 230/400 230/400 115 230/400 

Width mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 

Height mm 340 340 340 340 340 400 400 400 454 

Depth mm 348 348 378 378 378 340 340 340 460 


3256.500** 3256.500** 3299.500** 3299.500** 3261.500** 

3261.500** 

Useful cooling output W 2050 2700 2800 



230/400 400 460 

Width mm 600 700 700 

Height mm 454 400 400 

Depth mm 460 600 600 

* With thermostat ** With microcontroller 

RECOOLING RECOOLING SYSTEMS SYSTEMS GKG/SK 

GKG/SK 

Recooling systems for central heat dissipation 

Designed as large-scale cooling units, they are used in enclosure, machine and process cooling. Such largescale 

applications demand a high cooling output. 

Using the very latest technology, we have compiled a customer-oriented range of cooling components based on 

the modular system. 

Enclosure, machine and process cooling with one recooling system 

The most efficient means of cooling 

GKG GKG recooling recooling system 

system 

Cooling output 4-50 kW. The cooling system is integrated into a PS 4000 perfect panel system. This allows it to be 

“seamlessly” bayed to the enclosure. The modular configuration allows customer-specifc requirements to be 

implemented. 

Recooling Recooling system system SK 

SK 

Cooling output 1 – 20 kW. The cooling system is mounted on a base plate. A highly flexible and modular concept, 

based on the machine enclosure or design.

AIR/W AIR/WATER AIR/W TER HEA HEAT HEA T ENCHANGERS 

ENCHANGERS 

The interior enclosure air is cooled by integrated into an existing cooling water circuit or connecting to a large 

Rittal cooling unit. 

The cooling medium (water) absorbs the heat from the interior enclosure air in the membrane heat exchanger 

and dissipates it to the outside. The heated cooling water is re-cooled in the closed circuit and can be re-used 

continuously. 

Ideal in combination with Rittal recooling systems 

Dissipation of high heat loads 

Can even be used under extreme environmental conditions 

Model Model No. No. No. SK SK SK 

3247.000 3247.000 3249.100 3249.100 3217.100 3217.100 3218.100 

3218.100 




230 230 230 230 

Width mm 380 547 298 400 

Height mm 825 280 520 950 

Depth mm 105 404 135 200 

AIR/AIR AIR/AIR HEA HEAT HEA T EXCHANGERS 

EXCHANGERS 

Techline heat exchangers are particularly effective in all situations where the external air can be used indirectly 

for cooling. 

Thanks to state-of-the-art production techniques, the Techline generation of heat exchangers not only boasts 

improved looks, but also has an increased cooling output of up to 15% (with the same unit volume). 

Superbly co-ordinated, high conductive materials and a sophisticated air ducting system guarantee a high degree 

of effectiveness, thereby ensuring energy-efficient operation. 

High output coupled with small dimensions 

The heat exchanger module is quickly replaced and easily cleaned 

Model Model No. No. SK SK 3125.000 3125.000 3125.000 3126.000 3126.000 3127.000 3127.000 3127.000 3128.000 3128.000 3128.000 3129.000 3129.000 3129.000 3130.000 3130.000 3130.000 3131.000 3131.000 3131.000 3132.000 3132.000 3132.000 3133.000 3133.000 3133.000 3134.000 

3134.000 

Specific thermal 

output W/K 

Rated operating 

14.6 18.7 18.1 19.5 30.0 37.0 42.0 44.0 63.0 69.0 

voltage 

V/50/60 Hz 

230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 

Width mm 187.5 187.5 271.5 271.0 271.0 355.0 271.0 271.0 439.0 439.0 

Height mm 380 500 380 500 780 730 1200 1480 1480 1780 

Depth mm 162.5 162.5 162.5 110.0 110.0 110.0 110.0 110.0 110.0 110.0 

Model Model No. No. SK SK 3135.000 3135.000 3135.000 3136.000 3136.000 3248.000 

3248.000 

Specific thermal 

output W/K 


44.5 48.1 66.0 

voltage 

V/50/60 Hz 

230 230 230 

Width mm 355.0 439.0 595.0 

Height mm 1600 1780 362 

Depth mm 57.5 57.5 440.0 

15/24 

15

15 

15/25 

FAN-AND-FIL 

AN-AND-FIL 

AN-AND-FILTER AN-AND-FIL TER UNITS 

UNITS 

Powerful axial fans can be installed either “blowing” or “extracting”. The rain canopy function of the vent grille 

protects against both mechanical damage and penetrating dampness. In conjunction with the sealing frame, a 

protection category of IP 55 to EN 60 529/10.91 can be achieved. 

A hose-proof hood to achieve protection category IP 55 is also available. Recessed handles on the louvred grille 

facilitate easy filter mat changes. 

Quiet performance 

Screwless, fast assembly 

Super-slimline grille 

Fan-and-filter an-and-filter units 

units 

Model Model No. No. SK SK 3322.100 3322.100 3322.115 3322.115 3322.115 3322.024 3322.024 3323.100 3323.100 3323.115 3323.115 3323.024 3323.024 3324.100 3324.100 3324.115 3324.115 3324.024 3324.024 3325.100 

3325.100 

All throughout 

m 

55 55 55 105 105 105 180 180 180 230 

3 /h 


Voltage V/Hz 

230/50/60 115/50/60 24 (DC) 230/50/60 115/50/60 24 (DC) 230/50/60 115/50/60 24 (DC) 230/50/60 

Width mm 148.5 148.5 148.5 204.0 204.0 204.0 255.0 255.0 255.0 255.0 

Height mm 148.5 148.5 148.5 204.0 204.0 204.0 255.0 255.0 255.0 255.0 

Depth mm 67.5 67.5 67.5 95.0 95.0 95.0 117.5 117.5 117.5 117.5 

Model Model No. No. SK SK 3325.115 3325.115 3325.024 3325.024 3326.100 3326.100 3326.115 

3326.115 


m 

230 230 500 500 

3 /h 


Voltage V/Hz 

115/50/60 24 (DC) 230/50/60 115/50/60 

Width mm 255.0 255.0 323.0 323.0 

Height mm 255.0 255.0 323.0 323.0 

Depth mm 117.5 117.5 141.5 141.5 

EMC EMC fan-and-filter fan-and-filter unit unit 

unit 

Model Model No. No. SK SK 3323.600 3323.600 3323.615 3323.615 3325.600 3325.600 3325.615 

3325.615 


m 

105 105 230 230 

3 /h 


Voltage V/Hz 

230 115 230 115 

Width mm 204.0 204.0 255.0 255.0 

Height mm 204.0 204.0 255.0 255.0 

Depth mm 95.0 95.0 117.5 117.5 

RA RACK-MOUNTED RA CK-MOUNTED COOLING COOLING UNITS 

UNITS 

The cooling unit is easily rack-mounted in pre-populated 482.6 mm (19") electronic enclosures. 

Use of the rack-mounted cooling unit inside the enclosures permits direct climate control of the slide-in electronic 

components. 

Simple assembly 

Permanent air circulation inside the electronic enclosure 

Model Model Model No. No. No. SK SK 

3392.134 3392.134 3278.134 

3278.134 

Useful cooling output W 1000 1000 

Rated operating voltage 

V/50/60 Hz 

230 115 



Depth mm 542 542

RA RACK-MOUNTED RA CK-MOUNTED F FFANS/CENTRIFUGAL 

F ANS/CENTRIFUGAL F FFANS 

F ANS FOR FOR INST INSTALLA INST ALLA ALLATION ALLA TION IN IN 482.6 482.6 (19") 

(19") 

Developed especially for 482.6 mm (19") electronic requirements, rack-mounted fans ensure permanent air 

movement inside the enclosure. The creation of hot spots, particularly in the upper part of the enclosure, is 

hereby avoided. 

With higher heat loads and densely populated electronic enclosures, centrifugal fans are suitable for effective 

heat dissipation. In this case, the enclosure interior is cooled via the inflow of filtered external air and the dissipation 

of heated enclosure interior air. 

Vario rack-mounted fan: 

Can be removed like a drawer for servicing (with guide frame) 

Installation in subracks or directly in electronic cases or enclosures 

Rac Rac Rack-mounted Rac Rac k-mounted fan 

fan 

Model Model No. No. SK SK 3340.230 3340.230 3340.115 3340.115 3340.024 3340.024 3341.230 3341.230 3341.115 3341.115 3341.024 3341.024 3342.230 3342.230 3342.115 3342.115 3342.024 3342.024 3342.500 

3342.500 

Air throughout 

m 

320 320 320 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 

3 /h 

Rated 

voltage V 

Distance 

230 (AC) 115 (AC) 24 (DC) 230 (AC) 115 (AC) 24 (DC) 230 (AC) 115 (AC) 24 (DC) 

24 (DC) 

115-230 

(AC) 

between 

axes mm 

85 85 85 85 85 85 105 105 105 105 

Vario ario rac rack-mounted rac k-mounted fan 

fan 

Model Model No. No. SK SK 3350.230 3350.230 3350.115 3350.115 3350.024 3350.024 3351.230 3351.230 3351.115 3351.115 3351.024 3351.024 3352.230 3352.230 3352.115 3352.115 3352.024 3352.024 3352.500 

3352.500 


m 

320 320 320 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 

3 /h 

Rated 24 (DC) 

voltage V 230 (AC) 115 (AC) 24 (DC) 230 (AC) 115 (AC) 24 (DC) 230 (AC) 115 (AC) 24 (DC) 115-230 

(AC) 

Distance 

between 

axes mm 

85 85 85 85 85 85 105 105 105 105 

Centrifugal Centrifugal fan 

fan 

Model Model No. No. No. SK SK 3144.000 3144.000 3145.000 

3145.000 


m 

320 320 

3 /h 

Rated 

voltage V 

230 (AC) 115 (AC) 

Width mm 482.6 482.6 

Height mm 87.2 87.2 


ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE HEA HEATERS HEA TERS 

Enclosure interiors are equipped with heaters primarily to prevent condensation or to protect against frost. 

Hot and cold – extreme temperature fluctuations create the ideal conditions for hazardous condensation. 

Small, powerful and robust, Rittal enclosure heaters prevent malfunctions and corrosion in enclosures. 

Rittal enclosure heaters guaranteee effective heating in the smallest possible space, and are tailored to each 

specific application. The arrangement of the aluminium heating fins guarantees even temperature distribution, 

thereby ensuring an optimum heating effect acros the entire surface. 

Fast assembly 

Surface temperature limited by a PTC element 

Also available complete with fan 


3105.00 3105.00 3106.000 3106.000 3115.000 3115.000 3115.000 3115.000 3107.000 3107.000 3102.000 

3102.000 

Continuous thermal output W 10 20 30 50 200* 300* 

Rated operating voltage V 

110-240 

AC/DC 

110-240 

AC/DC 

110-240 

AC/DC 

110-240 

AC/DC 

110-240 

AC/DC 

230 

AC/DC 

Width mm 45 45 64 64 80 120 

Height mm 75 125 110 185 140 168 

Depth mm 35 35 54 54 118 120 

*Output with fan 

15/26 

15

15 

The The benefit benefit lies lies in in the the the system system 

system 

Modern power distribution systems are becoming ever more powerful. For this reason, users demand the security of internationally recognised and 

approved power distribution components. Rittal provides switchgear designers with innovative systems which satisfy the pertinent regulations. 

Type testing on short-circuit resistance, which is performed in accredited laboratories, provides impressive proof of the suitability of Rittal busbar 

systems. 

* AWG = American Wire Gauges 

AWG 12 = 3.31 mm 2 = 4 mm 2 

AWG 10 = 5.26 mm 2 = 6 mm 2 

** Rated current 25 A at 35 0 C and 

** 32 A at 25 0 C ambient temperature 

15/27 

PO POWER PO WER DISTRIB DISTRIBUTION DISTRIB UTION COMPONENTS 

COMPONENTS 

MINI-PLS MINI-PLS B BBUSB 

B USB USBAR USB AR SYSTEM 

SYSTEM 

(40 (40 MM MM B BBAR 

B AR CENTRE CENTRE DIST DISTANCE) 

DIST ANCE) 

Rittal Rittal Mini-PLS Mini-PLS up up to to 250 250 A... 

A... 

... ... the the bar bar concept 

concept 

Blade bar for elegant connection and secure contacing of components Universal applications up to 250 amps 

High static and thermal load capacity, thanks to the T support form of the special profile 40 mm bar centre 

distance Special busbars in practical sizes. 

... ... the the compact compact concept 

concept 

Component assembly via plug-and-lock action from the front Precise-fit installation, because the build height 

(160 mm) is identical to the requirement Unrestricted top mounting of the busbar supports and bar connector 

elements. 

... ... ... the the saf safety saf safety 

ety concept concept 

concept 

All-round encapsulation with a base tray section, cover section and end cover Also forms a closed modular 

unit in conjunction with connection adaptors and component adaptors Material to UL 94-V0. 

Mini-PLS Mini-PLS components 

components 

Description Description 

Length Length P. of of Model Model No. No. No. SV 

SV 

Mini-PLS busbar support up to 250 A, 3-pole - 4 9600.000 

500 mm 3 9601.000 

Mini-PLS special busbars 

700 mm 3 9602.000 

E-Cu 250 A, 120 mm 1100 mm 3 9603.000 

1500 mm 3 9624.000 

250 mm 1 9604.000 

Mini-PLS base tray sections 

500 mm 

700 mm 

1 

1 

9605.000 

9606.000 

1100 mm 1 9607.000 

Mini-PLS cover sections 

250 mm 

500 mm 

1 

1 

9608.000 

9609.000 

2 

Design Design 

P. of of Model Model No. No. No. SV 

SV 

63 A, 690 V AC, for round conductors up to 35 mm2 and 

laminated copper bars, clamping area 10 x 8 mm 

1 9613.000 

63 A to 250 A, 690 V AC, for round conductors up to 70 mm2 Mini-PLS Mini-PLS b bbusbar 

b busbar 

usbar connection connection adaptor 

adaptor 

and laminated copper bars, clamping area 17 x 17 mm 

1 9612.000 

Construction Construction 

width width 

Rated Rated 

current current max. max. 

Rated Rated Oper Oper- Oper 

ating ating v vvolta 

v olta oltage olta 

Connection Connection 

cab cable* cab le* Suppor Support Suppor t rails rails 

Height Height Number Number 

P. of of Model Model Model No. 

No. 

SV 

SV 

54 mm 25 A 690 V~ AWG 12 7.5 mm 1 1 9614.000 

54 mm 25 A 690 V ~ AWG 12 15.0 mm 1 1 9615.000 

54 mm 40 A 690 V ~ AWG 10 7.5 mm 1 1 9616.000 

54 mm 40 A 690 V ~ AWG 10 15.0 mm 1 1 9617.00 

72 mm 25 A 690 V ~ AWG 12 7.5 mm 1 1 9625.000 

72 mm 25 A 690 V ~ AWG 12 15.0 mm 1 1 9626.000 

72 mm 40 A 690 V ~ AWG 10 7.5 mm 1 1 9627.000 

72 mm 40 A 690 V ~ AWG 10 15.0 mm 1 1 9628.000 

90 mm 100 A 690 V ~ 

Round conductros 

35 mm 

- - - 9629.000 

2 

Mini-PLS Mini-PLS component component adaptor 

adaptor 

Mini-PLS Mini-PLS quic quick-fit quic k-fit component component component adaptor adaptor 

adaptor 

Construction Construction 

width width 

Rated Rated 

current current max.** max.** 

Rated Rated Oper Oper- Oper 

ating ating v vvolta 

v olta oltage olta 

For For po power po power 

wer cir circuit-breaker 

cir cuit-breaker 

cuit-breakers 

cuit-breaker P. of of of Model Model Model No. No. 

No. 

SV SV 

SV 

54 mm 25 A (32 A) 690 V~ 

Klöckner-Moeller PKZM 1 General 

Electric SFKO 1 AEG Mbs 25 

1 9618.000 

54 mm 25 A (32 A) 690 V ~ Klöckner-Moeller PKZM 0 1 9619.000 

54 mm 25 A (32 A) 690 V ~ Klöckner-Moeller PKZM-SE 00 1 9620.000 

54 mm 25 A (32 A) 690 V ~ Telemecanique GV2-M 

Schiele MSU-K 

1 9621.00 

54 mm 25 A (32 A) 690 V ~ Siemens 3VU-13 00 ABB M25-TM 1 9622.000 

Design Design 

P. of of Model Model No. No. No. SV 

SV 

63 A, 400 V AC, terminal or round conductors up to 16 mm2 Mini-PLS Mini-PLS b bbus-mounting 

b us-mounting fuse fuse base base D D 02-E 02-E 18 

18 

1 9630.000

Bar thickness (cross-section) 

PLS 800 A: 5 mm (300 mm2 ) 

PLS 1600 A: 10 mm (900 mm2 ) 

** For Rittal PS/ES enclosure systems 

PLS PLS B BBUSB 

B USB USBAR USB AR SYSTEMS 

SYSTEMS 

Rittal Rittal PLS PLS up up to to 800 800 800 A/1600 A/1600 A/1600 A... 

A... 

... ... the the compact compact c cclass 

c lass 

60 mm bar centre distance up to 1600 A. 

Unrestricted top mounting of the PLS busbar support with SV power distribution components. 

... ... the the saf safety saf saf ety c cclass 

c lass 

Optimum heat dissipation thanks to the large surface area of the special copper bars. 

Optimum contact hazard protection with all-round encapsulation. 

... ... ... the the benefit benefit c cclass 

c lass 

An unlimited basis for all Rittal power distribution components with a bar centre distance of 60 mm. 

PLS PLS b bbusbar 

b busbar 

usbar suppor supports suppor supports 

ts 

Rated Rated current current 

to to 

Number Number of of 

poles poles 

Bar Bar centre centre 

distance distance 

For For PLS PLS 

bar bar cr cross-section 

cr oss-section (bar (bar thic thickness) thic kness) 

P. of of Model Model No. 

No. 

SV 

SV 

800 A 3-pole 60 mm 300 mm2 (5 mm) 4 3500.000 

1600 A 3-pole 60 mm 900 mm2 (10 mm) 4 3510.000 

PLS PLS components 

components 

Description Description Length Length For For 

enc enclosure enc losure width width 

width 

P. of of For For For PLS PLS 800 800 A A 

Model Model No. No. SV SV 

For For PLS PLS 1600 1600 1600 A 

A 

Model Model Model No. No. SV 

SV 

2400 mm variable 1 3509.000 3516.000 

PLS special 

busbars 

E-Cu* 

495 mm 

695 mm 

1095 mm 

600 mm** 

800 mm** 

1200 mm** 

3 

3 

3 

3524.000 

3525.000 

3526.000 

3527.000 

3529.000 

3529.000 

PLS base 

tray section 

500 mm 

700 mm 

1100 mm 

- 

- 

- 

2 

1 

1 

3502.000 

3503.000 

3518.000 

3512.000 

3513.000 

3519.000 

PLS cover 

sections 

250 mm 

500 mm 

700 mm 

- 

- 

- 

2 

2 

1 

3506.000 

3507.000 

3508.000 

3506.000 

3507.000 

3508.000 

The basis for constructing busbar systems for power monitoring and distribution is provided by eight different SV 

busbar supports for electrical copper bars with dimensions ranging from 12 x 5 to 100 x 10 mm. 

SV SV b bbusbar 

b usbar suppor supports suppor ts 

(60 (60 MM MM B BBAR 


DIST ANCE) 

SV SV B BBUSB 

B USB USBAR USB AR SYSTEMS 

SYSTEMS 

(60, (60, 100, 100, 150 150 AND AND 185 185 MM MM B BBAR 


DIST ANCE) 

Rated Rated current current 

up up to to 

Number Number Number of of 

poles poles 

Bar Bar centre centre 

distance distance 

For For b bbusbar 

b usbar usbars usbar 

E-Cu E-Cu 

P. of of Model Model No. No. 

No. 

SV 

SV 

800 A 3-pole 60 mm 12 x 5 – 30 x 10 mm 4 3000.000 

800 A 2-pole 60 mm 12 x 5 – 30 x 10 mm 4 3050.000 

800 A 1-pole - 12 x 5 – 30 x 10 mm 4 3078.000 

800 A 4-pole 60 mm 12 x 5 – 30 x 10 mm 3 3064.000 

1250 A 3-pole 100 mm 30 x 10 – 60 x 10 mm 4 3073.000 

1600 A 3-pole 185 mm 50 x 10 – 80 x 10 mm 2 3052.000 

2500 A 3-pole 150 mm 60 x 10 – 80 x 10 mm 2 3055.000 

3000 A 3-pole 150 mm 100 x 10 mm 2 3057.000 

15/28 

15

15 

15/29 

SV SV B BBUSB 

B USB USBAR USB AR CONNECTION CONNECTION AD ADAPT AD APT APTORS APT ORS 

SV busbar connection adaptors for direct top-mounting on 3-pole busbar systems with 60 mm bar centre distance 

and on Rittal PLS permit secure-contact connection of round conductors and laminated copper, with no drilling 

required. The conductors do not make direct contact with the busbars, but instead contact surface-finished contact 

plates. The results in safe, low heat loss current transmission 

Connection without drilling Contact hazard-proof design to VBG 4 

Rated current 

upto 

Rated 

operating 

voltage 

Connection of 

round conductors 

upto 

Clamping area 

for laminated 

copper bars 

P. of Model Model No No SV 

SV 

1163 A 690 V ~ 10 mm2 /2 x 6 mm2 – 1 3443.000 3443.000* 3443.000 

1125 A 690 V ~ 35 mm2 11 x 14 mm 1 3444.000 3444.000* 3444.000 

1250 A 690 V ~ 70 mm2 16 x 15 mm 1 3442.000 3442.000* 3442.000 

1400 A 690 V ~ 150 mm2 – 1 3440.000 3440.000* 3440.000 

1800 A 690 V ~ 185 mm2 30 x 25 mm 1 3441.000 3441.000* 3441.000 

1800 A 690 V ~ – 34 x 21 (16) mm 1 kit 3439.000 3439.000* 3439.000 

11600 A 690 V ~ – 65 x 21 mm 1 kit 3517.000* 

3517.000* 

3-pole SV bus-mounting fuse base, types D 02, D II and D III, are designed for use on 60 mm busbar systems 

and Rittal PLS with special bar sections. The special contact plate system in these components guarantees final 

fixing and secure contact on the busbars, even without the fuse inserts screwed in. 

Absolute contact reliability Optimum contact hazard protection to VBG 4 

For For c cclamping 

c lamping scre screw scre w fixing 

fixing 

Rated For Bus-mounting Cover plate End caps Side cover 

Type Rated 

current 

operating 

voltage 

bar 

thickness 

P. of fuse base 

Model Model No. No. SV SV Model Model No. No. SV SV Model Model Model No. No. SV SV Model Model No. No. SV 

SV 

D 02-E 18 63 A 400 V~ 3-10 mm 10 3418.000 3418.000 3419.000 3419.000 3419.000 3420.000 3420.000 3093.000 

3093.000 

D II -E 27 25 A 500 V~ 3-10 mm 10 3427.000 3427.000 3428.000 3428.000 3429.000 3429.000 3093.000 

3093.000 

D III -E 33 63 A 600 V~ 3-10 mm 10 3433.000 3433.000 3433.000 3434.000 3434.000 3435.000 3435.000 3093.000 

3093.000 

For For snap-on snap-on snap-on mounting mounting 

mounting 

(FOR (FOR 60 60 60 MM MM B BBAR 


DIST ANCE) 

SV SV B BBUS-MOUNTING 

B US-MOUNTING FUSE FUSE B BBASES 

B ASES 


B AR CENTRE CENTRE DIST DIST DISTANCE) 

DIST DIST ANCE) 

Rated For Bus-mounting Cover plate End caps Side cover 

Type Rated 

current 

operating 

voltage 

bar 

thickness 

P. of fuse base 

Model Model No. No. SV SV Model Model No. No. SV SV Model Model Model No. No. SV SV Model Model No. No. SV 

SV 

D 02-E 18 63 A 400 V~ 5 mm 10 3422.000 3422.000 3424.000 3424.000 3424.000 3425.000 3425.000 3093.000 

3093.000 

D 02-E 18 63 A 400 V~ 10 mm 10 3423.000 3423.000 3424.000 3424.000 3424.000 3425.000 3425.000 3093.000 

3093.000 

D II -E 27 25 A 500 V~ 5 mm 10 3520.000 3520.000 3522.000 3522.000 3429.000 3429.000 3093.000 

3093.000 

D II -E 27 25 A 500 V~ 10 mm 10 3521.000 3521.000 3522.000 3522.000 3429.000 3429.000 3093.000 

3093.000 

D III-E 33 63 A 690 V~ 5 mm 10 3530.000 3530.000 3532.000 3532.000 3435.000 3435.000 3093.000 

3093.000 

D III-E 33 63 A 690 V~ 10 mm 10 3531.000 3531.000 3532.000 3532.000 3435.000 3435.000 3093.000 

3093.000 

NH NH FUSED FUSED ISOLA ISOLATORS 

ISOLA ORS 

(FOR (FOR 60, 60, 100 100 AND AND 185 185 MM MM B BBAR 


DIST DISTANCE) 

ANCE) 

NH fused isolators are leading products in the NH switchgear market when it comes to quality, technology and 

safety. with a construction width of 50 mm (size 00) and 100 mm (sizes 1 to 3), Rittal NH fused isolators set new 

standards in the compact, space-saving assembly of NH fused equipment on busbar systems with 60 and 100 

mm (size 00) and 185 mm bar centre distance (sizes 00 to 3). 

Absolute contact reliability Optimum contact hazard protection to VBG 4 

Version Cable outlet Type of connection For 

bar centre distance 

P. of Model Model No. No. SV 

SV 

1Size 00, 125 A, 690 V~ top/bottom Clamp up to 70 mm2 60/100/185 mm 1 3592.000 

3592.000 

1Size 00, 160 A, 690 V~ top/bottom M 8 screw 60/100/185 mm 1 3591.000 

3591.000 

1Size 01, 250 A, 690 V~ top/bottom M 12 screw 185 mm 1 3485.000 

3485.000 


3486.000 


3487.000

* AWG = American Wire Gauges 

AWG 10 = 5.26 mm 2 = 16 mm 2 

AWG 18 = 8.37 mm 2 = 10 mm 2 

** 1 = ABB 

2 = AEG 

3 = Delta 

4 = Klockher-Moeller 

5 = Merlin Gerin 

6 = Siemens 

7 = Sprecher & Schch 

8 = Vynckier 

NH NH ON-LO ON-LOAD ON-LO AD ISOLA ISOLATORS 

ISOLA ORS 

(FOR (FOR 60 60 60 AND AND 100 100 MM MM B BBAR 


DIST ANCE) 

The NH on-load isolated, both with and without fuse monitoring, is an ideal solution for compact, safe equipment 

assembly on busbar systems with 60 mm and 100 mm bar centre distance, on enclosure mounting plates or 

similar mounting surfaces, and on Rittal PLS. Apart from its protective function, the design of the isolator also 

facilitaaties the activation and deactivation of electrical equipment and system components. 

Safe, contact hazard-proof equipment mounting Feed contact system shielded from the fuse area 

For For-top-mounting For -top-mounting on on 60 60 60 and and 100 100 100 mm mm bar bar systems 

systems 

Version Cable outlet Type of connection P. of 

Without With 

fuse monitoring 

Model Model No. No. No. SV SV SV Model Model No. No. SV 

SV 

Size 00, 160 A 690 V~ top M8 screw up to 95 mm2 1 3400.000 3400.000 3490.000 

3490.000 

Size 00, 160 A 690 V~ bottom M8 screw up to 95 mm2 1 3401.000 3401.000 3491.000 

3491.000 

Size 00, 160 A 690 V~ top Clamp up to 70 mm2 1 3402.000 3402.000 3492.000 

3492.000 

Size 00, 160 A 690 V~ bottom Clamp up to 70 mm2 1 3403.000 3403.000 3493.000 

3493.000 

Size 01, 250 A 690 V~ top M 10 screw up to 150 mm2 1 3411.000 3411.000 3495.000 

3495.000 

Size 01, 250 A 690 V~ bottom M 10 screw up to 150 mm2 1 3410.000 3410.000 3494.000 

3494.000 

For For mounting mounting plate plate plate assemb assembly assemb y and and top-mounting 

top-mounting 

on on 60 60 mm mm (siz (size (siz e 00C/2/3) 00C/2/3) or or 100 100 mm mm (siz (size (siz e 2/3) 2/3) bar bar systems 

systems 

Version Cable outlet Type of connection P. of 

Without With 

fuse monitoring 

Model Model No. No. No. SV SV SV Model Model No. No. SV 

SV 

Size 00C, 100 A 690 V~ top/bottom Terminal up to 50 mm2 1 3431.000 3431.000 

– 

Size 00,C 160 A 690 V~ top/bottom M8 screw up to 95 mm2 1 3488.000 3488.000 

– 

Size 00,C 160 A 690 V~ top/bottom Clamp up to 70 mm2 1 3489.000 3489.000 

– 

Size 01,C 250 A 690 V~ top/bottom M 10 screw up to 150 mm2 1 3409.000 3409.000 3409.000 

– 

Size 02,C 400 A 690 V~ top/bottom M 10 screw up to 240 mm2 1 3415.000 3415.000 3497.000 

3497.000 

Size 03,C 630 A 690 V~ top/bottom M 12 screw up to 240 mm2 1 3095.000 3095.000 

– 

SV SV COMPONENT COMPONENT AD ADAPT AD APT APTOR APT OR 



DIST DISTANCE) 

ANCE) 

With modern, practical technology, Rittal component adaptors set new standards in the compact assembly and 

wiring of protective gear and switchgear. 

SV component adaptors are suitable for direct mounting on electrical copper bars ranging from 12 x 5 to 

30 x 10 mm and Rittal PLS, with a bar centre distance of 60 mm. 

Low heat-loss, short circuit-resistant contact tracks Quick fastening of protective gear and switchgear 

Construction 

width 

Rated 

current 

max. 

Rated 

operating 

voltage 

Connection 

cable + 

Support rails 

Height Number 

For bar 

thickness 

P. of Model Model Model No. No. SV 

SV 

54 mm 50 A 690 V~ AWG 10 7,5 mm 1 5 mm 1 3540.000 

3540.000 

54 mm 50 A 690 V~ AWG 10 7,5 mm 1 10 mm 1 3541.000 

3541.000 

54 mm 50 A 690 V~ AWG 10 7,5 mm 2 5 mm 1 3040.000 

3040.000 

54 mm 50 A 690 V~ AWG 10 7,5 mm 2 10 mm 1 3041.000 

3041.000 

54 mm 63 A 690 V~ AWG 8 7,5 mm 1 5 mm 1 3036.000 

3036.000 

54 mm 63 A 690 V~ AWG 8 7,5 mm 1 10 mm 1 3037.000 3037.000 

3037.000 

72 mm 50 A 690 V~ AWG 10 7,5 mm 1 5 mm 1 3544.000 

3544.000 

72 mm 50 A 690 V~ AWG 10 7,5 mm 2 10 mm 1 3545.000 

3545.000 

72 mm 63 A 690 V~ AWG 8 7,5 mm 2 5 mm 1 3038.000 

3038.000 

72 mm 63 A 690 V~ AWG 8 7,5 mm 2 10 mm 1 3039.000 

3039.000 

72 mm 63 A 690 V~ AWG 8 15,0 mm 2 5 mm 1 3046.000 

3046.000 

72 mm 63 A 690 V~ AWG 8 15,0 mm 2 10 mm 1 3047.000 

3047.000 

108 mm 50 A 690 V~ AWG 10 7,5 mm 2 5 mm 1 3042.000 3042.000 

3042.000 

108 mm 50 A 690 V~ AWG 10 7,5 mm 2 10 mm 1 3043.000 

3043.000 

144 mm 50 A 690 V~ AWG 10 15,0 mm 2 5 mm 1 3044.000 

3044.000 

144 mm 50 A 690 V~ AWG 10 15,0 mm 2 10 mm 1 3045.000 

3045.000 

144 mm 63 A 690 V~ AWG 8 15,0 mm 2 5 mm 1 3048.000 

3048.000 

144 mm 63 A 690 V~ AWG 8 15,0 mm 2 10 mm 1 3049.000 

3049.000 

90 mm 100 A 690 V~ 

For power circuit-breakers** 

1, 4, 5, 6 5 mm 1 9320.000 

9320.000 

90 mm 100 A 690 V~ 1, 4, 5, 6 10 mm 1 9320.010 

9320.010 

110 mm 160 A 690 V~ 4, 6 5-10 mm 1 3539.000 

3539.000 

110 mm 160 A 690 V~ 1, 2, 3, 5, 8 5-10 mm 1 3438.000 

3438.000 

110 mm 250 A 690 V~ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 5-10 mm 1 3437.000 

3437.000 

15/30 

15

15 

With emerging technologies, network engineering places ever increasing demands on the infrastructure at the “information 

junction”, and hence on component system suppliers. 

In this respect, Rittal has been blazing an innovative trail for years, with consistent orientation towards customer requirements, 

which is translated into development, design, production and distribution. 

Whether you are after a small corridor distributor for a fibre-optic network or a combined distribution and component enclosure, 

the Rittal range has the optimum, practical system solution to every problem, whatever the application. 

15/31 

DATA A COMMUNICA 

COMMUNICATION COMMUNICA TION COMPONENTS 

COMPONENTS 

COMPUTER COMPUTER MUL MULTI MUL TI CONTR CONTROL CONTR OL CMC 

CMC 

The Rittal CMC monitoring system can be used in all situations where the safety-relevant system peripherals in 

network enclosures, server racks and electronic enclosures need to be monitored. 

Whether you opt for sensors from our comprehensive range or prefer to use your own sensors, plain text displays 

and LEDs on the CMC indicate the operating status and any possible malfunctinos. Remote monitoring via a 

network connection and SNMP/Telnet is also possible. 

Network connection with SNMP 

Interface to the PC for programming 

Inputs for various sensors 

Monitoring of UPS, temperature, supply voltage etc. 

The The CMC CMC modules modules at at a a a glance 

glance 

P. of Model Model No. No. DK 

DK 

Enc Enclosure Enc losure monitoring monitoring monitoring system 

system 

Rittal Computer Multi Control (CMC), 1 U with Ethernet network 

interface and SNMP (10BaseT, 10Base2), RS 232 

Loc Lock Loc k mec mechanism 

mec hanism 

1 7200.200 

7200.200 

Smart card reader with 3 smart cards 1 7200.340 

7200.340 

Magnetic card reader with 3 magnetic cards 1 7200.341 

7200.341 

Coded lock 1 7299.342 

7299.342 

Ergoform-S with push-bottom insert, electric locking 1 7200.350 

7200.350 

Under PS locking bar for 7200.350 for 2000 mm height 1 7200.371 

7200.371 

Under FR locking bar for 7200.350 for 2000 mm height 

Sensor Sensors Sensor Sensor 

1 7200.372 

7200.372 

Temperature sensor with 2.5 m connection cable 1 7200.300 

7200.300 

Hygrostat/temperature sensor 4-20 mA 1 7200.360 

7200.360 

Smoke alarm sensor with installation kit 1 7200.310 

7200.310 

Vibration sensor 4 7200.320 

7200.320 

Access sensor with installlation kit 

Connection Connection accessories 

accessories 

4 7200.330 

7200.330 

230 V connection cable with earthing-pin and IEC 230 connector 1 * 

Connector kit for linking accessories to the CMC and 

interface cable for RS 232 RJ 11/D-sub-9 

1 kit 7200.200 

7200.200 

10 m cable for sensor connection 1 7200.230 

7200.230 

24 V power pack 1 7200.240 

7200.240 

Cabale clamp strap for mounting on the rear of the CMC 1 7610.000 

7610.000 

Cable clamp strap for power pack installation 1 7611.000 

7611.000 

Cable management module 1 kit 7200.400 

7200.400 

Cable management module, wired 1 kit 7200.410 7200.410 

7200.410

DK DK NETW NETWORK NETW ORK ENCLOSURES, ENCLOSURES, B BBASED 

B ASED ON ON THE THE RITT RITTAL RITT AL PS PS 4000 

4000 

This network enclosure offers an exceptional degree of protection, is easy to air-condition and meets high stabiity 

standards. 

Type ype 1: 1: With glazed door, protection category IP 54 

Type ype 2: 2: With sheet steel door, 482.6 mm (19") mounting angles at ;the front, protection category IP 55. 

Pre-configured 


The practical, cost effective complete solution. One oder number for fully equipped enclosures, e.g. with plinth, 

side panels, potential equalisation, one or two pairs of 482.6 mm (19") mounting angles or swing frames etc. 

A wide choice of sizes 

Extensive range of accessories 

Pre-configured Pre-configured netw network netw netw ork enc enc enclosures 

enc enc losures 

Without base freme With base frame 

Type of preconfiguration 

V5 V6 V7 V8 V1 V2 V3 V4 

Model Model No. No. DK 

DK 

with with side side 

panels 

panels 

7790.110 7790.110 7791.110 7791.110 7792.110 7792.110 7793.110 7793.110 7790.510 7790.510 7791.210 7791.210 7792.210 7792.210 7793.210 

7793.210 

Model Model No. No. DK 

DK 

without without side side side 

panels 

panels 

7790.120 7790.120 7791.120 7791.120 7792.120 7792.120 7793.120 7793.120 – 7791.220 7791.220 – – 

U 42 42 40 42 42 42 40 42 

SU 74 74 – 74 74 74 – 74 

Width mm 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 

Height mm 2000+100 2000+100 2000+100 2000+100 2000+100 2000+100 2000+100 2000+100 

Depth mm 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 

The The The principal principal f ffeatures 

f features 

eatures of of the the pre-configured pre-configured netw network netw ork enc enclosures: 

enc losures: 

All: All: Glazed door, plinth, cable entry roof plate, potential equalisation 

V1, V1, V5: V5: One pair of 482.6 mm (19") mounting angles at the front, side panels, rear door. 

V2, V2, V6: V6: 482.6 mm (19") mounting angles at the front, side panels, rear door. 

V3, V3, V7: V7: 482.6 mm (19") large swing freme, side panels, rear panel. 

V4, V4, V8: V8: V8: Side panels, rear door. 

Netw Network Netw ork enc enclosures 

enc losures 

Type ype 1 

1 

Model Model No. No. DK DK 

7651.235 7655.235 7657.235 7659.235 7661.235 7663.235 7664.235 7665.235 7667.235 7668.235 

Type ype 2 

2 


7751.235 7755.235 7757.235 7759.235 7761.235 7763.235 7764.235 7765.235 7767.235 7768.235 

U 15 20 20 24 24 29 29 29 33 33 

SU – – 35 – 42 – – 51 – – 

Width mm 600 600 800 600 800 600 600 800 600 600 

Height mm 800 1000 1000 1200 1200 1400 1400 1400 1600 1600 

Depth mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 800 600 600 800 

Type ype 1 

1 


7669.235 7068.235 7671.235 7088.235 7673.235 7060.235 7675.235 7080.235 7677.235 7679.235 

Type ype 2 

2 


7769.235 7168.235 7771.235 7188.235 7773.235 7160.235 7775.235 7180.235 7777.235 7779.235 

U 33 38 38 38 38 42 42 42 42 47 

SU 58 – – 67 67 – – 74 74 – 

Width mm 800 600 600 800 800 600 600 800 800 600 

Height mm 1600 1800 1800 1800 1800 2000 2000 2000 2000 2200 

Depth mm 600 800 600 800 600 800 600 800 600 600 

Type ype 1 

1 


7680.235 7681.235 7682.235 

Type ype 2 

2 

Model Model No. No. DK DK DK 

7780.235 7781.235 7782.235 

U 47 47 47 

SU – 83 83 

Width mm 600 800 800 

Height mm 2200 2200 2200 

Depth mm 800 600 800 

15/32 

15

15 

15/33 


B ASED ON ON THE THE RITT RITTAL RITT AL FLEXRA FLEXRACK 

FLEXRA CK 

Futuristic technology demands the very best concepts. The Rittal flexRack meets all the requirements of a modern 

network enclosure, thanks to its outstanding flexibility. 

This is achieved by the multi-functional aluminium section with two pairs of infinitely variable mounting angles, 

combined with special clip-on nuts. 

The typical 800 mm wide network distribution enclosure is fitted as standard with 482.6 mm (19") mounting 

angles (distance from front 150 mm), a glazed door at the rear. 

Infinitely variable mounting 

Wide range of accessories 

Mounting of 482.6 mm (19") and/or metric mounting angles/T-slot mounting angles 

Pre-configured Pre-configured netw network netw netw ork enc enclosures 

enc enc losures 

Type 1 

pre-configuration 

V20 

Under-desk enclosure 

V21 V22 V23 

Model Model No. No. FR FR 

7801.000 7801.000 7893.000 7893.000 7891.000 7891.000 7892.000 

7892.000 

U 11 25 43 43 

SU 20 45 77 77 

Width mm 600 600 800 800 

Height mm 600+25 1200+25 2000+125 2000+125 

Depth mm 800 800 800 800 

The The principal principal f ffeatures 

f features 

eatures of of the the pre-configured pre-configured netw network netw ork enc enclosures: 

enc losures: 

V V 20, 20, V21: 

V21: Glazed door with Ergoform-S handle, rear panel, side panels, vented roof plate, 482.6 mm (19") 

mounting angles at the front. 

V22: V22: Glazed door and sheet steel rear door with Ergoform-S handle, lockable side panels, plinth, cable entry 

roof plate, potential equalisation, 482.6 mm (19") mounting angles with U pitch pattern front and rear, cable 

clamp rails. 

V23: V23: V23: Like V 22, but with T-slot mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19") fixing dimensions. 

Netw Network Netw Network 

ork enc enclosures 

enc losures 


FR 

without without side side side 

panels 

panels 

7812.000 7812.000 7813.000 7813.000 7832.000 7832.000 7833.000 7833.000 7840.000 7840.000 7841.000 7841.000 7842.000 7842.000 7843.000 7843.000 7802.000 7802.000 7803.000 

7803.000 


FR 

with with side side 

side 

panels panels panels and and 

shor shortened shor tened 

rear rear door 

door 

– – – – – – 7842.110 7842.110 7843.110 7843.110 – – 

U 25 25 39 39 43 43 43 43 48 48 

SU 45 45 69 69 77 77 77 77 800 800 

Width mm 800 800 800 800 600 600 800 800 800 800 

Height mm 1200 1200 1800 1800 2000 2000 2000 2000 2200 2200 

Depth mm 600 800 600 800 600 800 600 800 600 800 

DK DK SER SERVER SER VER ENCLOSURES, ENCLOSURES, B BBASED 

B ASED ON ON RITT RITTAL RITT AL FLEXRA FLEXRACK 

FLEXRA CK 

As well as protecting hardware and software from external factors, the server enclosure must also ensure adequate 

ventilation of the installed equipment to allow problem-free, continuous operation of the servers. 

Rittal satisfies both these requirements: the glazed front door with vent slots and a slotted rear door of sheet steel 

facilitate a high air throughput, whilst security locks on both doors protect against unauthorised access. 

In the attractive flexRack design, the 900 mm deep enclosures will accommodate virtually all commercially available 

482.6 mm (19") servers. Additional components or desktop servers can be accommodated on component shelves. 

The mobile base on lockable castors is extended forward for servicing. The larger support area prevents it from 

tipping over when heavy installed equipment is pulled out. 

Plenty of space for servers, with a depth of 900 mm 

Increased air throughput thanks to vent slots in the glazed door and perforations in the rear door 

Security lock on both doors 

Model Model No. No. FR FR FR 

7880.120 7880.120 7880.200 

7880.200 

U 24 42 

SU 44 76 


Height mm 1200+100 2000+100 

Depth mm 900 900


B ASED ON ON THE THE RITT RITTAL RITT AL VVARIO-RA ARIO-RA ARIO-RACK ARIO-RA CK SYSTEM SYSTEM IS IS IS IS IS 

Network enclosures offer a perfect combination of function and design, with ideal conditions for accommodating 

network components. 

The two basic types can be ideally adpated to suit any requirements. Whether in the office or in the laboratory, 

this enclosure system will make a good impression in any environment. 

Elegant designer lines 

Glazed door with aluminium frame 

Rapid door removal and installation 

Locking rod 

Mounting duct for socket strips 

Type ype 1 

1 

Model Model No. No. No. DK DK 

DK 

7022.510 7022.510 7023.510 7023.510 7024.510 7024.510 7025.510 

7025.510 

Type ype ype 2 

2 


DK 

7018.510 7018.510 7019.510 7019.510 7020.510 7020.510 7021.510 

7021.510 

U 35 35 40 40 

SU 62 62 71 71 

Width mm 800 800 800 800 

Height mm 1800 1800 2000 2000 

Depth mm 650 850 650 850 

The The principal principal f ffeatures: 

f eatures: 

Type ype 1: 1: Glazed door, sheet steel rear door – vented, side panels, plinth, three-part gland plate, 

vented roof plate.. 

Type ype ype 2: 2: 2: Glazed door, sheet steel rear door, side panels, plinth, three-part gland plate, roof plate, 

482.6 mm (19") mounting angles at the front. 

DK DK WWALL-MOUNTED ALL-MOUNTED DISTRIB DISTRIBUT 

DISTRIB UT UTORS, UT ORS, B BBASED 

B ASED ON ON RITT RITTAL RITT AL EL, EL, 3-P 3-PAR 3-P AR ARTT 

AR 

Whether used as a corridor distributor or for smaller-scale networks, these enclosures provide the ultimate in 

technology and aesthetics. 

The 515 mm deep version has a protection category of IP 55 to EN 60 529/10.91. 

Front door of aluminium section with a safery glass window 

Centre part with all-round slots (front and rear) ona 25 mm pitch pattern, and infinitely depth-variable 

482.6 mm (19") mounting angles 

Wall section with cable clamp rail and cable gland plate top and bottom 



Model Model No. No. No. DK DK DK 

7709.635 7709.635 7715.635 7715.635 7721.635 

7721.635 

U 9 15 21 

Width mm 600 600 600 

Height mm 478 746 1012 

Depth mm 615 615 615 

The The ad additional ad ditional f ffeatures 

f eatures of of the the pre-configured pre-configured netw network netw ork enc enclosures: 

enc losures: 

Earth rail with neutral earthing. 

one outlet filter on both the left and right, 4 wall mounting brackets. 

Without Without pre-configuration 

pre-configuration 

Model Model Model No. No. DK DK 

7706.035 7706.035 7709.035 7709.035 7712.035 7712.035 7715.035 7715.035 7718.035 7718.035 7721.035 

7721.035 

U 6 9 12 15 18 21 

Width mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 

Height mm 345 478 612 746 878 1012 

Depth mm 515 515 515 515 515 515 

15/34 

15

15 

DK DK WALL-MOUNTED ALL-MOUNTED DISTRIB DISTRIBUT 


B ASED ON ON RITT RITTAL RITT AL AE 

AE 

15/35 

The wall-mounted distributors with one pair of infinitely depth-variable 482.6 mm (19") mounting angles is the 

ideal solution for smallnetworks or corridor distributors. 

Structured cabling of the incomeing and outgoing cables is easily achieved, thanks to the gland plate with brushes 

in the enclosure base and a C rail for cable clamping, as well as cutouts on the sides next to the 482.6 mm (19") 

mounting angles. 

Wall mounting brackets create adequate space for cable routing behind the wall-mounted distributor. 

If a plastic gland plate with PG knockouts is used instead of the standard gland plate with brushes, the wallmounted 

distributor achieves a high protection category of IP 55 (to EN 60 529/10.91). 

Enclosure design proven a million times over 

Extensive range of system accessories 


7641.000 7641.000 7643.000 7643.000 7645.000 

7645.000 

U 8 13 16 

Width mm 600 600 600 

Height mm 380 600 760 

Depth mm 350 350 350 

DK DK SMALL SMALL FIBRE-OPTIC FIBRE-OPTIC DISTRIB DISTRIBUT 

DISTRIB UT UTORS, UT ORS, POL POLYCARBONA 

POL YCARBONA 

YCARBONATE 

YCARBONA TE 

The small plastic enclosure for extreme applications, with a high protection category of IP 66 to 

EN 60 529/10.91. 

With this compact dimensions, the enclosure is ideal for use in confined spaces. 

High protection category IP 66 

Splicing cassette accommodation from 92-120 mm 

Patch panel with up to 24 locations for fibre-optic couplings 

Model Model Model No. No. No. DK DK 

7451.000 

7451.000 

No. of fibres 1-24 

Width mm 180 

Height mm 254 

Depth mm 90 

DK DK FIBRE-OPTIC FIBRE-OPTIC MARSHALLING MARSHALLING ENCLOSURES 

ENCLOSURES 

The marshalling enclosure is used in all situations where separate access entitlement is important. 

The first access area is the splicing cassette fixture, the second the patch chamber. Both access areas are 

equipped with a separate door and lock. 

This attractive enclosure is easily integrated into any office environment. 

Two locks for separate access 

Accessories: Patch panel for fibre-optic cables 

Model Model Model No. No. No. DK DK 

7247.000 

7247.000 


Width mm 400 

Height mm 250 

Depth mm 120




AE 

This enclosure is ideal for break-out applications whereby the cable is routed through a nodal point(enclosure) 

Only those fibres of the break-out cable which are actually needed are processed in the enclosure. The remaining 

fibres are laid as stock in the enclosure for use with another nodal point. 

The enclosure can be used with or without patch panels. Buffered fibre-optic wires and splicing cassettes can 

also be used. 

Mounting plate and splicing cassette fixtures 


7454.000 

7454.000 


Width mm 400 

Height mm 500 

Depth mm 155 


DISTRIB UT UTORS UT ORS 

For use as a corridor and intermediate distributor of fibre-optic cables. Small distributors offer optimum conditions 

for practical, structured fibre-optic wiring in building networks. 

With patch panel applications, up to 48/96 fibre-optic connections can be provided in the small fibre-optic distributor 

(DK 7452.035/DK 7453.035). When used without a patch panel, the enclosures (DK 7452.035/ DK 7453.035) 

can accommodate up to 16/32 splicing cassettes with 1/2 additional splicing cassette fixtures. Hence. these 

small fibre-optic distributors can handle up to 192/384 fibres. 

Cable clamp comb strips 

Cover with cam locks 

Shunting rings and splicing cassette fixtures included 


7452.035 7452.035 7453.035 

7453.035 

No. of fibres 1-48 1-96 




RITT RITTAL RITT AL D DDATA 

D A RA RACK RA CK 

For flexible networks or distribution rooms. The Rittal Data Rack offers secure accommodation of wiring systems 

and 482.6 mm (19") components, coupled with all-round-access. 

Whether mobile, stationary or bayed – also available with two pairs of mounting angles – this 482.6 mm (19") rack 

will impress you with its versatility 

Twin castors for convenient location changes 

High load-bearing frame with mounting holes to suit every application 


7391.000 7391.000 7396.00 7396.00 7400.000 7400.000 7445.000 

7445.000 

U 31 36 40 45 

Width mm 550 550 550 550 

Height mm 1499.5 1721.8 1899.5 2121.8 

Depth mm 750 750 750 750 

15/36 

15

15 

15/37 

RITT RITTAL RITT AL TC TC RA RACK RA CK 

For individual applications in telecommunications. 

In conjunction with metric (535 mm) mounting angles, the base frame of the telecommunication rack meets the 

requirements of ETSIstandard ETS 300 119-3. The basic system consists of four torsionally stiff aluminium 

sections, and a base frame and roof frame of sheet steel which are screw-fixed to one another in an electrically 

conductive manner. 

Two mounting systems can be integrated simultaneously into the TC Rack. 482.6 mm (19") mounting angles can 

be combined with metric (535 mm) mounting angles. Retrospective conversion to a different mounting system or 

a combination of different systems is no problem. 

ETSI standard ETS 300 119-3 

Torsionally stiff aluminium sections 

For 482.6 mm (19") and/or metric installed equipment 


7723.035 7723.035 7726.035 

7726.035 

U 46 46 

SU 82 82 




SMALL SMALL FM FM DISTRIB DISTRIBUT 

DISTRIB UT UTORS UT ORS 

Small FM distributors as corridor distributors and intermediate distributors are suitable for accommodating LSA 

connection and distributor systems. 

The two-part enclosure offers optimum access when installing your telecommunications wiring. 

Shunting rings for routing telecommunications cables 

Strain relief via comb rails 

Wall section for LSA cable retainers or mounting troughs 


7052.035 7052.035 7053.035 7053.035 7054.035 7054.035 7055.035 

7055.035 

Paired wires 100 200 400 800 

Width mm 300 500 500 900 

Height mm 500 500 700 700 

Depth mm 120 120 120 120

FM FM WALL-MOUNTED ALL-MOUNTED DISTRIB DISTRIBUT 



AE 

FM wall-mounted distributors based on the Rittal AE compact enclosure facilitate modular assembly of transit, 

intermediate and main distributors and cable junctions. 

Interior installation of FM wall-mounted distributors can be individually compiled according to specific user 

requirements. 

There s a choice of three mounting systems covering various connection techniques. The mounting systems can 

be combined with FM cable routing strips. Different connection systems may be used in the same enclosure. 


Punched rails to accommodate FM system towers, system strips, system rods and cable routing strips 


7011.535 7011.535 7012.535 7012.535 7013.535 7013.535 7014.535 

7014.535 

FM systems 2 2 3 3 

Width mm 600 760 800 800 

Height mm 600 760 1000 1200 

Depth mm 350 300 300 300 

FM FM DISTRIB DISTRIBUT 

DISTRIB UT UTORS UT ORS ENCLOSURES ENCLOSURES B BBASED 

B ASED ON ON RIT RITAL RIT AL PS PS 4000 

4000 

FM distribution enclosures based on the baying system PS 4000. By baying several Rittal distribution enclosures, 

a main distributor can be expanded and upgraded to meet individual requirements. 

Interior installation of FM distribution enclosures can be individually compiled according to specific user 

requirements. 

There is a choice of three systems can be combined with FM cable routing strips. Different connection systems 

may be used in the same enclosure. 

The individual main distributor 

PS 4000 quick-fit system accessories 

Model Model Model No. No. DK DK 

7103.535 7103.535 7104.535 7104.535 7105.535 7105.535 7106.535 

7106.535 

FM systems 2 3 4 5 

Width mm 600 800 1000 1200 

Height mm 2000 2000 2000 2000 

Depth mm 400 400 400 400 

15/38 

15

15 

Snow, salt, UV rays and traffic fumes – now there’s a modular range of enclosures and cases which will withstand all these stress 

factors: the Rittal CS Outdoor range! 

Selected climate control components ensure cool operating temperatures. Special EMC seals provide effective shielding against 

high-frequency radiation. The enclosure layout, combined with a highly resistant lock system, offers additional protection against 

vadalism and deliberate damage. 

15/39 

OUTDOOR OUTDOOR ENCLOSURES 

ENCLOSURES 

CS CS OUTDOOR OUTDOOR WALL-MOUNTED ALL-MOUNTED ENCLOSURES 

ENCLOSURES 

The CS Outdoor wall-mounted enclosure is a two-walled enclosure with a designer cover and concealed lock. 

The enclosure is manufactured from aluminium AIMg3. A combined wall mounting bracket and pole clamp is 

included in the supply. 

The enclosure can be equipped with a heater and Peltier cooling element. 

Twin-walled enclosure 


Model Model No. No. CK CK 

9791.015 9791.015 9791.025 9791.025 9791.035 9791.035 9791.045 

9791.045 

Width mm 370 420 530 630 

Height mm 520 560.5 700 780 

Depth mm 195 210 265 370 

CS CS OUTDOOR OUTDOOR COMP COMPACT COMP CT ENCLOSURES 

ENCLOSURES 

Proven a million times over – CS Outdoor compact enclosures based on the successful Rittal AE series of 

compact enclosures. The solid form achieves a high level of EMC shielding 

Enclosure manufactured from a single piece 

A high level of corrosion resistance, thanks to the use of aluminium zinc plate, stainless steel or aluminium 

Climate control with roof-mounted heat exchangers and heating elements 

Model Model No. No. No. CS CS 

9771.010 9771.010 9772.010 

9772.010 

Aluminium zinc enclosure Single- door Double-door 

Width mm 800 1100 



Model Model No. No. CS CS 

9771.015 9771.015 9772.015 

9772.015 

AIMg3 enclosure Single- door Double-door 

Width mm 800 1100 



CS CS OUTDOOR OUTDOOR LARGE LARGE ENCLOSURES 

ENCLOSURES 

The design principle of the CS Outdoor large enclosure is based on the Rittal PS 4000 perfect panel system. 

The openings for diagonal through-flow of external air correspond to G 491, section 7.1.9. 

The special feature is the profile, which combines the principal advantages of the PS system. 

A high level of stability, thanks to 9-fold profiling 

Unrestricted mounting, thanks to 24 rows of holes on a 25 mm DIN pitch pattern 

Cost-effective, thanks to mass production 

Model Model No. No. CS CS 

9781.010 9781.010 9781.010 9781.020 9781.020 9781.020 9782.010 9782.010 9782.020 

9782.020 

Enclosure Double-door Four-door 

Width mm 2000 2000 3000 3000 

Height mm 2200 2200 2200 2200 

Depth mm 800 1000 800 1000

CS CS OUTDOOR OUTDOOR MODULAR MODULAR ENCLOSURES 

ENCLOSURES 

CS Outdoor basis modules are based on the Rittal enclosure system ES 5000. 

The enclosure offers optimum protection against vandalism and external influences, thanks to its twin-walled 

design. 

The materials used guarantee a very high level of corrosion resistance. 

Modular twin-walled enclosure 

Universal interior installation 

Prepared for outdoor cooling units and heat exchangers 

Extra corrosion resistance with aluminium zinc plate, aluminium or stainless steel 

Model Model No. No. CS 

CS 

Material: Material: aluminium aluminium zinc 

zinc 

9751.010 9751.010 9751.070 9751.070 9751.020 9751.020 9751.030 9751.030 9751.030 9751.080 9751.080 9751.040 9751.040 9751.040 9751.050 9751.050 9751.060 9751.060 9751.060 9752.010 9752.010 9752.010 9752.020 

9752.020 

Basic module Single-door Double-door 

Width mm 600 600 600 600 800 800 800 800 1200 1200 

Height mm 800 1000 1200 1600 1000 1200 1200 1600 1200 1200 

Depth mm 

Side Side panel 

panel 

600 500 600 600 500 500 600 600 500 600 

Side panel for transport 

plinth CS 

9753.010 9753.010 9753.170 9753.170 9753.030 9753.030 9753.040 9753.040 9753.040 9753.170 9753.170 9753.020 9753.020 9753.020 9753.030 9753.030 9753.040 9753.040 9753.040 9753.020 9753.020 9753.020 9753.030 

9753.030 

Side panel for battery 

plinth CS 

9753.050 9753.050 9753.190 9753.190 9753.070 9753.070 9753.080 9753.080 9753.080 9753.190 9753.190 9753.060 9753.060 9753.060 9753.070 9753.070 9753.080 9753.080 9753.080 9753.060 9753.060 9753.060 9753.070 

9753.070 

Side panel for transport plinth 

+ roof-mount clim. control CS 

9753.090 9753.090 9753.180 9753.180 9753.110 9753.110 9753.120 9753.120 9753.120 9753.180 9753.180 9753.100 9753.100 9753.100 9753.110 9753.110 9753.120 9753.120 9753.120 9753.100 9753.100 9753.100 9753.110 

9753.110 

Side panel for battery plinth 

+ roof-mount clim. control CS 

Roof 

Roof 

9753.130 9753.130 9753.200 9753.200 9753.150 9753.150 9753.160 9753.160 9753.160 9753.200 9753.200 9753.140 9753.140 9753.140 9753.150 9753.150 9753.160 9753.160 9753.160 9753.140 9753.140 9753.140 9753.150 

9753.150 

Roof without wall-mounted 

climate control CS 

9757.010 9757.010 9757.060 9757.060 9757.010 9757.010 9757010 9757010 9757020 9757020 9757.020 9757.020 9757.020 9757.030 9757.030 97570.30 97570.30 97570.30 9757.040 9757.040 9757.040 9757.050 

9757.050 

Roof with wall-mounted 

climate control CS 

Climate Climate contr control contr ol hoot, hoot, plinth 

plinth 

9758.010 9758.010 – 9758.010 9758.010 9758.010 9758.010 9758.010 – 9758.020 9758.020 9758.020 9758.030 9758.030 9758.030 9758.030 9758.030 9758.040 9758.040 9758.040 9758.050 

9758.050 

Climate control hood CS 9756.010 9756.010 – 9756.010 9756.010 9756.010 9756.010 9756.010 9756.010 – 9756.020 9756.020 9756.020 9756.030 9756.030 9756.030 9756.030 9756.030 9756.030 9756.040 9756.040 9756.040 9756.050 9756.050 

9756.050 

Battery plinth CS 9754.020 9754.020 9754.010 9754.010 9754.020 9754.020 9754.020 9754.020 9754.030 9754.030 9754.030 9754.030 9754.030 9754.040 9754.040 9754.040 9754.040 

9754.040 

2 2 2 x x 

9754.010 9754.010 

2 2 x 

x 

9754.120 

9754.120 

Transport plinth CS 9755.010 9755.010 9755.060 9755.060 9755.010 9755.010 9755.010 9755.010 9755.020 9755.020 9755.020 9755.020 9755.020 9755.030 9755.030 9755.030 9755.030 9755.030 9755.040 9755.040 9755.050 

9755.050 

* When ordering in aluminium AIMg3, please replace the final digit of the Model No. (0) with a 5. 

CS CS INDOOR INDOOR RA RACK RA CK 

A new, exceptionally practical and cost-effective enclosure solution. 

Universal use of 482.6 mm (19") installed equipment to DIN 41 494 and IEC 297, plus metric installed equipment 

to IEC 907. Depending on the mounting variant, the CS indoor enclosure meets ETSI standard pr ETS 300 119-3. 

Available on request with sheet steel door and rear panel. Spray finished in RAL 7035. 

May be fitted with Rittal system accessories, such as mounting angles, slide rails, cable clamp rails, component 

shelves, socket strips and lights. 

For both 482.6 min (19") and metric installed equipment 

ETSI standard pr ETS 300 119-3 

Model Model Model No. No. CS CS 

9790.001 

9790.001 

Width mm 600 


Depth mm 300 

15/40 

15

16 

Moving Iron Type AC Meters 

Voltmeters, Ammeters with Ordering Data 16/1,16/2 


Spares 16/3,16/6 


Moving Coil Type DC Meters 

Voltmeters, Ammeters with Ordering Data 16/1,16/5 

Spare parts 16/6 


Bimetal Type Maximum Demand Ammeters 

Ammeters with Ordering Data 16/7 

Spares 16/6 


INDICATING METERS 

Transducer Type Meters 

�requency Meters, Power �actor Meters, 

Power Meters with Ordering Data 16/1,16/4 

Spares 16/6 


Special DC Meters 

Special DC Meters with Ordering Data 16/1,16/7 

Spares 16/6 


Technical Data 16/9

SALIENT �EATURES O� INDICATING METERS 

✦ Glass front panel can be easily replaced. 

✦ �acility for arranging meters in vertical or horizontal rows in a single rectangular cut-out simplify mounting. 

✦ Horizontal or vertical rectangular cut-outs enhance convenience for panel builders. 

✦ Power, frequency and power factor meters (96 mm sq. and 144 mm sq.) are fitted with built-in measuring attachments. 

✦ Specially designed terminal shrounds eliminate risk of contact with live parts. 

✦ �igures, divisions and scales are neatly displayed in accordance with DIN 43802. 

✦ Specially pre-coated dials ensure that the colour shade remains consistent. 

✦ The meters conform to the protection standards of IP 52. The window flap shuts automatically when the instrument is installed in 

a switchboard or instrument cut-out. 

(Manufactured by Rishabh Instruments Pvt. Ltd.) 

16/1 

16

16 

AC Voltmeters 

AC Ammeters 

16/2 

RA. MOVING IRON TYPE AC METERS (90 DEG) 

Meter Type Rating 

AC Ammeters - CT Operated Type 

Dial 

Type 

1) �or supression - ** refer page 16/3. 2) �or Dial - $$** refer page 16/3. 

Catalogue No. 

EQ48 EQ72 EQ96 

EQ144 

0-6V 10001 11001 12001 13001 

0-10V 10002 11002 12002 13002 

0-15V 10003 11003 12003 13003 

0-25V 10004 11004 12004 13004 

0-40V 10005 11005 12005 13005 

0-60V 10007 11007 12007 13007 

0-100V 10008 11008 12008 13008 

0-150V 10009 11009 12009 13009 

0-200V 10010 11010 12010 13010 

0-250V 10011 11011 12011 13011 

0-300V 10012 11012 12012 13012 

0-400V 10013 11013 12013 13013 

0-500V 10014 11014 12014 13014 

0-600V 10015 11015 12015 13015 

0-5KV, PT 3.3KV/110V 10020 11020 12020 13020 

0-15KV, PT 11KV/110V 10021 11021 12021 13021 

0-40KV, PT 33KV/110V 10022 11022 12022 13022 

0-100mA 10028 11028 12028 13028 

0-150mA 10029 11029 12029 13029 

0-250mA 10030 11030 12030 13030 

0-400mA 10031 11031 12031 13031 

0-600mA 10032 11032 12032 13032 

0-1A 10034** 11034** 12034** 13034** 

0-1.5A 10035** 11035** 12035** 13035** 

0-2.5A 10036** 11036** 12036** 13036** 

0-3A 10049** 11049** 12049** 13049** 

0-4A 10037** 11037** 12037** 13037** 

0-5A 10038** 11038** 12038** 13038** 

0-6A 10039** 11039** 12039** 13039** 

0-10A 10040** 11040** 12040** 13040** 

0-15A 10041** 11041** 12041** 13041** 

0-20A 10042** 11042** 12042** 13042** 

0-25A 10043** 11043** 12043** 13043** 

0-30A 10044** 11044** 12044** 13044** 

0-40A 10045** 11045** 12045** 13045** 

0-50A 10046** 11046** 12046** 13046** 

0-60A 10047** 11047** 12047** 13047** 

0-100A 10048** 11048** 12048** 13048** 

1A without dial 10052** 11052** 12052** 13052** 

1A with dial 10053$$** 11053$$** 12053$$** 13053$$** 

5A without dial 10094** 11094** 12094** 13094** 

5A with dial 10095$$** 11095$$** 12095$$** 13095$$**

ACCESSORIES 

Accessory Type Catalogue No. 

Red mark on scale 99K3OO 

Dual Scale 99K4OO 

Red pointer kit for 72 size 99L1OO 


Accuracy 1% 99P2OO 

Calibration at 400Hz 99P5OO 

SPARES 

Spare Dials Catalogue No. 

Dial 48x48 -/1A 90 deg 41041$$** 

Dial 48x48 -/5A 90 deg 41042$$** 

Dial 72x72 -/1A 90 deg 41011$$** 

Dial 72x72 -/5A 90 deg 41012$$** 

Dial 96x96 -/1A 90 deg 41021$$** 

Dial 96x96 -/5A 90 deg 41022$$** 

Dial 144x144 -/1A 90 deg 41031$$** 

Dial 144x144 -/5A 90 deg 41032$$** 

Blank Dial 48x48 90 deg 41004 




SUPRESSION TABLE �OR AMMETERS/DIALS 

** 

Supression 

A1 x1 (No Supression) 

A6 x6 (�or dials) 

A6 x6 (�or meters) 

A2 x2 (Standard Supression) 

LIST O� DIALS 

$$ Dial $$ Dial $$ Dial $$ Dial 

AY 5X10 Div 

B1 2X10 Div 

B2 3X10Div 

B3 4X5 Div 

B4 5X5 Div 

B5 6X5Div 

C7 5A 

C9 10A 

CA 15A 

CB 20A 

CC 25A 

CD 30A 

CE 40A 

C� 50A 

CG 60A 

CH 100A 

CI 120A 

CJ 150A 

CK 200A 

CL 250A 

CM300A 

CN 400A 

CO 500A 

CP 600A 

CQ 700A 

CR 750A 

CS 800A 

CT 1000A 

CU 1200A 

CV 1250A 

CW 1500A 

CX 1600A 

CY 2000A 

C2 2500A 

D1 3000A 

D2 3200A 

16/3 

16

16 

�requency Meters 

Power �actor Meters 

Power Meters - kW 

Power Meters - kVAR 

16/4 

RB. TRANSDUCER TYPE METERS (90 DEG) 


Dial 

Type 

Catalogue No. 

45-50-55Hz, 110V 22102 23102 24102 

45-50-55Hz, 240V 22311 23311 24311 

45-50-55Hz, 440V 22310 23310 24310 

48-50-52Hz, 110V 22202 23202 24202 

48-50-52Hz, 240V 22204 23204 24204 

48-50-52Hz, 440V 22207 23207 24207 

Rating 

ZQ72 ZQ96 ZQ144 

Catalogue No. 

Dial 

Type CQ96 CQ144 

E1C,0.5-1-0.5,240V,1A,1Ph,1ele 76131 77131 

E1C,0.5-1-0.5,240V,5A,1Ph,1ele 76135 77135 

E1C,0.8-1-0.8,240V,1A,1Ph,1ele 76331 77331 

E1C,0.8-1-0.8,240V,5A,1Ph,1ele 76335 77335 

D1C,0.5-1-0.5,110V,1A,3Ph,1ele 76411 77411 

D1C,0.5-1-0.5,110V,5A,3Ph,1ele 76415 77415 

D1C,0.5-1-0.5,440V,1A,3Ph,1ele 76461 77461 

D1C,0.5-1-0.5,440V,5A,3Ph,1ele 76465 77465 

D1C,0.8-1-0.8,110V,1A,3Ph,1ele 76611 77611 

D1C,0.8-1-0.8,110V,5A,3Ph,1ele 76615 77615 

D1C,0.8-1-0.8,440V,1A,3Ph,1ele 76661 77661 

D1C,0.8-1-0.8,440V,5A,3Ph,1ele 76665 7665 

D2C, 0.5-1-0.5, 110V,1A ,3Ph,2ele 76801 77801 

D2C, 0.5-1-0.5, 110V,5A ,3Ph,2ele 76802 77802 

D2C, 0.5-1-0.5, 440V,1A ,3Ph,2ele 76803 77803 

D2C, 0.5-1-0.5, 440V,5A ,3Ph,2ele 76804 77804 

V3C, 0.5-1-0.5, 110V,1A ,3Ph,3ele 76805 77805 

V3C, 0.5-1-0.5, 110V,5A ,3Ph,3ele 76806 77806 

V3C, 0.5-1-0.5, 440V,1A ,3Ph,3ele 76807 77807 

V3C, 0.5-1-0.5, 440V,5A ,3Ph,3ele 76808 77808 

Rating 

Dial 

Type 

Catalogue No. 

WQ96 WQ144 

E1W ,1ph,1ele,-/1A,240V 27041 28041 

E1W,1ph, 1ele.,-/5A,240V 27045 28045 

D2W,3ph, 2ele.,-/1A,110V 27211 28211 

D2W,3ph, 2ele.,-/5A,110V 27215 28215 

D2W,3ph, 2ele.,-/1A,440V 27271 28271 

D2W,3ph, 2ele.,-/5A,440V 27275 28275 

V1W, 3ph, 1ele, -/1A,110V 27311 28311 

V1W, 3ph, 1ele, -/5A,110V 27315 28315 

V1W, 3ph, 1ele, -/1A,440V 27371 28371 

V1W, 3ph, 1ele, -/5A,440V 27375 28375 

V3W,3ph, 3ele.,-/1A,110V 27411 28411 

V3W,3ph, 3ele.,-/5A,110V 27415 28415 

V3W,3ph, 3ele.,-/1A,440V 27471 28471 

V3W,3ph, 3ele.,-/5A,440V 27475 28475 

V3W,3ph, 3ele.,-/5A,440V without Dial(M�:0.8) 27601 28601 

E1B ,1ph,1ele,-/1A,240V 27541 28541 

E1B,1ph, 1ele.,-/5A,240V 27545 28545 

D2B,3ph, 2ele.,-/1A,110V 27711 28711 

D2B,3ph, 2ele.,-/5A,110V 27715 28715 

D2B,3ph, 2ele.,-/1A,440V 27771 28771 

D2B,3ph, 2ele.,-/5A,440V 27775 28775 

V3B,3ph, 3ele.,-/1A,110V 27911 28911 

V3B,3ph, 3ele.,-/5A,110V 27915 28915 

V3B,3ph, 3ele.,-/1A,440V 27971 28971 

V3B,3ph, 3ele.,-/5A,440V 27975 28975 

Note : �or kW/kVAR meter, specify CT/PT ratio and scale required. �or example: V3W, 3Ph, 3ele, -1000/5A, 440V, 600kW

DC Voltmeters 

DC Ammeters 

RC. MOVING COIL TYPE DC METERS (90 DEG) 


Dial 

Type 

Catalogue No. 

PQ48 PQ72 PQ96 

PQ144 

0-1V 14068 15068 16068 17068 

0-1.5V 14069 15069 16069 17069 

0-2.5V 14070 15070 16070 17070 

0-4V 14071 15071 16071 17071 

0-6V 14072 15072 16072 17072 

0-10V 14073 15073 16073 17073 

0-15V 14074 15074 16074 17074 

0-25V 14075 15075 16075 17075 

0-30V 14076 15076 16076 17076 

0-40V 14077 15077 16077 17077 

0-50V 14078 15078 16078 17078 

0-60V 14079 15079 16079 17079 

0-100V 14081 15081 16081 17081 

0-150V 14082 15082 16082 17082 

0-200V 14083 15083 16083 17083 

0-250V 14084 15084 16084 17084 

0-300V 14085 15085 16085 17085 

0-400V 14086 15086 16086 17086 

0-500V 14087 15087 16087 17087 

0-600V 14088 15088 16088 17088 

0-1mA 14022 15022 16022 17022 

0-1.5mA 14023 15023 16023 17023 

0-2.5mA 14025 15025 16025 17025 

0-4mA 14026 15026 16026 17026 

0-5mA 14027 15027 16027 17027 

0-6mA 14028 15028 16028 17028 

0-10mA 14029 15029 16029 17029 

0-15mA 14030 15030 16030 17030 

0-20mA 14031 15031 16031 17031 

0-25mA 14032 15032 16032 17032 

0-40mA 14033 15033 16033 17033 

0-60mA 14034 15034 16034 17034 

0-100mA 14035 15035 16035 17035 

0-150mA 14036 15036 16036 17036 

0-250mA 14037 15037 16037 17037 

0-400mA 14038 15038 16038 17038 

0-600mA 14039 15039 16039 17039 

0-1A 14040 15040 16040 17040 

0-1.5A 14041 15041 16041 17041 

0-2.5A 14042 15042 16042 17042 

0-4A 14043 15043 16043 17043 

0-5A 14044 15044 16044 17044 

0-6A 14045 15045 16045 17045 

0-10A 14046 15046 16046 17046 

0-15A 14047 15047 16047 17047 

0-20A 14048 15048 16048 17048 

0-25A 14049 15049 16049 17049 

0-30A 14050 15050 16050 17050 

0-40A NA 15051 16051 17051 

0-60A NA 15052 16052 17052 

0-100A NA 15053 16053 17053 

16/5 

16

16 

16/6 

RC. MOVING COIL TYPE DC METERS (90 DEG) 


DC Ammeters - Shunt Operated 

�or Dial - $$ refer page 16/3. 

Dial 

Type 

Catalogue No. 

PQ72 PQ96 

PQ144 

0-50mV without dial 15091 16091 17091 

Specify dial ../50mV 15092$$ 16092$$ 17092$$ 


0-60mV with dial 15094$$ 16094$$ 17094$$ 


0-75mV with dial 15132$$ 16132$$ 17132$$ 

60-0-60mV without dial 15256 16256 17256 

60-0-60mV with dial 15257$$ 16257$$ 17257$$ 

75-0-75mV without dial 15294 16294 17294 

75-0-75mV with dial 15295$$ 16295$$ 17295$$ 

SPARES 

Spare Dials Catalogue No. 

Dial 48x48 -/60mV 41043$$ 

Dial 48x48 -/75mV 41044$$ 

Dial 72x72 -/60mV 41053$$ 

Dial 72x72 -/75mV 41054$$ 

Dial 72x72 -/1mA 41051$$ 

Dial 72x72 -/50mV 41052$$ 

Dial 72x72 -/4-20mA 41056$$ 

Dial 96x96 -/60mV 41073$$ 

Dial 96x96 -/75mV 41074$$ 

Dial 96x96 -/1mA 41071$$ 

Dial 96x96 -/50mV 41072$$ 

Dial 96x96 -/4-20mA 41076$$ 

Dial 144x144 -/60mV 41093$$ 

Dial 144x144 -/75mV 41094$$ 

Dial 144x144 -/1mA 41091$$ 

Dial 144x144 -/50mV 41092$$ 

Dial 144x144 -/4-20mA 41096$$ 

Bezel 42001 

White frame 42003 

Window 42004 

Glass 42005 

Glass with zero knob 42007 

Swivel screw 42008 

Clamp strap 42009 

Back cover 42010

Special DC Meters 

RD. SPECIAL DC METERS 


Dial 

Type 

Catalogue No. 

PQ72 PQ96 

PQ144 

0-1mA without dial 15013 16013 17013 

0-1mA with dial 15014 16014 17014 

1-0-1mA without dial 15218 16218 17218 

1-0-1mA with dial 15219 16219 17219 

0-10V without Dial 15340 16340 17340 

4-20 mA without Dial 15056 16056 17056 

4-20 mA with Dial 15055 16055 17055 

ACCESSORIES 

Accessory Type Catalogue No. 

Meter-special Scale 99K1OO 

Red mark on scale 99K3OO 

Dual Scale 99K4OO 

Special scale 99K6OO 



Centre zero for PQ( dc meters) 99N1OO 

Zero between centre and left 99N2OO 

Accuracy 1% 99P2OO 

BIMETAL TYPE MAXIMUM DEMAND AMMETERS 

�or Dial - $$ refer page 16/3. 

ITEM (*mention CT ratio) 

96 x 96 Catalogue No. 

BiQ96, ../5A without dial 1093 29706 

BiQ96 ../1A, without dial 1093 29704 

BiQ96 with dial ../5A, 1126 29707$$ 

BiQ96 with dial ../1A, 1126 29705$$ 

BiEQ96 ../1A,without dial 1358 30733 

BiEQ96 ../5A, without dial 1358 30735 

BiEQ96 with dial ../1A, 1391 30734$$ 

BiEQ96 with dial ../5A, 1391 30736$$ 

Dial for BiQ96 ../5A 33 41201$$ 

Dial for BiEQ ../5A 33 41206$$ 

Dial for BiQ96 ../1A 33 41200$$ 

Dial for BiEQ ../1A 33 41205$$ 

Blank dial for BiEQ 20 41003 

16/7 

16

16 

16/8 

RE. SHUNTS �OR DC MEASUREMENT 

Primary 50mV 60mV 75mV 

Current Catalogue No. Catalogue No. Catalogue No. 

5A 32001 32032 32063 

10A 32002 32033 32064 

15A 32003 32034 32065 

20A 32004 32035 32066 

25A 32005 32036 32067 

30A 32006 32037 32068 

40A 32007 32038 32069 

50A 32008 32039 32070 

60A 32009 32040 32071 

75A 32010 32041 32072 

100A 32011 32042 32073 

150A 32012 32043 32074 

200A 32013 32044 32075 

250A 32014 32045 32076 

300A 32015 32046 32077 

400A 32016 32047 32078 

500A 32017 32048 32079 

600A 32018 32049 32080 

750A 32019 32050 32081 

800A 32020 32051 32082 

1000A 32021 32052 32083 

1200A 32022 32053 32084 

1500A 32023 32054 32085 

2000A 32024 32055 32086 

2500A 32025 32056 32087 

3000A 32026 32057 32088 

4000A 32027 32058 32089 

5000A 32028 32059 32090 

6000A 32029 32060 32091 

7500A 32030 32061 32092 

RG. TAPE WOUND CURRENT TRANS�ORMER 

Ratio 

Description 

VA CI 

Size (in mm) 

ID x OD x HT 

Catalogue No. 

40/5A 3 5 30x85x50 31101 

50/5A 3 5 30x85x50 31102 

60/5A 5 5 30x85x50 31103 

75/5A 5 5 30x85x50 31104 

100/5A 5 1 35x85x50 31105 

125/5A 5 1 35x85x50 31106 

150/5A 5 1 35x85x50 31107 

200/5A 10 1 50x110x40 31108 

250/5A 10 1 50x110x40 31109 

300/5A 10 1 50x100x35 31110 

400/5A 10 1 60x105x35 31111 

500/5A 15 1 60x105x35 31112 

600/5A 15 1 60x105x35 31113 

800/5A 15 1 105x140x35 31114 

1000/5A 15 1 105x140x35 31115 

1200/5A 15 1 105x140x35 31116 

1250/5A 15 1 105x140x35 31117 

1500/5A 15 1 105x165x35 31118 

1600/5A 15 1 115x165x35 31119 

2000/5A 15 1 115x165x35 31120 

2400/5A 15 1 115x165x35 31121 

2500/5A 15 1 115x165x35 31122 

3000/5A 15 1 130x190x35 31123 

3200/5A 15 1 130x190x35 31124 

3500/5A 15 1 130x200x35 31125 

4000/5A 15 1 130x200x35 31126


Type of Moving iron Moving coil Moving coil Moving Moving Moving Bimetal Bimetal 

instrument for current for current with rectifier coil with built-in coil with built-in coil with built-in Ammeter Ammeter 

and Voltage and voltage for current transducer transducer transducer with moving 

measurement measurement and voltage for power for cos ∅ for frequency iron movement 

measurement measurement measurement measurement 

(EQ) (PQ) (VQ) (WQ) (CQ) (ZQ) (BiQ) (BiEQ) 

�ormat 48 x 48 mm 48 x 48 mm 48 x 48 mm - - - 

72 x 72 mm 72 x 72 mm 72 x 72 mm - - 72 x 72 mm 

96 x 96 mm 96 x 96 mm 96 x 96 mm 96 x 96 mm -96 x 96 mm 96 x 96 mm 96 x 96 mm 96 x 96 mm 

144 x 144 mm 144 x 144 mm 144 x 144 mm 144 x 144 mm 144 x 144 mm 144 x 144 mm 

Quantity of Alternating Direct current Alternating Power for Power factor �requency Mean rms Mean rms 

measurement current Direct voltage current all types for all types for all types value and value, max. 

Alternating Alternating of network of single-phase of networks max value value & 

voltage voltage and loading and 3-phase of current instantaneous 

(3 wire) network rms value 

(balanced load) of current 

Depth behind 53 mm 53 mm 53 mm 105 mm 105 mm 53 mm 53 mm 53 mm 

bezel 131 mm for 

3 phase 4 wire 

unbalanced 

loads 

Smallest 6V 15mV 6V Related Related Related 1A 1A 

measuring 100mA 15µA 100µA to rated to rated to rated 8 minutes 8 minutes 

range (25µA for Voltage Voltage Voltage or or 

PQ 48) 57.7V & 57.7V & 57.7V 15 minutes 15 minutes 

rated rated (minimum 

current 1A current 1A value 45Hz) 

Largest 750V, 100A 600V 600V Related Related Related 6A 6A 

measuring (600V for 100A 100mA to rated to rated to rated 8 minutes 8 minutes 

range EQ 48, (25A for Voltage Voltage Voltage or or 

25A for PQ 48) 500V & 500V & 500V 15 minutes 15 minutes 

EQ 48) rated rated (maximum 

current 5A current 5A value 440Hz) 

Proof 3kV a.c. 3kV a.c. 3kV a.c. 2kV a.c. 2kV a.c. 2kV a.c. 3kV a.c. 3kV a.c. 

Voltage (2kV a.c. (2kV a.c. 2kV a.c. 

for EQ 48) for PQ 48) for VQ 48 

Case Dimensions and panel cutouts conform to IS:2419 (IEC 473, DIN 43700) 

Case made of glass filled poly-carbonate, self-extinguishing and non-drip in accordance with UL 94 V-O. 

Bezel size Slim-line bezel, Standard colour black, Optional colors other than black possible on request. 

Bezel window Standard: sheet glass. 

Optional : anti-glare sheet glass. 

Installation Installation in switchboard panels, mosaic arrangement on equipment or machines of wall thickness 

upto 40mm for in-line horizontal or vertical arrangement. 

�ixing on Panel Swivel captive fastners which can be fixed at either of the two locations at 90° to each other. 

Terminals Clamp strap with M 4 screw (permanently linked) in all meters except 

M 6 bolt for EQ 40 A, 60 A and PQ 6 A to 60 A, M 8 bolt for EQ/PQ 100 A 

Mounting position Normally scale vertical, other positions possible. 

Enclosure code Case IP 52 except for Bimetal meters, for which the code is IP 40. Terminals IP 00 as per IEC 529-(DIN 

40050). Better protection is possible with the use of different types of insulating covers. 

Insulation group Insulation resistance more than 5 M at 500V as per IS: 9249 (part 1). 

Environment Environment category II as per IS:1248 

Operating temperature range -10°C to +55°C 

16/9 

16

AIR CIRCUIT BREAKERS - Electrical and Electronics Division

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?